<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<!DOCTYPE fileset SYSTEM "medar_monolingual.dtd">
<fileset fileid="MEDAR_M0002">
<doc id="1" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
ماء
</s>
<s id="2">
الماء هو المركب الكيميائي الأكثر شيوعا في الأرض.
</s>
<s id="3">
الماء في حالاته الثلاثة: سائل، صلب (ثلج)، غاز (بخار ماء).
</s>
<s id="4">
الماء مركب كيميائي مكون من ذرتي هيدروجين وذرة من الأكسجين
</s>
<s id="5">
ينتشر الماء على الأرض بحالاته المختلفة، السائلة والصلبة الغازية
</s>
<s id="6">
وفي الحالة السائلة يكون شفافا بلا لون، وبلا طعم، أو رائحة
</s>
<s id="7">
كما أن 70% من سطح الأرض مغطىً بالماء، ويعتبر العلماء الماء أساس الحياة على أي كوكب.
</s>
<s id="8">
ويسمى الماء علميا بأكسيد الهيدروجين
</s>
<s id="9">
الماء على شكل جليد أو ثلج أبيض اللون ناصع، يوجد على هذه الحالة عندما تكون درجة حرارة الماء أقل من الصفر المئوي.
</s>
<s id="10">
الحالة السائلة: يكون فيها الماء سائلا بلا لون، وهي الحالة الأكثر شيوعا للماء
</s>
<s id="11">
ويوجد الماء على صورته السائلة في درجات الحرارة ما بين الصفر المئوي، ودرجة الغليان، وهي 100 درجة مئوية في الشروط القياسية.
</s>
<s id="12">
الحالة الغازية: يكون فيها الماء على شكل بخار، ويكون الماء بالحالة الغازية بدرجات حرارة مختلفة.
</s>
<s id="13">
خصائص الماء
</s>
<s id="14">
للماء عدة خصائص أعطته قيمة كبيرة في الحياة، والصناعة، والزراعة، وغيرها من مجالات الحياة، ومنها:
</s>
<s id="15">
تميل جزيئات الماء إلى التصرف كمجموعات مترابطة وليس كجزيئات منفصلة ومجموعات جزيئات الماء تكون محتوية على فراغات.
</s>
<s id="16">
يتمدد الماء بارتفاع الحرارة إذا كانت فوق 4 درجات مئوية وينكمش بالبرودة شأنه في ذلك شأن كل السوائل والغازات والأجسام الصلبة، إلا أن الماء يسلك سلوكا شاذا تحت درجة 4 °م حيث يتمدد بدلا من أن ينكمش وهذا يجعل ثقله النسبي أي كثافته تقل بدل من أن تزيد وبذلك يخف فيرتفع إلى الأعلى وعندما يتجمد في درجة الصفر المئوي يكون تجمده فقط على السطح بينما في الأسفل يكون الماء سائلا في درجة 4 م وفي ذلك حماية كبيرة للأحياء التي تعيش في الماء.
</s>
<s id="17">
التعادل الحمضي: الماء سائل متعادل كيميائيا، إذ أن درجة الحموضة أو القاعدية فيه هي 7، وهذا يعني أنه لا يمكن اعتبار الماء مادة حمضية أو قاعدية، لأنه مادة متعادلة كيميائيا.
</s>
<s id="18">
الإذابة: الماء مادة مذيبة، وهذا يعني أنه من الممكن إذابة الكثير من الأملاح والمواد في الماء
</s>
<s id="19">
الماء الموجود في الطبيعة لا يوجد بشكل نقي 100% وذلك بسبب وجود الأملاح والغازات في الماء الموجود بالطبيعة
</s>
<s id="20">
لكي تذوب مادة في الماء يجب أن تحتوي على أيونات حرة، أو أن تكون مادة قطبية (لأن &quot;المثل يذوب بالمثل&quot; والماء مادة قطبية لهذا السبب يعتبر الماء مذيب جيد للمواد.
</s>
<s id="21">
التوصيل للكهرباء: الماء مادة موصلة سيئة للكهرباء، ولكن بما أن الماء مادة مذيبة، فعند إذابة الأملاح في الماء، أو إذابة مواد أخرى، يصبح الماء موصلا جيدا للكهرباء.
</s>
<s id="22">
التغني بالماء ونعته بالخصال الحميدة لا يعفينا من أن نلم بخصائصه الفريدة
</s>
<s id="23">
فااء مركب كيميائي من عنصري الاوكسجين والهيدروجين ذرة من الاوكسجين وذرتين من الهيدروجين وتشكل الذرات مثلثا مجسما في راسه ذرة الاوكسيجين بشحنة سالبة وفي جانبي القاعدة ذرتا الهيدروجين بشحنة موجبة وبنيان الماء بهذه الصورة يجعل منه سائلا فريدا كما يصفه الكيميائيون على أساس انه يشذ عن السوائل الأخرى في الكثير من الخصائص من خصائص الماء
</s>
<s id="24">
مصادر الماء
</s>
<s id="25">
مصادر الماء
</s>
<s id="26">
يوجد الماء في الطبيعة على ثلاث حالات فيزيائية:
</s>
<s id="27">
حالة سائلة: مياه البحار والأنهار والبحيرات والمياه الباطنية.
</s>
<s id="28">
حالة صلبة: كالثلوج والمسطحات الجليدية التي نراها خاصة في القطبين الشمالي والجنوبي وأعلى الجبال الشاهقة.
</s>
<s id="29">
حالة غازية: يوجد الماء على الحالة الغازية أي بخار الماء في الجو.
</s>
<s id="30">
يتوزع الماء في الطبيعة إلى:
</s>
<s id="31">
مياه سطحية:
</s>
<s id="32">
وهذه المياه تتمثل في الأنهار والبحار والمحيطات والقطع الثلجية:
</s>
<s id="33">
:أ
</s>
<s id="34">
مياه الأمطار:
</s>
<s id="35">
هي أنقى أنواع المياه الطبيعية، حيث تنحل فيها أثناء سقوطها بعض الغازات المنتشرة في الجو كالأكسجين وثاني أكسيد الكربون..
</s>
<s id="36">
وبعض المواد الصلبة العالقة في الجو.
</s>
<s id="37">
:ب
</s>
<s id="38">
مياه الأنهار:
</s>
<s id="39">
تتكون مياه الأنهار أساسا من الأمطار، وتحتوي هذه المياه على عديد المواد الصلبة المنحلة فيها بسبب مرورها وانسيابها عبر أنواع التربة المختلفة.
</s>
<s id="40">
:ج
</s>
<s id="41">
مياه الينابيع:
</s>
<s id="42">
وتنقسم مياه الينابيع إلى نوعين: ينابيع صغيرة الحجم وينابيع كبيرة الحجم.
</s>
<s id="43">
:د.مياه المحيطات والبحار:
</s>
<s id="44">
وهي تمثل النسبة الكبيرة.
</s>
<s id="45">
مياه جوفية:
</s>
<s id="46">
وهي المياه الموجودة في باطن الأرض.
</s>
<s id="47">
موقع المياه
</s>
<s id="48">
الكمية/ألف كم3
</s>
<s id="49">
النسبة المئوية
</s>
<s id="50">
أنهار
</s>
<s id="51">
بحيرات المياه العذبة
</s>
<s id="52">
المياه الجوفية
</s>
<s id="53">
المياه المخزنة في التربة
</s>
<s id="54">
بحيرات مالحة
</s>
<s id="55">
مياه الغلاف الجوي
</s>
<s id="56">
قطبي الكرة الأرضية والأنهار الجليدية
</s>
<s id="57">
2.3
</s>
<s id="58">
بحار ومحيطات
</s>
<s id="59">
دورة الماء: المياه تتحرك باستمرار، في دورة مستمرة من التبخر والنتح، والتساقطات، والنزوح في اتجاه البحر.]]
</s>
<s id="60">
أنواع المياه
</s>
<s id="61">
أنواع المياه:
</s>
<s id="62">
مياه فوارة:
</s>
<s id="63">
وهو الشكل الذي تحتفظ فيه المياه
</s>
<s id="64">
بمعدلات ثاني أكسيد الكربون نفسها التي كانت عليها قبل المعالجة.
</s>
<s id="65">
مياه غنية بالفيتامينات:
</s>
<s id="66">
وكما يتضح من الاسم يتم إضافة الفيتامينات لها حتى تصبح صحية أكثر.
</s>
<s id="67">
مياه الينابيع:
</s>
<s id="68">
وهي مياه غير معالجة وتأتي من المياه الجوفية لكنها تتدفق على سطح الأرض وتحتوي (على الأقل) على 250 جزئ/مليون من المواد الصلبة القابلة للتحلل.
</s>
<s id="69">
مياه مطهرة:
</s>
<s id="70">
وهي التي يتم تنقيتها بإحدى وسائل التنقية السابقة.
</s>
<s id="71">
مياه غنية بالأكسجين:
</s>
<s id="72">
وتحفظ باحتوائها على نسبة من الأكسجين أكثر 40 مرة من الماء العادي.
</s>
<s id="73">
مياه معدنية طبيعية:
</s>
<s id="74">
وهي التي تأتي من مصادر جوفية وتحتوي على معادن مثل الماغنسيوم الكالسيوم والصوديوم والحديد.
</s>
<s id="75">
مياه ذات نكهة:
</s>
<s id="76">
نكهات طبيعية أو صناعية تضاف غالباً للمياه المعدنية.
</s>
<s id="77">
مياه مقطرة:
</s>
<s id="78">
ويتم الحصول عليها بالتقطير لكنها تستخدم في المعامل الكيميائية من أجل التجارب وليس للشرب.
</s>
<s id="79">
مياه شبه قلوية أيونية:
</s>
<s id="80">
وهي التي تستخدم فيها الكهرباء لفصل الجزيئات وشحنها
</s>
<s id="81">
وفي عام 1966 قامت وزارة الصحة اليابانية باعتماد هذا النوع من المياه رسمياً للارتقاء بمستوى مياه الشرب الصحية.
</s>
<s id="82">
التعامل مع أنواع المياه المعبئة:
</s>
<s id="83">
إذا تم الشرب منها وفتحها لا تتركها لفترة طويلة بدون استخدامها لأن البكتريا ستنشط فيها والتي يكون مصدرها من الفم والبيئة التي توجد من حولنا.
</s>
<s id="84">
زجاجة المياه وطريقة العناية بها هامة من غسيل غطائها باستمرار وغسيل الزجاجة نفسها بالماء الساخن والصابون عند إعادة ملئها.
</s>
<s id="85">
مع تغييرها من فترة لأخرى.
</s>
<s id="86">
يمكنك إضافة بعض العناصر الصحية لكوب الماء الذي تشربه مثل شرائح الليمون أوأوراق النعناع الطازجة أو الزنجبيل المبشور.
</s>
<s id="87">
للتخلص من طعم الكلور عليك بصب الماء في إناء كبير وتركه لمدة ساعة تقريباً.
</s>
<s id="88">
الماء في الديانات
</s>
<s id="89">
الماء
</s>
<s id="90">
يعد الماء في العديد من الديانات مادة طاهرة، ويتم الاغتسال بالماء للتطهر، وللتحلل من الذنوب
</s>
<s id="91">
ففي الإسلام، يحظى الماء بمكانة كبيرة، إذ ورد في القرآن أن الماء أساس الحياة حيث ذكر تحت اسم (الماء) في 17آية كما ذكر باسم (ماء) في 34 آية، حيث قال الله تعالى : &quot;و جعلنا من الماء كل شيء حي&quot;، كما أن الماء يستعمل للتطهر والوضوء في كل صلاة ولغسل الأموات قبل الدفن
</s>
<s id="92">
وكذلك في الديانة اليهودية، يستعمل الماء للتطهر والاغتسال
</s>
<s id="93">
وفي الديانة المسيحية، يستعمل الماء للتعميد.
</s>
<s id="94">
فوائده
</s>
<s id="95">
فوائد الماء
</s>
<s id="96">
الماء مذيب للفيتامنات والأملاح والأحماض الأمنية والجلوكوز كما يلعب الماء، دوراً حيوياً في هظم وامتصاص ونقل واستخدام العناصر التغدوية، الماء هو الوسط الآمن للتخلص من السموم والفضلات ،يعتمد كل التنظيم الحراري على الماء كما أن الماء، ضروري في إنتاج الطاقة.
</s>
<s id="97">
فقدان الماء يصيب بالغيبوبة، فلا يستطيع الإنسان ان يعيش بدون ماء لمدة تزيد عن ثلاث ايام 72ساعة، وينصح بالشرب قبل الشعور بالضمأ، كما أن الماء مهم جدا في الحد من البدانة وتراكم الدهون لدى الاطفال بالخصوص.
</s>
<s id="98">
العلاج بالماء
</s>
<s id="99">
قام الاتحاد الياباني للأمراض بنشر التجربة التالية للعلاج بالماء حيث بلغت نتائج نجاحها حسب إفادة الاتحاد 100% بالنسبة للأمراض القديمة والعصرية التالية :
</s>
<s id="100">
1 - الصداع وضغط الدم وفقر الدم (الأنيميا) وداء المفاصل والشلل وسرعة خفقان القلب والصرع والسمنة
</s>
<s id="101">
2 - السعال التهاب الحلق والربو والسل
</s>
<s id="102">
3 - التهاب السحايا وأي مرض آخر يتصل بالمسالك البولية
</s>
<s id="103">
4 - فرط الحموضة والتهاب غشاء المعدة والدوسنتاريا والإمساك
</s>
<s id="104">
5 - أي مرض يتصل بالعين والأذن والحنجرة
</s>
<s id="105">
طريقة العلاج :
</s>
<s id="106">
استيقظ مبكراً صباح كل يوم وتناول (4) كاسات ماء سعة كل منها (160) ملم على معدة فارغة ولا تتناول أي نوع من الطعام أو السوائل قبل مضي 45 دقيقة.
</s>
<s id="107">
لا تتناول أي طعام أو شراب خلال الساعتين التاليتين لكل وجبة (الفطور، الغداء، العشاء).
</s>
<s id="108">
قد يواجه المرضى والمسنون صعوبة في البداية في شرب (4) كاسات ماء في وقت واحد لذا يمكنهم أن يتناولوا أقل من ذلك
</s>
<s id="109">
على أن يعملوا على زيادة الكمية تدريجياً إلى أن يتمكنوا من شرب الكمية المقترحة في غضون فترة زمنية قصيرة.
</s>
<s id="110">
وقد أثبت نتائج تجربة العلاج بالماء الشفاء من الأمراض التالية في المدة المبينة مع كل منها :
</s>
<s id="111">
داء السكري 30 يوماً
</s>
<s id="112">
ارتفاع ضغط الدم 30 يوماً
</s>
<s id="113">
مشاكل المعدة 10 أيام
</s>
<s id="114">
السرطان 9 شهور
</s>
<s id="115">
السل 3 أشهر
</s>
<s id="116">
الإمساك 10أيام
</s>
<s id="117">
ينبغي على الذين يشكون من التهاب المفاصل أن يكرروا هذه التجربة 3 مرات يومياً في الأسبوع الأول ثم يخففونها إلى مرة في واحدة في الصباح وقد يميلون في الأيام القليلة الأولى إلى التبول أكثر من المعتاد لكن لن يكون لذلك أية مضاعفات جانبية.
</s>
<s id="118">
الماء أرخص موجود وأغلى مفقود فما هي أهمية الماء وهل ستنتهي المياه على سطح الأرض
</s>
<s id="119">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="120">
ماء ثقيل
</s>
<s id="121">
ماء مسوس
</s>
<s id="122">
ماء جوفي
</s>
<s id="123">
تلوث المياه
</s>
<s id="124">
مياه معدنية
</s>
<s id="125">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="126">
مركز الأمارات للمعلومات الزراعية
</s>
<s id="127">
الماء القلوي والحمضي المتأين واستخداماتهما
</s>
<s id="128">
مراجع
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="2" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
اللغة العربي
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل لغة عربية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="3" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
عِلْمُ حاسبات
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل معلوماتية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="4" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
رياضيات
</s>
<s id="2">
إقليدس، من أبرز العلماء والمفكّرين اليونانين
</s>
<s id="3">
الرياضيات علم مواضيعه مفاهيم مجرّدة والاصطلاحات الرّياضيّة تدلّ على الكمّ، والعدد يدلّ على كميّة المعدود والمقدار قابل للزيادة أو النّقصان وعندما نستطيع قياس المقدار نطلق عليه اسم الكمّ
</s>
<s id="4">
لذلك عرّف بعض العلماء الرياضيات بأنّه علم القياس
</s>
<s id="5">
تعتبر الرّياضيات لغة العلوم إذ أنّ هذه العلوم لا تكتمل إلاّ عندما نحوّل نتائجها إلى معادلات ونحوّل ثوابتها إلى خطوط بيانيّة.
</s>
<s id="6">
تعرف الرياضيات بأنها دراسة القياس والحساب والهندسة
</s>
<s id="7">
هذا بالإضافة إلى المفاهيم الحديثة نسبيا ومنها البنية، الفضاء أو الفراغ، والتغير والأبعاد
</s>
<s id="8">
وبشكل عام قد يعرفها البعض على أنها دراسة البنى المجردة باستخدام المنطق والبراهين الرياضية والتدوين الرياضي
</s>
<s id="9">
وبشكل أكثر عمومية، قد تعرف الرياضيات أيضا على أنها دراسة الأعداد وأنماطها.
</s>
<s id="10">
و لقد نشأت الرياضيات بقيام الإنسان بقياس ما يشاهده من ظواهر الطبيعة بناء على فطرة وخاصية في الإنسان ألا وهي اهتمامه بقياس كل ما حوله إلى جانب احتياجاته العملية فهكذا كان هناك ضرورة لقياس قسمة المقوتة (الطعام) بين أفراد العائلة وقياس الوقت والفصول والمحاصيل الزراعية تقسيم الأراضي وغنائم الحملات الحربية والمحاسبة للتمكن من الإتجار إلى جانب علم الملاحة بالنجوم في السفر والترحال للتجارة والاستكشاف والقياسات اللازمة لتشييد الأبنية والمدن.
</s>
<s id="11">
و هكذا فإن البنى الرياضية التي يدرسها الرياضيون غالبا ما يعود أصلها إلى العلوم الطبيعية، وخاصة علم الطبيعة، ولكن الرياضيين يقومون بتعريف ودراسة بنى أخرى لأغراض رياضية بحتة، لأن هذه البنى قد توفر تعميما لحقول أخرى من الرياضيات مثلا، أو أن تكون عاملا مساعدا في حسابات معينة، وأخيرا فإن الرياضيين قد يدرسون حقولا معينة من الرياضيات لتحمسهم لها، معتبرين أن الرياضيات هي فن وليس علما تطبيقيا.
</s>
<s id="12">
فللرياضيات دور بارز في علوم المادّة (أي الفيزياء والكيمياء) وعلم الأحياء (البيولوجيا)، فضلاً عن دوره المتميّز في العلوم الإنسانيّة.
</s>
<s id="13">
تاريخ الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="14">
مخطوطة مصرية قديمة لأحمس
</s>
<s id="15">
كان الكتبة البابليون منذ أكثر من 3000 عام يمارسون كتابة الأعداد وحساب الفوائد ولاسيما في الأعمال التجارية ببابل
</s>
<s id="16">
وكانت الأعداد والعمليات الحسابية تدون فوق ألواح الصلصال بقلم من البوص المدبب
</s>
<s id="17">
ثم توضع في الفرن لتجف
</s>
<s id="18">
وكانوا يعرفون الجمع والضرب والطرح والقسمة
</s>
<s id="19">
ولم يكونوا يستخدمون فيها النظام العشري المتبع حاليا مما زادها صعوبة حيث كانوا يتبعون النظام الستيني الذي يتكون من 60 رمزا للدلالة علي الأعداد من 1-60
</s>
<s id="20">
وطور قدماء المصريين هذا النظام في مسح الأراضي بعد كل فيضان لتقدير الضرائب
</s>
<s id="21">
كما كانوا يتبعون النظام العشري وهو العد بالآحاد والعشرات والمئات
</s>
<s id="22">
لكنهم لم يعرفوا الصفر
</s>
<s id="23">
لهذا كانوا يكتبون 600بوضع 6رموز يعبر كل رمز على 100.
</s>
<s id="24">
الرّياضيّات في علوم المادّة
</s>
<s id="25">
يبقى علم الفيزياء علماً استقرائيّاً يعتمد في الأساس على مراقبة الظّواهر الطّبيعيّة واختبارها، ويستطيع في أقصى حدّه التّعبير عن القوانين بلغة رياضيّة، فتكون الرّياضيّات في مجال علوم المادّة لغة تعبير أكثر منها منهج اكتشاف، وهناك حالات عديدة كانت الرّياضيّات فيها أسلوب اكتشاف وبرهنة
</s>
<s id="26">
فقد اكتشف &quot;ليفيرييه&quot; (أحد العلماء) بالحسابات الرّياضيّة مكان كوكب نبتون وبُعده وكتلته قبل التّحقّق من وجوده الفعلي بالرّصد وكان الفكر الرّياضي عند &quot;نيوتن&quot; و&quot;أينشتاين&quot; سابقاً إلى حدّ كبير على الاختيار، لكن يبقى الاختيار الضّامن الأخير لصحّة الاكتشافات في علوم المادّة
</s>
<s id="27">
أمّا فرضيّة تحويل الكون برمّته إلى معادلة رياضيّة كبرى فيبقى حلماَ راود أذهان الفلاسفة والعلماء أمثال &quot;ديكارت&quot;، ولكن هذا الهدف الكبير يبقى محرّد فرضيّة دونها صعوبات وتجاذبات علميّة وفلسفيّة
</s>
<s id="28">
فالعالم لا يستطيع استعمال المنهج الرّياضي الاستنباطي في سائر العلوم إلاّ إذا سلب الواقع كثيراً من مضمونه.
</s>
<s id="29">
فاللّغة الرّياضيّة توفّر للقوانين العلميّة مزيداً من الدّقّة، ومن أبرز الأمثلة على دور الرّياضيّات في علوم المادّة: قياس سرعة الرّياح، وقياس قوّة الزّلازل، وقياس الضّعط الجوّي.
</s>
<s id="30">
الرّياضيّات في علوم الأحياء
</s>
<s id="31">
يُعتبر جريجور مندل من أهم علماء الأحياء حتى اليوم
</s>
<s id="32">
إنّ نجاح المنهج الاختياري في علوم الأحياء هيّأها لاستعمال اللّغة الرّياضبّة الرّائجة جدّاً في مجال العلوم الفيزيوكيميائيّة
</s>
<s id="33">
ولقد عارض بعض العلماء هذا داعيين إلى الحذر وعدم إقحام الرّياضيّات في علوم الأحياء قبل أن تمرّ هذه الأخيرة بشكل واف ٍ على مشرحة التّحليل
</s>
<s id="34">
فالعلم الّذي يبلغ مبلغاً كافياً من التّطوّر هو الّذي يمكن أن يطمح إلى هذه الدّرجة العلميّة الرّياضيّة.
</s>
<s id="35">
و كان علم الوراثة الأوّل من علوم الأحياء الّذي اتّبع علوم المادّة في مسارها الرّياضي، وقد طُبّقت قوانين &quot;مندل&quot; في المجال الحيواني بقصد تأصيل بعض الحيوانات وعزل خصائص معيّنة كاللّون والشّكل والقدّ
</s>
<s id="36">
وركّز العالم &quot;مورغان&quot; اختياراته على ذبابة الدّروزوفيل فتوصّل إلى تحديد الجينات الوراثيّة في كروموزومات نواة الخليّة.
</s>
<s id="37">
إنّ علماء البيولوجيا يعتبرون الإحصاءات الرّياضيّة بمثابة استقصاء وشرح متميّز للمعطيات الطّبيّة
</s>
<s id="38">
فإنّ قياس الثّوابت البيلوجيّة والتّسجيلات البيانيّة تشكّل لغة شائعة جدّاً في علوم الأحياء
</s>
<s id="39">
فتخطيط الدماغ، وتخطيط القلب، وقياس نسبة الزُّلال، وقياس ثابة السكر في الدم، وإحصاء عدد كريات الدم الحمراء والبيضاء، وقياس النمو والوزن كلّها ذلائل على دخول الرّياضيّات في علوم الأحياء.
</s>
<s id="40">
الرّياضيّات في العلوم الإنسانيّة
</s>
<s id="41">
إنّ العلوم الإنسانيّة هي الّتي تضمّ علم الاقتصاد، والإجتماع، والتاريخ، والنفس، والأخلاق وما سواها
</s>
<s id="42">
فالمجتمعات الصناعية تعتمد على اللّغة الرّياضيّة من أجل تطوير الواقع الّتي تعيش فيه، فاللاقتصاد يقوم على التّخطيط الّذي يُعتبر أسلوب للسيطرة على اقتصاد البلد ومحوره الأساسي الرّياضيّات
</s>
<s id="43">
كذلك علم الإجتماع الّذي يرتكز على الاستبيان والجداول الإحصائيّة والخطوط البيانيّة أثناء دراسة لحالة فقر أو نسبة الهجرة السّكّانيّة إلى الخارج أو نسبة البطالة
</s>
<s id="44">
أمّا بالنّسبة للتّاريخ، فالرّياضيّات تجعل عمليّة التّأريخ أكثر موضوعيّة ودقّة من خلال تحديد الفترة الزّمنيّة لحادثة ما وتدوين نتائجها على مختلف الصّعد
</s>
<s id="45">
وتُستخدم اللّغة الرّقميّة في العديد من الدّراسات لعلم النّفس خاصّة عندى قياس الفروقات الفرديّة ونسبة الذكاء
</s>
<s id="46">
غير أنّ الرّياضيّات لا تستطيع الدّخول على علم الأخلاق بسبب الموضوعات الّتي يحويها كالإرادة والضمير والحرية والمسؤولية والحق والواجب، فهي بالأمور المعنويّة الّتي لا يصحّ معها استعمال القياس أو الكمّ.
</s>
<s id="47">
بعض فروع قسم الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="48">
تقسيم أولى لفروع الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="49">
تنبيه هام: هذا التقسيم لا ينبع من تقويم علمى سليم وإنما ينبع من تهيؤ الكاتب الغير متخصص لما يمكن أن يكون عليه التقسيم، ولذلك تنبغي مراجعته وتصحيحه من قبل المتخصصين.
</s>
<s id="50">
من الرياضيات البحتة
</s>
<s id="51">
من فروع المنطق :
</s>
<s id="52">
المنطق المجرد.
</s>
<s id="53">
الجبر المنطقي أو الجبر البولياني وينبع منه
</s>
<s id="54">
منطق القضايا.
</s>
<s id="55">
منطق الرتبة الأولى يحتوى هذا الفرع على القواعد والأصول اللازمة لصياغة نظريات الذكاء الاصطناعي وهو يعتمد بدوره على مبادئ المنطق البولياني ومنطق القضايا.
</s>
<s id="56">
المنطق الوقتي.
</s>
<s id="57">
المنطق الضبابي.
</s>
<s id="58">
نظرية الاعتقاد .
</s>
<s id="59">
المنطق القافي .
</s>
<s id="60">
من فروع الرياضيات المتقطعة:
</s>
<s id="61">
اللغات الشكلية ونظرية الآليات
</s>
<s id="62">
نظرية المخططات وهي دراسة نظم ذات بنية شبكية وتتضمن على دراسة الشبكات وعبور المخططات والشجر وأطياف المخططات وغير ذلك.
</s>
<s id="63">
نظرية المجموعات المبسطة.
</s>
<s id="64">
نظرية الأعداد.
</s>
<s id="65">
من فروع الجبر:
</s>
<s id="66">
جبر الأعداد الحقيقية (الجبر والمقابلة للخوارزمي).
</s>
<s id="67">
الجبر المجرد (يشتمل على القواعد المنطقية لحساب مختلف مجموعات الأعداد مثل حساب الأعداد الحقيقية والمركبة إلخ)
</s>
<s id="68">
نظرية الزمر.
</s>
<s id="69">
حساب المجموعات (الفئات).
</s>
<s id="70">
حساب المتتاليات.
</s>
<s id="71">
حساب المتجهات.
</s>
<s id="72">
الجبر الخطي.
</s>
<s id="73">
حساب المصفوفات.
</s>
<s id="74">
جبر بول
</s>
<s id="75">
ما وراء الرياضيات : ويشتمل ذلك على سبيل المثال على نظرية جودل وبحوث هيلبرت وبرتراند راسل حول تعريف وتبويب بنية الرياضات بأجمعها.
</s>
<s id="76">
من فروع الهندسة:
</s>
<s id="77">
الهندسة الإقليدية.
</s>
<s id="78">
الهندسة الفراغية.
</s>
<s id="79">
الهندسة الإسقاطية.
</s>
<s id="80">
حساب المثلثات.
</s>
<s id="81">
الهندسة التحليلية.
</s>
<s id="82">
الهندسة الجبرية.
</s>
<s id="83">
الهندسة التفاضلية.
</s>
<s id="84">
الهندسة التضاريسية.
</s>
<s id="85">
الهندسة التضاريسية لمجاميع النقاط .
</s>
<s id="86">
الهندسة التضاريسية الجبرية .
</s>
<s id="87">
نظرية العقد.
</s>
<s id="88">
من فروع التحليل:
</s>
<s id="89">
الحساب المتناهي (حساب التفاضل والتكامل).
</s>
<s id="90">
المعادلات التفاضلية والمعادلات التكاملية.
</s>
<s id="91">
تحليل الأعداد الحقيقية.
</s>
<s id="92">
التحليل العددي.
</s>
<s id="93">
التحليل التوافقي.
</s>
<s id="94">
التحليل الدالي.
</s>
<s id="95">
نظرية الدالات أو تحليل الدالات المركبة .
</s>
<s id="96">
التحليل اللا-قياسي .
</s>
<s id="97">
نظرية القياس.
</s>
<s id="98">
من الرياضيات التطبيقية
</s>
<s id="99">
نظرية الألعاب ولها تطبيقات في الاقتصاد وعلوم الإدارة والتخطيط.
</s>
<s id="100">
علم الاحتمالات والإحصائيات.
</s>
<s id="101">
علم النظم
</s>
<s id="102">
نظرية الشواش والنظم اللا- خطية.
</s>
<s id="103">
نظرية التحكم الآلي.
</s>
<s id="104">
علوم الحاسبات الآلية:
</s>
<s id="105">
نظرية الحوسبة.
</s>
<s id="106">
تحليل الخوارزميات.
</s>
<s id="107">
الذكاء الاصطناعي.
</s>
<s id="108">
التعلم الآلى ويشتمل على
</s>
<s id="109">
نظريات التعلم التواصلى والشبكات العصبية أو العصبونية.
</s>
<s id="110">
نظريات التعلم التطورى: البرمجة والخوارزميات الوراثية والتطورية.
</s>
<s id="111">
الإثبات الآلى للنظريات.
</s>
<s id="112">
البحث المتوالى والمتوازي وفوز المباريات .
</s>
<s id="113">
تصميم الدارات المنطقية .
</s>
<s id="114">
علم المعلومات أو العلوم المعلوماتية.
</s>
<s id="115">
علم إدارة نظم المعلومات.
</s>
<s id="116">
علوم البرمجيات.
</s>
<s id="117">
الاستمثال استمثال تعرف فروع هذا القسم بالبرمجة للإشارة إلى أن المراد هي إيجاد أدنى حلول للمعادلات تحت التحليل مثلا تحليل سيمبلكس .
</s>
<s id="118">
البرمجة الخطية .
</s>
<s id="119">
البرمجة الكاملة .
</s>
<s id="120">
البرمجة المتحركة .
</s>
<s id="121">
بحوث العمليات .
</s>
<s id="122">
علوم الطبيعة الرياضياتية : وتشمل على فروع العلوم والنظريات الطبيعية التي تعتمد بالأساس في صياغتها على التحليل والبرهنة الرياضية أكثر من قياس التجارب والظواهر الطبيعية ومنها
</s>
<s id="123">
نظرية الكم أو النظرية الكمومية أو علم الحركيات الكمية.
</s>
<s id="124">
الميكانيكا أو الحركيات الإحصائية.
</s>
<s id="125">
ومنها أيضا دراسة حلول الدالات المجهولة في التصميم الهندسي والصناعي والتي تعتمد على حساب المعادلات التفاضلية التي تصف النظم تحت التصميم.
</s>
<s id="126">
ميكانيكا هاملتون.
</s>
<s id="127">
التحليل العددي.
</s>
<s id="128">
علم الشفرات.
</s>
<s id="129">
تقسيم فروع الرياضيات حول موضوع الدراسة الأساسي
</s>
<s id="130">
الكمية
</s>
<s id="131">
: عدد – عدد طبيعي – عدد صحيح – عدد كسري – عدد حقيقي – عدد عقدي – عدد فوق عقدي – كواتيرنيون – اوكتونيون – سيدينيون – عدد فوق حقيقي – عدد حقيقي فائق – عدد ترتيبي – عدد كمي – عدد بي – متوالية صحيحة – ثابت رياضي – أسماء الأعداد – اللانهاية – الأساس (رياضيات)
</s>
<s id="132">
التغير
</s>
<s id="133">
: الحساب – علم الحسبان – الحسبان الشعاعي – التحليل الرياضي – معادلات تفاضلية – جمل متحركة – نظرية الشواش – قائمة الدوال (التوابع)
</s>
<s id="134">
البنية
</s>
<s id="135">
: جبر تجريدي – نظرية الأعداد – هندسة جبرية – نظرية المجموعات – مونويد – التحليل الرياضي – الطوبولوجيا – الجبر الخطي – نظرية المخططات – الجبر الشامل – نظرية الزمر – نظرية الترتيب – نظرية القياس
</s>
<s id="136">
العلاقات الفراغية
</s>
<s id="137">
: طوبولوجيا – هندسة رياضية – علم المثلثات – هندسة جبرية – هندسة تفاضلية – طبولوجيا تفاضلية – طوبولوجيا جبرية – جبر خطي – هندسة كسيرية
</s>
<s id="138">
الرياضيات المتقطعة
</s>
<s id="139">
: التوافقيات – نظرية المجموعات المبسطة – نظرية الحوسبة– علم التعمية –
</s>
<s id="140">
رياضيات تطبيقية
</s>
<s id="141">
: الميكانيك – تحليل عددي – استمثال رياضي – احتمال – إحصاء – رياضيات اقتصادية – نظرية الألعاب – البيولوجيا الرياضية – علم التعمية – نظرية المعلومات – ميكانيك السوائل
</s>
<s id="142">
المبرهنات والحدسيات الهامة
</s>
<s id="143">
: مبرهنة فيثاغورث – مبرهنة طاليس –مبرهنة الكاشي –مبرهنة فيرما الأخيرة – حدسية غولدباخ – حدسية التوأمين الأولية – مبرهنة عدم الاكتمال لغودل – حدسية بوانكاريه – قطر كانتور – مبرهنة الألوان الأربعة – قضية زورن المساعدة – هوية اويلر – أطروحة تشرش-تورينغ
</s>
<s id="144">
: فرضية ريمان – فرضية الاستمرارية – P=NP – مبرهنة الحد المركزية – المبرهنة الأساسية في التكامل – المبرهنة الأساسية في الجبر – المبرهنة الأساسية في الحساب – المبرهنة الأساسية في الهندسة الإسقاطية – مبرهنات تصنيف السطوح – مبرهنة غاوس-بونيت
</s>
<s id="145">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="146">
أنظمة العدّ
</s>
<s id="147">
مجموعة
</s>
<s id="148">
علماء رياضيات أو موسوعيون مسلمون/عرب في العصور الوسطى
</s>
<s id="149">
لعب العلماء العرب والمسلمون دورا كبيرا في تطوير علوم الرياضيات والفلك والفيزياء والتي كانت مترابطة معا بشكل كبير في عصورهم، فالعرب جمعوا من شتى أنحاء المعمورة المعارف الرياضية، وعملوا على الدمج بين المعارف الشرقية والغربية والمحلية، والآثار اليونانية والبيزنطية والهندية والفارسية وغيرها الكثير، بالإضافة إلى إثرائهم لها والإضافة عليها
</s>
<s id="150">
ويرجع للعرب إضافات مهمة للرياضيات أهمها: تطوير واعتماد الحساب الهندي وهو ما يسمى الآن بالنظام العشري في الترقيم والحساب، وتحويل علم الجبر إلى دراسة لطرق حل المعادلات الجبرية بعد أن كانت معالجة اليونانيين القدماء له ترتكز على دراسة خواص الأعداد.
</s>
<s id="151">
بعض أعلام الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="152">
من أهم مطورى الرياضيات القديمة والحديثة :
</s>
<s id="153">
إقليدس
</s>
<s id="154">
ارخميدس
</s>
<s id="155">
فيثاغورس
</s>
<s id="156">
طاليس
</s>
<s id="157">
الخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="158">
إسحاق نيوتن
</s>
<s id="159">
غوتفريد لايبنتز
</s>
<s id="160">
لابلاس
</s>
<s id="161">
بليز باسكال
</s>
<s id="162">
هنري بوانكاريه
</s>
<s id="163">
جاوس
</s>
<s id="164">
ديفيد هيلبرت
</s>
<s id="165">
ستيفن باناخ
</s>
<s id="166">
ابن الهيثم
</s>
<s id="167">
مايكل عطية
</s>
<s id="168">
ليونارد أويلر
</s>
<s id="169">
كورت غودل
</s>
<s id="170">
جون فون نيومان
</s>
<s id="171">
برنارد ريمان
</s>
<s id="172">
رينيه ديكارت
</s>
<s id="173">
جورج كانتور
</s>
<s id="174">
جورج بول
</s>
<s id="175">
عمر الخيام
</s>
<s id="176">
إيمي نويثر
</s>
<s id="177">
ارتباطات خارجية
</s>
<s id="178">
شبكة الرياضيات رمز(عربي)
</s>
<s id="179">
موقع عن الرياضيات(عربي)
</s>
<s id="180">
برامج تعليمية في الرياضيات (عربي)
</s>
<s id="181">
موقع عن الرياضيات(إنجليزية)
</s>
<s id="182">
Bogomolny, Alexander: مسائل رياضية
</s>
<s id="183">
مجموعة من المقالات حول بعض المواضيع الرياضية مع تمثيلات بلغة الجافا.
</s>
<s id="184">
Rusin, Dave: أطلس الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="185">
جولة في فروع الرياضيات المختلفة.
</s>
<s id="186">
Stefanov, Alexandre: مراجع في الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="187">
قائمة مراجع ومحاضرات مجانية على شبكة الانترنيت.
</s>
<s id="188">
Weisstein, Eric et al.: &apos;&apos;عالم الرياضيات:عالم من الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="189">
موسوعة الرياضيات على الانترنيت.
</s>
<s id="190">
Polyanin, Andrei: علم المعادلات : عالم من المعادلات الرياضية
</s>
<s id="191">
مصدر هام للرياضيات يركز على الجبر، معادلات تفاضلية نظامية وجزئية
</s>
<s id="192">
(فيزياء رياضية), تكاملية ومعادلات رياضية أخرى.
</s>
<s id="193">
NRICH مشروع من جامعة كامبردج
</s>
<s id="194">
التواصل مع الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="195">
كوكب الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="196">
رياضيات على الشبكة
</s>
<s id="197">
موسوعة قيد الإنشاء تهتم بالرياضيات الحديثة تحت Uses the GFDL, تسمح بتبادل المقالات مع ويكيبيديا
</s>
<s id="198">
تستخدم لغة إشارات تيكس TeX.
</s>
<s id="199">
Mathforge
</s>
<s id="200">
موقع أخبار يتناول آخر مواضيع الرياضيات والفيزياء والعلوم كافة.
</s>
<s id="201">
شبكة الرياضياتيين الشبان(YMN)&apos;&apos;
</s>
<s id="202">
موقع رياضيات تابع لتجمع الرياضياتيين الشبان فيه أخبار متنوعة عن الرياضيات...
</s>
<s id="203">
ما وراء الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="204">
موقع يقدم الرياضيات متصلة مع أسسها.
</s>
<s id="205">
الرياضيات في الأفلام
</s>
<s id="206">
دليل لصور ومشاهد ذات علاقة بمواضيع رياضية.
</s>
<s id="207">
الرياضيات في الخيال
</s>
<s id="208">
ارتباطات لأعمال خيال علمي ترتبط بالرياضيات أو الرياضيين.
</s>
<s id="209">
منتدى مساعدة الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="210">
Aمنتدى للمساعدة ومناقشة المواضيع الرياضية.
</s>
<s id="211">
S.O.S
</s>
<s id="212">
Mathematics Cyberboard موقع مساعدة في الرياضيات
</s>
<s id="213">
Mathematician Bibliography
</s>
<s id="214">
تاريخ مفصل وأقوال لأشهر الرياضياتيون.
</s>
<s id="215">
منتدى رياضيات الفيزياء
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="5" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الصفحة الرئيسية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="6" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
إستونيا
</s>
<s id="2">
إستونيا هي أحد جمهوريات البلطيق الثلاث وإحدى جمهوريات الاتحاد السوفياتي السابق
</s>
<s id="3">
انضمت إلى الاتحاد الأوروبي عام 2004
</s>
<s id="4">
يحدها من الشرق روسيا ومن الجنوب لاتفيا
</s>
<s id="5">
من باقي الجهات بحر البلطيق.
</s>
<s id="6">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="7">
تقع استونيا بين خطوط العرض 57.3 و 59.5 وخطوط الطول 21.5 و 28.1 على الساحل الشرقي لبحر البلطيق، في شمال شرق أوروبا
</s>
<s id="8">
معدل علو الارتفاعات يبلغ 50 متر
</s>
<s id="9">
أعلى جبل هو سور مونامغي (Suur Munamägi) ويبلغ 318 متر
</s>
<s id="10">
الغابات تُشكل 47% من مساحة البلاد، التي تُعد بجانب الحجر الكلسي أهم موارد البلاد
</s>
<s id="11">
تحتضن استونيا أكثر من 1400 بحيرة، معظمها صغيرة الحجم وأكبرها بحيرة هي بايبسي (Peipsi) بمساحة قدرها 3555 كم مربع
</s>
<s id="12">
طول ساحل البلاد يزاهي ال 3794 كم (مع الجزر)
</s>
<s id="13">
يبلغ عدد الجزر الاستونية حوالي 1500 جزيرة.
</s>
<s id="14">
السكان
</s>
<s id="15">
حسب إحصائيات عام 2002 فإن 67.9% من سكان البلاد هم استونيون، يليهم الروس بنسبة 25.6%، ثم الأوكرانيين (2.1%)، الروسيون البيض (1.2%) والفنلنديون (0.9%)
</s>
<s id="16">
الجالية الروسية تتركز حول العاصمة تالين وفي شمال شرق البلاد.
</s>
<s id="17">
اللغة
</s>
<s id="18">
اللغة الاستونية، لغة البلاد الرسمية، لا تتبع اللغات البلطيقية وانما مجموعة اللغات الفنلندية-المجرية
</s>
<s id="19">
الروسية تُستعمل بين أبناء الجالية الروسية في البلاد.
</s>
<s id="20">
الديانة
</s>
<s id="21">
يعتبر 31% من الإستونيين متدينين ممارسين، منهم 15% يتبعون الكنيسة لإنجيلية اللوثرية الإستونية، و14% يتبعون المسيحية الأرثوذكسية الشرقية (انظر الكنيسة الإستونية الأرثوذكسية)، 0.5% من المعمدانيين و 0.5% الكاثوليكية بالإضافة لوجود أقلية يهودية.أما المسلمين يتجاوز عددهم 10000 ينحدرون من أطراف مختلفة لكن من أصول تتارية جاءؤا من شبه جزيرة القرم وهناك مسلمون وافدون طلاب ومهاجرون وهم متمسكون بدينهم بأمكانيتهم حاولوا عمارة سكن إلى مسجد يؤدون فيها صلاة الجمعة لايعانى مسلمى أستونيا من أضطهاد لكنهم يعانون من التهميش
</s>
<s id="22">
الأعياد والعطل
</s>
<s id="23">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="24">
وقعت استونيا على مر التاريخ تحت سيطرة الدانماركيين والسويديين والألمان والروس حتى عام 1918 حيث تم إعلان الاستقلال
</s>
<s id="25">
اعترفت الأخيرة باستونيا عام 1920 وأُعلن قيام جمهورية برلمانية وتأميم أراضي النُبلاء في نفس العام
</s>
<s id="26">
انضمت دول البلطيق الثلاث اللى عصبة الأمم المتحدة عام 1921
</s>
<s id="27">
عاشت استونيا في الفترة 1921 إلى 1940 فترة سياسية غير مستقرة أهم أحداثها تشكيل حكومة فاشية برئاسة قسطنطين باتس (Päts) عام 1934
</s>
<s id="28">
اتفاق هتلر-ستالين عام 1939 أعطى الضوء الأخضر للاتحاد السوفياتي باحتلال جمهوريات البلطيق ومن ضمنها استونيا، الذي تم في عام 1940 أثناء الحرب العالمية الثانية (1939-1945) بدون أي سابق إنذار
</s>
<s id="29">
بعد نشوب الحرب بين ألمانيا والاتحاد السوفياتي، قامت الأولى باحتلال جمهوريات البلطيق عام 1941، إلى أن أعاد الجيش الأحمر احتلالهم وإعادتهم تحت سيطرة الاتحاد السوفياتي.
</s>
<s id="30">
بقي تاريخ البلاد جزء من التاريخ السوفياتي في السنوات المقبلة حتى الأعوام 1988 - 1990، عندما بدأ الاتحاد السوفياتي بالآنهيار وتزايد الأصوات المطالبة باستقلال البلاد
</s>
<s id="31">
وأعلنت إستونيا استقلالها عام 1990، واعترف المجلس السوفياتي الأعلى في العام التالي بالجمهورية الجديدة
</s>
<s id="32">
انضمت إستونيا إلى الأمم المتحدة عام 1992 وإلى الاتحاد الأوروبي عام 2004.
</s>
<s id="33">
السياسة
</s>
<s id="34">
النظام السياسي
</s>
<s id="35">
إستونيا هي دولة دستورية ديمقراطية
</s>
<s id="36">
رئيس الجمهورية هو أعلى منصب سياسي يُنتخب من برلمان الدولة (Riigikogu)، والمجلس الأحادي، كل خمس سنوات
</s>
<s id="37">
الحكومة، التي تتشكل من 14 وزير، هي الذراع التنفيذي للرئيس
</s>
<s id="38">
الحكومة تُعين من الرئيس بعد موافقة البرلمان عليها
</s>
<s id="39">
البرلمان يتكون من 101 نائب، الذين ينتخبوا كل أربع سنوات بشكل مباشر من الشعب
</s>
<s id="40">
المحكمة القضائية العليا هي المحكمة الوطنية (Riigikohus)، التي تتكون بدورها من 17 قاضي يرأسهم رئيس القضاة الذي يعين من البرلمان.
</s>
<s id="41">
التقسيم الاداري وأهم المدن
</s>
<s id="42">
إستونيا مقسمة إدراياً إلى 15 مديرية، هم:
</s>
<s id="43">
مديرية هاريو
</s>
<s id="44">
مديرية هيو
</s>
<s id="45">
مديرية إيدا فيرو
</s>
<s id="46">
مديرية يارفا
</s>
<s id="47">
مديرية يوغفا
</s>
<s id="48">
مديرية لانه
</s>
<s id="49">
مديرية لانه فيرو
</s>
<s id="50">
مديرية بارنو
</s>
<s id="51">
مديرية بولفا
</s>
<s id="52">
مديرية رابلا
</s>
<s id="53">
مديرية ساره
</s>
<s id="54">
مديرية تارتو
</s>
<s id="55">
مديرية فالغا
</s>
<s id="56">
مديرية فيلياندي
</s>
<s id="57">
مديرية فورو
</s>
<s id="58">
أهم المدن:
</s>
<s id="59">
تالين (400,000 نسمة)
</s>
<s id="60">
تارتو (100,000 نسمة)
</s>
<s id="61">
بارنو (80,000 نسمة)
</s>
<s id="62">
فيلياندي (50,000 نسمة)
</s>
<s id="63">
الاقتصاد والبنية التحتية
</s>
<s id="64">
بعد انتهاء الحقبة الشيوعية بالبلاد حولت إستونيا نظامها الاقتصادي تدريجياً، آخذة اقتصاديات الدول الاسكندنافية كمثل أعلى لها، التي تمتاز بقلة البيروقراطية، شفافية أنظمة الدولة واتصالات حديثة
</s>
<s id="65">
الاقتصاد الإستوني أصبح ينمو بسرعة وثقة أكثر بعد دخول البلاد بالاتحاد الأوروبي عام 2004
</s>
<s id="66">
أهم الصناعات هي الغذائية والكهربائية
</s>
<s id="67">
أيضاً صيد الأسماك وصناعة الأثاث لهم دور مهم بدفع عجلة النمو وزيادة الصادرات
</s>
<s id="68">
أهم الشركاء التجاريين هم الدول الاسكندنافية وخاصة فنلندا.
</s>
<s id="69">
إستونيا كانت إحدى الدول الرائدة لإدخال نظام ضريبي فريد من نوعه (عام 1994) يقضي باستقتطاع 26% من دخل الفرد كضريبة دخل بغض النظر عن مهنته، لاحقاً تم خفضها إلى 24%.
</s>
<s id="70">
الطرق البرية والملاحة البحرية هي أهم سبل المواصلات في البلاد
</s>
<s id="71">
تُستعمل السكك الحديدية بشكل رئيسي لنقل البضائع
</s>
<s id="72">
الموانئ البحرية الكبيرة تتواجد في العاصمة تالين وبارنو
</s>
<s id="73">
يخترق الطريق السريع شارع البلطيق (Via Baltica) من جنوب البلاد إلى شمالها.
</s>
<s id="74">
الثقافة والتعليم
</s>
<s id="75">
الثقافة الإستونية متأثرة بشكل كبير بالثقافة الفنلندية والاسكندنافية بشكل عام
</s>
<s id="76">
المؤلف الموسيقي أرفو بارت (Pärt) ألف عدد من المقطوعات الكلاسيكية.
</s>
<s id="77">
جامعة تارتو هي أكبر جامعة بإستونيا، كما تُعد جامعة تالين التقنية من أهم الجامعات.
</s>
<s id="78">
مواقع الكترونية
</s>
<s id="79">
الموقع الرسمي لإستونيا
</s>
<s id="80">
دليل إستونيا
</s>
<s id="81">
معلومات من الألف إلى الياء
</s>
<s id="82">
استونيا
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="7" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
سنجاب
</s>
<s id="2">
السنجاب الرمادي
</s>
<s id="3">
السنجاب الطائر
</s>
<s id="4">
السنجاب حيوان من القوارض، يعيش غالبا على الأشجار، وله ذيل كثيف وكبير، وموجود في قارة آسيا، أوروبا وأمريكا
</s>
<s id="5">
كما ويوجد في أفريقيا لكن بسلالات مختلفة.و يعتاش على الجوز والبندق والبلوط والفواكه، كما يأكل بيوض الأعشاش وفراخ الطيور.
</s>
<s id="6">
و هو فريسة للطيور الجارحة والأفاعي والثعالب.
</s>
<s id="7">
من الأنواع المميزة للسناجب:
</s>
<s id="8">
السنجاب الطائر.
</s>
<s id="9">
سنجاب الأرض.
</s>
<s id="10">
من الصفات التي تشتهر بها بعض أنواع السناجب، جمعها لأنواع المكسرات والجوز، وتخزينها لفصل الشتاء داخل الأشجار أو عن طريق دفنها في الأرض
</s>
<s id="11">
وقد أظهرت الأبحاث أن للسناجب ذاكرة قوية لمكان حفظ المكسرات والجوز.
</s>
<s id="12">
موضوعات متعلقة
</s>
<s id="13">
فأر
</s>
<s id="14">
جرذ
</s>
<s id="15">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="16">
السنجاب من الموسوعة العربية العالمية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="8" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
تلفاز
</s>
<s id="2">
مرناة متنقلة
</s>
<s id="3">
ملاحظة: يجب التمييز في هذه المقالة بين التلفاز كصناعة إعلامية، والرائي أو المرناة وهو التلفاز كجهاز نرى بواسطته البث التلفزيوني.
</s>
<s id="4">
التِلْفَاز أو التلفزيون أو المرناة أو الرائي هو جهاز اتصالات لبث واستقبال الصور المتحركة والصوت عن بعد
</s>
<s id="5">
وقد أطلق الاصطلاح لکي يشمل كل نواحي البث والإرسال.
</s>
<s id="6">
براون، ألمانيا 1959
</s>
<s id="7">
أول نظام مرناة تماثلي (Analog) شبه آلي عرض في لندن في فبراير 1924 جون لوجي بيرد (John Logie Baird) الذي أتبعه بفيلم متحرك في 30 أكتوير 1925
</s>
<s id="8">
تاريخ ظهور التلفاز حسب الدول
</s>
<s id="9">
أول بث حكومي بعيد المدى كان من واشنطن إلى مدينة نيويورك في 7 أبريل 1927
</s>
<s id="10">
الصورة التي بثت يومئذ كانت لوزير التجارة آنذاك هربرت هوفر
</s>
<s id="11">
أول نظام تلفزيون إلكتروني بالكامل عرضه فايلو تايلور فارنزورث Philo Taylor Farnsworth في خريف 1927
</s>
<s id="12">
أول محطة تلفزة تماثلية كانت في سكنكتادي، نيويورك في 11 مايو 1928.
</s>
<s id="13">
عدد الأجهزة لكل 1000 فرد
</s>
<s id="14">
تقسم شاشات المرناة إلى عدة أنواع، منها شاشات بأنبوب الأشعة المهبطية Cathode Ray Tube المستخدمة حاليًا وهي أول نوع ظهر
</s>
<s id="15">
الشاشات المسطحة أو المعروفة بشاشات البلازما، ونوع آخر منها هو شاشات البلورات السائلة LCD.
</s>
<s id="16">
الأهمية
</s>
<s id="17">
التلفاز من أهم وسائل الإعلام
</s>
<s id="18">
وله دور في صناعة الرأي العام للشعوب
</s>
<s id="19">
وإحدى الاستخدامات الأساسية للمرناة بالنسبة للمشاهد هو التسلية وتمضية وقت الفراغ بالإضافة إلى الحصول على المعلومات ومشاهدة آخر الأخبار
</s>
<s id="20">
لذا نرى له أهمية كبيرة لدى الحكومات والقادة حتى أصبح من أوائل رموز السلطة والاستيلاء على مقر التلفاز (عادة الحكومي) على قائمة مهام مديري الانقلابات والمحتلين.
</s>
<s id="21">
التقاط البث
</s>
<s id="22">
في السابق اعتمد المرناة على التقاط الموجات الأرضية فقط باستعمال هوائي
</s>
<s id="23">
وبتطور تقانة الاتصال صار بالإمكان الآن التقاط موجات لقنوات جديدة عبر الفضاء تبث من &quot;سواتل &quot; أقمار صناعية تدور حول الأرض
</s>
<s id="24">
ونتج عن ذلك زيادة هائلة لعدد القنوات صارت تعرف بالفضائية وأصبحت بالمئات هذا ما عزز دور الحاكوم في عملية اختيار قناة.
</s>
<s id="25">
التطور
</s>
<s id="26">
1848 : بيان لمبدأ نقل الصور ، ولكن من دون امكان الإنجازات المادية.
</s>
<s id="27">
1884 : المخترع الالماني بول نيبكو على براءة اختراع جهاز للخطوط تحليل الصور ، قرص نيبكو و أساس التلفزيون الميكانيكي.
</s>
<s id="28">
27 يناير 1926 : الولادة الرسمية للتلفزيون.
</s>
<s id="29">
26 أبريل 1935 : أول بث رسمي للتلفزيون الفرنسي .
</s>
<s id="30">
نوفمبر 1935 : التلفزيون يعرض بـ 180 خط تعريف ، وجهاز إرسال على الموجات القصيرة يثبت على قمة برج ايفل.
</s>
<s id="31">
4 يناير 1937 : بدء التلفزيون الفرنسي لبث كل مساء من ساعة 20 الى الساعة 20 ونصف.
</s>
<s id="32">
3 سبتمبر 1939 : في الحرب، الألمان يهيمنون على التلفزيون الفرنسي.
</s>
<s id="33">
1944 : رينيه بارث يطور تعريف 819 خطوط التلفزيون.
</s>
<s id="34">
20 نوفمبر 1948 : مستوى انتقال الآن 819 خطوط
</s>
<s id="35">
وفرنسا هي البلد الوحيد في اعتماد بلدان أخرى سيتم اختيار 625 خطوط.
</s>
<s id="36">
1951 : هو البث العلني الاول بالألوان.
</s>
<s id="37">
1967 : سيكام ، وهو مقياس ترميز الفيديو ملون في 625 خط، اخترعه هنري دو فرانس ، والتلفزيون الفرنسي يعتمده.
</s>
<s id="38">
= انظر أيضا =
</s>
<s id="39">
المؤثرات السلبية للمرناة في الأسرة
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="9" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
A
</s>
<s id="2">
A \ آ \ هو الحرف الأول من الأبجدية اللاتينية
</s>
<s id="3">
كان الساميون الذين عاشو 1500 ق.م
</s>
<s id="4">
قد ادخلوا هذا الحرف إلى لغتهم من الكتابة الهيروغليفية لغة المصريين القدماء
</s>
<s id="5">
بعدها ادخله الاغريق إلى لغتهم واسموه ألفا
</s>
<s id="6">
كان الرومان آخر من عدل على شكل الحرف سنة 114 ميلادية ليصبح شكله ما نعرفه اليوم.
</s>
<s id="7">
للحرف شكلين كبير (A) وصغير (a)، ويعتبر أكثر ثالث حرف استعمالا في المطبوعات الإنجليزية مثل الكتب والصف، وغيرها
</s>
<s id="8">
يستعمل الحرف في المدارس الغربية للدلالة على أعلى معدل يصل اليه الطالب في امتحان أو وظيفة معينة
</s>
<s id="9">
وقد تستعمل معه اشارتي + و- عند وجود فروقات بعضها أفضل من بعض
</s>
<s id="10">
حرف a في اللاتينية كاختصار لكلمة ante بمعنى قبل، مثل كلمة a.m
</s>
<s id="11">
وهي اختصار لكلمة Ante Meridien أي قبل الظهر
</s>
<s id="12">
a أو an يستعملان في الإنجليزية قبل الاسم أو الصفة للدلالة على شيء واحد.
</s>
<s id="13">
استعمالات A
</s>
<s id="14">
في الطب يشيرالحرف A+ و A- إلى نوع من الدم.
</s>
<s id="15">
في لغة html
</s>
<s id="16">
في لغة تاشير النص الفائق HTML يستعمل كوسم أساسي لإدراج الوصلات التشعبية، وهو اختصار لكلمة Anchor
</s>
<s id="17">
وهذا الوسم لا يعمل لوحدها بل يتطلب إضافة خصائص معينة
</s>
<s id="18">
حرف A في اللاتينية المطورة
</s>
<s id="19">
يكتب حرف A بعدة اشكال باللاتينية المطورة ليستوعب الكثير من اللغات وطرق كتابته:
</s>
<s id="20">
Áá, Àà, Ăă, Ắắ, Ằằ, Ẵẵ, Ẳẳ, Ââ, Ấấ, Ầầ, Ẫẫ, Ẩẩ, Ǎǎ, Åå, Ǻǻ, Ää, Ǟǟ, Ãã, Ȧȧ, Ǡǡ, Ąą, Āā, Ảả, Ȁȁ, Ȃȃ, Ạạ, Ặặ, Ậậ, Ḁḁ, Ⱥⱥ, ᶏ, Ɐɐ, Ɑɑ.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="10" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
F
</s>
<s id="2">
F \ إف \ هو الحرف السادس في الأبجدية اللاتينية.
</s>
<s id="3">
في الكيمياء، يرمز F لعنصر الفلور.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="11" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
K
</s>
<s id="2">
K \ كا \ هو الحرف الحادي العشر في الأبجدية اللاتينية.
</s>
<s id="3">
في الكيمياء، يرمز K لعنصر البوتاسيوم
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="12" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
عنكبوت
</s>
<s id="2">
الرُتَيْلاوات رتبة من صف العنكبيات، وهي أكبر رتبة في هذا الصف، إذا تشمل أكثر من 40,000 نوع في 3700 جنس وأكثر من مئة فصيلة 
</s>
<s id="3">
حيوان صغير وذكره يدعي عنكب أما أنثاه فهي العنكبوت، وهي التي تبني البيت وتصل عدد الخيوط إلي 400 ألف خيط وطول الخيط الواحد 20 سم
</s>
<s id="4">
له ثمانية أرجل وستة إلي ثمانية أعين ينسج شبكة من الخيوط للقبض عل فرائسها.
</s>
<s id="5">
وهو لا ينتمي إلى صف الحشرات بل إلى العنكبيات وهي فرع من المفصليات
</s>
<s id="6">
وهو بذلك ذو صلة قرابة مع العقارب والقراد والالسوس وبعض الحيوانات المفصلية البحرية.
</s>
<s id="7">
و العنكبوت له ثمانية أرجل وثماني عيون، وليست له أجنحة أو أعضاء للمضغ
</s>
<s id="8">
وفصيلة العناكب منتشرة ومتنوعة، تعيش في جميع المناخات، وعلى مستوى كل الارتفاعات، ويوجد منها حوالي 500 نوع بالمغرب، يعرف منها حوالي 380 نوع ينتمي إلى 30 أصل.
</s>
<s id="9">
الضرر
</s>
<s id="10">
تسبب أذى للإنسان، باستثناء بعض الأنواع (حوالي 200 من 40,000 نوع فقط) ومن أشهرها الأرملة السوداء
</s>
<s id="11">
فالعناكب، وإن كانت مخلوقات غير محبوبة لدى الإنسان، إلا أنها صديقة له، بل وذهب البعض إلى حد القول بأنه لولاها لما كان للإنسان مستقر على الأرض؛ ذلك لأنها تقضي معظم وقتها في اصطياد الحشرات والفتك بها
</s>
<s id="12">
فلولاها لتكاثرت الحشرات وأتت على الأخضر واليابس.
</s>
<s id="13">
الشبكة والصيد
</s>
<s id="14">
الخيط الحريري، الذي تحيك به العنكبوت بتفنن شبكتها، هو في الحقيقة مجموعة خيوط ملتفة على بعضها، فسمك شعرة الإنسان يزيد عن سمك خيط العنكبوت ب400 مرة
</s>
<s id="15">
إلا أن هذه الخيوط، اللينة والقابلة للتمطيط بعشرين في المائة من حجمها دون أن تتمزق، ورغم شدة رقتها وشفافيتها، تعد أصلب الألياف الطبيعية على الإطلاق، ولها قوة تحمل للضغط أقوى حتى من قوة تحمل الفولاذ، ولذلك يطلق عليها الفولاذ البيولوجي
</s>
<s id="16">
وأنثى العنكبوت هي التي تقوم بنسج هذا الخيط الحريري، بواسطة ثلاثة مغازل أسفل البطن، متصلة بغدد صغيرة، تفرز المادة التي تتشكل منها الخيوط.
</s>
<s id="17">
وتقوم أنثى العنكبوت بهندسة الشبكة ونسجها، بمهارة عالية، بخيوط منحنية أو مستقيمة، بترتيب متناسق المسافات فيما بينها، على شكل دائري أو ثلاثي رائع التصميم
</s>
<s id="18">
وشبكة العنكبوت ليست مصيدة فحسب، بل هي كذلك شبكة اتصال واستشعار (تشعر من خلالها بوقوع الفريسة، يتصل عن طريقها الذكر، تتمدّد عندما تقع عليها الأجسام الثقيلة حتى لا تتكسر.
</s>
<s id="19">
وعندما تقع الفريسة، قد تستعمل خيوط الشبكة لتقييدها أو لسحبها، أو لتغليفها لحفظها طازجة
</s>
<s id="20">
وتحقن العنكبوت فريستها سما يشلها عن الحركة، ثم تفرغ فيها لعابها الذي يذيب الأعضاء الداخلية للفريسة، فتمتصها سائلا، فتتخلص من هيكل الفريسة الأجوف
</s>
<s id="21">
فعملية الهضم عندها تتم خارج بطنها، ولذلك تحتفظ بفرائسها حية، لكي تبقى طازجة.
</s>
<s id="22">
المراجع
</s>
<s id="23">
اقرأ أيضاً
</s>
<s id="24">
عنكبوت الأرملة السوداء
</s>
<s id="25">
عنكبوت أكل الطير
</s>
<s id="26">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="13" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
قرطاج
</s>
<s id="2">
آثار قرطاجية
</s>
<s id="3">
جامع العابدين بقرطاج
</s>
<s id="4">
مدينة قرطاج حاليًا
</s>
<s id="5">
قَرْطَاج مدينة تقع قرب من بالجمهورية التونسية
</s>
<s id="6">
أسسها الفينيقيون، وأصبحت مركز إمبراطورية كبيرة حكمت شواطئ المغرب الكبير وصقلية وإسبانيا حتى سقوطها في حروب مع الرومان.
</s>
<s id="7">
كلمة قرطاج كلمة فينيقية الأصل (قَرْتْ حَدَشْتْ)، ومعناها المدينة الجديدة.
</s>
<s id="8">
تاريخ قرطاج
</s>
<s id="9">
خارطة الموقع الأثري بقرطاج
</s>
<s id="10">
تأسيس قرطاج
</s>
<s id="11">
أسست الأميرة الفينيقية عليسة (أليسا أو أليسار) قرطاج عام ، حسب رواية المؤرخين القدماء
</s>
<s id="12">
وجاءت الأميرة هاربة مع أصحابها من مدينة صور في لبنان، وسموا المدينة &quot;قَرْتْ حَدَشْتْ&quot;، وتعني &quot;مدينة جديدة&quot; (من الفينيقية: قَرْتْ أي مدينة، وحَدَشْت أي حديثة)، فأصبح الاسم &quot;قرطاج&quot; عن طريق النطق اللاتيني
</s>
<s id="13">
وكانوا يعبدون خاصة &quot;ملقرت&quot;، واسمه يعني &quot;ملك المدينة&quot;.
</s>
<s id="14">
الموقع
</s>
<s id="15">
مناطق نفوذ قرطاج قبل الحرب البونيقية الأولى (264 ق.م.)
</s>
<s id="16">
تقع قرطاج في مكان مهم بين شرق وغرب البحر الأبيض المتوسط، سهل عليها التجارة، فذهبت سفنها إلى كل أنحاء البحر، من المشرق حتى أبعد من موريتانيا، وأسسوا مدناً صفيرة على شواطئ صقلية والمغرب وسردينية وإسبانيا
</s>
<s id="17">
وبدؤوا أيضاً استعمار بلاد تونس نفسها، وكانوا يسكنون الشواطئ فقط خوفاً من الحرب مع البربر الذين سكنوا البلاد
</s>
<s id="18">
وهكذا أصبحت قرطاج المركز التجاري لغرب البحر الأبيض المتوسط كله قبل القرن الخامس قبل الميلاد.
</s>
<s id="19">
الحروب الصقلية
</s>
<s id="20">
الحرب الصقلية الأولى
</s>
<s id="21">
كان هدف معظم المدن اليونانية هو نفسه هدف قرطاج، أي السيطرة على التجارة في البحر الأبيض المتوسط، ولهذا قامت بينهما عداوة دائمة
</s>
<s id="22">
بدأ كلاهما باستعمار جزيرة صقلية منذ زمن، ولما رأت قرطاج أن جيلون، دكتاتور مدينة سيراقوسة، يحاول توحيد المدن اليونانية في صقلية، قررت محاربته في عام 480 قبل الميلاد
</s>
<s id="23">
فأرسلت جيشاً كبيراً بقيادة هملقار، ولكن معظم الجيش غرق مع سفنه، فهزم في هيميرا قرب باليرمو، وبسبب الهزيمة انتحر هملقار وتحولت حكومة قرطاج من أرستقراطية إلى جمهورية.
</s>
<s id="24">
الحرب الصقلية الثانية
</s>
<s id="25">
بعد أقل من سبعين عاماً رجعت قرطاج إلى قوتها الأصلية، فأنشأت مدناً كثيرة في شمال تونس
</s>
<s id="26">
وفي عام 409 ق م، انطلق حنبعل ماجو حفيد حملقار ليحارب ضد مدن صقلية اليونانية وفتح مدن سلينونتي وهيمبرا كلها، وخاصة المدينة الأقوى سيراقوسة، لكن الطاعون أصاب جيشه، فمات الكثير منهم ومن ضمنهم حنبعل ماجو
</s>
<s id="27">
استغل الوحارب الروم في عقر دارهم
</s>
<s id="28">
الحرب الصقلية الثالثة
</s>
<s id="29">
في عام 315 ق م احتلّ أغاثوقليس (دكتاتور سيراقوسة) مدينة ميسينا، ثم نقض اتفاق السلام بينه وبين قرطاج وهاجم الجزء القرطاجي لصقلية ومدينة اكراغاس أيضاً
</s>
<s id="30">
على إثر هذا، أرسلت قرطاج حملقار حفيد حنى الطيار ليحاربهم، فكان نجاحه عظيماً، ففي عام 310 ق م كان يحكم تقريبا كل الجزيرة وكان جيشه يحاصر سيراقوسة نفسها
</s>
<s id="31">
لكن أغاثوقليس ذهب سرا مع جيش قوامه 14000 جندياً ليهاجم قرطاج نفسها، فدعا مجلس قرطاج حملقار للعودة والدفاع عن المدينة
</s>
<s id="32">
وفي النهاية، ربحت قرطاج جزءاً كبيراً من صقلية، لكن حتى بعد نصر حملقار على جيش أغاثوقليس لم يستطع فتح سيراقوسة.
</s>
<s id="33">
حروب بيروس الإبيري
</s>
<s id="34">
كان بيروس الإبيري ملكاً يونانياً في البانيا، فدعته المدن اليونانية في جنوب إيطاليا وصقلية ليحكمهم ويدافع عنهم، وخلال الفترة الواقعة بين 280 و 275 ق م، حارب عدويه اللدودين روما وقرطاج
</s>
<s id="35">
في النهاية، خسر في حروبه، فعادت صقلية إلى ما كانت وحكمت روما كل جنوب إيطاليا، وهكذا اقتربت روما من قرطاج للمرة الأولى.
</s>
<s id="36">
مباني رومانية قديمة في قرطاج
</s>
<s id="37">
الحروب البونية (الرومانية)
</s>
<s id="38">
الحرب البونيقية الأولى
</s>
<s id="39">
راجع المقال الفرعي حرب بونيقية أولى
</s>
<s id="40">
لما مات الدكتاتور أغاثوقليس عام 288 ق م، فقد الأجراء الإيطاليون في جيشه عملهم، فغضبوا وحكموا مدينة ميسينا وسموا أنفسهم &quot;ماميرتين&quot; يعني &quot;تابعي اله الحرب&quot; وشرعوا يهاجمون كل مدن صقلية
</s>
<s id="41">
وبعدما أصبح هييرون الثاني دكتاتور سيراقوسة في عام246 ق م هاجمهم، فأرسل الماميرتين سفيراً إلى روما ليطلب معونتها، وسفيراً ثانياً إلى قرطاج
</s>
<s id="42">
فأجابت قرطاج وبعثت جيشاً إلى مدينة ميسينا بينما ظل مجلس أعيان روما يناقش الموضوع
</s>
<s id="43">
لكن بعد فترة وجيزة اتفق القرطاجيون مع سيراقوسة، فطلب الماميرتين معونة روما ليخرجوا جيش قرطاج
</s>
<s id="44">
لم تقبل روما أن تتكون دولة قوية في ميسينا لأنها قريبة جداً من جنوب إيطاليا، فقررت أن تبعث جيشاً لمساندة الماميرتين، فبدأت الحرب البونيقية الأولى.
</s>
<s id="45">
لم يكن النصر حليف الجيش الروماني الأول، فأرسلت روما في عام 263 ق م جيشاً ثانياً، وبعد استحواذه على بعض المدن الصقلية، نقض هييرون الثاني اتفاقه مع قرطاج وحالف روما
</s>
<s id="46">
رأت روما أن الحرب أصبحت فرصة لاحتلال صقلية كلها، ولذلك بدأت ببناء أسطولها البحري
</s>
<s id="47">
لم يكن في روما أي سفينة في البداية، فصعب ذلك عليها، لكن أضيف إلى السفن سلاح جديد يُسمى الـ&quot;كورفوس&quot; (يعني الغراب) وهو خشبة طويلة تستعمل كجسر لدخول سفن الأعداء، وبه ربحوا في البحر
</s>
<s id="48">
وفي 255 هاجموا قرطاج نفسها، وكادت قرطاج تستسلم، لكن استمرت الحرب بعد سماعهم شروط روما فتمكنوا من طرد الرومان من أفريقية، ثم حاربوهم في صقلية وبدؤوا الحرب الثانية ضد نوميديا في أفريقية؛ ولما صار النصر وشيكاً في صقلية، قرروا أن يرسلوا معظم سفنهم إلى نوميديا في عام 247 ق م، فلم يكن النصر حليف أحد في صقلية وقتاً طويلاً
</s>
<s id="49">
لكن في النهاية بنت روما اسطولاً جديداً دمّر سفن قرطاج، فسلمت قرطاج كل صقلية إلى روما وانتهت الحرب البونيقية الأولى في عام 241 ق م.
</s>
<s id="50">
حرب الأجراء
</s>
<s id="51">
قدّم القرطاجيون مالاً كثيراً للرومان كجزء من اتفاقهم، فلم يبق لديهم مال لدفعه لأجرائهم، ففضب هؤلاء وبدؤوا حرباً ضد قرطاج بمعاونة نوميديا في عام 241 ق م
</s>
<s id="52">
كان قائدا الأجراء ماثوس اللوبي وسبينديوس العبد الروماني، ويقال أنهما رجما كل من تحدث عن هدنة، ولهذا أيضاً تسمى &quot;حرب اللا هدنة&quot;
</s>
<s id="53">
وبعد سنوات، انتصر القائد القرطاجي العظيم حملقار برقة بتجنيد 10000 من مواطني قرطاج (وكان معظم الجيش القرطاجي قبل ذالك من الأجراء وليس من المواطنين)
</s>
<s id="54">
وبعد نصره أصبح حملقار برقة رئيس الدولة وانطلق ليستعمر اسبانيا.
</s>
<s id="55">
احتلال إسبانيا
</s>
<s id="56">
في عام 236 ق م هاجم حملقار برقة اسبانيا، وحارب هناك حتى موته في القتال في سنة 228
</s>
<s id="57">
وبعده قاد جيشه عزربعل، وكان حملقار برقة قبل موته في 228 ق م قد فتح اسبانيا حتى نهر الايبرو واتفق مع روما ألا يعبر ذلك النهر
</s>
<s id="58">
وبعده أصبح قائد الجيش حنبعل ولد حملقار برقة المشهور
</s>
<s id="59">
كان حنبعل يكره الرومان وكان يظن أنه على قرطاج أن تحتل روما وإلا فستفشل كلياً
</s>
<s id="60">
وفي عام 219 هاجم ساغونتوم، وهي مدينة مستقلة وراء نهر الايبرو، ونقض كذلك اتفاق عزربعل، فبدأ الحرب البونيقية الثانية.
</s>
<s id="61">
الحرب البونيقية الثانية
</s>
<s id="62">
بعد عبور الايبرو سار حنبعل وجيشه بسرعة، واجتازوا جبال الالب في 218 ق م
</s>
<s id="63">
ولما وصلوا إلى إيطاليا دخل في جيشهم كثير من الأجراء والحلفاء من قبيلة الگول فاستطاع هزيمة الجيوش الرومانية في المنطقة بسهولة
</s>
<s id="64">
ولما رأى الناس هذا سارع إلى محالفته الكثير من مدن إيطاليا ومنها سيراقوسة
</s>
<s id="65">
في نفس الوقت كان ثمة جيش روماني يحارب في اسبانيا، فاقترب من روما حتى وصل إلى ميناء كابوا في 211 ق م، لكن بسبب موت أخيه عزربعل في عام 207 رجع إلى مدينة بروتيوم في جنوب إيطاليا
</s>
<s id="66">
وأخيراً حالف الرومان الملك النوميدي ماسينيسا وأرسلوا جيشاً ليهاجم أفريقيا نفسها، ونجت روما بعد مدة وجيزة ودخلت اسبانيا كلها في اتفاق السلام، ومُنعت قرطاج من أي حرب - حتى ولو كانت دفاعاً عن نفسها - إلا بإذن روما.
</s>
<s id="67">
حرب ماسينيسا
</s>
<s id="68">
في عام 195 ق م، وبعد أن طرد الرومان حنبعل من قرطاج، أخذ ماسينيسا ملك نوميديا جزءاً كبيراً مما كان تحت ملك قرطاج في أفريقيا، من عنابة في الجزائر حتى لبدة الكبرى في ليببا، وهو يعلم أنهم لا يستطيعون الدفاع عن أنفسهم إلا بإذن حليفته روما
</s>
<s id="69">
وفي عام 160 احتل المزيد من أراضي قرطاج، فبعثت قرطاج سفيراً إلى روما لتطلب إذنهم بالحرب، فأمرت روما عندها ماسينيسا أن يرد لقرطاج بعض المدن؛ لكن ذلك لم يكن كافياً في رأي قرطاج، ففي عام 151 ق م، حاربوا ماسينيسا وخسروا بسرعة
</s>
<s id="70">
وكان فريق كبير في روما يريد تدمير قرطاج تدميراً تاماً - وأشهر هؤلاء كان مارقوس كاتون الذي زار قرطاج في عام 155 ق م وبعد زيارته كان يختتم كل خطاب له في المجلس بصرخة &quot;Carthago delenda est&quot; &quot;علينا أن ندمر قرطاج&quot; - فزعموا أن قرطاج نقضت الاتفاق وهجموا عليها.
</s>
<s id="71">
الحرب البونيقية الثالثة
</s>
<s id="72">
كانت الحرب البونيقية الثالثة أسرع من الحروب قبلها
</s>
<s id="73">
أولًا حاصر جنود روما قرطاج مدة 3 سنوات، ثم نجحوا في دخولها ودمروها تدميراً شاملاً
</s>
<s id="74">
ذبحوا معظم المدنيين وباعوا من تبقى كعبيد، وحرقوا المدينة ودمروا جدرانها، ويقال أنهم حرثوا الأرض بالملح لكي لا ينمو فيها أي نبات بعد ذلك ولا يسكنها أحد
</s>
<s id="75">
وانتهت شهرة قرطاج وثبتت أقدام إمبراطورية روما.
</s>
<s id="76">
قرطاج الجديدة
</s>
<s id="77">
لم يبق شيء من قرطاج، لكن موقعها لم يزل من أفضل الأماكن حول البحر الأبيض المتوسط لبناء مدينة
</s>
<s id="78">
وبعد قرون، قرر يوليوس قيصر أن يبني هناك قرطاج جديدة ليسكنها الرومان
</s>
<s id="79">
وأصبحت قرطاج الجديدة عاصمة أفريقية الرومانية
</s>
<s id="80">
وفي عام 439 م، احتل غيسريك ملك قبيلة الفاندال الألمانية قرطاج، وحكمها الألمان حتى عودة الرومان البيزنطيين في 15 أكتوبر 533 بقيادة بيليساريوس
</s>
<s id="81">
لكن في أواخر سنين الإمبراطورية الرومانية قل عدد سكان أفريقية الشمالية، وبعد فتح قرطاج في سنة 698 م أصبحت مدينة قريبة منها تسمى تونس أهم منها، وأخيرا أصبحت قرطاج أثراً غير مسكون، يبني بها سكان تونس بيوتهم.
</s>
<s id="82">
مجتمع قرطاج
</s>
<s id="83">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="84">
مواضيع ذات علاقة
</s>
<s id="85">
تاريخ قرطاجة السياسي
</s>
<s id="86">
تاريخ قرطاجة الثقافي
</s>
<s id="87">
حصار قرطاجة
</s>
<s id="88">
المرأة في العهد البونيقي
</s>
<s id="89">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="90">
قرطاج على موقع The Princeton Encyclopedia of Classical Sites.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="14" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
السنافر
</s>
<s id="2">
تمثالآن للسنافر في منتزه بتركيا
</s>
<s id="3">
السنافر (جمع سنفور) هي شخصيات خيالية صغيرة الحجم، زرقاء اللون، وتعيش في الغابة، ابتكرها الرسام البلجيكي بيير كوليفورد (Pierre Culliford) المعروف باسم بييو 
</s>
<s id="4">
أُلفت حول السنافر الكثير من أفلام الرسوم المتحركة لتعرض في التلفزيون.
</s>
<s id="5">
تمثل عائلة السنافر الكثير من الشخصيات مختلفة الطباع، والسنافر كثر فهناك بابا سنفور وسنفور الحالم وسنفور القوي وسنفور المفكر (أبو نظارة) وسنفور الأكول وسنفور الغضبان وسنفور الكسول وسنفور الشاعر وسنفور الرسام وسنفور المازح وسنفور الموسيقي العازف وسنفور العبقري وسنفور المغرور وسنفور المزارع وسنفور المغامر وسنفور الطفل وسنفورة الجميلة.
</s>
<s id="6">
للسنافير عدو كريه هو شرشبيل الشرير وقطه الأحمر المشاكس &quot;هرهور&quot; اللذان يعيشان في القلعة المهجورة
</s>
<s id="7">
بهذه الشخصيات المحببة يتم عكس قيم مميزة للأطفال بصورة خاصة ولعموم مشاهدي المرناة من مختلف الأعمار والثقافات.
</s>
<s id="8">
أحد السنافر
</s>
<s id="9">
كان أول ظهور لهم على في يوم 23 أكتوبر من عام 1958، ضمن قصة &quot;جوهان (جون) وبيويت&quot; (Johan &amp; Peewit) في مجلة &quot;لو جيرنال دي سبيرو&quot; (Le Journal de Spirou) الفرنسية، وكان لهذ الظهور الأول الأثر الكبير على حياة مبتكر الشخصية الذي تحول من الفقر إلى الغنى، وبعد فترة قصيرة أصبحت قصص السنافر متداولة بين كل الناس، وحققت قفزة أخرى عندما قام مايكل ليجراند (Michel Legrand) بكتابة قصة الفلم &quot;السنافر والمزمار السحري&quot; الذي قدم ضمن نسق موسيقي القصة، ثم تلى بعد ذلك ظهور لقصص السنافر في هولندا عبر المغني هولندي الأصل فادر أبراهام (Vader Abraham)، ثم انتشرت قصص السنافر في جميع أنحاء العالم، وما تزال حتى اليوم محبوبة من جميع الناس.
</s>
<s id="10">
على الشاشة
</s>
<s id="11">
في 1965 بث أول فيلم في بلجيكا بالرسوم المتحركة للسنافر باللونين الأبيض والأسود حمل اسم Les Aventures des Schtroumpfs أو &quot;مغامرات السنافر&quot; بالفرنسية وكانت مدته 87 دقيقة
</s>
<s id="12">
وفي 1981 تم إنتاج مسلسل كرتوني أمريكي، حمل اسم السنافر وتمت دبلجته لعدة لغات وعرض في دول مختلفة من العالم.
</s>
<s id="13">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="14">
الموقع الرسمي
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="15" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الأحداث الجارية
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="16" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
Current events
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="17" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الولايات المتّحدة
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل الولايات المتحدة
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="18" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
شعر (أدب)
</s>
<s id="2">
يصعب تعريف الشعر بطريقة تشمل أنواعه في مختلف اللغات، لكن هناك عدد من التعاريف التي قد تعطي معنى متكامل عن ماهية الشعر.
</s>
<s id="3">
عُرّف الشعر بأنه كلام موزون مقفىّ (للشعر العربي)، دالٌ على معنى، ويكون أكثر من بيت.
</s>
<s id="4">
وقال بعضهم: هو الكلام الذي قصد إلى وزنه وتقفيته قصداً أولياً، فأما ما جاء عفو الخاطر من كلام لم يقصد به الشعر فلا يقال له شعر، وإن كان موزونا.
</s>
<s id="5">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="6">
قائمة شعراء العربية
</s>
<s id="7">
شعر التفعيلة
</s>
<s id="8">
شعر أندلسي
</s>
<s id="9">
شعر جاهلي
</s>
<s id="10">
شعر حر
</s>
<s id="11">
شعر حساني
</s>
<s id="12">
شعر عربي
</s>
<s id="13">
شعر د.مهنا أبو غنيمة الدكتور مهنا أبو غنيمة اغاني طائر النورس
</s>
<s id="14">
شعر عربي حديث
</s>
<s id="15">
شعر عمودي
</s>
<s id="16">
شعر شعبي عراقي
</s>
<s id="17">
مربع (شعر شعبي)
</s>
<s id="18">
شعر نبطي
</s>
<s id="19">
شعر ياباني
</s>
<s id="20">
قصيدة
</s>
<s id="21">
شعر وفن
</s>
<s id="22">
بيت شعر
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="19" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
تصنيف مكتبة الكونغرس
</s>
<s id="2">
تاريخ نظام مكتبة الكونغرس
</s>
<s id="3">
في عام 1900 قرر القائمون على مكتبة الكونغرس إعادة تنظيمها مرة أخرى لأن نظام توماس
</s>
<s id="4">
جيفرسون المستعمل في تنظيمهامنذ عام 1815 لم يعد صالحا لاستخدام فقرر القائمون
</s>
<s id="5">
عليهاإيجاد نظام يناسب الموضوعات المتشعبة ويتناسب مع الكم الهائل للمصادر الذي تضمه
</s>
<s id="6">
مكتبة الكونغرس فتم إعداد نظام حديث باسم نظام مكتبة الكونغرس وقد تم نشر كل
</s>
<s id="7">
قسم من النظام بصفة مستقلة فقد صدر قسم Z الببليوغرافياعام 1902 ونشرت معظم
</s>
<s id="8">
الأقسام في العشرينيات ما عدا قسم K القانون الذي تأخر صدوره حتى عام 1969 حيث
</s>
<s id="9">
صدر الجزء الأول الخاص بقوانين الولايات المتحدة واستكمل الجزء الأخير من القانون في
</s>
<s id="10">
عام 1973 وبذلك أصبحت كل جداول التصنيف كاملة.
</s>
<s id="11">
وقد ساهم عدد كبير من المتخصصين في العلوم المختلفة بإعداد جداول التصنيف كل واحد في مجال
</s>
<s id="12">
تخصصه وقد أخذ بعين الإعتبار حجم المكتبة والتوسع في المستقبل ويمكن وصف نظام مكتبة
</s>
<s id="13">
الكونغرس بأنه عدة تصانيف متخصصة يعالج كل قسم موضوع رئيسي.
</s>
<s id="14">
مزايا نظام تصنيف الكونغرس
</s>
<s id="15">
البساطة:فالرمز مكون من حروف لاتينية وأرقام عربية.
</s>
<s id="16">
الإختصار :حيث لم يتم استعمال جميع الأحرف في الأقسام الرئيسية.
</s>
<s id="17">
الشمول: حيث يحتوي على 34 مجلد بالإضافة إلى ملخص النظام (A-Z)ولكل موضوع مجلد أو
</s>
<s id="18">
أكثر.
</s>
<s id="19">
المرونة:حيث أن النظام يستطيع استيعاب موضوعات جديدة فهو قابل للتطور بتطور العلوم
</s>
<s id="20">
المختلفة.
</s>
<s id="21">
تتكون جميع أجزاء النظام من مقدمة وحروف زوجية وجداول رئيسية وجداول ملحقة و
</s>
<s id="22">
كشاف لسهولة استرجاع رمز التصنيف من الجداول.
</s>
<s id="23">
يمتاز النظام أيضا بإعطاء تفصيلات دقيقة لكثير من المواضيع التي لا تتوفر في أنظمة التصنيف
</s>
<s id="24">
الأخرى ذلك بسبب شموله لمختلف الموضوعات.
</s>
<s id="25">
عيوب تصنيف مكتبة الكونغرس
</s>
<s id="26">
من عيوب تصنيف مكتبة الكونغرس صعوبة تذكر رمز التصنيف بسبب كثرة الأقسام
</s>
<s id="27">
افتقاره إلى مقدمة عامة لجميع جداول التصنيف بسبب كثرة المشاركين في إعداد الجدول
</s>
<s id="28">
الواحد كما أنه لا يقوم على التحليل النظري الموضوعي للأقسام كما أن هناك تشتت بعض
</s>
<s id="29">
المواضيع عن بعضها البعض بسبب اعتماد الأخصائيين الموضوعيين على إعداد قوائم نظرية ثم
</s>
<s id="30">
تطبيقها.
</s>
<s id="31">
الأصول الرئيسة لنظام مكتبة الكونغرس:
</s>
<s id="32">
الأعمال العامة A
</s>
<s id="33">
الفلسفة والدين B
</s>
<s id="34">
العلوم المساعدة للتاريخ C
</s>
<s id="35">
التاريخ العام والتاريخ القديم D
</s>
<s id="36">
تاريخ أمريكا E &amp; F
</s>
<s id="37">
الجغرافيا والأنثربولوجيا G
</s>
<s id="38">
العلوم الإجتماعية H
</s>
<s id="39">
العلوم السياسية J
</s>
<s id="40">
القانون K
</s>
<s id="41">
التربية والتعليم L
</s>
<s id="42">
الموسيقى M
</s>
<s id="43">
الفنون الجميلة N
</s>
<s id="44">
اللغات والآداب P
</s>
<s id="45">
العلوم Q
</s>
<s id="46">
الطب R
</s>
<s id="47">
الزراعة S
</s>
<s id="48">
التكنولوجيا T
</s>
<s id="49">
العلوم العسكرية U
</s>
<s id="50">
العلوم البحرية V
</s>
<s id="51">
الببلوغرافيا وعلم المكتبات Z
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="20" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
مارشال، تكساس
</s>
<s id="2">
مبنى محكمة مقاطعة هاريسون القديم (بُني في عام 1901 م) في ميدان ويستستون
</s>
<s id="3">
وهذا المبنى هو مركز مهرجان الأنوار.
</s>
<s id="4">
مارشال مدينة تقع شمال شرق ولاية تكساس الأمريكية يقطنها حوالي 23,935 نسمة (حسب إحصائية عام 2000 م)
</s>
<s id="5">
أنشئت المدينة عام 1841 م وهي المدينة الرئيسية في مقاطعة هاريسون
</s>
<s id="6">
يقام فيها في ديسمبر مهرجان الأنوار.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="21" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
Main Page
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل الصفحة الرئيسية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="22" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
فنلندا
</s>
<s id="2">
فنلندا، رسميا جمهورية فنلندا، هي إحدى دول أوروبا الإسكندنافية، تقع شمال القارة الأوروبية
</s>
<s id="3">
يحدها كل من روسيا والنرويج والسويد.
</s>
<s id="4">
تسمى فنلندا بالبلد الأخضر أو ببلد الغابات لكثرة الغابات والبحيرات فيها
</s>
<s id="5">
كما أنها موطن شركة الهاتف النقال نوكيا والاسم مأخوذ من اسم مدينة (نوكيا)
</s>
<s id="6">
فنلندا كانت أول دولة أوروبية عام 1907 تمنح المرأة حق الآنتخاب
</s>
<s id="7">
يوجد في فنلندا حوالي 188 ألف بحيرة و180 ألف جزيرة
</s>
<s id="8">
منهم بحيرة سايما، التي تُعد خامس أكبر بحيرة في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="9">
معظم أراضي البلاد سطحية مُغطاة ببعض الهضاب والجبال، أعلاها جبل هالتيتونتوري الذي يقع في شمال البلاد ويرتفع عن سطح البحر بحوالي 1328 متر
</s>
<s id="10">
إلى جانب العدد الهائل من البحيرات، تُغطي الغابات ما مساحته 68% من المساحة الكلية لفنلندا
</s>
<s id="11">
تقع معظم الجزر في الجنوب الغربي، كجزء من أرخبيل آلاند وعلى طول الساحل الغربي للبلاد
</s>
<s id="12">
فنلندا هي أحد بلاد العالم القلائل التي ما زالت تنمو، فهي تنمو سنوياً بمساحة 7 كم مربع
</s>
<s id="13">
طقس البلاد في الجنوب معتدل بينما هو قطبي في الشمال
</s>
<s id="14">
ربع الأراضي الفنلندية يقع على الخط القطبي، ونتيجةً لذلك، تظهر شمس منتصف الليل كلما اتجهنا شمالاً
</s>
<s id="15">
هذا يعني بأن الشمس لا تغيب في الليل
</s>
<s id="16">
في أقصى نقطة بالشمال، لا تغيب الشمس لمدة 73 يوم بالصيف، ولا تظهر بتاتاً لمدة 51 يوماً في الشتاء.
</s>
<s id="17">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="18">
تبلغ مساحة فنلندا 338.424 الف كلم مربع ،وسكانها في سنة 2009 هو 5.339.870 نسمة، وعاصمتها هلسنكي ،وسكانها حوالي 500,000 نسمة ،وأهم المدن تامبيري وأولو وتوركو (كانت توركو العاصمة السابقة للدولة)
</s>
<s id="19">
تحدها النرويج من الشمال، روسيا من الشرق، والسويد وخليج بوثنيا من الغرب، ويحدها بحر البلطيق من الجنوب
</s>
<s id="20">
أرضها منخفضة بصورة عامة، وتكثر بها البحيرات، وأكثر أرضها ارتفاعاً في الشمال الغربي، وقد أثرت التعرية الجليدية في أرضها، ووسط البلاد هضبة وبها أكثر من ستين ألف بحيرة صغيرة تنتشر في سائر أنحائها، وبالقرب من شواطئها عدد كبير من الجزر يصل ألف جزيرة، وتغطي الغابات ثلثي أرضها
</s>
<s id="21">
يتحكم موقعها في أحوالها المناخية، حيث تشغل أرضها العروض الشمالية من القارة، قالشتاء طويل وبارد، وتنخفض الحرارة في الشتاء إلى مادون الصفر، وتشتد البرودة كلما اتجهت شمالا، أما الصيف فدافئ ورطب ومدته قصيرة.
</s>
<s id="22">
تعرف فنلندا ظاهرة شمس منتصف الليل في شهور مايو ويونيو ويوليو، وذلك بسبب تطرف موقعها نحو الشمال، ورغم هذا فالصيف بارد بهذه المناطق بسبب ميل أشعة الشمس، كما أن المطر يتساقط في الصيف وأحيانا بشكل كثيف.
</s>
<s id="23">
صورة بالأقمار الصناعية
</s>
<s id="24">
97,6% من سكان فنلندا هم فنلنديون (%92 يتكلمون الفنلندية كلغة أم بينما 5.6% يتكلمون السويدية) 0,11% من السكان هم من الساميين (الذين يعيشون في لابلاند شمال البلاد) أما باقي السكان فهم 0,6% من المهاجرين الروس و0,02% من المهاجرين التتار المسلمين بالإضافة إلى المهاجرين الجدد من أوروبا وإفريقيا وآسيا.
</s>
<s id="25">
يتركز الفنلنديون ممن يتكلمون السويدية في المناطق الساحلية الغربية والجنوبية وفي أرخبيل آلاند وقلما يتواجدون في المناطق الداخلية.
</s>
<s id="26">
تشكل الغابات موردا اقتصاديا هاما لفنلندا، حيث هي مصدر الصناعات الخشبية والورق والكيماويات، وتشغل مكانة متقدمة في صادراتها
</s>
<s id="27">
كما تتمتع فنلندا بثروة معدنية لابأس بها مثل النحاس والكبريت والحديد والنيكل والزنك.
</s>
<s id="28">
الزراعة في فنلندا مزدهرة في جنوب البلاد إلا أن المناخ القاسي يضر كثيرا بمنتوجاتها.كما وصلت فنلندا إلى درجة مريحة من الإكتفاء الذاتي فيما يخص الثروة الحيوانية.
</s>
<s id="29">
اللغة
</s>
<s id="30">
هناك لغتان رسميتان بالبلاد: الفنلندية والسويدية
</s>
<s id="31">
93,4% يتحدثون بالأولى و 5,7% بالثانية
</s>
<s id="32">
لغات الأقليات الأخرى هي الروسية، الاستونية والسامية وغيرها.
</s>
<s id="33">
الديانة
</s>
<s id="34">
84% من الفنلنديين ينتمون إلى للكنيسة الإنجيلية اللوثرية الفنلندية، 1% للكنيسة الفنلندية الأرثوذكسية باقي السكان يدينون بالبروتستانتية، الكاثوليكية، الإسلام (أنظر مسلمو فنلندا) واليهودية، إلى جانب 14% بدون ديانة.
</s>
<s id="35">
الأعياد والعطل
</s>
<s id="36">
الأعياد الدينية هي رأس السنة الميلادية (الأول من كانون الثاني/يناير)، عيد الغطاس (السادس من كانون الثاني/يناير)، عيد الفصح، عيد الصعود، عيد العنصرة، عيد جميع القديسين (أول سبت من تشرين الثاني/نوفمبر) وليلة وعيد الميلاد المجيد (24-26 كانون الأول/ديسمبر)
</s>
<s id="37">
اليوم الوطني هو (6 كانون الأول/ديســمبر).
</s>
<s id="38">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="39">
بانتهاء الحقبة الجليدية الأخيرة قبل نحو 11.000 سنة، قدمت أولى الهجرات السكانية والتي استوطنت الأراضي الفنلندية بشكل دائم
</s>
<s id="40">
وتعود أقدم الاٌثار المكتشفة من تلك الحقبة إلى نحو 10,900 سنة خلت [1]..وقد إعتمد السكان الأوائل في معيشتهم على الصيد عموما وصيد الأسماك والصيد البحري بشكل خاص
</s>
<s id="41">
أما الزراعة فقد تم مزاولتها بشكل متأخر نسبيا ،نحو العام3200ق.مأو ما عرفت بحقبة المطرقة والفأس.تبع ذلك العصر البرونزي وذلك نحو 1500-500ق.م وتلا ذلك العصر الحديدي والذي امتد من 500ق.م ألى 1200 م.
</s>
<s id="42">
منذ عام 1284م كانت فنلندا عبارة عن إقليم سويدي
</s>
<s id="43">
أصبحت فنلندا تابعة لروسيا بعد خسارة السويد الحروب الشمالية (1700-1721) أمام روسيا.
</s>
<s id="44">
مارست روسيا سياسة تعسفية ضد الفنلنديين وخاصة في بداية القرن العشرين مما أدى إلى أعلان استقلال فنلندا عام 1917م من جانب واحد
</s>
<s id="45">
على أثر ذلك نشبت حرب أهلية في العام المقبل بين البيض (الملكيين) المدعومين من ألمانيا والحمر (الشيوعيين) المدعومين من الاتحاد السوفياتي، انتصرت المجموعة الأولى مما أدى إلى إعلان الجمهورية عام 1919م وتوقيع اتفاق سلام مع الاتحاد السوفياتي عام 1920م
</s>
<s id="46">
انضمت فنلندا عام 1920م لعصبة الأمم المتحدة وعام 1955م للأمم المتحدة
</s>
<s id="47">
للمزيد انظر الحرب الاهلية الفنلندية
</s>
<s id="48">
وقعت فنلندا اتفاقية عدم اعتداء مع الاتحاد السوفياتي عام 1932م
</s>
<s id="49">
فنلندا والدول الإسكندنافية الأخرى أعلنت حيادها عام 1938م في السياسة الدولية
</s>
<s id="50">
اتفاق هتلر ستالين أعطى الضوء الأخضر للاتحاد السوفياتي باحتلال فنلندا مجدداً في 30 تشرين الثاني/نوفمبر عام 1939م أثناء الحرب العالمية الثانية (1939-1945) بدون أي سابق إنذار
</s>
<s id="51">
تنازلت فنلندا على إثر ذلك عام 1940م بعشر مساحتها للاتحاد السوفياتي ولكنها سرعان ما أعلنت عام 1941م نصرة ألمانيا في حربها ضد الاتحاد السوفياتي.
</s>
<s id="52">
انتهت الحرب مع الاتحاد السوفياتي بتوقيع اتفاق هدنة عام 1944م
</s>
<s id="53">
الجنرال فون مانرهايم (von Mannerheim)، الذي قاد القوات الفنلندية في الحروب ضد الاتحاد السوفياتي 1918-1919 و1941-1944، شكل أول حكومة ما بعد الحرب عام 1944م ثم أصبح رئيساً للبلاد عام 1946م
</s>
<s id="54">
أعاد اتفاق السلام في باريس عام 1947م أراضي فنلندا ما قبل العام 1940م.
</s>
<s id="55">
وقعت لاحقاً فنلندا والاتحاد السوفياتي اتفاقية صداقة وتعاون عام 1948م
</s>
<s id="56">
انضمت فنلندا عام 1956م إلى المجلس الشمالي وعام 1989م إلى مجلس أوروبا.
</s>
<s id="57">
انضمت فنلندا إلى الاتحاد الأوروبي في عام 1995م.
</s>
<s id="58">
السياسة
</s>
<s id="59">
النظام السياسي
</s>
<s id="60">
لدى فنلندا نظام شبه رئاسي مع برلمان
</s>
<s id="61">
الرئيس الفنلندي مسؤول عن السياسة الخارجية
</s>
<s id="62">
معظم الصلاحيات التنفيذية تقع تحت يدي مجلس الوزراء الذي يرأسه رئيس الوزراء، الذي يُعين بدوره من البرلمان
</s>
<s id="63">
يقوم الفنلنديون بانتخاب أعضاء البرلمان ال 200 كل أربعة أعوام، باستخدام نظام القوائم
</s>
<s id="64">
الدستور الفنلندي يختلف عن غيره، بأنه لا يوجد محكمة دستورية له ولا يصح للمحكمة القضائية العليا باعتبار أي قانون تم إصداره غير دستوري، البرلمان هو المخول بذلك
</s>
<s id="65">
أهم الأحزاب السياسية بالبلاد هي حزب فنلندا الاجتماعي الديمقراطي (Suomen Sosialidemokraattinen Puolue)، الائتلاف اليساري (Vasemmistoliitto)، حزب الوسط (Keskusta) والائتلاف الوطني (Kansallinen Kokoomus).
</s>
<s id="66">
السياسة الخارجية
</s>
<s id="67">
لكونها أحد الدول الإسكندنافية وبسبب قربها من الاتحاد السوفياتي السابق، أثر ذلك على السياسة الخارجية الفنلندية
</s>
<s id="68">
فقد كانت تحاول استقطاب كل من الكتلة الغربية والكتلة الشرقية لها وتلعب دور الوسيط أحياناً في الحرب الباردة بينهما
</s>
<s id="69">
انضمت عام 1995 إلى الاتحاد الأوروبي وعام 1999 إلى اتحاد العملة الأوروبي الذي أدخل العملة الموحدة اليورو عام 2001.
</s>
<s id="70">
ّ
</s>
<s id="71">
التقسيم الإداري وأهم المدن
</s>
<s id="72">
التقسيم الإداري لفنلندا
</s>
<s id="73">
هناك 6 تقسيمات إدارية رئيسية (läänit) في فنلندا:
</s>
<s id="74">
جنوب فنلندا.
</s>
<s id="75">
غرب فنلندا.
</s>
<s id="76">
شرق فنلندا.
</s>
<s id="77">
أولو (إقليم).
</s>
<s id="78">
لابلاند
</s>
<s id="79">
آلاند
</s>
<s id="80">
كما أن هناك 444 بلدية.
</s>
<s id="81">
أهم المدن: هلسنكي (559330 نسمة في 2003)، توركو (175000 نسمة في 2003),تامبيريه (200980 نسمة في 2003)، وأولو (125970 نسمة في 2003).المدينتين الأولى والثانية تقعان على البحر.
</s>
<s id="82">
الاقتصاد والبنية التحتية
</s>
<s id="83">
لدى فنلندا اقتصاد حر صناعي، يُضاهي دخل الفرد فيها، دولاً صناعية عريقة كالمملكة المتحدة وفرنسا وألمانيا وإيطاليا
</s>
<s id="84">
مستوى المعيشة في البلاد عالي
</s>
<s id="85">
الصناعة تُشكل الركن الأكبر من الاقتصاد، أهم الصناعات هي صناعة الأخشاب والصناعات المعدنية وأجهزة الاتصالات والصناعات الكهربائية
</s>
<s id="86">
أهم صادرات فنلندا هي الأخشاب وأجهزة الاتصالات
</s>
<s id="87">
أهم الواردات: المواد الخام والطاقة والمواد الغذائية
</s>
<s id="88">
مقر شركة الهاتف النقال نوكيا يقع في فنلندا.
</s>
<s id="89">
لدى فنلندا 5865 كم من السكك الحديدية، 49853 كم من الطرق المعبدة و6675 كم من الطرق الملاحية حسب إحصاءات عام 1998
</s>
<s id="90">
أهم موانئ البلاد: هامينا، هلسنكي وكوكولا
</s>
<s id="91">
مطار هلسنكي فانتا الدولي هو أكبر مطار في البلاد
</s>
<s id="92">
يوجد ثلاث شركات طيران أهمها فين إير (Finnair) وشركة قطارات واحدة تملك معظمها الدولة
</s>
<s id="93">
هلسنكي هي المدينة الوحيدة في البلاد التي تتمتع بخدمة قطار الأنفاق (مترو)
</s>
<s id="94">
الملاحة البحرية والنهرية تُشكل عامل مهم في حركة المواصلات بالبلاد ومع الدول المجاورة وخاصة السويد وألمانيا ودول البلطيق.
</s>
<s id="95">
صورة لقطار في هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="96">
وشكر
</s>
<s id="97">
الثقافة والتعليم
</s>
<s id="98">
الفنلنديون، على غرار السويديون والنروجيون، بشكل عام شعب محافظ محب للطبيعة والهدوء
</s>
<s id="99">
ركيزة الأدب الفنلندي هو الأديب الياس لونروت (Lönnrot)
</s>
<s id="100">
أيضاً يُعد يوهان لودفغ رونيبيرغ (Runeberg) وأرتو باسيلينا (Paasilinna) أحد أكبر كتاب فنلندا
</s>
<s id="101">
حصل فرانز إيميل سيلانبا (Sillanpää) على جائزة نوبل في الأدب عام 1939
</s>
<s id="102">
يوهان كريستيان سيبليوس (Sibelius) هو أهم مؤلف موسيقي فنلندي.
</s>
<s id="103">
أما في المجال الرياضي فإن هوكي الجليد وألعاب الشتاء تعتبر من أهم الرياضات التي تزاول في فنلندا
</s>
<s id="104">
وقد استضافت فنلندا الدورة الأولمبية في عام 1952.وتألق في تلك الفترة العداء الفنلندي الأسطوريٍٍ بافو نورمي.
</s>
<s id="105">
التعليم المدرسي مجاني وإجباري لغاية سن السادسة عشر
</s>
<s id="106">
فنلندا كانت دوماً من الأوائل عالمياً في امتحان مستوى التعليم المدرسي (بيزا)
</s>
<s id="107">
يوجد عدة جامعات بالبلاد أهمها جامعة هلسنكي وجامعة هلسنكي التقنية وجامعة تامبيريه.
</s>
<s id="108">
مواقع خارجية
</s>
<s id="109">
موقع رسمي سياحي
</s>
<s id="110">
موقع رئيس الدولة
</s>
<s id="111">
موقع الحكومة
</s>
<s id="112">
موقع البرلمان
</s>
<s id="113">
المصادر
</s>
<s id="114">
معجم هارينبيرغ للبلدان (Harenberg)
</s>
<s id="115">
موسوعة بروكهاوس (Brockhaus)
</s>
<s id="116">
أطلس بيرتلسمان (Bertelsmann)
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="23" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
عمان (مدينة)
</s>
<s id="2">
مدينة عَمّان هي عاصمة المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية وأكبر مدنها إذ يبلغ عدد سكانها بدون القرى المجاورة حوالي 2,200,000 نسمة، استراتيجية مدينة عمان - تاريخ الولوج 15 أكتوبر 2008 وتبلغ مساحتها 1,680 كم²
</s>
<s id="3">
كتاب Welcome to Jordan - The Heart of the Middle East نشرته Promo Skills 2008 - رقم إيداع المكتبة الوطنية (2702 / 8 / 2007) - تأليف Jennifer Marsh وتدقيق لُما المصري من ص 35 إلى ص 43 تقع المدينة في وسط المملكة على خط عرض 31 شمالاً وخط طول 35 شرقاً المقاتل - تاريخ الولوج 15/10/2008 في منطقة تكثر فيها الجبال، فنشأت المدينة في الوديان بين الجبال أولا فضاقت على سكانها، فارتقوا سفوحها واستمروا في الاتساع عبر قممها حتى انتشرت المدينة بأطرافها فوق 20 جبلا
</s>
<s id="4">
صحيفة الجزيرة - مقال للدكتور وليد أحمد السيد 10/9/2008
</s>
<s id="5">
تُعتبر عمّان المركز التجاري والإداري للأردن وقلبه الاقتصادي والتعليمي، حيث أصبحت عمّان نقطة استقطاب للكثير من الجاليات العربية لموقعها المتميز ولعمارتها المعاصرة، كما تستقطب عمّان الكثير من السياح سنوياً من أوروبا الغربية وأمريكا الشمالية واليابان وأستراليا ومن الدول العربية المجاورة والقريبة، وكثير من عائلات دول الخليج العربي تحديداً، إذ تكثر بها المعالم السياحية عموماً والعلاجية الطبية خصوصاً
</s>
<s id="6">
هيئة تنشيط السياحة الأردنية10/9/2008
</s>
<s id="7">
عمّان مدينة قديمة أقيمت على أنقاض مدينة عرفت باسم &quot;ربّة عمّون&quot; ثم &quot;فيلادلفيا&quot; ثم &quot;عمّان&quot; اشتقاقاً من &quot;ربة عمّون&quot;، واتخذها العمّونيون عاصمة لهم
</s>
<s id="8">
وقد أنشئت المدينة على تلال سبعة، وكانت مركزا للمنطقة على ما يبدو في ذلك الوقت
</s>
<s id="9">
وهي إحدى عواصم بلاد الشام الأربع، وهي أيضا إحدى المدن الشامية القديمة التي أصبحت عاصمة لإمارة شرق الأردن ومن ثم المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية بعد استقلالها في العام 1946 عن بريطانيا.
</s>
<s id="10">
يسكن عمّان الحديثة مجموعة متنوعة من السكان من أصول مختلفة أتوا من مختلف المناطق، منهم من أتى من فلسطين ومنهم من أتى من القوقاز ومنهم من سوريا والعراق ومن مختلف أنحاء الأردن
</s>
<s id="11">
الهوية الوطنية - حازم المبيضين / عن وكالة عمون الإلكترونية
</s>
<s id="12">
وقد جاء ذكر عمان في كتب أدب الرحلات العربية، فقد أورد عنها في كتاب معجم البلدان لياقوت الحموي ثلاث أبيات شعر قال فيها الأحوص بن محمد الأنصاري: معجم البلدان - ياقوت الحموي
</s>
<s id="13">
كما قال عنها المقدسي في كتابه: &quot;أحسن التقاسيم في معرفة الأقاليم&quot;، أن مدينة عمان هي واحدة من ضمن ثلاث مدن تشبه مكة، حيث يقول: &quot;رأيت لها ثلاث نظائر: عمّان بالشام، وإصطخر بفارس، وقرية الحمراء بخراسان&quot;
</s>
<s id="14">
عمان مدينة عصرية تفوح بالأصالة- مجلة العربي- للكاتب إبراهيم المليفي
</s>
<s id="15">
قصة اسمها
</s>
<s id="16">
المدرج الروماني وسط المدينة.
</s>
<s id="17">
يعود تاريخ المدينة إلى أكثر من 7,000 سنة قبل الميلاد، ومرّت عليها حضارات عديدة دلّت عليها الآثار المنتشرة بأرجاء المدينة
</s>
<s id="18">
فالمدرج الروماني هو أحد الآثار المتبقية من عهدالرومان وجبل القلعة بآثاره المختلفة يدل على الحضارات الإغريقية والرومانية والعمونية والأموية
</s>
<s id="19">
والرجم الملفوف في جبل عمان المطل على وادي صقرة أحد ما تبقى من حضارات فترة ما قبل التاريخ لعبّاد الطبيعة وعناصرها كالشمس والقمر والنجوم.
</s>
<s id="20">
قدم إليها الحيثيون والهكسوس ثم قبائل العماليق الأقدمين تلتهم قبائل بني عمون، أو العمونيين، تاريخ عمان القديمFÜR ALLAH, DSCHIHAD4EVER ! - العمونيون الذين أعطوا المدينة اسمهم فأطلقوا عليها في البداية اسم ربة عمّون، والربة تعني العاصمة أو دار الملك ثم سقطت مع مرور الزمن كلمة ربة وبقيت عمون حتى أطلق عليها الأمويون اسم عمّان.
</s>
<s id="21">
سيطر البطالسة على المنطقة بما فيها ربة عمون التي أبدل اسمها بطليموس الثاني عام 285 ق.م إلى اسم &quot;فيلادلفيا&quot;- ويعني مدينة الحب الأخوي؛
</s>
<s id="22">
نسبة للقائد &quot;فيلادلفيوس&quot; وجعل من جبل القلعة موقعا للمعابد كجبل الأكروبولس في أثينا
</s>
<s id="23">
تاريخ عمان القديم - العمونيون انتعشت في هذا العهد منطقة عراق الأمير، نسبة لقصر الملك طوبيا المعروف بعراق الأمير.
</s>
<s id="24">
انقسمت عمان لتصبح جزءاً من الدولتين النبطية والسلوقية إلى أن استولى عليها الملك الروماني &quot;هيرودس&quot; في العام 30 ق.م
</s>
<s id="25">
وبعد الفتح الإسلامي عادت المدينة لتُعرف باسمها القديم ثانية
</s>
<s id="26">
ومتحف الآثار الأردني به نماذج من أثار هذه الحضارات كلها عبر عصورها المتتالية
</s>
<s id="27">
د.هند أبو الشعر /كتاب عمان عبر العصور وموقع أمانة عمان
</s>
<s id="28">
التاريخ الحديث
</s>
<s id="29">
وسط البلد في نهاية عقد الستينات من القرن العشرين.
</s>
<s id="30">
تأسست عمّان الحديثة في نهاية القرن التاسع عشر مع وصول طلائع المهاجرين الشركس من قبائل الشابسوغ كتاب في مدن الفرسان من نارت قالا إلى عمان - كتبه عدنان مولود كلمات - صدر عام 2009 ليستقروا قرب سيل عمان والمدرج الروماني عام 1878 نتيجة تهجيرهم القسري بالقوة المسلحة من قبل القوات الروسية القيصرية التي استطاعت إكمال احتلال وطنهم الأم شمال القوقاز عام 1864 بعد جهاد شركسي بطولي ضد هذه القوات التي كانت تعتبر من أقوى الجيوش الأوروبية طيلة مايزيد عن مئة عام
</s>
<s id="31">
ثم عملت على تفريغ وطنهم القومي التاريخي بتهجيرهم إلى الدولة العثمانية المجاورة، لإحلال مستوطنين من الشعوب الموالية للروس كالقوزاق والجورجيين والأوكرانيين الروس أنفسهم وكانت شرق الأردن إحدى المناطق العثمانية في ذلك الوقت والتي أنزلت فيها الدولة العثمانية الشراكسة المهجّرين، وكانت عمّان المدينة الأثرية أولى مناطق الأردن التي نزل فيها الشراكسة منذ عام 1878، وأعادوا بعثها للحياة بعد أن كانت قد أصبحت خرائب أثرية وسيلا للماء ترد إليه مواشي أهل البادية المجاورة، وكان لنزول الشراكسة فيها وبناءهم لبيوتهم ودكانينهم ومناجرهم ومحاددهم ومساجدهم ومدارسهم عامل جذب لقدوم المزيد من السكان إليها من مختلف الجهات
</s>
<s id="32">
تاريخ عمّان وكانت عمّان ضمن المناطق التي سُكنت لوجود المياه فيها بوفرة كمناطق جرش ووادي السير وناعور وصويلح والرصيفة
</s>
<s id="33">
وقد توالت على عمان مجموعات أخرى من المهاجرين الشراكسة القادمين من شمال القوقاز بعد احتلال بلادهم من قبل الجيوش الروسية القيصرية عام 1864، فسكنوا في أحياء ما زالت تحمل أسماءها حتى اليوم مثل حي «المهاجرين» وحي «الشابسوغ» وحي القبرطاي ومحلّة الأبزاخ
</s>
<s id="34">
تتابع قدوم الناس إلى عمّان والاستقرار فيها عبر السنين التالية، فقدمت جماعات من الأرمن والأكراد والشيشان والشوام والمقدسيين والحجازيين وغيرهم مما أضفي على المجتمع الأردني تنوعا عرقياً شكل جزءا هاما من نسيجه.
</s>
<s id="35">
أسهم الخط الحديدي الحجازي في زيادة ملحوظة بعدد سكان المدينة لا سيما عندما رُبطت به المدينة عبر محطة عمان التي تبعد عن مركز المدينة خمسة كيلومترات، وذلك عام 1903، ولذا فقد أخذت أوضاع عمّان السكانية والاقتصادية تشهد تطوراً تدريجياً بطيئاً، فأنشئ أول مجلس بلدي في المدينة عام 1909 وغدت مركزاً لمديرية الناحية عام 1914، عمان عاصمة الثقافة العربية 2002 _ م.نضال الحديد / في حديثه لصحيفة الجزيرة عن تاريخ عمان وقد كانت عمان قبل تأسيس الأردن الحديث سنة 1921 مركزا مهما رغم قلة عدد سكانها مقارنة ببعض المدن المجاورة كالسلط ونابلس والقدس حيث كانت أشبه بقرية كبيرة طيلة تلك الفترة
</s>
<s id="36">
وقُدّر عدد سكانها بعد انتهاء الحرب العالمية الأولى بما بين 1500 و 2000 نسمة أو أكثر بقليل معظمهم من الشراكسة المهاجرين، أمانة عمان الكبرى - نبذة عن تاريخ العاصمة وأمانتها الذين تمركزوا في وسط البلد في أحياء المهاجرين والشابسوغ والقبرطاي ومحلة الأبزاخ والأشرفية وأجزاء من جبل عمان.
</s>
<s id="37">
مئوية أمانة عمّان الكبرى
</s>
<s id="38">
شعار مئوية عمّان.
</s>
<s id="39">
احتفلت أمانة عمان الكبرى عام 2009 بالذكرى المئوية لتأسيسها، إذ تأسس أول مجلس بلدي عام 1909، أطلقت احتفالات المئوية بمؤتمر صحفي تضمن عرض لأهداف ورؤية الأمانة لبرنامج فعاليات مئوية أمانة عمان الكبرى، كون مسيرة المائة عام الماضية من عمر عمّان شهدت تطورا كبيرا في شتى الميادين، وتدرجت من قرية صغيرة إلى عاصمة حديثة ومن مجلس بلدي إلى أمانة عمان الكبرى، وتخطت العديد من الصعاب والتحديات، فضلا عن تطور مفهوم ومستوى ونوعية الخدمات التي تقدم للعمانيين
</s>
<s id="40">
إن أمانة عمان تعمل على الارتقاء وتوسيع مساحة الدور الذي تلعبه في تنمية المجتمع المحلي من خلال تبني ودعم المبادرات في مختلف الميادين الثقافية الاجتماعية، السياحية، والفنية والتوجه للأطفال والشباب.
</s>
<s id="41">
إن احتفالات المئوية تهدف إلى حفظ روح المدينة وهويتها من خلال تعزيز سبل التواصل مع المواطنين بكافة شرائحهم وفئاتهم العمرية وقد شهدت مشاركة شعبية كبيرة من مواطني عمان للعمل على تعزيز المواطنة والانتماء وتعميق التواصل بين المواطن ومدينته
</s>
<s id="42">
كما تم استعراض الفعاليات التي تغطي الجوانب الثقافية والاجتماعية والفنية والرياضية والترفيهية.
</s>
<s id="43">
أما تصميم شعار عمّان الجديد، والذي يحتفي بطبيعتها الفريدة من نوعها، فهو يصف التلال السبعة التي ترمز إلى أسطورة قديمة تشير إلى أن عمّان أقيمت، في الأصل، على سبعة تلال
</s>
<s id="44">
وتؤكد بيوت عمّان التي تعتلي تلك التلال على أن عمّان مدينة توفر الاستقرار لساكنيها
</s>
<s id="45">
إن عرض كل تلة بلون مختلف، يعكس التنوع الذي تتمتع به عمّان: تنوع السكان، تنوع الأحياء، وتنوع المناظر
</s>
<s id="46">
ويمثل تداخل الألوان في التلال، &quot;تفاعلا&quot; بين أوجه المدينة المختلفة.
</s>
<s id="47">
كلمة &quot;عمّان&quot; والتلال مرسومة بشكل يصور عمّان على أنها مدينة شابة، حيوية، تتطور وتنمو
</s>
<s id="48">
إنها مدينة مألوفة تتمتع ببساطة الإحساس
</s>
<s id="49">
&quot;الشدّة&quot; فوق حرف الميم جاءت على شكل طير، وهو أمر ملحوظ في سماء عمّان، ويرمز إلى السلام والانفتاح
</s>
<s id="50">
شعار مئوية مدينة عمّان - أمانة عمّان الكبرى
</s>
<s id="51">
جغرافيا
</s>
<s id="52">
عمّان مدينة جبلية ترتفع عن سطح البحر قرابة 750 متراً ومتوسط ارتفاع جبالها السبع الأولى التي أنشئت عليها 918 متر
</s>
<s id="53">
جغرافيا عمان - موقع وزارة التربية والتعليم الأردنية تقع مدينة العقبة على بعد 360 كيلومتر جنوبها ومدينة إربد على مسافة تقارب من 80 كيلومترا شمالها
</s>
<s id="54">
ويقع نهر الأردن على مسافة 45 كيلومتر إلى الغرب منها
</s>
<s id="55">
أما عن مدن الجوار فتبعد القدس عنها بمسافة 80 كيلومترا إلى الغرب، ودمشق مسافة 180 كيلومتر إلى الشمال، وبغداد مسافة 800 كلومتر إلى الشرق، أما مكة المكرمة فتقع على مسافة 1225 كيلومتر إلى الجنوب
</s>
<s id="56">
جوجل إيرث
</s>
<s id="57">
الطوبوغرافيا
</s>
<s id="58">
صورة فضائية لعمّان، تُظهر المناطق المأهولة داخل حدودها ذات اللون الرمادي، الغابات باللون الأخضر، والجبال الصخرية باللون البني.
</s>
<s id="59">
تمتد عمان بشكل رئيسي فوق عشرين جبلاً تقريباً الدليل الجغرافي والسياحي لعمان - WorldTravels.com على طول المدينة وعرضها ومن أهم جبالها السبعة الأوائل وهي جبل القصور، جبل الجوفة، جبل التاج، جبل النزهة، جبل النصر، جبل الاشرفية، جبل النظيف، والجبل الأخضر
</s>
<s id="60">
بالإضافة إلى جبل عمان وجبل اللويبدة وجبل الحسين وجبل القلعة
</s>
<s id="61">
معظمها موجود الآن ضمن عمان الشرقية، وتتنوع في المدينة التضاريس كالتالي:
</s>
<s id="62">
المنطقة الشمالية، وتتكون من عدة جبال متموجة نوعاً ما، كما في الجبيهة وشفا بدران وأبو نصير.
</s>
<s id="63">
المنطقة الوسطى، تتميز بأنها ملتقى الأودية مع سيل عمان، وهي أودية شديدة الانحدار تتخللها النتواءات الصخرية البارزة وطبقات صخرية متموجة على سفوح الجبال التي تمر من خلالها، مثل وادي عبدون ووادي صقرة ووادي الحدادة.
</s>
<s id="64">
المنطقة الغربية، تمتد على جانب غور الأردن، ويتجاوز ارتفاعها 1000 متر كما في تلاع العلي والشميساني وصويلح.
</s>
<s id="65">
المنطقة الشرقية والجنوبية الشرقية، وتتميز بسطحها المتموج، وتعد من الأراضي الصحراوية القاحلة الممتدة إلى الصحراء الأردنية، كما في ماركا الجنوبية والقويسمة
</s>
<s id="66">
Tourism in Amman City - Jordan
</s>
<s id="67">
تنظيم المدينة
</s>
<s id="68">
التوسع الذي شهدته عمان بين عاميّ 1918 و2006، تضاعفت هذه المساحة أكثر من مرة خلال عام 2007.
</s>
<s id="69">
تنقسم عمان إلى جزئين رئيسيين وهما:
</s>
<s id="70">
عمان الشرقية وهي الجزء الأقدم من المدينة.
</s>
<s id="71">
عمان الغربية وهي الجزء الأحدث من المدينة.
</s>
<s id="72">
كانت عمان مقتصرة على الشركس في نهايات القرن التاسع عشر وحتى بداية القرن العشرين، ولكن بعد إعلانها عاصمة لإمارة شرق الأردن ومن بعدها المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية ازداد التوسع العمراني ووفد إليها الناس من مختلف المناطق، وبدأت مدينة عمان الحديثة بالتوسع في عقد الخمسينات والستينات من القرن الماضي حيث أخذت أحياء جديدة في الظهور في عمان الغربية.
</s>
<s id="73">
في بداية عام 2007 قررت أمانة عمان الكبرى، ضم أراض قريبة من مطار الملكة علياء الدولي جنوب العاصمة، لتصبح جزءا من مناطق المدينة، مثل الجيزة ومرج الحمام وسحاب، مما ضاعف مساحة عمان لتصبح 1680 كم²
</s>
<s id="74">
مخطط عمان الشمولي - المرحلة الثالثة وضمن الخطة للسنوات المقبلة، تتجه الأمانة إلى التوسع العمراني نحو المناطق الشرقية والجنوبية حيث سهولة استغلال الأرضي المنبسطة
</s>
<s id="75">
وضمن المخططات لتوفير الخدمات لهذه المناطق الجديدة تستعد الأمانة لإقامة مشروع خط قطارات خفيفة بين المناطق الجنوبية لعمّان وصولا إلى الزرقاء شرقا على امتداد 26 كيلومتر
</s>
<s id="76">
الأردن وسوريا يحتفلان بمئوية الخط الحديدي الحجازي / BBC
</s>
<s id="77">
كما شهدت عمّان الغربية نموا سريعا في العقدين الأخيرين حيث ظهرت أحياء بأكملها
</s>
<s id="78">
وتحاول أمانة عمّان إقامة مشاريع تنموية طموحة في شرق عمّان خلال الفترة الحالية
</s>
<s id="79">
الخطة الإستراتيجية لعمان 10/9/2008
</s>
<s id="80">
مناطق عمان
</s>
<s id="81">
القائمة التالية بأسماء مناطق عمان الكبرى السبعة وعشرين والتي تقع ضمن عمان الغربية وعمان الشرقية:
</s>
<s id="82">
مناطق عمان الريفية
</s>
<s id="83">
المناطق الريفية غرب عمان.
</s>
<s id="84">
تتنوع التضاريس في مناطق عمّان الريفية بين السهول والجبال العالية والوديان، وتحيط الأماكن السياحية بجميع أنحاء العاصمة حيث منتزه عمّان القومي وحدائق البحرين والمدينة المائية جنوبا، مرورا بالطبيعة الخلابة في وادي السير وأم الأُسود والحُمّر مشروع تلال الحمّر السياحي وماحص غربا، وانتهاء بقرى زَّي ودِّبين شمالا
</s>
<s id="85">
محمية دبين - الجمعية الملكية لحماية الطبيعة
</s>
<s id="86">
يكاد يخلو وسط مدينة عمان من الغابات والمتنزهات فيما عدا بعض الأماكن مثل المدينة الرياضية والجامعة الأردنية وحدائق الحسين.
</s>
<s id="87">
يُشار إلى أن زراعة الغابات قد بدأت في الأردن منذ أكثر من 60 عاماً مضت
</s>
<s id="88">
منظمة الأغذية والزراعة للأمم المتحدة - صفحة الأردن بقطاع الغابات بالمنظمة وتجري معظم أنشطة التشجير حول العاصمة والمدن السكنية بالإضافة إلى زراعات جوانب الطرق، ومصدات الرياح والزراعات في مجاري الوديان
</s>
<s id="89">
تُزرع الأشجار أيضاً كجزء متكامل من نظم مندمجات الزراعة والغابات.
</s>
<s id="90">
في عام 1995 تضمنت الزراعات حوالي 1000 كيلومتر من الأشجار على طول الطرق، 7000 كيلومتر من مصدات الرياح وأحزمة الوقاية و 500 كيلومتر من الأشجار على طول جوانب المجاري المائية.
</s>
<s id="91">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="92">
الثلج في عمان شتاءا.
</s>
<s id="93">
الربيع في عمان.
</s>
<s id="94">
الطقس في عمان معتدل بشكل عام، إذ يسود مناخ البحر الأبيض المتوسط في معظم مناطق العاصمة خصوصا في المرتفعات، بينما يسود بعض مناطقها المناخ شبه الصحراوي وخاصة في المناطق الشرقية منها
</s>
<s id="95">
ترتفع درجات الحرارة صيفا وتصل أعلى مستوياتها في منتصف أغسطس حيث تصل في بعض الأحيان إلى منتصف الثلاثينات مئوية
</s>
<s id="96">
وتنخفض الحرارة شتاء لتصل في يناير أحيانا إلى الصفر أو ما دونه، حيث يتسبب ذلك بتساقط الثلوج على المرتفعات
</s>
<s id="97">
معدل درجات الحرارة السنوية في عمان / دائرة الأرصاد الجوية - المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية ويعتدل المناخ في فصلي الربيع والخريف.
</s>
<s id="98">
أما بالنسبة لمعدلات الأمطار فتكون معدومة في بعض الأشهر مثل يونيو ويوليو وأغسطس
</s>
<s id="99">
بينما تكون في أعلى معدلاتها في شهري يناير وفبراير حيث يمكن أن يصل مستواها إلى اكثر من 170 ميليمتر
</s>
<s id="100">
معدل كميات الأمطار في عمان / دائرة الأرصاد الجوية - المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية
</s>
<s id="101">
السكان
</s>
<s id="102">
التركيبة السكانية
</s>
<s id="103">
وسط المدينة، تعد من أكثر مناطق عمّان كثافة بالسكان.
</s>
<s id="104">
كانت المدينة تاريخياً، بعد هجرة الشركس والأرمن والشيشان، مأهولة أيضا من قبل السكان الأصليين ذوي الأصول الأردنية من مختلف مناطق المملكة، الذين سكن بعضهم تجمعات محددة، مثل حي الطفايلة في جبل الجوفة، مع المواطنين ذوي الأصول الفلسطينية الذين هاجروا من فلسطين بعد حربي 1948 و1967، والذين تزايدوا بشكل كبير
</s>
<s id="105">
سكان الضفة الغربية كانوا أردنيي الجنسية أصلا قبل حرب 1967 وتحديدا عند توحيد الضفتين في بداية خمسينيات القرن الماضي، انظر هنا
</s>
<s id="106">
ويُقدر عدد سكان عمّان بحوالي 2.2 مليون نسمة
</s>
<s id="107">
ويُشار إلى أنه قد زاد عدد سكان المدينة بشكل ملحوظ بعد حرب الخليج الثانية وعودة مئات الآلاف من الأردنيين والفلسطينيين العاملين في الخليج العربي بعد احتلال الكويت عام 1990
</s>
<s id="108">
سكان الأردن - صفحة الأردن في موقع البنك الدولي
</s>
<s id="109">
كما يُقيم في المدينة آلاف المواطنين العرب من الدول المجاورة، وخاصة من العراق، الذين ازدادت أعدادهم بشكل كبير بعد الغزو الأمريكي لبلادهم، بالإضافة إلى العمالة المصرية
</s>
<s id="110">
كما تتواجد جاليات غربية عديدة، يوجد لمعظمها معاهد ثقافية ومدارس أكاديمية
</s>
<s id="111">
قدّرت أمانة عمان الكبرى أن عدد سكان المدينة، دون القرى التابعة لها، سيصل سنة 2025 إلى حوالي 6.4 مليون نسمة، أي ثلاثة أضعاف الرقم لعام 2007
</s>
<s id="112">
خطة عمان الشمولية/ تقديرات عدد سكان عمان الكبرى في عام 2025
</s>
<s id="113">
اللاجئون
</s>
<s id="114">
كانت عمّان تستقبل المزيد من السكان عبر العقود الستة الماضية من دول ابتلي أهلها بالحروب والثورات
</s>
<s id="115">
وقد استقبلت المدينة كغيرها من مدن الأردن العديد من اللاجئين من دول الجوار خلال أزمات القرن الماضي وبالأخص من فلسطين ولبنان والعراق
</s>
<s id="116">
يطيب للبعض البقاء والاستقرار في عمّان ويختار البعض الآخر العودة إلى بلاده عند استقرار الأمور فيها أو متابعة الهجرة إلى دول أخرى
</s>
<s id="117">
ينصهر الكثيرون في المجتمع العمّاني ولكن تبقى فئة في تجمعات سكانية تحمل هويتهم الأصلية كمخيمات اللاجئين الفلسطينيين
</s>
<s id="118">
فبالرغم من الانصهار الكبير الذي حدث ببينهم وبين معظم فئات المجتمع إلا أنه لا زال عدد منهم يعيش في المخيمات
</s>
<s id="119">
وبحسب إحصاءات وكالة الغوث التابعة للأمم المتحدة، يقطن هذه المخيمات قرابة 20% من فلسطينيي الأردن
</s>
<s id="120">
وضع اللاجئين وأعدادهم - مخيمات الأردن تقوم وكالة الغوث، أو الأونروا، بالإشراف على جميع المخيمات العشرة في المملكة والتي تشمل مخيمات عمان الأربعة منذ النكبة، الأونروا وهي مخيم البقعة ومخيم الوحدات ومخيم ماركا (شنلر) ومخيم الحسين.
</s>
<s id="121">
المواصلات والاتصالات
</s>
<s id="122">
جسر عبدون المعلق.
</s>
<s id="123">
الاتصالات
</s>
<s id="124">
نهجت الأردن في مجال الاتصالات بصورة مقبولة فمن شبكة كادت أن تكون غير مجدية في الثمانينات إلى خصخصة الاتصالات، واليوم هناك عدة شركات خاصة تقدم خدمة الإنترنت وثلاث شركات لتقديم خدمة الهاتف المحمول وشبكة اتصالات أرضية متميزة ووفرة في أرقام الهاتف
</s>
<s id="125">

</s>
<s id="126">
التطور التاريخي لقطاع الاتصالات في الأردن 17/9/2008
</s>
<s id="127">
الطرق
</s>
<s id="128">
شكّل التخطيط المدني القديم لعمّان تحديا لمواكبة تطورات العصر واحتياجات المدينة، وعمّان ليست بالمدينة الثرية، ولكنها تمكنت من تخطي الصعاب وما زالت تُنشئ طرقا جديدة تحل أزمات المدينة السابقة
</s>
<s id="129">
إذ توجد الآن في عمّان عدة طرق سريعة، تربط أجزاء المدينة بعضها ببعض كما تربطها بمدن المملكة الأخرى، فهناك شارع الأردن وشارع الاستقلال وشارع الشهيد والحزام الدائري وطريق ياجوز وشارع المدينة الطبية وشارع الجامعة وأوتوستراد الزرقاء وشارع المطار، والطريق الصحراوي
</s>
<s id="130">
ويعتبر جسر عبدون المعلق ونفق وادي الحدادة وطريق عمان التنموي وغيرها من منشآت الطرق الجديدة من أهم مشاريع أمانة عمان الكبرى للتخفيف من وطأة الزحام في الشوارع
</s>
<s id="131">
الشرق الأوسط17/9/2008
</s>
<s id="132">
النقل
</s>
<s id="133">
خدمات النقل في عمان موزعة بين الحافلات والسيارات، وهناك شبكة من السيارات للنقل العام تدعى &quot;سرفيس&quot; أي أنها تسير في خطوط محددة ويتشارك الركاب باستخدامها ودفع أجرتها
</s>
<s id="134">
كما يوجد شبكة من سيارات الأجرة التي تلبي الطلبات الخاصة موزعة في جميع أنحاء المدينة
</s>
<s id="135">
ذلك عدا عن السيارات السياحية التي تُؤجر ليقودها السائح بنفسه
</s>
<s id="136">
هذا بالأضافة إلى خدمة &quot;التاكسي المميز&quot; وهي خدمة مميزة على مستوى الأردن وربما على مستوى المنطقة، حيث يتم استدعاء السيارات عبر الهاتف، والمتصلة بنظام الملاحة وقارئ البطاقات بحيث تطفأ في حال وجود ركاب وتعود للإضاءة حال خلوها
</s>
<s id="137">
ويتواجد في كل سيارة تاكسي خريطة للاستدلال على المناطق، وأجهزة اتصال، وشاشات تلفزيونية، وتكييف صيفي وتدفئة شتوية، ويتم وصوله إلى كل من يطلبه خلال 7 دقائق فقط من تسجيل الطلب عبر الهاتف
</s>
<s id="138">
جريدة الغد كما أن شبكات الحافلات ضمن خدمات النقل العام تؤدي الغرض نفسه
</s>
<s id="139">
ويوجد في المدينة مجمعان كبيران للحافلات هي مجمع العبدلي، أو مجمع باصات الشمال، والمجمع الجنوبي.
</s>
<s id="140">
الطيران
</s>
<s id="141">
منظر لمطار الملكة علياء الدولي من نافذة طائرة.
</s>
<s id="142">
لعمّان مطاران: مطار الملكة علياء الدولي الذي أنجز عام 1983 ومطار عمان المدني الذي يُستخدم للطيران المدني الإقليمي وللطيران العسكري
</s>
<s id="143">
وهذان المطاران تنطلق منهما عدة خطوط طيران، وشركة طيران الملكية الأردنية تستخدم مطار الملكة علياء كما تستخدمه جميع شركات الطيران الدولي الأخرى
</s>
<s id="144">
أما شركة طيران الأردنية فتستخدم مطار عمان وكذلك شركات الطيران التي تطير ضمن الإقليم فقط.
</s>
<s id="145">
سكة الحديد
</s>
<s id="146">
يمر بالمدينة خط سكة حديد الحجاز حيث توجد محطة عمان على الخط بين بلاد الشام ومكة المكرمة انطلاقاً من دمشق والذي توقف العمل به منذ بدايات القرن العشرين، ويُعتبر المبنى الأثري للمحطة من معالم عمّان التاريخية
</s>
<s id="147">
وتقع المحطة في منطقة عمان الشرقية غرب منطقة ماركا وشرق المدرج الروماني بالقرب من مطار ماركا الدولي
</s>
<s id="148">
يُستخدم هذا الخط الآن لنقل الركاب والبضائع فقط بين عمّان ودمشق
</s>
<s id="149">
تسيير رحلات بين عمان ودمشق عبر الخط الحديدي الحجازي - موقع النداء ويعمل الأردن على الاستفادة من بعض أملاك هذا الخط في بناء مشروع آخر يعود جزء من أرباحه على الخط الحجازي، حيث سيمتد مشروع خط قطارات خفيفة بين المناطق الجنوبية لعمّان وصولاً إلى الزرقاء شرقاً والذي سيمتد لمسافة 26 كيلومتر.
</s>
<s id="150">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="151">
مبنى البنك الأردني الكويتي.
</s>
<s id="152">
كانت الليرة العثمانية هي العملة المتداولة في عمّان أثناء الحكم العثماني
</s>
<s id="153">
استمر ذلك حتى أُنشئت إمارة شرق الأردن تحت وصاية الانتداب البريطاني، فتم استخدام الجنيه المصري بشكل مؤقت إلى أن أصدر الجنيه الفلسطيني عام 1927 حيث اعتمد في الدولة واستخدم حتى مطلع الخمسينيات من القرن الماضي، عندما صدر الدينار الأردني وصار هو العملة الرسمية
</s>
<s id="154">
كما يُستخدم الدولار الأمريكي واليورو إلى جانب الدينار في عمليات البيع والشراء
</s>
<s id="155">
نبذة عن البنك المركزي الأردني
</s>
<s id="156">
ما زال سكان عمّان يستخدمون كلمة الليرة رغم تعاملهم بالدينار نتيجة للتأثر الطويل بالعثمانيين الذين حكموا بلاد الشام قرابة 4 قرون
</s>
<s id="157">
العثمانيون في بلاد الشام - أرض فلسطين (الاسم والحدود التاريخية)
</s>
<s id="158">
وعمّان اليوم هي مركز الحياة الاقتصادية في الأردن، الذي انتعش اقتصاده برجوع رؤوس الأموال والمستثمرين من الكويت والخليج سنة 1990 حيث بدأت خطط التنمية تلقى طريقها في المدينة من إنشاء مشاريع كثيرة.
</s>
<s id="159">
ويعتمد اقتصاد المدينة على قطاعات البناء والبنوك والتأمين والتجارة وبشكل كبير على قطاع السياحة والفندقة، بالإضافة للصناعات الغذائية والخفيفة والمتوسطة
</s>
<s id="160">
تتخذ كبرى الشركات الأردنية وعدد من الشركات الإقليمية والعالمية في المنطقة من المدينة مقرا لها
</s>
<s id="161">
كذلك يمتلك العديد من مواطني دول الخليج العربي وكبار أثرياء العرب عقارات وأعمال في عمّان الغربية
</s>
<s id="162">
في العقدين الأخيرين قامت العديد من الشركات الخليجية والعربية والعالمية بالاستثمار في عمّان تتصدرها الشركات الكويتية.
</s>
<s id="163">
تحتل عمّان اليوم المرتبة الأولى بين المدن العربية من حيث غلاء المعيشة فيها - حسب &quot;مجلة الإيكونومست البريطانية&quot; لعام 2007
</s>
<s id="164">
حيث أن ارتفاع أسعار المساكن والعقارات والأراضي، إلى جانب ارتفاع أسعار النفط الذي أثر على كلف الإنتاج وزيادة قيمة المستوردات، عوامل ساهمت في تربع عمّان على صدارة قائمة أغلى المدن عربيا
</s>
<s id="165">
الصوت العربي الحر - لعنة الضرائب في عمان - تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 العرب اليوم
</s>
<s id="166">
غرفة تجارة عمّان
</s>
<s id="167">
وهي تتكون من 12 عضوا منتخبين عن طريق الاقتراع الحر والمباشر من قبل أعضاء الهيئة العامة للغرفة البالغ عددهم حوالي 35,000 عضو، ومدة عضوية المجلس 4 سنوات، وتهدف الغرفة إلى قيادة القطاع التجاري نحو مستقبل أفضل للأعمال واقتصاد وطني حر
</s>
<s id="168">
غرفة تجارة عمان - المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية
</s>
<s id="169">
بورصة عمّان
</s>
<s id="170">
تأسست بورصة عمّان في عام 1999 كمؤسسة مستقلة تُدار من قبل القطاع الخاص لمزاولة العمل كسوق منظم لتداول الأوراق المالية في المملكة
</s>
<s id="171">
تقوم البورصة بتوفير أنظمة إلكترونية ووسائل ربط وقاعات مجهزة بالأدوات والوسائل التقنية الحديثة
</s>
<s id="172">
ومراقبة عمليات التداول في السوق والتنسيق مع الهيئة في متابعة تلك العمليات
</s>
<s id="173">
كما قامت بوضع معايير للسلوك المهني لضمان التزام أعضائها بمبادئ التداول السليم، كما تحرص على ضرورة النشر الفوري والصحيح للمعلومات لجميع المهتمين بنفس الوقت
</s>
<s id="174">
بورصة عمان
</s>
<s id="175">
الصناعة
</s>
<s id="176">
اتبعت أمانة عمان الكبرى بالتعاون مع وزارة الصناعة والتجارة وزارة التجارة والصناعة 17/9/2008 المعايير في تحديد المناطق الصناعية
</s>
<s id="177">
وعليه قامت أمانة عمان الكبرى بإجراء دراسة مكثفة وتحليل لخيارات المواقع الملائمة لتأهيلها لتكون المناطق الصناعية كالتالي:
</s>
<s id="178">
منطقة سحاب – وممر الموقر: تمّ تصنيف هذه المنطقة كمنطقة صناعات خفيفة ومتوسطة مع الأخذ بعين الاعتبار الصناعات القائمة حاليا في هذه المنطقة وتوفير بعد جغرافي عن المناطق السكنية في منطقة الموقر والنقيرة
</s>
<s id="179">
مخطط عمان الشمولي - المناطق الصناعية في عمان الكبرى
</s>
<s id="180">
منطقة القسطل الصناعية: مع الأخذ بعين الاعتبار الوضع الصناعي الحالي في منطقة القسطل يأتي تحديد هذه المنطقة جنوب شرق طريق المطار حيث تم تصنيف هذه المنطقة للصناعات المتخصصة كصناعات الأبحاث والأعمال والتقنيات
</s>
<s id="181">
أما بقية الأراضي في هذه المنطقة فقد تم تصنيفها صناعات خفيفة ومتوسطة لتكون مساندة للصناعات المتخصصة في نفس المنطقة وأيضا تسمح هذه المنطقة بتوفير مناطق جغرافية واسعة للمد الصناعي.
</s>
<s id="182">
منطقة الجيزة الصناعية: تمّ تحديد المنطقة جنوبي الجيزة كمنطقة صناعات متوسطة وخفيفة مع الأخذ بعين الاعتبار الصناعات القائمة حاليا في تلك المنطقة
</s>
<s id="183">
حيث ستكون هذه المنطقة منطقة جذب للعمالة بسبب المشاريع السكنية التي ستقام بالقرب منها، كمشروع تعمير للإسكان.
</s>
<s id="184">
هذا وتوجد عدة مناطق صناعية، تحوي على عدد من الوكالات وكثير من محلات تصليح السيارات، متوزعة على أطراف العاصمة، كما في البيادر إلى الجنوب الغربي، وصافوط إلى الشمال الغربي، وماركا إلى الشمال الشرقي، ووادي الرمم إلى الشرق، والوحدات إلى الجنوب من المدينة.
</s>
<s id="185">
العمارة
</s>
<s id="186">
أحد المباني القديمة بجبل اللويبدة.
</s>
<s id="187">
استخدام الحجر الأبلق في تصميم جامع أبو درويش بالأشرفية.
</s>
<s id="188">
أحد حمامات جبل عمان.
</s>
<s id="189">
يتميز البناء في عمّان عموما باستخدام الحجر كجزء أساسي يدعم واجهات البناء من جهاته الأربعة، وهذا لا ينحصر في جزء معين بالمدينة ولكن تتميز عمان الغربية بجمال العمارة وجودة الخدمات وانتشار الفنادق من فئة الخمسة نجوم ومعظم الوزارات المنشأة على أسس ومقاييس متميزة في العمارة والبناء
</s>
<s id="190">
الشرق الأوسط 10/9/2008 أضفت الحجارة المستخدمة في بناء مدينة عمان فناً تميزت به هذه المدينة وأضفت على طابعها المعماري لمسة جمالية دفعت المهندسين إلى ممارسة إبداعهم في تنوع كبير من أساليب العمارة باستخدام الحجر.
</s>
<s id="191">
وبحسب مجموعة من المهندسين المعماريين حملوا على أنفسهم أن ينتجوا نماذج من فن العمارة في عمّان، أكدوا تأثر العمارة في الأردن بالموروث الحضاري لمدينة عمّان المعماري الإسلامي والروماني واليوناني إلا أن معظمهم أكد أن الفن الإسلامي هو غاية وأمنية بالنسبة لهم
</s>
<s id="192">
ويعيب المهندسون على بعض الأبنية والتي يسمونها أبنية «التجميع» والتي يحمل التصميم فيها سمات عمارة الغرب المتزاوجة مع تصميمات المنطقة بدون الأخذ بعين الاعتبار الطابع المعماري الذي يميز المنطقة وتاريخها والاعتبارات الثقافية والحضارية الأخرى.
</s>
<s id="193">
وبعضهم يصمم مبنى تحمل واجهاته أكثر من ثقافة وتراث أطلق عليه المهندسون «أسلوب الإبهار» والخالي من المضمون والموروث والفاشل هندسيا وذكروا عددا من تلك النماذج في أماكن متعددة في عمان.
</s>
<s id="194">
لم ينكر المهندسون الحاجة أحيانا إلى إدخال بعض المواد العصرية للبناء مثل الزجاج والصفائح المعدنية ضمن تصميم مدروس يراعي تطوير العمارة العربية مبينين أن هذا التداخل مطلوب ولا غبار عليه.
</s>
<s id="195">
إن أساليب العمارة في الأردن عديدة ولا يمكن حصرها وتتعدد بتعدد الثقافات المعمارية التي حملها خريجو الهندسة الأردنيون من الشرق والغرب وعادوا بعد تخرجهم ليزرعوا ثمارها في جنبات الوطن وما حملوه من مذاهب معمارية متعددة
</s>
<s id="196">
ويبدو أنه كان لتنتشر نتيجة لذلك التشكيل المتعدد فوضى معمارية هائلة لولا الاستعمال الموحد للحجر الأردني في جميع هذه المباني
</s>
<s id="197">
عمارة مدينة عمان - د
</s>
<s id="198">
وضاح العابدي / عن جريدة الشرق الأوسط
</s>
<s id="199">
نمط البناء العصري - فندق الرويال، التصميم مستوحى من المأذنة الملوية.
</s>
<s id="200">
أدى هذا إلى استعمال واسع لحجر البناء الذي توفر بصورة لبت الحاجة لطبيعة عمّان الجغرافية والطبوغرافية كمدينة أحيطت بعدة جبال شكلت محاجرها رافدا أساسيا لتزويد المدينة بالحجارة
</s>
<s id="201">
ولكن اتساع المدينة المطرد مع الزمن دفعها للبحث عن مصدر للحجارة من أماكن أخرى في المملكة ومن محافظات جنوب الأردن وخصوصا من محافظة معان.
</s>
<s id="202">
وتواكب عمان موجة التطور العمراني التي اجتاحت المنطقة بحذر، فهي تريد الاستفادة من هذه التجربة العمرانية الفريدة التكنولوجيا الحديثة لكن مع المحافظة على هويتها التاريخية
</s>
<s id="203">
وقد شهدت المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية في الآونة الأخيرة تدفقاً كبيراً لمختلف الاستثمارات لاسيما الخليجية، التي وجدت الأردن المكان المثالي لاستثمار رؤوس أموالها وسيولتها الضخمة، لما تتميز به من موقع استراتيجي، وتنوع طبيعي وتوفر الأيدي العاملة، ناهيك عن الاستقرار السياسي والقوانين الاستثمارية المحفزة، التي واكبها ارتفاع في حجم الطلب على المشاريع العقارية.
</s>
<s id="204">
أحد الأبنية الحديثة في شارع مكة.
</s>
<s id="205">
المتجول بين أرجاء العاصمة الأردنية عمّان، تشد انتباهه ملامح التغيير الحضاري الذي تعيشه، ورغم أن مظاهر الاكتظاظ بدأت تظهر على شوارعها لاسيما بعد الحرب على العراق، لكن أمانة عمان الكبرى عرفت كيف تتعامل معها بحكمة، حيث قامت بتحديث البنى التحتية وإعادة هيكلة التخطيط العمراني للمدينة، خطة عمان - المدينة القابلة للحياة، هي المدينة المنظمة...ولها روح / أمانة عمان الكبرى وتوسيع وإنشاء الطرقات والجسور، وتطوير شبكات المواصلات
</s>
<s id="206">
عملاً منها على خلق انسجام حضاري يتلاءم مع الطبيعة التاريخية للمدينة، فالمشاريع العمرانية الحديثة تخضع لدراسات عميقة قبل الموافقة عليها، ويشترط فيها أن تراعي خصوصية المدينة، كما حددت ارتفاعات المباني، وخصصت مناطق معينة لبناء الأبراج وأخرى للبنايات متوسطة الارتفاعات، مع الأخذ بعين الاعتبار توفير مواقف السيارات ومختلف مرافق الحياة اليومية
</s>
<s id="207">
الأردن يواكب الطفرة العمرانية بحذر - عن موقع أعمال مكتوب مخطط عمان الشمولي يفوز بجائزة القيادة العالمية - فئة التخطيط العمراني مخطط عمان الشمولي ينال جائزة المدينة عن قارة آسيا لعام 2007
</s>
<s id="208">
مشروع تطوير وسط المدينة الجديد
</s>
<s id="209">
بدء بمشروع العبدلي أو مشروع تطوير منطقة العبدلي في عام 2005 ويُتوقع الانتهاء منه عام 2010 وسيصبح قلب عمّان الجديد ومركزها
</s>
<s id="210">
مشروع تطوير العبدلي - وسط عمان الجديد
</s>
<s id="211">
مساجد وكنائس المدينة
</s>
<s id="212">
كنيسة الأقباط في عمان.
</s>
<s id="213">
يُشكل المسلمون غالبية سكان عمان حيث يشكلون ما نسبته 94%، فوضى الفتاوى في الأردن / إسلام أون لاين ويشكل المسيحيون النسبة الباقية أي ما نسبته 6% من السكان من مختلف الطوائف، CIA World Factbook - Religions in Jordan ويكفل الدستور دستور المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية لعام 1952 - المادة 14 / ج للجميع حرية ممارسة الأديان، ولذلك تجد في عمان مجموعة متنوعة من المساجد والكنائس موزعة في مختلف أنحاء العاصمة اعتني في تصميمها وبناؤها لتتميز وتكمل نسيج المدينة المعماري.
</s>
<s id="214">
مسجد الملك المؤسس في العبدلي ليلا وخلفه سارية العلم الأردني.
</s>
<s id="215">
بُني عدد كبير من مساجد المدينة على الطراز الأموي أو الفاطمي نتيجة للطبيعة الجغرافية التي حتّمت أن تكون عمّان جزءا من محيطها المعماري والحضاري الممتد من سوريا وفلسطين ولبنان حتى مصر
</s>
<s id="216">
العربية تاريخ الولوج 19/9/2008
</s>
<s id="217">
ومن أهم المساجد في عمان:
</s>
<s id="218">
ومن أهم الكنائس في عمان:
</s>
<s id="219">
معالم عمّان
</s>
<s id="220">
الثقافة والفنون
</s>
<s id="221">
نصب دارة الفنون في جبل اللويبدة - من تصميم عمار خماش.
</s>
<s id="222">
تشهد عمّان ازديادا بالأنشطة والمهرجانات المحلية والعربية، وذلك منذ إعلانها عاصمة للثقافة العربية عام 2002، يبرز من بينها إطلاق مشروع مسرح التراث الموسيقي الأردني، وافتتاح مشغل النحت العربي، ومهرجان عمان للأفلام الوثائقية، والمعرض الشامل للفن التشكيلي العربي، بالإضافة لافتتاح شارع الثقافة، وزارة الثقافة بالمملكة الأردنية الهاشمية وأخيرا المباشرة بتصميم دارة الملك عبد الله الثاني للثقافة والفنون والتي ستكون معلما على مستوى المنطقة
</s>
<s id="223">
المعماريون الفائزون بمسابقة تصميم - دارة الملك عبد الله للثقافة والفنون
</s>
<s id="224">
تنتشر في عمّان عدد كبير من المعارض ومراكز الفنون الجميلة وعدّة أسواق شعبية تعرض إسهامات الفنانين في وسط البلد وجبل عمان وجبل اللويبدة، حيث شهدت هذه الأماكن حراكا ثقافيا نوعيّا في العقدين الأخيرين.
</s>
<s id="225">
الإعلام
</s>
<s id="226">
معظم الصحف الأردنية الكبرى ومراكز البث موجودة في عمّان
</s>
<s id="227">
كما تُشكل المدينة مركزا إعلاميا للصحفيين الدوليين الآتين لتغطية أخبار المنطقة المتجددة سواء في فلسطين أو في العراق.
</s>
<s id="228">
تأسست في عمّان المدينة الإعلامية الأردنية في عام 2001، وهي الأولى من نوعها في منطقة بلاد الشام، والتي يُؤمل منها أن تجعل من عمّان محورا رئيسيا لشبكات البث الفضائي
</s>
<s id="229">
يوجد الآن ما يزيد عن 120 قناة ترسل بثها منها ولا يزال العدد ينمو باطراد
</s>
<s id="230">
معظم القنوات التي تبث من المدينة الإعلامية غير أردنية، ولا تزال الحكومة تملك تصاريح القنوات الأردنية مما يجعل من الصعب إنشاء محطات فضائية أردنية عديدة
</s>
<s id="231">
تحاول عمّان اليوم منافسة مدن أخرى ذات الخبرة والإمكانيات في مجال الإعلام مثل بيروت ودبي والقاهرة
</s>
<s id="232">
المجلس الأعلى للأعلام 17/9/2008
</s>
<s id="233">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="234">
فندق الفورسيزنز عمّان.
</s>
<s id="235">
تلقت عمّان فيما يعرف شعبياً بيوم &quot;الأربعاء الأسود&quot; جريدة الغد - تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 فيلم على يو تيوب بعنوان الأربعء الأسود - تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 ضربة عنيفة في عملية انتحارية إرهابية وذلك بتفجير ثلاثة من فنادقها بتاريخ 9 نوفمبر 2005 قُتل فيها ثلاثة من المهاجمين وألقي القبض على الرابع وهي سيدة
</s>
<s id="236">
أودت الانفجارات بحياة 65 من المدنيين الأبرياء ومنهم المخرج السوري مصطفى العقاد وابنته، وإصابة الكثيرين بجروج، &quot;صناعة الموت&quot; يلتقي عروسي تفجير عمّان ويبث لقطات نادرة للزفاف، العربية نت 29 فبراير 2008م، تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 مما أثر إلى حد كبير على سكانها ووفود السياح إليها ولكنها بتشديد الأمن واتخاذ الإجراءات المناسبة سرعان ما استعادت وضعها السابق حيث أخذت تستقبل الزائرين طوال العام وخاصة في فصل الصيف عند عودة المغتربين وزيارة السائحين والمصطافين وزيادة الفعاليات الترفيهية والثقافية كمهرجان جرش سابقا مهرجان جرش أزمة غير حكومية، جريدة الغد، 20 أغسطس 2007م، تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 ومهرجان الأردن حاليا الموقع الرسمي لمهرجان الأردن - تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008 ومهرجان صيف عمان
</s>
<s id="237">
AMEinfo News - تاريخ الولوج 28/9/2008
</s>
<s id="238">
ومن أهم المناطق التي يرتادها هؤلاء، مناطق شارع الثقافة وعبدون وشارع الوكالات وسوق الصويفية وسوق الرابية وشارع مكة وشارع المدينة المنورة وشارع الجامعة الأردنية وسوق جبل اللويبدة وشارع الرينبو وسوق جبل الحسين وسوق أم أذينة، ومناطق وسط البلد بطبيعة الحال
</s>
<s id="239">
وتحوي هذه المناطق على جملة من المطاعم والمقاهي المتنوعة ذات الطابع الشرقي والغربي، فبالإضافة للمطاعم الأردنية، يمكن للسائح أن يرى العديد من المطاعم اللبنانية والإيطالية والفرنسية والتركية والصينية والهندية ومطاعم الوجبات السريعة الأمريكية ومطاعم عراقية ويمنية وخليجية أخرى
</s>
<s id="240">
دليل مطاعم عمان العربية والأجنبية
</s>
<s id="241">
فنادق عمان
</s>
<s id="242">
في عمّان ما لا يقل عن 36 فندق من فئة الأربعة والخمسة نجوم معظمها أنشئ في عمان الغربية، دليل عمان 12/9/2008 والعديد منها يتبع سلسلة فنادق عالمية مثل الإنتركونتينينتال فندق الأردن تاريخ الولوج 16/9/2008 والفور سيزنز فندق الفور سيزونز والميريديان فندق الميريديان عمان والغراند حياة فندق غراند حياة عمان والراديسون ساس فندق الراديسون ساس والشيراتون
</s>
<s id="243">
فندق الشيراتون ويتميز فندق الرويال في عمّان بعمارته التي تظهر في أفق المدينة وكأنها قلعة تعلو جبل عمان.
</s>
<s id="244">
معالم عمان الأثرية
</s>
<s id="245">
آثار جبل القلعة الرومانية.
</s>
<s id="246">
القصر الأموي على جبل القلعة.
</s>
<s id="247">
وتتمتع عمّان بثروة من المعالم الأثرية الشهيرة ما زالت شاهدة على حضارات قديمة استوطنت المدينة، فعلى جبل القلعة الذي يعلو المدينة القديمة يرتفع &quot;هيكل هرقل&quot; الذي بناه الرومان في القرن الثاني الميلادي على بقايا معبد عموني قديم، إلى جانب متحف الآثار الذي يحتوي على معروضات عديدة من مختلف الحضارات وأدوات تمثل حياة الإنسان في هذه العهود القديمة
</s>
<s id="248">
وفي وسط المدينة يقع سبيل الحوريات، وعلى مقربة من السبيل ينتصب المدرج الروماني الكبير الذي يتسع لخمسة آلاف متفرج، وغيرها من المعالم التي تُستغل حتى اليوم في فعاليات ثقافية وفنية عديدة، وهي من المراكز التي يستغلها مهرجان الأردن وينظم فيها فعالياته:
</s>
<s id="249">
منتزهات وأماكن ترفيهية ورياضية
</s>
<s id="250">
رُوعي في التخطيط المدني للمدينة تنوّع الأماكن الترفيهية في نوعيتها وأماكن وجودها، وهناك محاولات حثيثة لزيادتها
</s>
<s id="251">
ومعظم الجديد منها ينشأ على أطراف المدينة على جانبي الطريق الدائري لتسهيل الوصول إليها
</s>
<s id="252">
ملتقى المسافرون إلى الأردن:موقع يحتوي على صور وتقارير سياحية عن عمّان
</s>
<s id="253">
السياحة الطبية
</s>
<s id="254">
تصل عوائد السياحة الطبية إلى 700 مليون دولار أمريكي في العام، حسب تصريحات البنك الدولي فالأردن هي الأولى في المنطقة والخامسة على مستوى العالم في هذا المجال
</s>
<s id="255">
صحيفة العرب اليوم تاريخ الولوج 26/9/2008 هناك عدد من المستشفيات الحكومية والخاصة في عمّان، التي يرتادها المرضى العرب من دول الخليج العربي والعراق واليمن ودول المغرب العربي
</s>
<s id="256">
وأن ما يجذب المرضى هو إجراءات تخفيض الأسعار والجودة العالية عن العلاج في أوروبا والولايات المتحدة الأمريكية
</s>
<s id="257">
الأردن المقصد الأول لعلاج الأسنان من Business.com تاريخ الولوج 26/9/2008 والساحة الطبية في عمّان تتميز بمهارة وخبرة متميزة في مجال أمراض وجراحة القلب وكذلك تطبيق الكثير من الجراحات الدقيقة فيما يخص العيون والكلى والرئتين
</s>
<s id="258">
الدليل الطبي الأردني
</s>
<s id="259">
المستشفيات
</s>
<s id="260">
المدينة الطبية في دابوق.
</s>
<s id="261">
الجدول التالي يظهر أهم المستشفيات الموجودة في عمّان: مستشفيات عمان
</s>
<s id="262">
التعليم والتعليم العالي
</s>
<s id="263">
يشهد الأردن بشكل عام طفرة نوعية في مجال التعليم والتعليم العالي منذ أوائل عقد التسعينيات من القرن العشرين، وقد شهد قطاع التعليم الخاص ازدهارا ملحوظا حيث كانت عمّان هي السباقة فيه في منطقة الشرق الأوسط
</s>
<s id="264">
التعليم في الأردن ولوج بتاريخ 17/9/2008
</s>
<s id="265">
جامعات
</s>
<s id="266">
جامعة العلوم التطبيقية.
</s>
<s id="267">
بالنسبة للتعليم العالي، أو الجامعي، فتشمل عمّان عدد كبير من الجامعات قياسا لعدد السكان بالمدينة سواء على المستوى الخاص أو الحكومي، مثل الجامعة الأردنية، جامعة العلوم التطبيقية، جامعة العلوم التطبيقية17/9/2008 جامعة البتراء، الجامعة الألمانية الأردنية، جامعة الأميرة سميّة للتكنولوجيا، جامعة الزيتونة وجامعات أخرى.
</s>
<s id="268">
يُقبل الحائزين على شهادة الثانوية العامة في الجامعات الحكومية أو الخاصة أو الكليّات
</s>
<s id="269">
تطبق معظم الجامعات في عمّان والأردن بشكل عام النموذج الأمريكي الجامعي القائم على نظام الساعات الذي يمنح الطلبة المرونة لاختيار عدد الساعات وأوقات الدوام الصباحي أو المسائي
</s>
<s id="270">
هنالك جامعتان حكوميتان مرتبطة بجامعات في الولايات المتحدة والمملكة المتحدة
</s>
<s id="271">
هنالك أيضا أكثر من 5 جامعات خاصة مُعترف بها على مستوى الدول العربية، وبعض الجامعات الأجنبية كجامعة نيويورك والجامعة الألمانية الأردنية
</s>
<s id="272">
تستقطب الجامعات الأردنية في عمّان وغيرها من المدن الأردنية كل عام عدد كبير من الطلبة الاجانب العرب وغير العرب.
</s>
<s id="273">
كليات ومعاهد
</s>
<s id="274">
بالإضافة إلى ذلك توجد العديد من الكليّات الخاصة والمعاهد التي تمنح شهادات الدبلوم في معظم التخصصات:
</s>
<s id="275">
مثل كلية القدس، الأكاديمية العربية للعلوم المالية والمصرفية، كلية طلال أبوغزاله لإدارة الأعمال، الكلية الجامعية المتوسطة والأكاديمية الملكية للطيران وكليات أخرى.
</s>
<s id="276">
مدارس
</s>
<s id="277">
بالإضافة إلى ذلك توجد العديد من المدارس الخاصة والحكومية التي تمنح شهادات ثانوية أدبية وعلميّة وفندقيّة وصناعيّة وأخرى:
</s>
<s id="278">
من المدارس الخاصة مدرسة الرضوان، مدرسة الدر المنثور، أكاديمية ساندس، المدرسة الإنجليزية، المدرسة الأمريكية.
</s>
<s id="279">
معلومات عامة
</s>
<s id="280">
أمناء ورؤساء عمّان
</s>
<s id="281">
ابتداءا منذ تأسيس أول مجلس بلدي للمدينة عام 1909 في وسط البلد: رؤساء وأمناء مدينة عمّان - موقع أمانة عمّان الكبرى
</s>
<s id="282">
العطل الرسمية
</s>
<s id="283">
العطل الرسمية في عمّان هي نفسها التي تطبق على المملكة ككل
</s>
<s id="284">
مذكرة البنك المركزي بالعطل الرسمية 12/9/2008
</s>
<s id="285">
|}
</s>
<s id="286">
مدن متوأمة
</s>
<s id="287">
المدن الشقيقة لعمان هي: العلاقات بين عمان والمدن الأخرى - أمانة عمان الكبرى
</s>
<s id="288">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="289">
خارطة عمان السياحية (حجمها 4.2 ميغا بايت)
</s>
<s id="290">
مستشفيات عمان
</s>
<s id="291">
صور من عمان
</s>
<s id="292">
صور منوعه من عمان
</s>
<s id="293">
مستشفيات الأردن
</s>
<s id="294">
مصادر ومراجع
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="24" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="2">
تمثال لابن خلدون في قلب العاصمة بساحة الاستقلال في تونس
</s>
<s id="3">
صورة لابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="4">
ابن خلدون توفى ابن خلدون في مصر عام 1406 وتم دفنه بمقابر الصوفية عند باب النصر بشمال القاهرة، وذلك بعد أن ترك لنا علمه وكتبه القيمة التي مازالت مرجع للعديد من العلماء الآن.الحضرمي&apos;&apos;&apos;)(غرة رمضان 732هـ/27 مايو 1332 - 19 مارس 1406م/26 رمضان808هـ)
</s>
<s id="5">
مؤسس علم الاجتماع ومؤرخ مسلم من إفريقية في عهد الحفصيين وهي تونس حالياً ترك تراثاً ما زال تأثيره ممتداً حتى اليوم
</s>
<s id="6">
ولد ابن خلدون في تونس عام 1332م (732هـ) بالدار الكائنة بنهج تربة الباي رقم 34
</s>
<s id="7">
أسرة ابن خلدون أسرة علم وأدب، فقد حفظ القرآن الكريم في طفولته، وكان أبوه هو معلمه الأول ابن خلدون في إسلام أونلاين , شغل أجداده في الأندلس وتونس مناصب سياسية ودينية مهمة وكانوا أهل جاه ونفوذ، نزح أهله من الأندلس في منتصف القرن السابع الهجري، وتوجهوا إلى تونس، وكان قدوم عائلته إلى تونس خلال حكم دولة الحفصيين.
</s>
<s id="8">
حياته
</s>
<s id="9">
قضى أغلب مراحل حياته في تونس والمغرب الأقصى وكتب الجزء الأول من المقدمة بقلعة أولاد سلامة بالجزائر، وعمل بالتدريس في جامع الزيتونة بتونس وفي المغرب بجامعة القرويين في فاس الذي أسسته الأختان الفهري القيروانيتان وبعدها في الجامع الأزهر بالقاهرة، مصر والمدرسة الظاهرية وغيرهم [ ابن خلدون، موقع كول بيدجس]وفي آخر حياته تولى القضاء المالكي بمصر بوصفه فقيهاً متميزاً خاصة أنه سليل المدرسة الزيتونية العريقة وكان في طفولته قد درس بمسجد القبة الموجود قرب منزله سالف الذكر المسمى &quot;سيد القبّة&quot;
</s>
<s id="10">
توفي في القاهرة سنة 1406 م (808هـ)
</s>
<s id="11">
ومن بين أساتذته الفقيه الزيتوني الإمام ابن عرفة حيث درس بجامع الزيتونة المعمور ومنارة العلوم بالعالم الإسلامي آنذاك.
</s>
<s id="12">
المسجد الذي درس فيه ابن خلدون خلال صباه بالعاصمة التونسية
</s>
<s id="13">
يعتبر ابن خلدون أحد العلماء الذين تفخر بهم الحضارة الإسلامية، فهو مؤسس علم الاجتماع وأول من وضعه على أسسه الحديثة، وقد توصل إلى نظريات باهرة في هذا العلم حول قوانين العمران ونظرية العصبية، وبناء الدولة وأطوار عمارها وسقوطها
</s>
<s id="14">
وقد سبقت آراؤه ونظرياته ما توصل إليه لاحقاً بعدة قرون عدد من مشاهير العلماء كالعالم الفرنسي أوجست كونت.
</s>
<s id="15">
عدّدَ المؤرخون لابن خلدون عدداً من المصنفات في التاريخ والحساب والمنطق غير أن من أشهر كتبه كتاب بعنوان العبر وديوان المبتدأ والخبر في أيام العرب والعجم والبربر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الأكبر، وهو يقع في سبعة مجلدات وأولها المقدمة وهي المشهورة أيضاً بمقدمة ابن خلدون، وتشغل من هذا الكتاب ثلثه، وهي عبارة عن مدخل موسع لهذا الكتاب وفيها يتحدث ابن خلدون ويؤصل لآرائه في الجغرافيا والعمران والفلك وأحوال البشر وطبائعهم والمؤثرات التي تميز بعضهم عن الآخر.
</s>
<s id="16">
دار ابن خلدون بالعاصمة التونسية
</s>
<s id="17">
اعتزل ابن خلدون الحياة بعد تجارب مليئة بالصراعات والحزن على وفاة أبويه وكثير من شيوخه إثر وباء الطاعون الذي انتشر في جميع أنحاء العالم سنة 749هجرية (1323 م) وتفرغ لأربعة سنوات في البحث والتنقيب في العلوم الإنسانية معتزلاً الناس في سنوات عمره الأخيرة، ليكتب سفره الخالد أو ما عرف بمقدمة ابن خلدون ومؤسسا لعلم الاجتماع بناء على الاستنتاج والتحليل في قصص التاريخ وحياة الإنسان
</s>
<s id="18">
واستطاع بتلك التجربة القاسية أن يمتلك صرامة موضوعية في البحث والتفكير.
</s>
<s id="19">
أقوال العلماء عنه
</s>
<s id="20">
ابتكر ابن خلدون وصاغ فلسفة للتاريخ هي بدون شك أعظم ما توصل اليه الفكر البشري في مختلف العصور والأمم
</s>
<s id="21">
أرنولد توينبي
</s>
<s id="22">
إن مؤلف ابن خلدون هو أحد أهم المؤلفات التي انجزها الفكر الإنساني
</s>
<s id="23">
جورج مارسيز
</s>
<s id="24">
ان مؤلف ابن خلدون يمثل ظهور التاريخ كعلم، وهو أروع عنصر فيما يمكن أن يسمى بالمعجزة العربية
</s>
<s id="25">
ايف لاكوست
</s>
<s id="26">
انك تنبئنا بأن ابن خلدون في القرن الرابع عشر كان أول من اكتشف دور العوامل الاقتصادية وعلاقات الإنتاج
</s>
<s id="27">
ان هذا النبأ قد أحدث وقعا مثيرا وقد اهتم به صديق الطرفين (المقصود به لينين) اهتماما خاصا
</s>
<s id="28">
من رسالة بعث بها مكسيم غوركي إلى المفكر الروسي انوتشين بتاريخ 21/ايلول سبتمبر 1912.
</s>
<s id="29">
تُرى أليس في الشرق آخرون من أمثال هذا الفيلسوف
</s>
<s id="30">
لينين
</s>
<s id="31">
ففيما يتعلق بدراسة هيكل المجتمعات وتطورها فإن أكثر الوجوه يمثل تقدما يتمثل في شخص ابن خلدون العالم والفنان ورجل الحرب والفقيه والفيلسوف الذي يضارع عمالقة النهضة عندنا بعبقريته العالمية منذ القرن الرابع عشر
</s>
<s id="32">
روجية غارودي
</s>
<s id="33">
هذا غيض من فيض مما قاله بعض أقطاب الفكر الغربيين ناهيك عن المفكرين العرب والمسلمين وفيما يلي سنحاول حصر بعض المواضيع التي تناولها ابن خلدون بالبحث دون أن ندعي أننا سنوفيها حقها وكيف نستطيع ذلك وفي كل يوم نكتشف الجديد حول هذا العالِم.
</s>
<s id="34">
نظرياته وانجازته
</s>
<s id="35">
علم التاريخ
</s>
<s id="36">
لقد تجمعت في شخصية ابن خلدون العناصر الأساسية النظرية والعملية التي تجعل منه مؤرخاً حقيقياً - رغم أنه لم يول في بداية حياته الثقافية عناية خاصة بمادة التاريخ - ذلك أنه لم يراقب الأحداث والوقائع عن بعد كبقية المؤرخين، بل ساهم إلى حد بعيد ومن موقع المسؤولية في صنع تلك الأحداث والوقائع خلال مدة طويلة من حياته العملية تجاوزت 50 عاما، وضمن بوتقة جغرافية امتدت من الاندلس وحتى بلاد الشام
</s>
<s id="37">
فقد استطاع، ولأول مرة، (اذا استثنينا بعض المحاولات البسيطة هنا وهناك) أن يوضح أن الوقائع التاريخية لا تحدث بمحض الصدفة أو بسبب قوى خارجية مجهولة، بل هي نتيجة عوامل كامنة داخل المجتمعات الإنسانية، لذلك انطلق في دراسته للأحداث التاريخية من الحركة الباطنية الجوهرية للتاريخ
</s>
<s id="38">
فعلم التاريخ، وان كان (لايزيد في ظاهره عن أخبار الايام والدول) انما هو (في باطنه نظر وتحقيق وتعليل للكائنات ومبادئها دقيق وعلم بكيفيات الوقائع وأسبابها عميق، لذلك فهو أصيل في الحكمة عريق، وجدير بأن يعد في علومها وخليق(المقدمة)
</s>
<s id="39">
فهو بذلك قد اتبع منهجا في دراسة التاريخ يجعل كل أحداثه ملازمة للعمران البشري وتسير وفق قانون ثابت.
</s>
<s id="40">
يقول: فالقانون في تمييز الحق من الباطل في الأخبار بالامكان والاستحالة أن ننظر في الاجتماع البشري الذي هو العمران ونميز ما يلحقه لذاته وبمقتضى طبعه وما يكون عارضا لا يعتد به وما لايمكن أن يعرض له، وإذا فعلنا ذلك، كان ذلك لنا قانونا في تمييز الحق من الباطل في الأخبار، والصدق من الكذب بوجه برهان لا مدخل للشك فيه، وحينئذ فاذا سمعنا عن شيء من الأحوال الواقعة في العمران علمنا ما نحكم بقبوله مما نحكم بتزييفه، وكان ذلك لنا معيارا صحيحا يتحرى به المؤرخون طريق الصدق والصواب فيما ينقلونه
</s>
<s id="41">
ا
</s>
<s id="42">
وهكذا فهو وان لم يكتشف مادة التاريخ فانه جعلها علما ووضع لها فلسفة ومنهجا علميا نقديا نقلاها من عالم الوصف السطحي والسرد غير المعلل إلى عالم التحليل العقلاني والأحداث المعللة بأسباب عامة منطقية ضمن ما يطلق عليه الآن بالحتمية التاريخية، وذلك ليس ضمن مجتمعه فحسب، بل في كافة المجتمعات الإنسانية وفي كل العصور، وهذا ما جعل منه أيضا وبحق أول من اقتحم ميدان ما يسمى بتاريخ الحضارات أو التاريخ المقارن.إني أدخل الأسباب العامة في دراسة الوقائع الجزئية، وعندئذ أفهم تاريخ الجنس البشري في إطار شامل...اني ابحث عن الأسباب والأصول للحوادث السياسية
</s>
<s id="43">
كذلك قولهداخلا من باب الأسباب على العموم على الأخبار الخصوص فاستوعب أخبار الخليقة استيعابا...وأعطي الحوادث علة أسبابا
</s>
<s id="44">
&apos;ا
</s>
<s id="45">
علم الاجتماع
</s>
<s id="46">
أصبح من المسلم به تقريبا في مشارق الأرض ومغاربها، أن ابن خلدون هو مؤسس علم الاجتماع أو علم العمران البشري كما يسميه
</s>
<s id="47">
وقد تفطن هو نفسه لهذه الحقيقة عندما قال في مقدمته التي خصصها في الواقع لهذا العلم الجديد: ..
</s>
<s id="48">
وهذا هو غرض هذا الكتاب الأول من تأليفنا...، وهو علم مستقل بنفسه موضوعه العمران البشري والاجتماع الإنساني، كما أنه علم يهدف إلى بيان ما يلحقه من العوارض والأحوال لذاته واحدة بعد أخرى، وهذا شأن كل علم من العلوم وضعيا كان أم عقليا واعلم أن الكلام في هذا الغرض مستحدث الصنعة غريب النزعة غزير الفائدة، أعثر عليه البحث وأدى اليه الغوص..
</s>
<s id="49">
وكأنه علم مستبط النشأة، ولعمري لم أقف على الكلام في منحاه لأحد من الخليقة
</s>
<s id="50">
المقدمة
</s>
<s id="51">
ويبدو واضحا ان اكتشاف ابن خلدون لهذا العلم قاده اليه منهجه التاريخي العلمي الذي ينطلق من أن الظواهر الاجتماعية تخضع لقوانين ثابتة وأنها ترتبط ببعضها ارتباط العلة بالمعلول، فكل ظاهرة لها سبب وهي في ذات الوقت سبب لللظاهرة التي تليها
</s>
<s id="52">
لذلك كان مفهوم العمران البشري عنده يشمل كل الظواهر سواء كانت سكانية أو ديمغرافية،اجتماعية، سياسية، اقتصادية أو ثقافية
</s>
<s id="53">
فهو يقول في ذلك :فهو خبر عن الاجتماع الإنساني الذي هو عمران العالم وما يعرض لطبيعة هذا العمران من الأحوال مثل التوحش والتأنس والعصبيات وأصناف التغلبات للبشر بعضهم على بعض، وما ينشأ عن الكسب والعلوم والصنائع وسائر ما يحدث في ذلك العمران بطبيعته من الأحوال
</s>
<s id="54">
المقدمة،وهنا يلامس أيضا نظرية النشوء والارتقاء لدى داروين وان لم يغص فيها
</s>
<s id="55">
ثم أخذ في تفصيل كل تلك الظواهر مبينا أسبابها وتنائجها، مبتدئا بأن بإيضاح أن الإنسان لا يستطيع العيش بمعزل عن أبناء جنسه حيث: ان الاجتماع الإنساني ضروري فالإنسان مدني بالطبع أي لا بد له من الاجتماع الذي هو المدنية..
</s>
<s id="56">
وهو معنى العمران.
</s>
<s id="57">
ثم تعرض للعمران البشري على العموم مبينا أثر البيئة في الكائنات البشرية وهو مايدخل حاليا في علم الاتنولوجيا والانثروبولوجيا
</s>
<s id="58">
ثم بعد ذلك تطرق لأنواع العمران البشري تبعا لنمط حياة البشر وأساليبهم الإنتاجية قائلا: ان اختلاف الأجيال في أحوالهم انما هو باختلاف نحلتهم في المعاش
</s>
<s id="59">
مبتدئا بالعمران البدوي باعتباره اسلوب الإنتاج الأولي الذي لا يرمي إلى الكثير من تحقيق ما هو ضروري للحياة ...ان اهل البدو المنتحلون للمعاش الطبيعي..
</s>
<s id="60">
وانهم مقتصرون على الضروري الاقوات والملابس والمساكن وسائر الأحوال والعوائد
</s>
<s id="61">
المقدمة
</s>
<s id="62">
ثم يخصص الفصل الثالث من المقدمة للدول والملك والخلافة ومراتبها وأسباب وكيفية نشوئها وسقوطها، مؤكدا أن الدعامة الأساسية للحكم تكمن في العصبية
</s>
<s id="63">
والعصبية عنده أصبحت مقولة اجتماعية احتلت مكانة بارزة في مقدمته حتى اعتبرها العديد من المؤرخين مقولة خلدونية بحتة، وهم محقون في ذلك لأن ابن خلدون اهتم بها اهتماما بالغا إلى درجة أنه ربط كل الأحداث الهامة والتغييرات الجذرية التي تطرأ على العمران البدوي أو العمران الحضري بوجود أو فقدان العصبية
</s>
<s id="64">
كما أنها في رأيه المحور الأساسي في حياة الدول والممالك
</s>
<s id="65">
ويطنب ابن خلدون في شرح مقولته تلك، مبينا أن العصبية نزعة طبيعية في البشر مذ كانوا، ذلك أنها تتولد من النسب والقرابة وتتوقف درجة قوتها أو ضعفها على درجة قرب النسب أو بعده
</s>
<s id="66">
ثم يتجاوز نطاق القرابة الضيقة المتمثلة في العائلة ويبين أن درجة النسب قد تكون في الولاء للقبيلة وهي العصبية القبلية ..
</s>
<s id="67">
ومن هذا الباب الولاء والحلف إذ نصرة كل أحد من أحد على أهل ولائه وحلفه للألفة التي تلحق النفس في اهتضام جارها أو قريبها أو نسيبها بوجه من وجوه النسب، وذلك لأجل اللحمة الحاصلة من الولاء
</s>
<s id="68">
أما إذا أصبح النسب مجهولا غامضا ولم يعد واضحا في أذهان الناس، فإن العصبية تضيع وتختفي هي أيضا
</s>
<s id="69">
..
</s>
<s id="70">
بمعنى أن النسب إذا خرج عن الوضوح انتفت النعرة التي تحمل هذه العصبية، فلا منفعة فيه حينئذ
</s>
<s id="71">
هذا ولا يمكن للنسب أن يختفي ويختلط في العمران البدوي، وذلك أن قساوة الحياة في البادية تجعل القبيلة تعيش حياة عزلة وتوحش، بحيث لا تطمح الأمم في الاختلاط بها ومشاركتها في طريقة عيشها النكداء، وبذلك يحافظ البدو على نقاوة أنسابهم، ومن ثم على عصبيتهم.
</s>
<s id="72">
..
</s>
<s id="73">
الصريح من النسب انما يوجد للمتوحشين في القفر..
</s>
<s id="74">
وذلك لما اختصوا به من نكد العيش وشظف الأحوال وسوء الموطن، حملتهم عليها الضرورة التي عينت لهم تلك القسمة..
</s>
<s id="75">
فصار لهم ألفا وعادة، وربيت فيهم أجيالهم..
</s>
<s id="76">
فلا ينزع اليهم أحدا من الأمم أن يساهم في حالهم، ولا يأنس بهم أحد من الأجيال..
</s>
<s id="77">
فيؤمن عليهم لأجل ذلك منت اختلاط انسابهم وفسادها
</s>
<s id="78">
أما إذا تطورت حياتهم وأصبحوا في رغد العيش بانضمامهم إلى الأرياف والمدن، فإن نسبهم يضيع حتما بسبب كثرة الاختلاط ويفقدون بذلك عصبيتهم
</s>
<s id="79">
..
</s>
<s id="80">
ثم يقع الاختلاط في الحواضر مع العجم وغيرهم وفسدت الانساب بالجملة ثمرتها من العصبية فاطرحت ثم تلاشت القبائل ودثرت فدثرت العصبية مدثورها وبقي ذلك في البدو كما كان
</s>
<s id="81">
وهكذا نخلص للقول في هذا الصدد بأن العصبية تكون في العمران البدوي وتفقد في العمران الحضري.
</s>
<s id="82">
العصبية والسلطة في مرحلة العمران البدوي
</s>
<s id="83">
بعد أن تعرض ابن خلدون لمفهوم العصبية وأسبا وجودها أو فقدانها، انتقل إلى موضوع حساس وهام، مبينا دور العصبية فيه، ألا وهو موضوع ((الرئاسة)) الذي سيتطور في ((العمران الحضري)) إلى مفهوم الدولة
</s>
<s id="84">
فأثناء مرحلة ((العمران البدوي)) يوجد صراع بين مختلف العصبيات على الرئاسة ضمن القبيلة الواحدة، أي ضمن العصبية العامة حيث: ((..ان كل حي أو بطن من القبائل، وان كانوا عصابة واحدة لنسبهم العام، ففيهم أيضا عصبيات أخرى لأنساب خاصة هي أشد التحاما من النسب العام لهم مثل عشير واحد أو أهل بيت واحد أو أخوة بني أب واحد، لا مثل بني العم الأقربين أو الأبعدين، فهؤلاء أقعد بنسبهم المخصوص، ويشاركون من سواهم من العصائب في النسب العام، والنعرة تقع من أهل نسبهم المخصوص ومن أهل النسب العام، ألا أنها في النسب الخاص أشد لقرب اللحمة))
</s>
<s id="85">
ومن هنا ينجم التنافس بين مختلف العصبيات الخاصة على الرئاسة، تفوز فيه بطبيعة الحال العصبة الخاصة الأقوى التي تحافظ على الرئاسة إلى أن تغلبها عصبة خاصة أخرى وهكذا.((...ولما كانت الرئاسة انما تكون بالغلب، وجب أن تكون عصبة ذلك النصاب (أي أهل العصبية الخاصة) أقوى من سائر العصبيات ليقع الغلب بها وتتم الرئاسة لأهلها..
</s>
<s id="86">
فهذا هو سر اشتراط الغلب في العصبة، ومنه تعين استمرار الرئاسة في النصاب المخصوص)).
</s>
<s id="87">
يحدد ابن خلدون مدة وراثة الرئاسة ضمن العصبية القوية بأربعة أجيال على العموم، أي بحوالي 120 سنة في تقديره.((ذلك بأن باني المجد عالم بما عاناه في بنائه ومحافظ على الخلال التي هي سبب كونه وبقائه، وبعده ابن مباشر لأبيه قد سمع منه ذلك وأخذ عنه، ألا أنه مقصر في ذلك تقصير السامع بالشئ عن المعاين له ثم إذى جاء الثالث كان حظه في الاقتفاء والتقليد خاصة فقصر عن الثاني تقصير المقلد عن المجتهد ثم إذا جاء الرابع قصر عن طريقتهم جملة وأضاع الخلال الحافظة لبناء مجدهم واحتقرها وتوهم أن أمر ذلك البنيان لم يكن بمعاناة ولاتكلف، وإنما هو أمر واجب لهم منذ أول النشأة بمجرد انتسابهم وليس بعصبية..
</s>
<s id="88">
واعتبار الأربعة من الأجيال الأربعة بان ومباشر ومقلد وهادم)).وبذلك ينهي ابن خلدون نظريته المتعلقة باسلطة أثناء مرحلة ((العمران البدوي)) ويخلص إلى نتيجة أن السلطة في تلم المرحلة مبنية أساسا على العصبية بحيث لا يمكن أن تكون لها قائمة بدونها.
</s>
<s id="89">
العصبية والسلطة في العمران الحضري
</s>
<s id="90">
انطلاقا من نظريته السابقة المتعلقة بدور العصبية في الوصول إلى الرئاسة في المجتمع البدوي، واصل ابن خلدون تحليله على نفس النسق فيما يتعلق بالسلطة في المجتمع الحضري مبينا أن العصبية الخاصة بعد استيلائها على الرئاسة تطمح إلى ما هو أكثر، أي إلى فرض سيادتها على قبائل أخرى بالقوة، وعن طريق الحروب والتغلب للوصول إلى مرحلة الملك ((..
</s>
<s id="91">
وهذا التغلب هو الملك، وهو أمر زائد على الرئاسة..
</s>
<s id="92">
فهو التغلب والحكم بالقهر، وصاحبالعصبية إذا بلغ رتبة طلب ما فوقها))
</s>
<s id="93">
معتمدا في تحقيق ذلك أساسا وبالدرجة الأولى على العصبية حيث إن ((الغاية التي تجري إليها العصبية هي الملك))
</s>
<s id="94">
فهذه اذن المرحلة الأولى في تأسيس الملك أو الدولة، وهي مرحلة لا تتم إلا من خلال العصبية.
</s>
<s id="95">
بالوصول إلى تلك المرحلة يبدأ ((العمران الحضري)) شيئا فشيئا وتصبح السلطة الجديدة تفكر في تدعيم وضعها آخذة بعين الاعتبار جميع العصبيات التابعة لها، وبذلك فانها لم تعد تعتمد على عامل النسب بل على عوامل اجتماعية وأخلاقية جديدة، يسميها اب خلدون ((الخلال))
</s>
<s id="96">
هنا تدخل الدولة في صراع مع عصبيتها، لأن وجودها أصبح يتنافى عمليا مع وجود تلك العصبية التي كانت في بداية الأمر سببا في قيامها،(يتراءى لنا مبدأ نفي النفي في المادية الجدلية )
</s>
<s id="97">
ومع نشوء يتخطى الملك عصبيته الخاصة، ويعتمد على مختلف العصبيات
</s>
<s id="98">
وبذلك تتوسع قاعدة الملك ويصبح الحاكم أغنى وأقوى من ذي قبل، بفضل توسع قاعدة الضرائب من ناحية، والأموال التي التي تدرها الصناعات الحرفية التي التي تنتعش وتزدهر في مرحلة ((العمران الحضري)) من ناحية أخرى.
</s>
<s id="99">
لتدعيم ملكه يلجأ إلى تعويض القوة العسكرية التي كانت تقدمها له العصبية الخاصة أو العامة(القبيلة) بإنشاء جيش من خارج عصبيته، وحتى من عناصر أجنبية عن قومه، وإلى اغراق رؤساء قبائل البادية بالأموال، وبمنح الإقطاعات كتعويض عن الامتيازات السياسية التي فقدوها
</s>
<s id="100">
وهكذا تبلغ الدولة الجديدة قمة مجدها في تلك المرحلة، ثم تأخذ في الانحدار حيث أن المال يبدأ في النفاذ شيئا فشيئا بسبب كثرة الانفاق على ملذات الحياة والترف والدعة
</s>
<s id="101">
وعلى الجيوش ومختلف الموظفين الذين يعتمد عليهم الحكم
</s>
<s id="102">
فيزيد في فرض الضرائب بشكل مجحف، الشئ الذي يؤدي إلى إضعاف المنتجين، فتتراجع الزراعة وتنقص حركة التجارة، وتقل الصناعات، وتزداد النقمة وبذلك يكون الحكم قد دخل مرحلة بداية النهاية، أي مرحلة الهرم التي ستنتهي حتما بزواله وقيام ملك جديد يمر بنفس الأطوار السابقة اغلتي يجملها اب خلدون في خمسة أطوار
</s>
<s id="103">
((..
</s>
<s id="104">
وحالات الدولة وأطوارها لا تعدو في الغالب خمسة أطوار.
</s>
<s id="105">
-الطور الأول طور الظفر بالبغية، وغلب المدافع والممانع، والاستيلاء على الملك وانتزاعه من أيدي الدولة السالفة قبلها.فيكون صاحب الدولة في هذا الطور أسوة بقومه في اكتساب المجد وجباية المال والمدافعة عن الحوزة والحماية لا ينفرد دونهم بشيء لأن ذلك هو مقتضى العصبية التي وقع بها الغلب، وهي لم تزل بعد بحالها.
</s>
<s id="106">
الطور الثاني طور الاستبداد على قومه والانفراد دونهم بالملك وكبحهم عن التطاول للمساهمة والمشاركة.ويكون صاحب الدولة في هذا الطور معنيا باصطناع الرجال واتخاذ الموالي والصنائع والاستكثار من ذلك، لجدع أنوف أهل عصبيته وعشيرته المقاسمين له في نسبه، الضاربين في الملك بمثل سهمه.فهو يدافعهم عن الأمر ويصدهم عن موارده ويردهم على أعقابهم أن بخلصوا إليه حتى يقر الأمر في نصابه
</s>
<s id="107">
الطور الثالث طور الفراغ والدعة لتحصيل ثمرات الملك مما تنزع طباع البشر اليه من تحصيل المال وتخليد الآثار وبعد الصيت، فسيتفرغ وسعه في الجباية وضبط الدخل والخرج، وإحصاء النفقات والقصد فيها، وتشييد المباني الحافلة والمصانع العظيمة، والامصار المتسعة، والهياكل المرتفعة، واجازة الوفود من أشرف الأمم ووجوه القبائل وبث المعروف في أهله
</s>
<s id="108">
هذا مع التوسعة على صنائعه وحاشيته في أحوالهم بالمال والجاه، واعتراض جنوده وادرار ارزاقهم وانصافهم في اعطياتهم لكل هلال، حتى يظهر أثر ذلك عليهم ذلك في ملابسهم وشكتهم وشاراتهم يوم الزينة...وهذا الطور آخر أطوار الاستبداد
</s>
<s id="109">
الطور الرابع طور القنوع والمسالمة ويكون صاحب الدولة في هذا قانعا بما أولوه سلما لأنظاره من الملوك واقتاله مقلدا للماضين من سلفه..
</s>
<s id="110">
ويرى أن الخروج عن تقليده فساد أمره وأنهم أبصر بما بنوا من مجده.
</s>
<s id="111">
الطور الخامس طور الاسراف والتبذير ويكون صاحب الدولة في هذا الطور متلفا لما جمع أولوه في سبيل الشهوات والملاذ والكرم على بطانته وفي مجالسه، واصطناع أخدان السوء وخضراء الدمن، وتقليدهم عظيمات الامور التي لا يستقلون بحملها، ولايعرفون ما يأتون ويذرون منها، مستفسدا لكبار الأولياء من قومه وصنائع سلفه، حتى يضطغنوا عليه ويتخاذلوا عن نصرته، مضيعا من جنده بما أنفق من أعطياتهم في شهواتهم..
</s>
<s id="112">
وفي هذا الطور تحصل في الدولة طبيعة الهرم، ويستولي عليها المرض المزمن الذي لا تكاد تخلص منه..أي أن تنقرض)).(المقدمة)
</s>
<s id="113">
واذن فان تحليل ابن خلدون بولادة ونمو وهرم الدولة هو ذو أهمية بالغة، لأنه ينطلق من دراسة الحركة الداخلية للدولة المتمثلة في العصبية، تلك المقولة الاجتماعية والسياسية التي تعتبر محور كل المقولات والمفاهيم الخلدونية
</s>
<s id="114">
فقد اعتمد عليها اعتمادا أساسيا في دراسته الجدلية لتطور المجتمعات الإنسانية((العمران البشري)) وكأنه يبشر منذ القرن الرابع عشر بما اصطلح على تسميته في أواخر القرن التاسع عشر وأوائل القرن العشرين بـ ((المادية الجدلية))
</s>
<s id="115">
وفي غمرة انطلاقت العلمية الرائعة الرائدة وضع إصبعة على العصب الحساس والرئيسي ،وان لم يكن الوحيد في تطور ((العمران البشري)) ألآ وهو الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="116">
علم الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="117">
ان النتيجة التي توصل إليها ابن خلدون في الفصل الثاني من مقدمته عند بحثه للعمران البدوي وهي:((ان اختلاف الأجيال في أحوالهم انما هو باختلاف نحلهم من المعاش)) قادته بالضرورة إلى دراسة عدة مقولات اقتصادية تعتبر حجر الزاوية في علم الاقتصاد الحديث، مثل دراسة الأساليب الإنتاجية التي تعاقبت على المجتمعات البشرية، وانتقال هذه الأخيرة من البداوة إلى الحضارة، أي من الزراعة إلى الصناعة والتجارة:((...وأما الفلاحة والصناعة والتجارة فهي وجوه طبيعية للمعاش.أما الفلاحة فهي متقدمة عليها كلها بالذات..وأما الصناعة فهي ثانيها ومتأخرة عنها لأنها مركبة وعلمية تصرف فيها الأفكارو الأنظار، ولهذا لا توجد غالبا إلا في أهل الحضر الذي هو متأخر عن البدو وثان عنه)).(المقدمة)
</s>
<s id="118">
يركز ابن خلدون على الصناعة جاعلا منها السبب الأساسي في الازدهار الحضاري:((ان الصنائع انما تكتمل بكمال العمران الحضري وكثرته..
</s>
<s id="119">
ان رسوخ الصنائع في الامصار انما هو برسوخ الحضارة وطول أمدها))
</s>
<s id="120">
كما تناول مقولة تقسيم العمل بالتأكيد على أن((النوع الإنساني لا يتم وجوده الا بالتعاون))، لعجز الإنسان عن تلبية جميع حاجاته مهما كانت قدرته بمفرده، حيث أن ((الصنائع في النوع الإنساني كثيرة بكثرة الاعمال المتداولة في العمران
</s>
<s id="121">
فهي بحيث تشذ عن الحصر ولا يأخذها العد..(مثل) الفلاحة والبناء والخياطة والنجارة والحياكة والتوليد والوراقة والطب...)) أما القيمة فهي في نظره ((قيمة الاعمال البشرية)):فأعلم أن ما يفيد الإنسان ويقتنيه من المتمولات ان كان من الصنائع فالمفاد المقتنى منه قيمة عمله...إذ ليس هناك الا العمل، مثل النجارة والحياكة معهما الخشب والغزل، ألا أن العمل فيهما أكثر فقيمته أكثر، وان كان من غير الصنائع فلا بد في قيمة ذلك المفاد والقنية من دخول قيمة العمل الذي حصلت به، إذ لولا العمل لم تحصل قيمتها...فقد تبين أن المفادات والمكتسبات كلها انما هي قيم الاعمال الإنسانية)).(المقدمة)
</s>
<s id="122">
ولم يغفل أيضا عن مقولة ((القيمة الزائدة)) وان لم يعالجها بشكل معمق عند تعرضه لصاحب الجاه:((وجميع ما شأنه ان تبذل فيه الاعواض من العمل يستعمل فيه الناس من غير عوض فتتوفر قيم تلك الاعمال عليه، فهو بين قيم للأعمال يكتسبها، وقيم أخرى تدعوه الضرورة إلى إخراجها، فتتوفر عليها، والأعمال لصاحب الجاه كبيرة، فتفيد الغني لأقرب وقت، ويزداد مع مرور الأيام يسارا وثروة)).(المقدمة)
</s>
<s id="123">
من كل ما تقدم نستطيع المجازفة والقول إن أعمال ابن خلدون وبالذات ((المقدمة)) تعتبر أول موسوعة في العلوم الإنسانية، بل هي باكورة العمل الموسوعي العام قبل ظهور عصر الموسوعات بحوالي خمسة قرون
</s>
<s id="124">
الفلسفة
</s>
<s id="125">
يرى ابن خلدون في المقدمة أن الفلسفة من العلوم التي استحدثت مع انتشار العمران، وأنها كثيرة في المدن ويعرِّفها قائلاً: بأن قومًا من عقلاء النوع الإنساني زعموا أن الوجود كله، الحسي منه وما وراء الحسي، تُدرك أدواته وأحواله، بأسبابها وعللها، بالأنظار الفكرية والأقيسة العقلية وأن تصحيح العقائد الإيمانية من قِبَل النظر لا من جهة السمع فإنها بعض من مدارك العقل، وهؤلاء يسمون فلاسفة جمع فيلسوف، وهو باللسان اليوناني محب الحكمة
</s>
<s id="126">
فبحثوا عن ذلك وشمروا له وحوَّموا على إصابة الغرض منه ووضعوا قانونًا يهتدي به العقل في نظره إلى التمييز بين الحق والباطل وسموه بالمنطق
</s>
<s id="127">
ويحذّر ابن خلدون الناظرين في هذا العلم من دراسته قبل الاطلاع على العلوم الشرعية من التفسير والفقه، فيقول: ¸وليكن نظر من ينظر فيها بعد الامتلاء من الشرعيات والاطلاع على التفسير والفقه ولا يُكبَّنَّ أحدٌ عليها وهو خِلْومن علوم الملة فقلَّ أن يَسلَمَ لذلك من معاطبها·.
</s>
<s id="128">
لعل ابن خلدون وابن رشد اتفقا على أن البحث في هذا العلم يستوجب الإلمام بعلوم الشرع حتى لا يضل العقل ويتوه في مجاهل الفكر المجرد لأن الشرع يرد العقل إلى البسيط لا إلى المعقد وإلى التجريب لا إلى التجريد
</s>
<s id="129">
ومن هنا كانت نصيحة هؤلاء العلماء إلى دارسي الفلسفة أن يعرفوا الشرع والنقل قبل أن يُمعنوا في التجريد العقلي.
</s>
<s id="130">
فلسفة ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="131">
امتاز ابن خلدون بسعة اطلاعه على ما كتبه القدامى على أحوال البشر وقدرته على استعراض الآراء ونقدها، ودقة الملاحظة مع حرية في التفكير وإنصاف أصحاب الآراء المخالفة لرأيه
</s>
<s id="132">
وقد كان لخبرته في الحياة السياسية والإدارية وفي القضاء، إلى جانب أسفاره الكثيرة من موطنه الأصيل تونس وبقية بلاد شمال أفريقيا إلى بلدان أخرى مثل مصر والحجاز والشام، أثر بالغ في موضوعية وعلمية كتاباته عن التاريخ وملاحظاته.
</s>
<s id="133">
بسبب فكر ابن خلدون الدبلوماسي الحكيم، أُرسل أكثر من مرة لحل نزاعات دولية، فقد عينه السلطان محمد بن الأحمر سفيراً إلى أمير قشتالة لعقد الصلح
</s>
<s id="134">
وبعد ذلك بأعوام، استعان أهل دمشق به لطلب الأمان من الحاكم المغولي تيمور لنك، والتقوا بالفعل.
</s>
<s id="135">
الغرب وابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="136">
كثير من الكتاب الغربيين وصفوا تقديم ابن خلدون للتاريخ بأنه أول تقديم لا ديني للتأريخ، وهو له تقدير كبير عندهم
</s>
<s id="137">
ربما تكون ترجمة حياة ابن خلدون من أكثر ترجمات شخصيات التاريخ الإسلامي توثيقا بسبب المؤلف الذي وضعه ابن خلدون ليؤرخ لحياته وتجاربه ودعاه التعريف بابن خلدون ورحلته شرقا وغربا، تحدث ابن خلدون في هذا الكتاب عن الكثير من تفاصيل حياته المهنية في مجال السياسة والتأليف والرحلات، ولكنه لم يضمنها كثيرا تفاصيل حياته الشخصية والعائلية.
</s>
<s id="138">
كان شمال أفريقيا أيام ابن خلدون بعد سقوط دولة الموحدين تحكمه ثلاث أسر : المغرب كان تحت سيطرة المرينيين (1196 - 1464)، غرب الجزائر كان تحت سيطرة آل عبد الودود (1236 - 1556)، تونس وشرق الجزائر وبرقة تحت سيطرة الحفصيين (1228 - 1574)
</s>
<s id="139">
التصارع بين هذه الدول الثلاثة كان على أشده للسيطرة ما أمكن من المغرب الكبير ولكن تميزت فترة الحفصيين بإشعاع ثقافي باهر.وكان المشرق العربي في أحلك الظروف آنذاك يمزقه التتار والتدهور.
</s>
<s id="140">
يبي
</s>
<s id="141">
وظائف تولاها
</s>
<s id="142">
كان ابن خلدون دبلوماسياً حكيماً أيضاً
</s>
<s id="143">
وقد أُرسل في أكثر من وظيفة دبلوماسية لحل النزاعات بين زعماء الدول: مثلاً، عينه السلطان محمد بن الاحمر سفيراً له إلى أمير قشتالة للتوصل لعقد صلح بينهما وكان صديقاً مقرباً لوزيره لسان الدين ابن الخطيب.كان وزيراً لدى أبي عبد الله الحفصي سلطان بجاية، وكان مقرباً من السلطان أبي عنان المرينىقبل أن يسعى بينهما الوشاة.
</s>
<s id="144">
وبعد ذلك بأعوام استعان به أهل دمشق لطلب الأمان من الحاكم المغولي القاسي تيمورلنك، وتم اللقاء بينهما
</s>
<s id="145">
وصف ابن خلدون اللقاء في مذكراته
</s>
<s id="146">
إذ يصف ما رآه من طباع الطاغية، ووحشيته في التعامل مع المدن التي يفتحها، ويقدم تقييماً متميزاً لكل ما شاهد في رسالة خطها لملك المغرب الخصال الإسلامية لشخصية ابن خلدون، أسلوبه الحكيم في التعامل مع تيمور لنك مثلاً، وذكائه وكرمه، وغيرها من الصفات التي أدت في نهاية المطاف لنجاته من هذه المحنة، تجعل من التعريف عملاً متميزاً عن غيره من نصوص أدب المذكرات العربية والعالمية
</s>
<s id="147">
فنحن نرى هنا الملامح الإسلامية لعالم كبير واجه المحن بصبر وشجاعة وذكاء ولباقة
</s>
<s id="148">
ويعتبر ابن خلدون مؤسس علم الاجتماع.
</s>
<s id="149">
ساهم في الدعوة للسلطان أبى حمو الزيانى سلطان تلمسان بين القبائل بعد سقوط بجاية في يد سلطان قسنطينة أبى العباس الحفصى وأرسل أخاه يحيى بن خلدون ليكون وزيراً لدى أبى حمو.
</s>
<s id="150">
وفاته
</s>
<s id="151">
توفي في مصر عام 14023 م، ودفن في مقابر الصوفية عند باب النصر شمال القاهرة
</s>
<s id="152">
وقبره غير معروف
</s>
<s id="153">
والدار التي ولد بها كائنة بنهج تربة الباي عدد 34 بتونس العاصمة بالمدينة العتيقة.
</s>
<s id="154">
له قصيدة في الحنين لموطنه تونس
</s>
<s id="155">
ويبقى ابن خلدون اليوم شاهدا على عظمة الفكر الإسلامي المتميز بالدقة والجدية العلمية والقدرة على التجديد لاثراء الفكر الإنساني.
</s>
<s id="156">
كتبه ومؤلفاته
</s>
<s id="157">
تاريخ ابن خلدون, واسمه: كتاب العبر وديوان المبتدأ والخبر في معرفة أيام العرب والعجم والبربر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الأكبر
</s>
<s id="158">
المكتبة الوقفية للكتب المصورة
</s>
<s id="159">
شفاء السائل لتهذيب المسائل، نشره وعلق عليه أغناطيوس عبده اليسوعي.
</s>
<s id="160">
مقدمة ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="161">
التعريف بابن خلدون ورحلاته شرقا وغربا (مذكراته).
</s>
<s id="162">
انظر أيضاً
</s>
<s id="163">
علم الاجتماع
</s>
<s id="164">
تعاقب دوري في تفسير التاريخ
</s>
<s id="165">
المقريزي
</s>
<s id="166">
مراجع
</s>
<s id="167">
الموسوعة العربية العالمية.
</s>
<s id="168">
التعريف بابن خلدون ورحلته غرباً وشرقاً
</s>
<s id="169">
تأليف : عبد الرحمن ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="170">
مقدمة ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="171">
مقدمة المكروديناميكا الاجتماعية
</s>
<s id="172">
الدورات المئوية والتيارات الالفية في أفريقيا / تأليف أندريه كاراطائف ISBN 5-484-00560-4
</s>
<s id="173">
الموسوعة السياسية-الحزء الثالث
</s>
<s id="174">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="175">
دار الارقم بن ابي الارقم، باب السلف الصالح صدقوا ما عاهدوا الله عليه - حكماء وعلماء وفلكيون وادباء ومفكرون وخلفاء ومبدعون مسلمون
</s>
<s id="176">
اسبانيا تحتفي بالذكرى المئوية السادسة لوفاة ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="177">
صور لتشكيلة من مقتنيات ابن خلدون الشخصية ضمن معرض ابن خلدون جسر بين الشرق والغرب في مصر
</s>
<s id="178">
ابن خلدون
</s>
<s id="179">
ابن خلدون في إسلام أونلاين
</s>
<s id="180">
كيف غير علماء المسلمين وجه العالم؟ - مقالة مترجمة
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="25" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الأردن
</s>
<s id="2">
المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية دولة عربية مسلمة تقع في المشرق العربي في جنوب غرب آسيا حيث تشكل الجزء الجنوبي الشرقي من منطقة بلاد الشام، والشمالي لمنطقة شبه الجزيرة العربية
</s>
<s id="3">
لها حدود مشتركة مع كل من سوريا من الشمال، الضفة الغربيه(فلسطين) وإسرائيل من الغرب، العراق من الشرق والسعودية من الجنوب والجنوب الشرقي
</s>
<s id="4">
كما تطل على خليج العقبة في الجنوب الغربي
</s>
<s id="5">
سميت بالأردن نسبة إلى نهر الأردن الذي يمر على حدودها الغربية.
</s>
<s id="6">
الأردن يعتبر بلد يجمع بين ثقافات وعادات وحتى لهجات كل من بلاد الشام والجزيرة العربية بشكل لافت
</s>
<s id="7">
ولا تفصل أي حدود طبيعية الأردن عن جيرانه العرب سوى نهر الأردن الذي يعتبر الحد الشمالي الفاصل لحدوده الغربية مع فلسطين
</s>
<s id="8">
اما باقي الحدود فهي امتداد لبادية الشام في الشمال والشرق وصحراء النفوذ في الجنوب، ووادي عربة إلى الجنوب الغربي.
</s>
<s id="9">
وللاردن تاريخ طويل تقف عنده الشواهد الأثرية جنبا لجنب إلى يومنا هذا من قلاع وحصون وابراج ومسارح وقصور ومقامات انبياء واضرحة لصحابة شهداء قضوا في معارك الفتح الإسلامي.
</s>
<s id="10">
في عام 1946 نالت المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية استقلالها عن بريطانيا، وكان الملك عبد الله بن الشريف الحسين أول ملك عليها بعد أن كان أمير على شرق الأردن منذ 1921.
</s>
<s id="11">
النظام بالمملكة الأردنية الهاشمية هو نظام ملكي دستوري مع حكومة تمثيليه
</s>
<s id="12">
الملك يمارس سلطته التنفيذية من خلال رئيس الوزراء ومجلس الوزراء، الذي في الوقت نفسه، هو مسؤول امام مجلس النواب المنتخب جنبا إلى جنب مع وجهاء بيت (مجلس الأعيان)، يشكلان السلطة التشريعية للدولة
</s>
<s id="13">
بالإضافة إلى السلطة القضائية المستقلة عن الحكومة التي تمثل السلطة التنفيذية.
</s>
<s id="14">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="15">
الخزنة في البتراء إحدى عجائب الدنيا السبع الجديدة
</s>
<s id="16">
مسلة الملك ميشع ملك المؤابيين
</s>
<s id="17">
استوطنت في الأردن العديد من الشعوب واقامت على ارضه حضاراتها، وتاريخ الأردن يحفل بكثير منها حيث كانت هناك ممالك العمونيون والادوميين والمؤابيون ومن ثم العرب الانباط في الجنوب، كما احتل الهكسوس المصريين والاشوريون واليونان والفرس والرومان هذه الأرض إلى أن هل عليها الفتح الإسلامي في منتصف القرن السابع للميلاد، وتقف الشواهد الأثرية في الأردن جنبا لجنب إلى يومنا هذا من قلاع وحصون وابراج ومسارح وقصور ومقامات انبياء واضرحة لصحابة شهداء قضوا في معارك الفتح الإسلامي شاهدا على تاريخ هذه الأرض المعطاء.
</s>
<s id="18">
اما بالنسبة للتاريخ المعاصر، فقد دخل الأردن قوات الثورة العربية الكبرى (1920 - 1921) بقيادة الشريف الحسين بن علي مكة وبصحبته الزعيم الوطني عودة أبو تايه وفي عام 1921 قام الأمير عبد الله الأول بن الحسين بتأسيس امارة شرق الأردن، وفي اعقاب الحرب العالمية الثانية في 25 مايو 1946 أعترفت بريطانيا بالأردن كدولة مستقلة مع الابقاء على معاهدة تنظم العلاقات بين الأردن وبريطانيا، وتم تسمية هذا اليوم يوم الاستقلال
</s>
<s id="19">
ضمت إليها الضفة الغربية بعد احتلال فلسطين عام 1948 وتم إعلان الوحدة رسميا بين الضفتين في 24/نيسان/1950م تحت اسم الأردن
</s>
<s id="20">
وفي عام 1988 أعلن الملك الحسين بن طلال فك الارتباط بالضفة الغربية وتم استبعاد النواب عن الضفة الغربية من مجلس النواب.
</s>
<s id="21">
منذ استقلال الأردن الفعلي في 1946 فقد أمضى الأردن معظم وقته تحت حكم الملك الحسين بن طلال الحفيد للملك عبد الله الأول ووالد الملك الحالي عبد الله الثاني بن الحسين
</s>
<s id="22">
فقد استمر حكمه 1953-1999 وقد تولى حكم البلاد في سن 17 أو الثامنة عشر حسب التقويم الهجري القمري.شهد عام 1951 مقتل جده في المسجد الأقصى.
</s>
<s id="23">
المناخ والجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="24">
نهر الزرقاء وجبال محافظة جرش
</s>
<s id="25">
تقسم المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية طبيعيا إلى أربعة مناطق:
</s>
<s id="26">
الصحراء في الشرق والشمال الشرقي (بادية الشام).
</s>
<s id="27">
مرتفعات الضفة الشرقية (دافئ وجاف صيفا ومعتدل ماطر شتاء).
</s>
<s id="28">
غور الأردن (حار ورطب صيفا ومعتدل شتاءا).
</s>
<s id="29">
سهل حوران الشمال الغربي(ماطر شتاء معتدل صيفا).
</s>
<s id="30">
وتتراوح معدلات درجات الحرارة السنوية بين 12-15 درجة مئوية (54-77 فهرنهايت)،
</s>
<s id="31">
وتصل في حدها الأعلى صيفا إلى الأربعينات (105-115 ف) في المناطق الصحراوية.
</s>
<s id="32">
ويتراوح معدل سقوط الأمطار من 50 ملم (1.97 إنش) سنويا في الصحراء إلى حوالي 580 ملم (22.8 إنش)
</s>
<s id="33">
في المرتفعات الشمالية
</s>
<s id="34">
تتساقط الثلوج على فترات قليلة على معظم المرتفعات الجبلية في شمال ووسط وجنوب المملكة وتكون غزيرة جدا ومتراكمة في بعض الأحيان.
</s>
<s id="35">
ويمتاز الأردن بتنوع الخصائص الجغرافية من وادي حوض نهر الأردن في الغرب إلى الصحراء
</s>
<s id="36">
في الشرق مع وجود بعض المرتفعات والتلال الصغيرة بينهما
</s>
<s id="37">
أخفض نقطة في العالم:
</s>
<s id="38">
البحر الميت، -408 متر (-1338.6 قدم) أعلى نقطة: جبل أم الدامي، 1854 متر (5689 قدم).
</s>
<s id="39">
- حسب احصائية عدد السكان لعام 2008 يبلغ عدد سكان الأردن ستة ملايين و 200الف نسمة.
</s>
<s id="40">
السياسة
</s>
<s id="41">
نظام الحكم في الأردن ملكي دستوري، ويراعى في تشكيل الحكومة تمثيلها لمختلف الاتجاهات
</s>
<s id="42">
يترأس الملك عرش المملكة، كما يتولى منصب القائد الأعلى للقوات المسلحة
</s>
<s id="43">
يمارس الملك سلطاته التنفيذية من خلال رئيس الوزراء ومجلس الوزراء
</s>
<s id="44">
ويعتبر مجلس الوزراء مسؤولاً أمام مجلس النواب المنتخب، والذي يشكل إلى جانب مجلس الأعيان الذراع التشريعي للحكومة
</s>
<s id="45">
وهذا الذراع يعمل باستقلالية تامة.
</s>
<s id="46">
السلطة التنفيذية
</s>
<s id="47">
وهي الحكومة، تعين من قبل الملك عن طريق تعيين رئيس الوزراء
</s>
<s id="48">
السلطة التشريعية
</s>
<s id="49">
وتعني مجلس الأمة بشقيه النواب :المنتخب بنظام الصوت الواحد مع كوتا الاقليات وكوتا المراة ،ومجلس الاعيان المعين من الملك والذي غالبا ما يضم من تولوا رئاسة الوزارة سابقا والمناصب المهمة بالدولة.
</s>
<s id="50">
الاحزاب
</s>
<s id="51">
عرف الأردن في تاريخة العديد من الأحزاب، الإ إن الحياة الحزبية في البلد تعثرت وتوقفت بعد 1957 ومن ثم زاد الموضوع تعقيدا بأعلان الأحكام العرفية في البلاد بعد النكسة عام 1967، إلا إنها أنها عاودت للظهور والمشاركة العلنية في عام 1989 حيث تم السماح لجميع الأحزاب الأردنية بالعمل بشكل علني في الأردن، ومن هذه الأحزاب: حزب الوحدة الشعبية الديمقراطي الأردني وحزب الشعب الديمقراطي الأردني&quot; حشد &quot; وحزب جبهة العمل الإسلامي والحزب الشيوعي الأردني وحزب البعث العربي التقدمي وحزب البعث العربي الاشتراكي الأردني..
</s>
<s id="52">
وغيرها.
</s>
<s id="53">
وهذه قائمة بأهم الأحزاب في الأردن
</s>
<s id="54">
قائمة الأحزاب السياسية في الأردن
</s>
<s id="55">
التقسيم الإداري وأهم المدن
</s>
<s id="56">
التقسيم الإداري للأردن
</s>
<s id="57">
يقسم الأردن إلى 12 محافظة محافظة البلقاء ومحافظة الزرقاء ومحافظة مادبا ومحافظة العاصمة ومحافظة إربد وعجلون ومحافظة جرش ومحافظة المفرق محافظة الكرك ومحافظة معان ومحافظة الطفيلة ومحافظة العقبة.
</s>
<s id="58">
أهم المدن
</s>
<s id="59">
عمان هي عاصمة البلاد السياسية وأكبر المدن، يبلغ عدد سكان محافظة العاصمة حوالي المليونين نسمة، لتكون بذلك حوالي ثلث سكان المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية.
</s>
<s id="60">
إربد هي عاصمة الشمال وثاني المدن الأردنية يبلغ عدد سكانها حوالي مليون نسمة.
</s>
<s id="61">
الزرقاء ثالث مدينة من حيث عدد السكان، تقع إلى الشمال الشرقي من العاصمة.
</s>
<s id="62">
السلط
</s>
<s id="63">
العقبة
</s>
<s id="64">
الكرك
</s>
<s id="65">
مادبا
</s>
<s id="66">
معان
</s>
<s id="67">
عجلون
</s>
<s id="68">
جرش
</s>
<s id="69">
المفرق
</s>
<s id="70">
الرمثا
</s>
<s id="71">
السكان
</s>
<s id="72">
مواطنون أردنيون في وسط البلد بعمان
</s>
<s id="73">
يشكل العرب الغالبية العظمى من السكان، حيث تتنوع أصول الشعب الأردني والتي تعود في بعضها إلى مناطق مختلفة من بلاد الشام والجزيرة العربية
</s>
<s id="74">
الكثير من الأردنيين تعود اصولهم إلى فلسطين، كما يضم الأردن مخيمات للاجئين الفلسطينيين المبعدين عن وطنهم منذ حرب 1948 وحرب 1967، CIA World Factbook - People of Jordan في حين تتواجد في الأردن اثنيات أخرى من الشركس والشيشان والأرمن ,ولكن الاغلبية عرب كباقي الدول العربية فاصول وبطون العشائر العربية بكل تأكيد واحدة.
</s>
<s id="75">
الكثافة السكانية تتركز في وسط وشمال البلاد
</s>
<s id="76">
الديانة الرسمية هي الإسلام بحيث تشكل نسبة المسلمين السنة(96%)
</s>
<s id="77">
في حين لا تتجاوز نسبة أتباع الطوائف الإسلامية الأخرى من الشيعة والدروز (1%)
</s>
<s id="78">
وتتمتع الأقلية المسيحية (3%) التي يتبع معظمها الكنيسة الأرثوذكسية، بحقوق دينية وسياسية
</s>
<s id="79">
CIA World Factbook
</s>
<s id="80">
اللغة الرسمية هي اللغة العربية،، اللغة الإنجليزية هي اللغة الأجنبية الأولى.
</s>
<s id="81">
هناك طبقة عمالة أجنبية كبيرة في البلاد مقارنة مع عدد السكان
</s>
<s id="82">
حيث يقدر عدد العمالة المصرية على سبيل المثال بعدة مئات من الآلاف
</s>
<s id="83">
كما يوجد عدد كبير من العراقيين المقيمين في المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية، يأتي ذلك لنزوحهم من الوضع السياسي المضطرب في بلادهم في الفترة الأخيرة بالإضافة إلى تواجد بعض الاقليات من العمالة القادمة من دول جنوب شرق آسيا التي ساهمت اتفاقيات المناطق الصناعية المؤهلة مع الولايات المتحدة بزيادة اعدادهم واكثرهم من الصين وبنغلاديش.
</s>
<s id="84">
300px
</s>
<s id="85">
ثقافة وعادات
</s>
<s id="86">
العادات العربية الموجودة في المنطقة، ستجدها في الأردن، إذ أن العادات المتعلقة بالكرم وحسن المعاملة للضيف، والمعاملة ما بين الأشخاص،
</s>
<s id="87">
وغيرها لن تجد فيها الكثير من الاختلاف ما بين الأردن وباقي الدول العربية، مما يميز الأردن هو التجانس والتمازج ما بين ثقافته، وثقافة البلاد المحيطة به، مثل السعودية والعراق وفلسطين وسورية.
</s>
<s id="88">
اللغة العربية هي اللغة الرسمية، اللغة الإنجليزية تستعمل على نطاق واسع، اللغة الفرنسية تدرس في بعض المدارس الخاصة
</s>
<s id="89">
الاقليات مثل الشركس، الارمن، الشيشان والاكراد يستخدمون لغاتهم في محيطهم الخاص.
</s>
<s id="90">
المنسف، الاكلة الشعبية في الأردن
</s>
<s id="91">
اللهجة الأردنية: هناك لهجة تميز كل منطقة من مناطق المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية عن غيرها من المناطق الأخرى
</s>
<s id="92">
إذ تتشابه لهجة أهل الشمال (قرى اربد، عجلون، الرمثا، جرش) لتشكل لهجة مميزة بعيدة نسبيا عن اللهجة البدوية على الرغم من وجود المصطلحات المشتركة والتعابير المتشابهة
</s>
<s id="93">
في حين تمتاز مناطق جنوب الأردن وشرقة بلهجة أقرب إلى البداوة ولكنها في نفس الوقت متميزة ومختلفة عن اللهجات الدارجة في دول الخليج
</s>
<s id="94">
أما عمان والزرقاء فيستعمل أهلها لهجه هجينة من اللهجات الشامية ومتطورة عنها قريبة على لهجة أهل القدس، إذ ان مانسبته 50% من سكان هاتين المدينتين من أصول فلسطينيه.
</s>
<s id="95">
من أكثر المأكولات الشعبية شهرة وشيوعا في الأردن المنسف الذي يعتبر وليمة أساسية في الأفراح والأتراح، كما أنه يعد رمز للتمسك بالإصول بالنسبة للعديد من الأردنيين, وخاصة أنه يتم تناول هذه الوجبة باستعمال اليد.، ويعد المنسف الاكلة الشعبية في الأردن.
</s>
<s id="96">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="97">
مدينة العقبة منفذ الأردن البحري الوحيد على العالم
</s>
<s id="98">
ملامح الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="99">
تعتمد الأردن على الشحادة والتبرعات والكمسنة التي يتم توزيعها على شلة الرفاعي والروابدة والجماعة الموالية الذين يمتلكون المناصب ويورثونها لاحفادهم حتى والتي سلبت الاردنيين حليب اطفالهم ملئت حياتهم هما وغماً وتعتمد ايضا على الزراعة وخاصة زراعة الزيتون فقد سميت الأردن منذ القدم ببلاد الزيتون فهي تصدر كميات هائله من زيت الزيتون إلى العالم وتقوم الأردن بصناعه المواد الخشبيه كالاثاث وتصديرها إلى دول الجوار
</s>
<s id="100">
وتصدر الأردن بشكل كبير الادويه الطبيه إلى البلدان العربية وتعد منطقه ناعور من أكثر المناطق التي تحتوي على مصانع للأدويه.
</s>
<s id="101">
الغاز الطبيعي
</s>
<s id="102">
تم اكتشاف الغاز في الأردن في عام 1987، ويقدر حجم الاحتياطي المكتشف بما يقارب 230 مليار قدم مكعب، وهي كميات متواضعة جدا بالمقارنة مع جيرانها
</s>
<s id="103">
تم تطوير حقل الريشة في الصحراء الشرقية بجانب الحدود العراقية، والحقل ينتج ما يقارب 30 مليون قدم مكعب من الغاز يوميا، ليتم ارسالها إلى محطة كهرباء قريبة لإنتاج ما يقارب 10% من حاجة المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية الكهربائية
</s>
<s id="104">
Jordan
</s>
<s id="105">
البترول
</s>
<s id="106">
رغم أن احتياطيات البترول الخام في الأردن غير تجارية، إلا أن الأردن يعتبر أحد أغنى دول العالم بمخزونات الصخر الزيتي
</s>
<s id="107">
حيث توجد كميات ضخمة جدايمكن استغلالها تجاريا في المنطقتين الوسطي والشمالية الغربية من البلاد
</s>
<s id="108">
قدر مجلس الطاقة العالمي احتياطيات الأردن بما يقارب 40 مليار طن مما يضعها كثاني أغنى دولة باحتياطيات الزيت الصخري بعد كندا، (النسبة التقديرية)، والأولى على مستوى العالم بالاكتشافات المؤكدة
</s>
<s id="109">
بنسبة استخراج بترول تصل ما بين 8٪ - 12٪ من المحتوى، يمكن إنتاج 4 مليار طن بترول من الاحتياطي الحالي، مما يضع نوعية الزيت الأردني، من ناحية الاستخراج، علي قدم المساواة مع مثيلاتها الغربية في كولورادو في الولايات المتحدة، يقدر أن هذه الكمية قد ترتفع إلى 20 مليار طن
</s>
<s id="110">
الزيت الصخري الأردني يشكل عام جيد جدا، إذ أن محتوى الرطوبة والرماد داخله منخفض نسبيا
</s>
<s id="111">
وإجمالي القيمة الحراريه (7.5 ميغاجول / كلغ)، وله محتوي كبريتي يصل إلى 9٪ من وزن المحتوي العضوي
</s>
<s id="112">
الاحتياطيات التي يمكن استغلالها سهل الوصل لها، إذ أن معظمها في مناجم مكشوفه سطحية.
</s>
<s id="113">
قامت شركة سنكور الكندية بإجراء مسوحات وتجارب في جنوب غرب عمان، وذكرت الشركة وقتها إمكانية إنتاج ما يصل إلى ما يقارب 17،000 برميل يوميا في 2006 و 67،000 برميل يوميا في 2011 ليصل إلى 210،000 برميل يوميا في 2014
</s>
<s id="114">
لكن الشركة باعت استثماراتها في منطقة جنوب عمان إلى شركتين استراليتين عام 2002
</s>
<s id="115">
Arab Petroleum Research Center, 2003, Jordan, in Arab oil &amp; gas directory 2003: Paris, France, Arab Petroleum Research Center, p
</s>
<s id="116">
191-206
</s>
<s id="117">
الموارد الأخرى (الفوسفات والسياحة)
</s>
<s id="118">
يعتمد اقتصاد المملكة بشكل رئيسي على قطاع الخدمات، التجارة، السياحة، الزراعة وعلى بعض الصناعات كاﻷسمدة والأدوية
</s>
<s id="119">
هناك نسبة كبيرة من المغتربين اﻷردنيين في المهجر ,حيث تعتبر العمالة الاردنيه بالعمالة الماهرة والمشهود لها بالكفاءة التي كانت وما زالت ترفد السوق الخليجي به وينافس العمالة الغربيه ويعنبر الأردن من أولى الدول العربية في مجال الكمبيوتر ويوجد في الأردن مصنع لتجميع الباصات ومصانع الكهربائيات ويوجد مصنع نفخر بوجوده كدوله كالاردن وهو صناعه الطائرات الصغيرة
</s>
<s id="120">
توجد مناجم فوسفات في جنوب المملكة، جاعلة من اﻷردن ثالث أكبر مصدر لهذا المعدن في العالم
</s>
<s id="121">
البوتاس، اﻷملاح، الغاز الطبيعي والحجر الكلسي هم أهم المعادن اﻷخرى المستخرجة
</s>
<s id="122">
موقع اﻷردن المميز بين جيرانه، يجعل منه بلد ترانزيت مهم لكثير من الخطوط التجارية في المنطقة
</s>
<s id="123">
حيث كان اﻷردن على سبيل المثال لكثير من السنوات منفذ العراق الخارجي على العالم أيام الحصار الدولي على العراق، وتأخذ المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية مقابل ذالك النفط من العراق بأسعار رمزية، كما تمر معظم صادرات الضفة الغربية في فلسطين باﻷردن أولا قبل تصديرها.
</s>
<s id="124">
المواصلات
</s>
<s id="125">
الملكية الأردنية الطيران الرسمي بالأردن
</s>
<s id="126">
هناك ثلاث مطارات تستقبل وتطلق رحلات دولية تجارية، اثنان منهم في عمان والثالث يقع في مدينة العقبة
</s>
<s id="127">
يوجد بالعقبة أيضاً ميناء اﻷردن البحري الوحيد
</s>
<s id="128">
لدى اﻷردن أطول حدود مشتركة مع الضفة الغربية، هناك معبرين حدوديين بين الأردن وفلسطين في مزج بيسان (جسر الملك حسين) شمالاً وفي وادي عربة جنوباً
</s>
<s id="129">
كذلك يوجد معبر جسر الملك حسين (أو جسر أللنبي) بين المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية والضفة الغربية، وهو المعبر الوحيد بيت ضفتي نهر الأردن الذي لم يغلق عبر السنوات، وتراقبه اليوم كل من الأردن والسلطة الوطنية الفلسطينية وإسرائيل
</s>
<s id="130">
شبكة الطرق جيدة إلى حد ما، تتركز حول العاصمة عمان وفي شمال وغرب المملكة
</s>
<s id="131">
هناك خط بري رئيسي يربط شمال الأردن بجنوبه، هو تقريباً ذو أربع مسارب على طول المسافة
</s>
<s id="132">
كما أن هناك طريق بري رئيسي يمتد شرقاً ليصل إلى الحدود العراقية (الرويشد) والحدود السعودية (العمري)
</s>
<s id="133">
هناك خط سكة حديد يعود إلى أيام الحكم العثماني، يقطع الأردن من شماله إلى جنوبه
</s>
<s id="134">
تم تجديده والتركيز على خط عمان - دمشق للركاب والبضائع، وخط عمان - العقبة للبضائع فقط.
</s>
<s id="135">
العملة وأسعار الصرف
</s>
<s id="136">
العملة الرسمية في الأردن هي الدينار الأردني الذي يقسم إلى 1000 فلس، أو 100 قرش
</s>
<s id="137">
ويوجد الدينار بشكل ورقي للفئات 50، 20، 10، 5، 1 دينار
</s>
<s id="138">
وتتوفر أشكال معدنية للعملة بقيمة 0.5، 0.25 دينار و 100، 50، 25، 10 ،5 فلسات
</s>
<s id="139">
سعر الدينار بشكل عام ثابت مقابل الدولار، تبلغ قيمته حوالي 1.41 دولار مقابل الدولار الأمريكي.
</s>
<s id="140">
الآثار
</s>
<s id="141">
جبل نبو في مادبا المشرف على جزء من الضفة الغربية
</s>
<s id="142">
هناك في المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية عدد لا بأس به من الآثار، هناك البتراء جنوب الأردن وتبعد عن العاصمة عمان حوالي 250 كم تقريباً، حيث أصبحت في يوم 7/7/2007 إحدى عجائب الدنيا السبع الجديدة بعد حصولها على 100 مليون صوت وحلت في المركز الثاني بعد سور الصين العظيم، ولكن هذا التصويت لم يحظى بإعتراف دولي رسمي، وهناك منطقة جرش الأثرية وتبعد عن عمان حوالي 30 كم تقريباً.
</s>
<s id="143">
الأماكن الدينية
</s>
<s id="144">
جامع الملك المؤسس في عمان
</s>
<s id="145">
في الأردن، أرض أدوم، ومؤاب، وعمّون، وجلعاد، الكثير من الأضرحة والأماكن المقدسة الإسلامية والمسيحية، وإلى هذه الأرض يفد الباحثون عن مواقع وآثار للأنبياء وللصحابة
</s>
<s id="146">
كان الأردن بابا رئيسيا للفتوحات الإسلامية، وعلى الأرض الأردنية دارت بعض المعارك التاريخية الكبرى، ومن أهمها معركة مؤتة ومعركة اليرموك ومعركة فحل.
</s>
<s id="147">
ولتخليد ذكرى الشهداء والصحابة، أقيمت المساجد والأضرحة والمقامات، التي تُبقي الانتصارات الإسلامية حية في الذهن المعاصر، ففي قرية مؤتة مؤتة يوجد ضريح جعفر بن أبي طالب، ومقام زيد بن حارثة حب رسول الله، وعبد الله بن رواحة رضي الله عنهم
</s>
<s id="148">
أما وادي الأردن (الغور) فيحتضن عددا من مقامات الصحابة الأجلاء ومنها: مقام ضرار بن الأزور ومقام أبو عبيدة عامر بن الجراح، ومقام شرحبيل بن حسنة ومقام معاذ بن جبل، ومقام سعد بن أبي وقاص.
</s>
<s id="149">
وفي وسط الأردن، قرب مدينة السلط يقع مقام النبي أيوب عليه السلام في قرية بطنا
</s>
<s id="150">
كما يوجد مقام النبي شعيب عليه السلام في منطقة وادي شعيب القريبة من السلط وضريح النبي يوشع بن نون قرب السلط أيضا وضريح النبي هارون على جبل هارون في البتراء
</s>
<s id="151">
ولعل كهف أهل الكهف (الأردن) الواقع إلى الجنوب الشرقي من عمّان، من أهم المواقع الجاذبة المقدسة للديانة المسيحية، ففي مدينة مأدبا الواقعة جنوبي عمّان، توجد أرضية الفسيفساء النادرة التي تعود إلى العهد البيزنطي في كنيسة الروم الأرثوذكس، وفيها يستطيع الزائر أن يشاهد أقدم خريطة في العالم للأرض المقدسة.
</s>
<s id="152">
وإلى الشمال في منطقة بيت إيدس والتي تقع جنوب غرب إربد يوجد مغارة تاريخية كان السيد المسيح مرّ ومكث بها، غلى جانب كنيسة قديمة في تلك المنطقة.
</s>
<s id="153">
وإلى الجنوب من مأدبا تقع قلعة مكاور التي سجن فيها النبي يحيى بن زكريا عليه السلام، وفي القلعة قطع هيرودس رأسه وقدمه على طبق هدية للراقصة اليهودية سالومي
</s>
<s id="154">
أما إلى الغرب من مأدبا، فيقع جبل نبو المطل على البحر الميت والغور، وهناك من يعتقد أن النبي موسى عليه السلام دفن في هذا الجبل الذي أقيم على قمته بناء لحماية لوحات الفسيفساء الرائعة التي تعود إلى القرنين الرابع والسادس للميلاد.
</s>
<s id="155">
وإلى الشرق من نهر الأردن، يقع المغطس في منطقة وادي الخرار التي سميت قديما ببيت عبرة، ويقال أن السيد المسيح عليه السلام وقف، وهو ابن ثلاثين عاما، بين يدي النبي يحيى بن زكريا عليه السلام لكي يتعمد بالماء، ويعلن من خلال هذا الطقس بداية رسالته للبشرية
</s>
<s id="156">
ويوجد في المكان عدة آبار للماء وبرك يعتقد أن المسيحيين الأوائل استخدموها في طقوس جماعية للعمّاد
</s>
<s id="157">
وقد قامت دائرة الآثار الأردنية بترميم الموقع الذي زاره قداسة البابا يوحنا بولس الثاني وأعلنه مكانا للحج المسيحي في العالم مع أربعة مواقع أخرى في الأردن.
</s>
<s id="158">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="159">
سائح في البحر الميت
</s>
<s id="160">
يعتبر الأردن واحداً من البلاد التي يختلط فيها الاستشفاء من أمراض الجسد مع الترويح عن النفس
</s>
<s id="161">
وذلك بفضل نعمة كبيرة أنعم الله تعالى بها على الأرض الأردنية حيث تتوافر كل مقومات العلاج الطبيعي من مياه حارة غنية بالأملاح، إلى طين بركاني، إلى طقس معتدل وطبيعة خلابة، الأمر الذي جعلها منتجعات علاجية يؤمها الكثير من طالبي الاستشفاء من الأمراض المختلفة ومن أهم هذه المنتجعات العلاجية:
</s>
<s id="162">
البحر الميت: وقد سبقت الإشارة إلى أهميته، ولكن الجدير بالذكر أن شركات التأمين الألمانية لا ترسل مرضاها للعلاج خارج ألمانيا إلا للشواطئ الشرقية للبحر الميت حصرياً للعلاج من الأمراض الجلدية.
</s>
<s id="163">
حمامات ماعين: تقع حمامات ماعين على بُعد 58 كيلومتراً جنوبي عمان، وتنخفض هذه المنطقة 120 متراً عن سطح البحر
</s>
<s id="164">
وتشتهر بمنتجعاتها وعياداتها الطبيعية التي تقدم العلاج للمصابين بالأمراض الجلدية وأمراض الدورة الدموية، وآلام العظام والمفاصل والظهر والعضلات.
</s>
<s id="165">
منطقة الحمّة الأردنية: تقع الحمة على بعد 100 كيلومتر تقريبا إلى الشمال من عمّان، وهي من أهم مواقع العلاج والسياحة في المنطقة، وقد أقيم منتجع يقدم كافة الخدمات السياحية والعلاجية.
</s>
<s id="166">
حمامات عفرا: تقع على بعد 26 كيلومتراً من مدينة الطفيلة في جنوب الأردن، وتتدفق فيها المياه من أكثر من 15 نبعاً، وتمتاز مياه هذه الينابيع بحرارتها وإحتوائها على المعادن، وإضافة إلى هذه المنتجعات العلاجية الطبيعية تمتلك المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية شبكة طبية متقدمة تابعة للقطاعين الحكومي والخاص
</s>
<s id="167">
تمتاز الخدمات الطبية فيهما بحداثة المستشفيات والمراكز الطبية، ووجود عدد من أمهر الاختصاصيين في العالم في معالجة الأمراض المختلفة.
</s>
<s id="168">
المستشفيات
</s>
<s id="169">
يعد الأردن أحد أكثر البلدان تطوراً في مجال الطب والأدوية على مستوى المنطقة وينافس الدول المتقدمة في هذا المجال، ففي العاصمة عمّان تكثر المستشفيات المتخصصة في معالجة السرطان وأمراض القلب، وأمراض العيون، والعقم، وطب الأسرة وغير ذلك من التخصصات الطبية
</s>
<s id="170">
وتعتبر مدينة الحسين الطبية من أهم المراكز الطبية في المنطقة
</s>
<s id="171">
وقد بلغ عدد المستشفيات الخاصة أكثر من 56 مستشفى يتركز معظمها في العاصمة عمان
</s>
<s id="172">
وقد استطاع مستشفى الأردن (مستشفى خاص) من الحصول على الاعتمادية الدولية (كأول مستشفى عام تخصصي في الأردن) في الأول من شهر حزيران عام 2007.
</s>
<s id="173">
المحميات الطبيعية
</s>
<s id="174">
محمية الأزرق شرق الأردن
</s>
<s id="175">
تعتبر البيئة الأردنية بيئة غنية ومتنوعة، حيث تتمتع المملكة بالثراء الطبيعي، الذي يجمع بين البادية والريف، وتتعانق فيه الصحراء مع الحقول الخضراء
</s>
<s id="176">
وتبعاً لهذا التنوع البيئي تتنوع الحياة والكائنات الحية، النباتية والحيوانية
</s>
<s id="177">
وقد تأسست المحميات الطبيعية للحفاظ على الأنواع النادرة من الحيوانات البرية، وحمايتها من الانقراض.
</s>
<s id="178">
محمية ضانا: تقع في الجنوب وتمتد على مساحة 308 كيلومتراً مربعاً
</s>
<s id="179">
أنشئت هذه المحمية عام 1993 بعد أن أصبحت المنطقة مهددة بالتصحر، وفيها منطقتان رئيسيتان للحيوانات البرية، وأربع مناطق للنباتات، وتضم منطقتا الحيوانات البرية 38 نوعاً بالإضافة إلى نحو 197 نوعاً من الطيور
</s>
<s id="180">
أما المناطق النباتية فتضم نحو 700 نوع.
</s>
<s id="181">
وادي رم، جنوب الأردن
</s>
<s id="182">
محمية الشومري: أنشئت هذه المحمية عام 1975 قرب الأزرق في الصحراء الشرقية، وتبلغ مساحتها 22 كيلومتراً مربعاً، وقد خصصت لإعادة إطلاق المها العربي الذي كان مهدداً بالانقراض
</s>
<s id="183">
ويمكن لزائر محمية الشومري القيام برحلة سفاري وسط الحيوانات البرية، ومشاهدة الطيور والحيوانات.
</s>
<s id="184">
محمية الموجب: تقع هذه المحمية على الشاطئ الشرقي للبحر الميت، وتبلغ مساحتها 220 كيلومتراً مربعاً، وتعيش فيها أنواع مختلفة من الحيوانات والنباتات البرية والطيور.
</s>
<s id="185">
محمية الأزرق: تقع هذه المحمية في واحة الأزرق في الصحراء الشرقية، على مساحة تبلغ 21 كيلومتراً مربعاً
</s>
<s id="186">
وتعتبر ممراً للطيور المهاجرة ما بين أوروبا وآسيا وإفريقيا.
</s>
<s id="187">
التعليم في ألاردن
</s>
<s id="188">
التعليم المدرسي
</s>
<s id="189">
يمكن تقسيم التعليم المدرسي في الأردن إلى :
</s>
<s id="190">
التعليم الاساسي- ومدته عشر سنوات وهو الزامي ومجاني في المدارس الحكومية وقد تم ادراج رياض الاطفال ضمن المدارس الحكوميه ومدته سنتان قبل دخول الصف الاول الاساسي
</s>
<s id="191">
التعليم الثانوي; لمدة عامين لاحراز شهادة الثانوية العامة (التوجيهي)، بفروعها المختلفة: العلمي، الأدبي، تكنولوجيا المعلومات (التجاري سابقـا ً) وله مساران (أ)و(ب)، الصناعي، الفندقي، الشرعي، التمريضي الزراعي
</s>
<s id="192">
يوجد أيضا برامج غير أردنية تعادل الثانوية العامة في بعض المدارس الأجنبية والخاصة مثل (SAT),(IGCSE),(GCE) و(IB) International Baccalaureate
</s>
<s id="193">
التعليم المهني; تدريب مهني وحرفي لمدة عامين لاحراز شهادة الاحتراف من وزارة العمل بشكل عام وهناك تخصصات مثل داعم فني صيانة كمبيوتر وتمديد شبكات وهو لمدة 10 شهور وتخصصات مثل الحلاقة والفندقة لمدة فصل واحد وبقية التخصصات مثل فنيين الآلات الدقيقة وفني الراديو والتلفزيون وفني آلات التصوير وكهربائي سيارات وميكانيكي سيارات والحدادة والنجارة واللحام تحت الماء والإنشاءات وغيرها العديد من التخصصات المطلوبة وللفتيات هناك برامج الخياطة والتجميل وصيانة الحواسيب ودورات الجرافيك ودورات الرخصة الدولية لقيادة الحاسب الآلي والمؤسسة الراعيه لهذا هي مؤسسة التدريب المهني والآن أصبح هناك أيضا تدريب مهني عسكري للشباب وهي المؤسسة الوطنية للتدريب المهني (الجيش العربي) يتخرج منها الفرد بعد عامين وفي فترة التدريب يتقاضى التلميذ مبلغ مادي ممتاز جدا ً، يعادل رواتب العسكريين وبعد التخرج فهو حر إن أراد أن يبقى ضمن الجيش أم أن يخرج بشهادة معترف بها بالأردن والخليج.
</s>
<s id="194">
وتطبق وزارة التربية والتعليم الادرنية أحدث الطرق والوسائل التعليمية مثل مباردة مدرستي التي اطلقتها الملكة رانيا العبدالله ومشروع مجالس الطلبة ومجالس اولياء الامور والمعلمين والبرلمانات الطلابية ومبادرة نحو بيئة مدرسية آمن للتخلص من العنف المدرسي واستعمال بطاقات صفراء في الصفوف المدرسية بدل العصا حيث إذا اساء الطالب خلال الحصة يرفع بوجهه المعلم بطاقة صفراء وينتظر ثلاث ثواني.
</s>
<s id="195">
ثم يذهب للطالب ليشرح له مدى سوء ما ارتكبه ثم يفتح مجال للحوارمع الطلبة حول ما يستحق هذا الطالب من عقاب جراء ما ارتكبه وبعيداً عن العنف الجسدي أو النفسي.
</s>
<s id="196">
التعليم الجامعي
</s>
<s id="197">
قاعة الملك عبد الله للاجتماعات في مستشفى جامعة العلوم والتكنولوجيا في اربد
</s>
<s id="198">
يقبل الحائزين على شهادة الثانوية العامة في الجامعات الحكومية أو الخاصة أو الكليات
</s>
<s id="199">
تطبق معظم الجامعات في الأردن النموذج الأمريكي الجامعي القائم على نظام الساعات (Credit Hours) الذي يمنح الطلبة المرونة لاختيار عدد الساعات واوقات الدوام الصباحي أو المسائي
</s>
<s id="200">
هنالك عشرة جامعات حكومية معظمها مرتبط بجامعات في الولايات المتحدة والمملكة المتحدة
</s>
<s id="201">
هنالك أيضا سبعة عشر جامعة خاصة معترف بها على مستوى الدول العربية، وبعض الجامعات الأجنبية كالجامعة الأمريكية والجامعة الألمانية الأردنية
</s>
<s id="202">
تستقطب الجامعات الأردنية كل عام عدد كبير من الطلبة الأجانب العرب وغير العرب.
</s>
<s id="203">
المراحل والدرجات الجامعية:
</s>
<s id="204">
درجة الشهادة الجامعية المتوسطة (الدبلوم) وهي من كليات المجتمع ومدتها سنتان ما بعد الثانوية.
</s>
<s id="205">
الدرجة الجامعية الأولى: درجة البكالوريوس (Bachelor) مدة الدراسة خمسة سنوات للهندسة والصيدلة، ستة للطب واربعة للتخصصات الأخرى.
</s>
<s id="206">
الدرجة الجامعية الثانية: درجة الماجستير (Master) مدة الدراسة من سنة إلى سنتان، يوجد أيضا شهادات غير أردنية في بعض الجامعات الخاصة الأجنبية تعادل الماجستير الأردني كشهادة (DEA) شهادة الدراسات المعمقة (Diplôme d&apos;Etudes Approfondies) وهي شهادة الماجستير حسب النظام الفرنسي، وشهادة الماجستير الألمانية (Magisterstudium)، وشهادة (MBA) وهي درجة إدارة الأعمال للطلبة ذوي الخبرة.
</s>
<s id="207">
الدرجة الجامعية الثالثة: الدكتوراة (Doctorate) مدة الدراسة من ثلاثة إلى خمسة سنوات، تخصصات محدودة جدا كالشريعة واللغة العربية.
</s>
<s id="208">
القوات المسلحة الأردنية
</s>
<s id="209">
القوات الخاصة 71 في أحد المناورات التدريبية
</s>
<s id="210">
نصب الجندي الأردني في معركة الكرامة
</s>
<s id="211">
الاسم الرسمي للقوات المسلحة في الأردن هو الجيش العربي
</s>
<s id="212">
تعود نشأة الجيش العربي إلى نخبة من رجال الثورة العربية الكبرى الذين خرجوا مع الأمير عبد الله بن الحسين (المؤسس) من منطقة الحجاز لتحرير بلاد الشام حيث عمل الأمير عبد الله على تشكيل أول حكومة وطنية في شرق الأردن في 11 أبريل عام 1921
</s>
<s id="213">
وأطلق سمو الأمير على القوات المسلحة الأردنية اسم الجيش العربي منذ عام 1923م.
</s>
<s id="214">
إشترك الجيش العربي في جميع معارك العرب المصيرية تقريباً منذ حرب 1948 مرورا بحربا عام 1967و معركة الكرامة وانتهاءاً بحرب تشرين عام 1973.
</s>
<s id="215">
في الوقت الحالي يعد الجيش العربي من أكثر جيوش المنطقة تنظيماً وتدريباً، وتضم القوات المسلحة الأردنية في تنظيمها ما يلي القيادة العامة للقوات المسلحة الأردنية :
</s>
<s id="216">
الصنوف الرئيسية:
</s>
<s id="217">
القوات البرية.
</s>
<s id="218">
سلاح الجو الملكي.
</s>
<s id="219">
القوة البحرية الملكية.
</s>
<s id="220">
أسلحة الإسناد:
</s>
<s id="221">
سلاح المدفعية الملكي.
</s>
<s id="222">
الدفاع الجوي الميداني الملكي.
</s>
<s id="223">
سلاح الهندسة الملكي.
</s>
<s id="224">
سلاح اللاسلكي الملكي.
</s>
<s id="225">
الحرب الإليكترونية.
</s>
<s id="226">
الخدمات:
</s>
<s id="227">
سلاح الصيانة الملكي.
</s>
<s id="228">
التموين والنقل الملكي.
</s>
<s id="229">
الخدمات الطبية الملكية.
</s>
<s id="230">
الشرطة العسكرية الملكية.
</s>
<s id="231">
الرياضة
</s>
<s id="232">
يعد الأردن من أكثر الدول العربية في آسيا اهتماما بالشباب والرياضة بشكل عام، ويتجلى ذلك في عدد المجمعات والمدن الرياضية المخصصة للشباب ومن أهمها : مدينة الحسين الرياضية مدينة الحسين للشباب في عمان وحدائق الحسين في عمّان، مدينة الحسن للشباب في اربد ومدينة الأمير محمد للشباب في الزرقاء مدينة الأمير محمد في الزرقاء ..
</s>
<s id="233">
مما اثر ايجابا على مشاركات الأردن في بطولات عربية وإقليمية ودولية كثيرة وخاصة على مستوى كرة القدم وكرة السلة، اللتان تلقيا إقبالا واهتماما كبيرا من قبل الشباب الأردني
</s>
<s id="234">
كذلك ألعاب الدفاع عن النفس والسباحة وكرة التنس واليد والفروسية كلها ألعاب يقبل عليها الشباب في هذا البلد بشغف.
</s>
<s id="235">
كما ساهم المجلس الأعلى للشباب بتنمية قدرات الشباب من جميع النواحي الحياتيه عن طريق نشر مراكز الشباب في مختلف محافظات المملكه.
</s>
<s id="236">
من أكثر الأندية شعبية بين الجمهور الأردني على مستوى كرة القدم، هي أندية الوحدات والفيصلي وشباب الاردن بالإضافة إلى اندية أخرى مثل نادي البقعة ونادي الحسين اربدو...الخ - كما يلقى نادي زين والنادي الأرثوذكسي ونادي التطبيقية ونادي الأرينا..
</s>
<s id="237">
الخ اهتماما كبير من قبل الجمهور ومشجعي كرة السلة الأردنية.
</s>
<s id="238">
الأعياد الوطنية والمناسبات الدينية
</s>
<s id="239">
مصادر
</s>
<s id="240">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="241">
موقع الحكومة الأردنية الرسمي
</s>
<s id="242">
وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي
</s>
<s id="243">
موقع زُر الأردن - وزارة السياحية
</s>
<s id="244">
تاريخ الأردن على موقع نوسوعة LOOKLEX
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="26" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
المملكة الأردنية الهاشمية
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل الأردن
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="27" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
جنو/لينكس
</s>
<s id="2">
جنو/لِينُكس هو نظام تشغيل حُر مفتوح المصدر
</s>
<s id="3">
بسبب تطوره في إطار مشروع جنو، يتمتع جنو/لينكس بدرجة عالية من الحرية في تعديل وتشغيل وتوزيع وتطوير أجزاءه، ويعتبر جنو/لينكس من الأنظمة الشبيهة بيونكس ويصنف ضمن عائلة يونكس إلى جانب أنظمة أخرى بعضها تجاري وبعضها حُر كسولاريس وفري بي.إس.دي.
</s>
<s id="4">
بسبب الحرية التي يوفرها جنو/لينكس فقد فتح المجال للآخرين للتطوير عليه بشكل نجح في التأسيس لنظام تطوره أطراف متعدّدة، حتى أصبح يعمل على طيف عريض من المنصات تتراوح بين الخادمات العملاقة وأجهزة الهاتف الجوال، وتطورت واجهات المستخدم العاملة عليه لتدعم كل لغات العالم تقريبا، وبسبب كونه حر ومفتوح المصدر وسهولة تطويع وتغيير سلوك النظام، فإن سرعة تطوره عالية وأعداد مستخدميه تتزايد على مستوى الأجهزة الشخصية والخادمات.
</s>
<s id="5">
يعتبر جنو/لينكس من البرمجيات الحرة، وجنو/لينكس بكونه نظاما حرا لا يعني بالضرورة كونه نظاما مجانيا إذ أن الجهة التي تريد البرنامج مسؤولة عن توفير الكود المصدري للبرنامج ولكنها في نفس الوقت حرة في أن تبيع وتحدد سعر النسخة التي قامت ببنائها
</s>
<s id="6">
تم إنتاج العديد من التوزيعات لنظام جنو/لينكس إذ قامت العديد من المجموعات بتجميع البرامج المفتوحة المصدر على هيئات مختلفة لتسهيل تركيب النظام وللوصول إلى أهداف مختلفة، يستعمل البعض مصطلح إصدارات أو نكهات للإشارة إلى التوزيعات المختلفة إلي تتراوح استخدامها من الحاسوب المنزلي إلى الخوادم
</s>
<s id="7">
لكل إصدار أو توزيع أو نكهة مميزات خاصة ولا يمكن الجزم بأن إصدار معين هو أفضل من إصدار آخر فبعض التوزيعات يعتبر أفضل من قبل المتحدثين بلغة معينة وبعض التوزيعات مفضل من قبل المستخدمين الجدد.
</s>
<s id="8">
تاريخ تطوره
</s>
<s id="9">
مشروع جنو
</s>
<s id="10">
ريتشارد ستالمان، مؤسس مشروع جنو للنظام الحر.
</s>
<s id="11">
بدأ ريتشارد ستالمن مشروع جنو في 27 سبتمبر من العام 1983، لبناء نظام تشغيل حر بالكامل يوفر لمستخدمي الحاسوب حريتهم ويعفيهم من الاضطرار لاستخدام برمجيات محتكره تسلبهم حريتهم في تعديل وتطويع ومشاركة البرمجيات مع بعضهم البعض
</s>
<s id="12">
بدأ المشروع في كتابة نظام التشغيل جنو تقريبا من الصفر عن طريق كتابة أدوات بديلة لأدوات نظام يونكس بحيث تستبدلها الواحدة تلو الأخرى حتى يكتمل نظام التشغيل
</s>
<s id="13">
مع نهاية الثمانيات وبداية التسعينات كانت تقريبا كل المكونات الأساسية لنظام جنو قد اكتملت ماعدا النواة، فحتى ذلك الوقت لم تكن هناك نواة مكتملة لنظام جنو ولكن كانت هناك محاولات لا تزال في بدايتها لعمل نواة (والتي عرفت فيما بعد باسم هيرد) مبنية على النوية ماخ، لكن هذا استغرق وقتا طويلا جدا
</s>
<s id="14">
هنا أتى دور النواة لينكس.
</s>
<s id="15">
النواة
</s>
<s id="16">
لينوس تورفالدس، منشئ النواة لينكس.
</s>
<s id="17">
في هذه الأثناء، عام 1991، بدأ تطوير نواة أخرى كهواية للطالب الفنلدي لينوس تورفالدز أثناء دراسته في جامعة هلسينكي في فنلندا
</s>
<s id="18">
في البداية استخدم تورفالدز مينيكس على حاسوبه الشخصي، وهو نسخة مبسطة لنظام تشغيل شبيه بيونكس طورها الأستاذ أندرو تانينباوم لتستخدم في تدريس تصميم أنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="19">
لكن تانينباوم لم يكن يسمح للآخرين بتطوير مينيكس، مما دفع لينوس لكتابة بديل له.
</s>
<s id="20">
في البداية كان من الضروري وجود حاسوب يعمل بمينكس لإعداد وتثبيت جنو/لينكس، كما كانت هناك حاجة أيضا لنظام تشغيل آخر ليقوم بتحميل وتشغيل جنو/لينكس
</s>
<s id="21">
لكن بعد ذلك ظهرت محملات إقلاع مستقلة مثل ليلو
</s>
<s id="22">
تفوق نظام جنو/لينكس بسرعة على مينكس وظيفيا؛ طوع تورفالدز ومطوري النواة لينكس الأوائل عملهم ليعمل مع مكونات جنو وأدوات بيئة المستخدم لعمل نظام تشغيل كامل الوظيفة وحر.
</s>
<s id="23">
حاليا، ما زال تورفالدز يوجه عملية تطوير النواة، بينما تطور مكونات أخرى مثل جنو بشكل مستقل (تطوير النواة لينكس ليس جزءا من مشروع جنو)
</s>
<s id="24">
تقوم مجموعات وشركات أخرى بتوزيع هذه المكونات مع بعضها البعض على شكل توزيعات لينكس
</s>
<s id="25">
علاقة لينكس بجنو
</s>
<s id="26">
مشروع جنو كان يهدف إلى إنشاء نظام تشغيل شبيه بيونكس، وبالفعل بدأ العمل عليه في 1985 وتم برمجة العديد من الأدوات التي تخص نظم التشغيل مثل محررات النصوص والمجمّعات، وفي أواخر الثمانينيات كانت كل المكونات الرئيسية للنظام موجودة عدا النواة وبالفعل بدأ العمل على المشروع الذي عرف فيما بعد باسم هيرد ولكن أخذت هذه النواة فترة طويلة من أجل برمجتها، وبعد فترة قليلة من بدأ العمل في هيرد ظهرت النواة لينكس بصورة مستقلة عن مشروع جنو، لكن المهتمين بالحصول على نظام حر متكامل بدؤوا العمل على تطويع النواة لينكس لتعمل مع جنو، وبالتالي اندمجت النواة لينكس وأدوات مشروع جنو لتكوين نظام تشغيل حر تماما وقابل للاستخدام بدون أي مكونات غير حرة.
</s>
<s id="27">
يقصد الناس غالبا بكلمة &quot;لينكس&quot; نظام التشغيل المتكامل الذي يحتوي على الواجهة الرسومية والبرامج الأخرى من المجمّعات وغيره، ولكن في الحقيقة يفضل مناصري مشروع جنو وخصوصا ريتشارد ستالمن إطلاق اسم جنو/لينكس على النظام، لأن في الحقيقة لينكس عبارة عن نواة نظام تشغيل بينما تشكل أدوات جنو الجزء الأكبر من النظام وبدونها تصبح النواة لينكس بلا فائدة تقريبا، وبالإشارة إلى جنو يتذكر الناس الفكرة وراء النظام متمثلة في مشروع جنو وفلسفته.
</s>
<s id="28">
التطور والنضوج
</s>
<s id="29">
هناك العديد من العوامل وراء الاهتمام الذي ناله النظام في بدايته من قبل المطورين
</s>
<s id="30">
منها الترخيص الذي يخضع له النظام
</s>
<s id="31">
لكن العامل الأهم كان التكامل الذي حدث ما بين مشروع لينكس، ومشروع جنو
</s>
<s id="32">
إذ أن لينكس وفر النواة التي يمكن أن تعمل فوقها المئات من برامج جنو
</s>
<s id="33">
وكان الاتحاد ما بين لينكس وجنو ما أعطى نظام متكاملا، بكامل الأدوات والبرامج التي يحتاجها أي مستخدم في ذلك الوقت
</s>
<s id="34">
عندما قام تورفالدز بكتابة لينكس في أول مرة كان يدعم معالجات 386 فقط ولا يمكن تصريفه برمجيًا إلا من خلال نظام مينكس، ولكنه اليوم يدعم العديد من المعالجات والأجهزة، حتى أنه يستعمل حاليا في الأجهزة المحمولة والمدمجة، وكذلك فيما يخص قطع الحاسب والعتاد بكل أنواعه.
</s>
<s id="35">
يتمتع نظام جنو/لينكس بدرجة عالية من الأمن والموثوقية
</s>
<s id="36">
حتى أنه يستعمل في أكثر الأماكن حساسية، مما زاد من دعم النظم له وانتشاره، ودعم الشركات المنتجة للبرامج والحلول له، إذ أصبح من الممكن استعمال نظام قواعد البيانات أوراكل في جنو/لينكس، كما أن مجموعة كبيرة من حلول الشركات المقدمة من IBM وHP ونوفل وغيرها أصبحت متوفرة و/أو مبنية على جنو/لينكس
</s>
<s id="37">
لأن نظام جنو/لينكس يتطلب وجود صلاحيات لتنفيذ أي أمر وبسبب كون الفيروسات تقوم بتنفيذ أعمال محددة وبآلية معينة فإنه من الصعوبة أن يحصل الفيروس على صلاحية للقيام بعمل تخريبي هذا بالنسبة للفيروسات الموجهة لبرامج جنو/لينكس أما الفيروسات الموجهة للنواة فإنها تصادف مشكلة التطور المستمر للنواة.
</s>
<s id="38">
تدعم النواة لينكس كما كبيرا من أنواع العتاد بل إنه يتفوق على كثير من الأنظمة الأخرى في هذه الناحية، فسرعة تطور لينكس تجعلها يوفر دعما لقطع العتاد الحديثة جدا بصورة سريعة، كما أنه يدعم قطع العتاد شديدة القدم التي توقفت الكثير من الأنظمة الأخرى عن دعمها
</s>
<s id="39">
لكن أحيانا تواجه لينكس مشاكل في دعم قطع العتاد التي لا يوجد وثائق تساعد علي كتابة دعم لها وتمتنع الشركات المصنعة لهذه القطع عن توفير دعم لها على لينكس مثل الكثير من المودمات الداخلية.
</s>
<s id="40">
يتميز جنو/لينكس بالثبات ونظام الأمن الأكثر إحكاما كما أنه توجد له بعض الإصدارات أو التوزيعات القابلة للعمل علي أجهزة مختلفة مثل أجهزة آي بي إم والمتوافقة معها وأجهزة ماكنتوش وأجهزة أميجا بل والأجهزة الكبيرة التي تعتمـد علي معالجـات RISC والمعروفـة بين النـاس باسـم الأجهـزة Mini / Mainframe 
</s>
<s id="41">
تحتوي النواة لينكس على كل المميزات الموجودة في أي نظام تشغيل ومنها أسلوب اشتراك معالج واحد بين وظائف مستقلة ومتعددة وكذلك يسمح النواة باستعمال ممتد تكراري من ذاكرة الحاسوب والذي يسمى بالذاكرة التخيلية التي تؤدي إلى تحسين الأداء حيث يقوم قسم إدارة الذاكرة بتقسيم ذاكرة الحاسب الرئيسية إلى أقسام صغيرة للحد من مشكلة تشبع الذاكرة
</s>
<s id="42">
جنو/لينكس نظام حساس لحالة الأحرف على خلاف أكثر الأنظمةِ فإن الأحرف الكبيرة والأحرف الصغيرة تشكل اختلافا كبيرا في جنو/لينكس .
</s>
<s id="43">
التطبيقات
</s>
<s id="44">
واجهة كي.دي.إي في توزيعة سوسي لينكس.
</s>
<s id="45">
استخدم جنو/لينكس تاريخيا بشكل أساسي كنظام تشغيل للمخدمات، لكن كلفته الضئيلة ومرونته وشبهه بنظام يونكس جعله ملائما للعديد من التطبيقات.
</s>
<s id="46">
نتيجة لكلفته الضئيلة والقدرة العالية على ضبطه وإعداده، أصبح جنو/لينكس أحد أهم الأنظمة المضمنة ضمن مجموعات التلفزيونية وأنظمة الهواتف النقالة والأجهزة الإلكترونية المحمولة.
</s>
<s id="47">
ينتشر جنو/لينكس (إلى جانب كونه نظام خوادم) أيضا كنظام تشغيل للحواسيب الفائقة supercomputer
</s>
<s id="48">
في نشرة نوفمبر 2005 لأسرع 500 حاسوب فائق، كان أسرع حاسوبين يعملان بنظام جنو/لينكس، ومن أصل الخمسمائة حاسوب، 371 (74.2%) كانوا يعملون بنسخ مختلفة من جنو/لينكس، سبعة من العشرة الأوائل كانت تعمل أيضا بنظام جنو/لينكس.
</s>
<s id="49">
التوظيف
</s>
<s id="50">
جرى تهيئة جنو/لينكس في فترة مبكرة إلى تصاميم غير 80386 من إنتل التي صمم ليعمل عليها في الأساس، واليوم تعمل النواة لينكس على تشكيلة كبيرة من التصاميم تشمل عائلة معالجات إنتل وسبارك وباور بي سي، وعلى منصات تتراوح بين الأجهزة المحمولة وخوادم z9 الضخمة من IBM، وهو قابل للاستخدام لعديد من الأغراض ولتطبيقات متنوعة.
</s>
<s id="51">
جنو/لينكس على أجهزة سطح المكتب (الحاسوب الشخصي)
</s>
<s id="52">
تقليديا لم يكن جنو/لينكس نظاما موجها للمستخدمين المكتبيين والمنازل، لكن في السنوات الأخيرة حدثت تغييرات كثيرة في هذا الاتجاه وبدأ جنو/لينكس يضع قدما بين أنظمة المكتب.
</s>
<s id="53">
الانتشار الواسع لأجهزة الحاسوب الشخصية المستخدمة للتطبيقات المكتبية والاستخدام اليومي تتطلب شرطا أساسيا بأن يكون نظام قابلا للاستخدام الحقيقي، والتنوع الكبير للمهام المناطة بالحواسيب اليوم من تقديم خدمات الشبكات إلى برمجيات الوسائط المتعددة، كبيئة لتطوير البرمجيات والبرامج المكتبية وحتى للتسلية والألعاب ؛ فتوزيعات جنو/لينكس الحالية تفتقر إلى الدعم من شركات البرامج الكبرى مما جعل النظام شبه خالي من البرامج التجارية إلا ما ندر منها، والمشكلة القائمة والحرجة وهي أن جنو/لينكس لا يشغل تطبيقات مايكروسوفت ويندوز بشكل افتراضي، ولحل هذه المشكلة فإن مشاريع مثل واين تسعى لتشغيل التطبيقات المصممة لويندوز في بيئة جنو/لينكس، ولكن لا تغطي سوى جزء من تلك البرامج.
</s>
<s id="54">
بسبب تصميم النظام، أصبح جنو/لينكس حكراً على السيرفرات وكنظام مدمج في بعض الأجهزة، وكنظام سطح مكتب هناك العديد من المشاكل التي تعرقل
</s>
<s id="55">
النظام من أن يكون نظام سطح مكتب :
</s>
<s id="56">
نظام جنو/لينكس لا يحتوي على واجهة رسومية إفتراضية (مدمجة) كباقي الأنظمة، ولكن يستخدم نظام X للنوافذ.
</s>
<s id="57">
نظام جنو/لينكس لا يحتوي على مكتبات إفتراضية مدمجة معه مما يجعل النظام غير قابل للعمل بدون توفير مكتبات مثل glibc أو اي مكتبة متوافقة معها.
</s>
<s id="58">
النظام لا يحتوي على أوامر API خاصة بالواجهة الرسومية GUI يمكن البرمجة عليها بشكل إفتراضي على غرار باقي الأنظمة الرسومية.
</s>
<s id="59">
يوجد المئات من التوزيعات له على شبكة الانترنت مما يجعل الشركات غير قادرة على دعمه من ناحية العتاد والبرامج بسبب الأختلافات بين هذه التوزيعات مما سيجعل الشركات تنفق الكثير من مواردها بدون جدوى لان نسبة انتشار النظام لا تتعدى 0.6%.
</s>
<s id="60">
تصميم النظام يجعله عرضة لمشاكل أزلية مثل مشكلة الاعتمادية، بالرغم من توفير التوزيعات لبرنامج مدير للحزم إلا أن مثل هذه البرامج لا توفر حل جيد.
</s>
<s id="61">
جنو/لينكس كنظام تشغيل للخوادم
</s>
<s id="62">
بسبب توافق جنو/لينكس مع أنظمة أخرى من عائلة يونكس، نمت معدلات استخدام جنو/لينكس كنظام تشغيل للخوادم بسرعة، وجعل ذلك جنو/لينكس مستخدما ومنذ فترة مبكرة في بيئة الخوادم مشغلا تطبيقات كخوادم الويب، وقواعد البيانات والبريد، وبذلك نما سوق جنو/لينكس بشكل مستمر وقوي كنظام تشغيل للخوادم.
</s>
<s id="63">
التوزيعات
</s>
<s id="64">
تستعمل النواة لينكس كجزء من مجموعة شاملة من النظام وتطبيقاته تدعى توزيعة &quot;distro&quot;، كل توزيعة يتم بناءها وترجمتها برمجيا وتجميعها من قبل أفراد أو شركات أو مجموعات مبرمجين يضمنونها اختياراتهم من البرمجيات والتطبيقات وأداة تثبيت النظام إضافة لمنسق حزم Package Manager وعدة واجهات للمستخدم.
</s>
<s id="65">
يتم إنشاء التوزيعات بأهداف مختلفة منها دعم بعض معماريات الحاسب، أو تطبيع النظام لمنطقة معينة أو لغة معينة، أو التطبيقات ذات الزمن الحقيقي إضافة للأنظمة المضمنة وغالبا تتضمن فقط برمجيات حرة.
</s>
<s id="66">
حاليا تتواجد هناك أكثر من ثلاثمائة توزيعة جنو/لينكس حول العالم يتم تطويرها بشكل دائم وتحديثها، من ضمنها اثنا عشر توزيعة تلقى شعبية ورواجا كبيرين.
</s>
<s id="67">
التوزيعة النموذجية تتضمن دوما النواة لينكس، بعض المكتبات الحرة والأدوات الضرورية، الغلاف shell، نظام النوفذة إكس ومجموعة بيئات سطح المكتب المرافقة للنظام مثل كي.دي.إي وجنوم مع آلاف البرمجيات والحزم البرمجية من طقم المكتب إلى المصرفات compiler ومحررات النصوص وبعض البرامج العلمية.
</s>
<s id="68">
استخدام سطح المكتب
</s>
<s id="69">
واجهة جنوم.
</s>
<s id="70">
المستوى العالي المتاح للوصول إلى أعماق جنو/لينكس كان سببا هاما في كون مستخدمي جنو/لينكس ذوي توجهات تكنولوجية وبرمجية أكثر من أنظمة ويندوز وماك أو.إس المغلقة والتي تلائم أكثر المبتدئين
</s>
<s id="71">
لذلك كثيرا ما يطلق على مستخدمي جنو/لينكس أسماء مثل جيك geek
</s>
<s id="72">
والسبب هو كون جنو/لينكس وغيره من مشاريع البرمجيات الحرة والمفتوحة المصدر لم تصمم لتلائم سهولة الاستعمال التي يتطلبها غير المختصين والمبتدئين بالحوسبة.
</s>
<s id="73">
بالرغم من انتشار جنو/لينكس خلال السنوات الأربع الماضية بشكل بسيط إلا ان العديد من شركات العتاد لم تقدم دعماً يذكر له وذلك بحجة أنه لم ينتشر
</s>
<s id="74">
بنسبة عالية تجعله يستحق الدعم.
</s>
<s id="75">
الدعم الفني
</s>
<s id="76">
يتوفر الدعم الفني لجنو/لينكس إما عن طريق خدمة مدفوعة الأجر تقدمها شركات تجارية وهنا تظهر مميزات البرمجيات الحرة؛ فتوفر المصدر يجعل مجال المنافسة مفتوحا للجميع وليس حكرا على شركة معينة - التي تملك المصدر - مما يعني تنوع في الخدمة وفائدة أكبر للمستخدم فيمكنه اختيار من يشاء حسب احتياجاته وارتياحه للخدمة المقدمة
</s>
<s id="77">
أو دعم مجاني يوفره مجتمع جنو/لينكس والبرمجيات الحرة، عادة في المنتديات أو برامج المحادثة كالآى آر سي والمجموعات الإخبارية أو القوائم البريدية
</s>
<s id="78">
كما توجد في أغلب المدن الكبرى بالعالم مجموعات مستخدمي لينكس التي عادة ما تقوم بتنظيم نفسها لتقديم الدعم الفني لأعضائها وللمناطق المجاورة لها.
</s>
<s id="79">
فبالرخم من الإنتشار الطفيف لجنو/لينكس في الأونة الأخيرة إلا أن العديد من التوزيعات لم تقدم تسهيلات جيدة تسمح باستخدامه بسهولة ضمن واجهة المستخدم الرسومية.
</s>
<s id="80">
يمكن استخدم جنو/لينكس حاليا ولكن العديد من المستخدمين لن يستغنوا عن انظمتهم السابقة بالكامل إلا إذا كانوا يستخدمون الحاسوب لامور بسيطة مثل تصفح الانترنت أو تحرير النصوص.
</s>
<s id="81">
يوجد في جنو/لينكس العديد من التطبيقات المختلفة ولكنها لا ترتقي إلى مستوى تلك الموجودة في أنظمة ويندوز وماك أو إس، خاصة ألعاب الحاسوب حيث لا يوجد في جنو/لينكس سوى القليل من الألعاب التجارية والتي تعد على أصابع اليد وغالباً ما تصدر بعد صدور اللعبة على باقي الأنظمة والمنصات بعدة شهور.
</s>
<s id="82">
نظام العمل للشركات التجارية التي تقدم الدعم لجنو/لينكس يعتمد عادةً على نظام الدفع للدعم خاصة للمستخدمين من قطاع الأعمال حيث تقدم الشركات نسخ من توزيعاتها للأعمال التجارية تكون مدفوعة الثمن وتقدم حزم دعم وأدوات لإدارة عمليات التثبيت والمهام الإدارية للنظام.
</s>
<s id="83">
المراجع والمصادر
</s>
<s id="84">
كتاب: Linux Administration (ص: 22)
</s>
<s id="85">
linuxgazette
</s>
<s id="86">
unixguide
</s>
<s id="87">
نطق لينكس
</s>
<s id="88">
راجع أيضاً
</s>
<s id="89">
جنو
</s>
<s id="90">
مينكس
</s>
<s id="91">
بي.إس.دي
</s>
<s id="92">
مجموعات مستخدمي لينكس
</s>
<s id="93">
برمجيات حرة
</s>
<s id="94">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="95">
linux-ar.org — موقع عربي لدعم لينكس والبرامج الحرة.
</s>
<s id="96">
مجتمع لينكس العربي
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="28" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
مصدر مفتوح
</s>
<s id="2">
المصدر المفتوح هو مصطلح يعبر عن مجموع من المبادئ التي تكفل الوصول إلى تصميم وإنتاج البضائع والمعرفة
</s>
<s id="3">
يستخدم المصطلح عادة ليشير إلى شيفرات البرامج (الأكواد) المتاحة بدون قيود الملكية الفكرية
</s>
<s id="4">
وهذا يتيح لمستخدمي البرمجيات الحرية الكاملة في الإطلاع على المصادر البرمجية للبرامج، وتعديها، وإضافة مزايا جديدة لها.
</s>
<s id="5">
ظهر مصطلح (Open Source) الذي يتم ترجمته للمصدر المفتوح، في نهاية التسعينات من قبل إريك ريموند (Eric Steven Raymond) في محاوله منه لإيجاد مصطلح بديل عن مصطلح برمجيات حرة (free software)الذي كان يفهم خطأ على أنه برمجيات مجانية بسبب اللبس الحاصل في معاني كلمة Free في اللغة الإنجليزية، كما في لغات أخرى كثيرة توجد كلمتان منفصلتان للتعبير عن ما هو مجاني (gratis) ما هو حر (libre)
</s>
<s id="6">
إذ كان قطاع الأعمال يتخوف من العمل في لينكس والبرمجيات الحرة، لأن كلمة (Free) كانت تعني لهم المجانية، وبالتالي عدم وجود أرباح، ولكن مع المصطلح الجديد قل هذا اللبس.
</s>
<s id="7">
حاليا، يتم استعمال مصطلح البرمجيات المفتوحة المصدر في الإعلام بشكل أساسي، للدلالة على البرمجيات الحرة
</s>
<s id="8">
لكن خلال تطور مفهوم المصدر المفتوح، قام بروس بيرنس بتطوير تعريف للبرمجيات المفتوحة المصدر.
</s>
<s id="9">
التعريف
</s>
<s id="10">
من الممكن اختصار تعريف البرمجيات المفتوحة المصدر، بأنها البرمجيات التي تحقق الشروط التالية:
</s>
<s id="11">
حرية إعادة توزيع البرنامج.
</s>
<s id="12">
توفر النص المصدري للبرنامج، وحرية توزيع النص المصدري.
</s>
<s id="13">
حرية إنتاج برمجيات مشتقة أو معدلة من البرنامج الأصلي، وحرية توزيعها تحت نفس الترخيص للبرمجيات الأصلي.
</s>
<s id="14">
من الممكن أن يمنع الترخيص توزيع النص المصدري للنسخ المعدلة على شرط السماح بتوزيع ملفات التي تحتوي على التعديلات بجانب النص الأصلي.
</s>
<s id="15">
عدم وجود أي تمييز في الترخيص لأي مجموعة أو أشخاص.
</s>
<s id="16">
عدم وجود أي تحديد لمجالات استخدام البرنامج.
</s>
<s id="17">
الحقوق الموجودة في الترخيص يجب أن تعطى لكل من يتم توزيع البرنامج إليه.
</s>
<s id="18">
وهذه الميزات الأساسية لأي ترخيص من الممكن أن يطلق عليه ترخيص مفتوح المصدر.
</s>
<s id="19">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="20">
موقع مبادرة المصدر المفتوح
</s>
<s id="21">
موقع المصدر المفتوح كبديل - قاعدة بيانات بأشهر البرامج التجارية والبدائل الحرة لها.
</s>
<s id="22">
موقع دليل برمجيات المصدر المفتوح - الدليل العربي لبرمجيات المصدر المفتوح مبوب حسب التصنيفات العامة للبرمجيات.
</s>
<s id="23">
النادي العربي للمصادر المفتوحة - كل ما تريد أن تعرفة عن المصادر المفتوحة.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="29" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
مفتوح المصدر
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل مصدر مفتوح
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="30" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
ميدياويكي
</s>
<s id="2">
ميدياويكي هو برنامج لإدارة مواقع الويكي مستخدم في كافة مشاريع مؤسسة ويكيميديا، وكافة الويكيات المستضافة في ويكيا، بالإضافة إلى مواقع أخرى كثيرة.
</s>
<s id="3">
تم تطويره في الأصل ليخدم احتياجات ويكيبيديا، الموسوعة الحرة، لكنه الآن يستخدم لإدارة المعرفة وكنظام إدارة محتوى
</s>
<s id="4">
والجدير بالذكر أن نوفل Novell تستعمل ميدياويكي لتشغيل العديد من مواقعها ذات معدلات زيارة مرتفعة.
</s>
<s id="5">
اللغة المستخدمة في برمجة ميدياويكي هي بي‌ إتش ‌بي PHP وهي متكاملة مع قواعد بيانات ماي إس كيو إل MySQL وبوستجري إس كيو إل PostgreSQL
</s>
<s id="6">
ميدياويكي منشور تحت رخصة جنو العمومية وهو حر ومفتوح المصدر.
</s>
<s id="7">
تاريخ ميدياويكي
</s>
<s id="8">
البرنامج الحالي من ميدياويكي كتب أصلاً من أجل ويكيبيديا من قبل لي دانيل كروكر ، وكانت الواجهة من تصميم ماجنس مانسكي
</s>
<s id="9">
في الأصل كانت ويكيبيديا تستخدم محرك ويكي صغير يدعي UserModWiki وكان مكتوباً بلغة بيرل
</s>
<s id="10">
فيما بعد تم الإنتقال إلى برنامج مانسكي المبني على لغة PHP لتقديم المزيد من الإضافات
</s>
<s id="11">
لكن مع الاستخدام المتزايد الذي أدي إلى مشاكل في التحميل ، قام دانيل كروكر بإعادة كتابة البرنامج مع قواعد بيانات MySQL قابلة للتوسيع.
</s>
<s id="12">
إبتداءاً من الإصدارات الأولي لبرنامج مانسكي ، تم إعطاء البرنامج العديد من الأسماء المستعارة التي تصف مراحل تطور البرنامج مثل &quot;برنامج الـ PHP&quot; ، &quot;المرحلة 2&quot; ، &quot;المرحلة 3&quot;
</s>
<s id="13">
بعد إشهار مؤسسة ويكيميديا في 20 يونيو 2003 ، تم تسمية البرنامج باسم ميدياويكي MediaWiki على سبيل اللعب في اسم Wikimedia.
</s>
<s id="14">
ابتكرر شعار ميدياويكي إريك موإيلير باستخدام صورة فوتوغرافية لزهرة ، في الأصل تم تقديم هذا الشعار ليكون شعار ويكيبيديا الجديد في مسابقة عالمية عقدت في صيف 2003
</s>
<s id="15">
فاز الشعار بالمركز الثالث ، وتم اختياره لتمثيل ميدياويكي بدلاً من ويكيبيديا، وتم اختيار الشعار الفائز بالمركز الثاني ليمثل مؤسسة ويكيميديا ، والشعار الفائز بالمركز الأول ذهب لتمثيل ويكيبيديا ذاتها
</s>
<s id="16">
وتمثل الأقواس المربعة المزدوجة على جانبي الزهرة للدلالة على الصيغة النحوية التي تستخدم في ميدياويكي لإنشاء روابط فائقة لصفحات ويكي أخرى.
</s>
<s id="17">
المميزات
</s>
<s id="18">
يتميز ميدياويكي بالعديد من المزايا المتواجدة أصلاً فيه مع نظام يسمح بإضافة إمتدادات Extensions تقوم بإضافة خصائص إضافية.
</s>
<s id="19">
انظر أيضًا
</s>
<s id="20">
ويكي
</s>
<s id="21">
موين.موين
</s>
<s id="22">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="23">
موقع ميدياويكي
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="31" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
ويكي
</s>
<s id="2">
ويكي هو نوع من المواقع الإلكترونية يسمح للزوار بإضافة المحتويات وتعديلها دون أي قيود في الغالب، وقد تشير كلمة ويكي أيضًا إلى برامج الويكي المستخدمة في تشغيل هذا النوع من المواقع
</s>
<s id="3">
تعني كلمة ويكي (/wiːkiː/) بلغة هاواي &quot;سريع&quot;، وقد استخدمت هذه الكلمة لهذا النوع من أنظمة إدارة المحتوى للدلالة على السرعة والسهولة في تعديل محتويات المواقع.
</s>
<s id="4">
تاريخ ويكي
</s>
<s id="5">
أول موقع اطلق عليه اسم &quot;ويكي&quot; ظهر في 25 مارس 1995 وهو موقع &quot;بورتلاند باترن ريبازيتوري&quot; Portland Pattern Repository أي &quot;مستودع بورتلاند للنماذج - أو للصيغ&quot;
</s>
<s id="6">
وقد أنشأه وورد كانينغهام وهو الذي اختار لفظ &quot;ويكي&quot; لهذا النوع من المواقع، وفي آواخر التسعينيات من القرن الماضي ازداد استخدام برامج ويكي لإنشاء قواعد معلومات خاصة أو عامة، واليوم يعتبر القسم الإنجليزي من موسوعة ويكيبيديا أكبر موقع ويكي على شبكة الإنترنت.
</s>
<s id="7">
الخصائص المميزة
</s>
<s id="8">
تتيح برامج الويكي للزوار أن يحرروا مواضيع الموقع جماعيًا وبلغة ترميز بسيطة وباستخدام المتصفح
</s>
<s id="9">
ما يميز مواقع الويكي بشكل عام هو سهولة إنشاء مواضيع جديدة أو تحديث مواضيع قديمة وتعديلها دون الحاجة إلى وجود رقابة توافق على إنشاء الصفحات أو تعديلها عادةً، وبعض مواقع الويكي لا تتطلب حتى تسجيل الدخول في الموقع لإنشاء أو تعديل مواضيع فيهامميزات أضافية.
</s>
<s id="10">
الوصلات المتشعبة
</s>
<s id="11">
تحتفظ مواقع ويكي بكل محتوياتها في قاعدة بيانات متشعبة، وتستطيع مواقع ويكي معرفة كل صفحة وكل وصلة تصل بين الصفحات، ولا يهم موقع الصفحات هنا، على المشارك في تحرير محتويات الويكي أن يجعل بعض الكلمات تعمل كوصلة وسيقوم موقع ويكي بتفعيل هذه الوصلات، إن كانت الوصلة تشير إلى صفحة موجودة سينتقل الزائر لها، وإن كانت تشير إلى صفحة غير موجودة سيظهر نموذج لإضافة محتوياتها، وعندما تنشأ الصفحة سيقوم موقع الويكي تلقائيًا بتفعيل كل وصلة تصل هذه الصفحة الجديدة وهذا جيد جدا.
</s>
<s id="12">
تنظيم المحتويات
</s>
<s id="13">
لا توجد هيكلية محددة لتنظيم المحتويات في مواقع ويكي، فيمكن لأي موقع أن ينظم محتوياته بالأسلوب الذي يناسبه، عادة لا تحوي مواقع ويكي على صفحات تنظم المحتويات إلا في مواقع ويكي الكبيرة مثل ويكيبيديا، ففي ويكيبيديا هناك صفحة رئيسية تقود الزائر إلى أقسام فرعية أو إلى المواضيع مباشرة، ويمكن الانتقال من موضوع إلى آخر دون الحاجة إلى المرور على صفحات تنظم المحتويات وتقسمها، هذه المرونة في ويكي غير متوفرة في المواقع التقليدية التي تجبر صاحب الموقع على إنشاء هيكل محدد لمحتويات الموقع قبل وضع هذه المحتويات، أما في ويكي يمكن لصاحب الموقع كتابة المحتويات ثم تنظيمها بالطريقة التي يريدها وتناسبه.
</s>
<s id="14">
انى اراىانا هذا مشروع لا قيمة لة
</s>
<s id="15">
التحكم بالتعديلات
</s>
<s id="16">
مواقع ويكي صممت بحيث يستطيع أي شخص أن يصحح الأخطاء بسهولة، بدلاً من التركيز على تجنب الأخطاء، لذلك مواقع ويكي تعتبر حرة تماماً ويمكن لأي شخص أن يرتكب الأخطاء، لأن هذه الأخطاء ستصحح من قبل الشخص نفسه أو من قبل أناس آخرين، وهناك خاصية متوفرة في أغلب مواقع ويكي وهي صفحة أحدث التغييرات والتي تعرض قائمة بآخر التعديلات التي أجريت على صفحات موقع ويكي، هذه القائمة توفر وظيفتين، الأولى هي عرض الصفحة قبل آخر تعديل، والثانية هي عرض الاختلاف بين الصفحة الحالية وآخر تعديل أجري عليها، بهذا الأسلوب يستطيع أي كاتب أن يعرف ماذا أضيف للموضوع في كل تعديل، ويمكن إرجاع الصفحة إلى تعديل سابق في حال أن التعديلات الأخيرة لم تكن صالحة.
</s>
<s id="17">
بعض برامج ويكي تقدم خاصية مفيدة، حيث يمكن لشخص ما أن يراقب المواضيع التي تهمه، ويمكنه رؤية التعديلات التي جرت لهذه المواضيع من خلال قائمة خاصة تسمى &quot;قائمة مراقبتي&quot;، فقد لا ينتبه المرء إلى أن صفحة ما عدلت لأنه لم ير التعديل في صفحة أحدث التغييرات، لكن قائمة مراقبتي تضمن أنه سيرى كل تعديل على الصفحات التي يراقبها، هذه الخاصية متوفرة في برنامج ميدياويكي الذي يستخدم لإدارة موقع ويكيبيديا .
</s>
<s id="18">
هعناهن
</s>
<s id="19">
العبث والتخريب
</s>
<s id="20">
طبيعة مواقع ويكي المفتوحة للجميع والتي تتيح للجميع تعديل المقالات تسمح للبعض أن يعبثوا في المواضيع، وأسباب هذا التخريب كثيرة، فالبعض يعبث لمجرد العبث وتجربة الموقع، والبعض يريد حذف ما لا يوافق رأيه أو تخريب المقالات التي تخالفه الرأي، والبعض يكتب مقالات جديدة لا علاقة لها بتخصص أو توجه الموقع، قد تكون هذه المقالات دعاية له أو دعاية ضد شخص ما أو فكر معين.
</s>
<s id="21">
الكثير من برامج ويكي تتيح لمدراء الموقع حماية الصفحات فلا يستطيع أحد تعديلها، وهذا الإجراء يتخذ في حالة المواضيع الخلافية التي يكثر تعديلها دون الوصول إلى وجهة نظر محايدة ترضي جميع الأطراف، وقد تضطر مواقع ويكي في بعض الأحيان إلى وقف الكتابة والتعديل تماماً في كل الموقع.
</s>
<s id="22">
بشكل عام يمكن تعديل أي تخريب وإعادة الصفحات إلى ما كانت عليه قبل التخريب، لذلك من الأفضل ترك المخرب يعبث كما يشاء لأنه سيتوقف لاحقاً، بعد ذلك يمكن لأي شخص إصلاح ما عبث به المخرب، ويمكن في بعض المواقع وقف المخرب عن طريق رقم IP فلا يستطيع تخريب المقالات أو في بعض الحالات منعه تماماً من تصفح الموقع وقراءة محتوياته.
</s>
<s id="23">
مواقع الويكي العربية
</s>
<s id="24">
هناك فقر واضح في مواقع الويكي العربية، حيث لا يتجاوز عددها أصابع اليد الواحدة حسب موقع ويكي إندكس، بينما يصل عدد مواقع الويكي الإنجليزية 2,800 والألمانية 400 موقع
</s>
<s id="25">
ومن مواقع الويكي العربية ويكيبيديا، وجوريسبيديا (القانون المشارك) وموقع أرشيف الدراما السوريّة والمعرفة (موقع ويب).
</s>
<s id="26">
انظر أيضًا
</s>
<s id="27">
برنامج ويكي
</s>
<s id="28">
نظام إدارة المحتوى
</s>
<s id="29">
ويب 2.0
</s>
<s id="30">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="31">
Wikis at HowStuffWorks.
</s>
<s id="32">
WikiWikiWeb, the first wiki
</s>
<s id="33">
Wikipatterns.com A toolbox of patterns and anti-patterns, and a guide to major stages of wiki adoption that explores patterns to apply at each stage.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="32" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
انترنت
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل إنترنت
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="33" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
نظام تشغيل
</s>
<s id="2">
نظام التشغيل هو برنامج مسؤول عن إدارة موارد عتاد وبرمجيات الحاسوب، يقوم نظام التشغيل بالمهام اﻷساسية مثل إدارة وتخصيص مصادر الحاسوب (الذاكرة، القرص الصلب، الوصول للأجهزة الطرفية الملحقة..إلخ)، ترتيب أولوية التعامل مع اﻷوامر، التحكم في أجهزة اﻹدخال واﻹخراج، تسهيل الشبكات، وإدارة الملفات.
</s>
<s id="3">
مقدمة
</s>
<s id="4">
Ubuntu
</s>
<s id="5">
الحواسيب الحديثة متعددة اﻷغراض، شاملة الحواسيب الشخصية والحواسيب العملاقة(mainframes)، لها نظام تشغيل ليشغل باقي البرامج مثل التطبيقات البرمجية comme windows
</s>
<s id="6">
تشمل اﻷمثلة على أنظمة تشغيل الحواسيب الشخصية ميكروسوفت ويندوز، لينوكس، ماك أو.إس(داروين)، ويونكس.
</s>
<s id="7">
تشمل الفوائد اﻷساسية لنظام تشغيل ما يلى:
</s>
<s id="8">
يسمح بتشغيل أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت
</s>
<s id="9">
يسهل برمجة التطبيقات البرمجية، ﻷن البرنامج لن يحتاج إلى التعامل مع العتاد مباشرة
</s>
<s id="10">
يدير نظام التشغيل العتاد وتفاعله مع البرمجيات
</s>
<s id="11">
كما يوفر أيضا واجهة عالية المستوى للعتاد وطريقة للتفاعل مع البرامج اﻷخرى.
</s>
<s id="12">
المستوى اﻷدنى من أي نظام تشغيل هو نواته
</s>
<s id="13">
هذه هي الطبقة اﻷولى من البرمجيات التي يتم تحميلها في الذاكرة عند إقلاع النظام أو بدء التشغيل
</s>
<s id="14">
توفر النواة إمكانية الوصول إلى الخدمات المركزية الشائعة اﻷخرى لكل برامج النظام والتطبيقات
</s>
<s id="15">
هذه الخدمات تشمل(وليس فقط): جدولة المهام، إدارة الذاكرة، الوصول للقرص، والوصول ﻷجهزة العتاد.
</s>
<s id="16">
كما هو الحال بالنسبة للنواة، فإن نظام التشغيل كثيرا ما يزود ببرمجيات نظام ﻹدارة واجهة المستخدم الرسومية (بالرغم من إدماج ويندوز وماكينتوش لهذه البرامج في نظام التشغيل)
</s>
<s id="17">
وأيضا أدوات لمهام مثل إدارة الملفات وإعداد نظام التشغيل
</s>
<s id="18">
في أحيان كثيرة يوزع مع نظام التشغيل برمجيات ليست لها علاقة مباشرة بالوظائف اﻷساسية لنظام التشغيل، ولكن من يوزع نظام التشغيل وجد فائدة في توزيعها معه.
</s>
<s id="19">
الفاصل بين نظام التشغيل وبرمجيات التطبيقات غير واضح، وكثيرا ما يكون موضع خلاف
</s>
<s id="20">
من وجهة النظر التجارية أو القانونية، فإن الفصل يعتمد على سياق اﻹهتمامات الداخلة في الموضوع
</s>
<s id="21">
على سبيل المثال، واحد من اﻷسئلة الرئيسية في قضية الولايات المتحدة ضد ميكرسوفت هو هل متصفح ويب ميكروسوفت جزأ من نظام التشغيل أم لا.
</s>
<s id="22">
كما هو الحال مع مصطلح &quot;نظام تشغيل&quot;، فإن الخلاف يدور أحيانا حول ما الذي يجب على النواة إدارته يالتحديد، مع النقاش حول هل يجب أن تكون أشياء مثل نظام الملفات في النواة أم لا
</s>
<s id="23">
البعض يؤيد النواة الصغريه، والبعض النواة الاحاديه وهكذا.
</s>
<s id="24">
تستخدم أنظمة التشغيل على أغلب، وليس كل الحواسيب
</s>
<s id="25">
الحواسيب اﻷبسط، شاملة اﻷنظمة المغروسة اﻷصغر والعديد من الحواسيب المبكرة بدون نظام تشغيل، بدلا من هذا يعتمدوا على برامج التطبيقات لتدير العتاد بمعرفتها، وربما بمساعدة مكتبات صممت لهذا الغرض.
</s>
<s id="26">
الخدمات
</s>
<s id="27">
إدارة العمليات
</s>
<s id="28">
أى عمل في حاسوب، سواء كان خدمة تعمل في الخلفية أو تطبيق، يجرى داخل عملية
</s>
<s id="29">
ما دامت معمارية جون فون نيومان تستخدم في بناء الحاسوب، فلا يمكن تشغيل سوى عملية واحدة لكل و.م.م في كل مرة
</s>
<s id="30">
أنظمة التشغيل اﻷقدم مثل إم إس-دوس لا تقدم أى محاولة لتجاوز هذه المحدودية وفي الحقيقة يمكن لعملية واحدة فقط أن تعمل عليهم
</s>
<s id="31">
تستطيع اﻷنظمة الحديثة محاكاة تشغيل أكثر من عملية مرة واحدة (متعددة المهام) على و.م.م واحدة
</s>
<s id="32">
إدارة العمليات هي طريقة نظام التشغيل في التعامل مع العمليات العديدة العاملة
</s>
<s id="33">
حيث أن أغلب الحواسيب تحتوى على و.م.م مفردة ذات قلب واحد، فإن الحصول على تعدد المهام يكون ببساطة عن طريق التحويل بين المهام بسرعة
</s>
<s id="34">
ومع زيادة العمليات التي يشغلها المستخدم يصبح نصيب كل عملية من الوقت أقل، في كثير اﻷنظمة قد يسبب هذا مشاكل مثل تخطى أجزاء من ملفات الصوت أو حركة مرتعشة لمؤشر الفأرة
</s>
<s id="35">
تشمل إدارة العمليات الحساب والتوزيع &quot;للأنصبة الزمنية&quot;.
</s>
<s id="36">
القرص وأنظمة الملفات
</s>
<s id="37">
لدى الكثير من أنظمة التشغيل العديد من أنظمة الملفات التي يمكن استخدامها بشكل طبيعى، لينوكس لديه أكبر تنوع من أنظمة الملفات هذه، وهي إكس تي 2 ،ext3 ،ReiserFS ،Reiser4 ،GFS ،GFS2 ،OCFS ،OCFS2 ،NILFS
</s>
<s id="38">
كما يدعم لينوكس أيضا أنظمة ملفات XFS وJFS بشكل كامل
</s>
<s id="39">
مع دعم لنظام ملفات جدول توزيع الملف (FAT)وNTFS
</s>
<s id="40">
أما ويندوز فمحدود من ناحية دعمه ﻷنظمة الملفات حيث يدعم فقط: FAT12 ،FAT16 ،FAT32، و NTFS.
</s>
<s id="41">
بالنسبة ﻷغلب أنظمة الملفات التي ذكرناها هناك طريقتان لتخصيصها
</s>
<s id="42">
فالنظام هو إما أن يكون نظام الملفات المزود بقيد حوادث أيْ مزود بقيد للحوادث وإما غير journaled
</s>
<s id="43">
يعتبر النظام المزود بقيد الحوادث journaled خياراً آمناً في حالات تعافي النظام
</s>
<s id="44">
لو حدث أن توقف النظام عن العمل فجأة (في حالة انقطاع الكهرباء مثلا) فإن نظام الملفات غير المزود بقيد للحوادث سيحتاج إلى نوع من الفحص في حين يحدث هذا تلقائيا في أنظمة الملفات المزودة بقيد الحوادث.
</s>
<s id="45">
من أنظمة ملفات ويندوز المزودة بقيد الحوادث هي NTFS فقط، في حين أن كل أنظمة ملفات لينكس هي كذلك ما عدا ext2.
</s>
<s id="46">
يتكون كل نظام ملفات من أدلة وأدلة فرعية منفصلة
</s>
<s id="47">
ومع ذلك هناك اختلافات غير ملحوظة فمثلا أنظمة ملفات ويندوز تفصل بين المجلدات بالشرطة المائلة الراجعة &quot;\&quot; وأسماء الملفات غير حساسة لحالة اﻷحرف، على حين في يونكس يفصل بين المجلدات باستخدام الشرطة المائلة &quot;\&quot; وأسماء الملفات حساسة لحالة اﻷحرف.
</s>
<s id="48">
الشبكات
</s>
<s id="49">
أغلب أنظمة التشغيل الحديثة قادرة على استخدام بروتوكول الشبكات العالمى TCP/IP
</s>
<s id="50">
مما يعنى أن أحد اﻷنظمة يمكن أن يظهر في شبكة نظام آخر، ويشاركه المصادر مثل الملفات، والطابعة، وماسح الصور.
</s>
<s id="51">
الكثير من أنظمة التشغيل أيضا تدعم واحد أو أكثر من البروتوكولات التقليدية الخاصة بكل مصنّع، مثل SNA في أنظمة آي‌ بي‌ إم، والبروتوكولات الخاصة بميكروسوفت في ويندوز
</s>
<s id="52">
هناك أيضا بروتوكولات خاصة بمهام معينة مثل NFS للوصول للملفات.
</s>
<s id="53">
اﻷمن
</s>
<s id="54">
اﻷمن من منظور نظام التشغيل يعنى: التحقق من المستخدمين قبل السماح بالوصول، تصنيف مستوى السماحية بالوصول الذي يملكه المستخدم، وتحجيم مستوى الوصول تبعا للسياسة التي يحددها مدير النظام.
</s>
<s id="55">
واجهة المستخدم
</s>
<s id="56">
أغلب أنظمة التشغيل الحديثة اليوم توفر واجهة مستخدم رسومية(GUI)
</s>
<s id="57">
بعض أنظمة التشغيل اﻷقدم تربط بشكل وثيق بين الواجهة الرسومية والنواة مثل اﻹصدارات اﻷولى من ويندوز وماك أو.إس
</s>
<s id="58">
أنظمة التشغيل اﻷحدث تفصل بين نظام الرسوميات الفرعى والنواة (كما في ماك أو.إس.إكس واﻷنظمة المبنية على ويندوز إن.تى.)
</s>
<s id="59">
مشغلات العتاد
</s>
<s id="60">
مشغل العتاد هو قطعة من برمجيات الحاسوب صممت لتسمح بالتفاعل بين العتاد والبرمجيات.
</s>
<s id="61">
واجهة التطبيقات
</s>
<s id="62">
هذه الواجهة توفر لمطوري البرامج والتطبيقات مجموعة من الدوال الأساسية التي يكثر استعمالها مثل دوال لإدارة الذاكرة والدوال الرسومية ودوال لإدارة الملفات وغيرها
</s>
<s id="63">
هذه الواجهة تسهل عمل المبرمج حيث انها توفر عليه القيام بهذه المهمات في البرامج التي يكتبها.
</s>
<s id="64">
الوظائف الأساسية
</s>
<s id="65">
لنظام التشغيل وظائف أساسية في عمل الحاسوب من أهمها:
</s>
<s id="66">
تنظيم ملفات المستخدم على العديد من وسائط التخزين (Storage Media) كالقرص الصلب والقرص المضغوط (CDROM)
</s>
<s id="67">
كما ويعتمد كل نظام تشغيل على نظام ملف(File System) خاص به، مثلا، تعتمد معظم أنظمة تشغيل مايكروسوفت ويندوز الجديدة على نظام NTFS.
</s>
<s id="68">
تنظيم البرامج المحمَلة على الحاسوب وقطع الأجهزة(hardware) المتصلة به، كالشاشة والطابعة ولوحة المفاتيح...الخ
</s>
<s id="69">
معالجة أخطاء قطع الأجهزة والبرامج وتفادي خسارة المعلومات.
</s>
<s id="70">
المحافظة على سرية النظام وذلك لضمان عدم الوصول غير المسموح به للبيانات والبرمجيات.
</s>
<s id="71">
إدارة الذاكرة الرئيسية ووحدات الإدخال والإخراج وإدارة وحدة المعالجة ووحدات التخزين الثانوي.
</s>
<s id="72">
بعض الأنظمة المتوفرة
</s>
<s id="73">
مايكروسوفت ويندوز، طور في العام 1992 في النسخة Widows3.1
</s>
<s id="74">
ماك أو إس عشرة من شركة أبل، الذي بدأ تطويره في عام ١٩٨١، ذي المصدر المفتوح والذي يتمتع بشهرة كبيرة في المجال الإعلامي والتلفزيوني
</s>
<s id="75">
جنو/لينكس الحر مفتوح المصدر
</s>
<s id="76">
(يمكن تنزيله عبر الانترنت)
</s>
<s id="77">
يونكس
</s>
<s id="78">
طور في العام 1969، يتمتع بشهرة كبيرة في الأوساط الأكاديمية لدوره الكبير في تطوير شبكة إنترنت.
</s>
<s id="79">
رياكت أو إس نظام تشغيل حر مفتوح المصدر متوافق مع نظام ويندوز.
</s>
<s id="80">
إم إس - دوس
</s>
<s id="81">
أو إس/2 المطور من قبل اي بي ام
</s>
<s id="82">
سولاريس: من شركة Sun وهو نظام تشغيل قوى ويتمتع بواجهة رسومية.
</s>
<s id="83">
اقرأ أيضا
</s>
<s id="84">
تاريخ أنظمة تشغيل الحواسيب
</s>
<s id="85">
علم الحاسبات
</s>
<s id="86">
هندسة البرامج
</s>
<s id="87">
تطوير نظم التشغيل
</s>
<s id="88">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="89">
تاريخ أنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="90">
قائمة أنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="91">
مقارنة بين أنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="92">
مقارنة بين أنظمة التشغيل مفتوحة المصدر
</s>
<s id="93">
مقارنة بين أنظمة تشغيل بي.إس.دي
</s>
<s id="94">
مقارنة بين نوى أنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="95">
الخط الزمني لأنظمة التشغيل
</s>
<s id="96">
نظام تشغيل موثوق Trusted operating system
</s>
<s id="97">
Important publications in operating systems
</s>
<s id="98">
نظام تشغيل هوليوود Hollywood operating system - computer clichés in movies and television
</s>
<s id="99">
مواضيع أخرى
</s>
<s id="100">
Monolithic نواة – نواة ميكروية Microkernel – نواة نانوية Nanokernel – نواة خارجية Exokernel – آلة افتراضية Virtual machine – استدعاء نظام System call
</s>
<s id="101">
Asymmetric and Symmetric Multiprocessing (SMP) – Clustering – حوسبة موزعة Distributed computing
</s>
<s id="102">
أنظمة تشغيل الزمن الحقيقي Real-time operating system – مشاركة الزمن Time-sharing – تعدد المهام – نظام مضمر Embedded system – وحيد المستخدم Single-user – متعدد المستخدمين Multi-user
</s>
<s id="103">
Orthogonally persistent capabilities versus access control lists
</s>
<s id="104">
نظام تشغيل غرضي التوجه Object-oriented operating system
</s>
<s id="105">
نظام تشغيل مكتبي Disk operating system
</s>
<s id="106">
Hard disk drive partitioning
</s>
<s id="107">
Pseudo-OS is a OS that runs inside others OS
</s>
<s id="108">
قرص مدمج حي OS - Operating Systems bootable from a CD without need of hard disk installation.
</s>
<s id="109">
Operating system advocacy
</s>
<s id="110">
OS-tan (Personification of operating systems)
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="34" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
علم الحاسبات
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل علم الحاسوب
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="35" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
عِلْمُ الحاسبات
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل معلوماتية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="36" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
هندسة برمجيات
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل هندسة البرمجيات
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="37" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
مساعدة
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="38" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
السنجاب
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل سنجاب
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="39" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
يورو
</s>
<s id="2">
شعار اليورو
</s>
<s id="3">
اليورو (الرمز الشكلي:€، رمز الإيزو:EUR) هي العملة الموحدة لدول الإتحاد الأوروبي، الذي يعد بعد الدولار الأمريكي ثاني أهم عملة على مستوى النظام النقدي الدولي
</s>
<s id="4">
يتم التحكم به من قبل البنك المركزي الأوروبي في مقره بفرانكفورت بألمانيا
</s>
<s id="5">
اليوم يعد اليورو العملة الرسمية المتداولة في 16 دولة من دول الإتحاد الأوروبي السبع والعشرون
</s>
<s id="6">
كما أنه العملة الرسمية في ست دول أخرى هي ليست أعضاء في الإتحاد الأوروبي.
</s>
<s id="7">
ابتداءا من عام 1999 تم بدء التعامل باليورو على النطاق المصرفي، وابتداءا من الأول من كانون الثاني/يناير عام 2002 استبدل اليورو عملات الدول المنضمة لاتفاق تطبيق اليورو وأصبح منذ ذلك الحين عملتها الرسمية
</s>
<s id="8">
اليورو الواحد مقسم إلى 100 سنت.
</s>
<s id="9">
حقق اليورو سعر صرف قياسي في 15 يوليو 2008 ليبلغ سعر 1.5990$ دولار أمريكي
</s>
<s id="10">
أدنى قيمة تعامل له مقابل الدولار الأمريكي وصل إليها اليورو في 26 أكتوبر 2000، بلغ حينها 0,8225 دولار أمريكي.
</s>
<s id="11">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="12">
فكرة العملة الأوروبية الموحدة اليورو قديمة بعمر الإتحاد الأوروبي نفسه، لكن بدأ تطبيقها عمليا في عام 1970 من خلال خطة فيرنر التي طرحها رئيس الوزراء اللوكسمبورغي بيير فيرنر، التي كانت نواة الإتحاد الاقتصادي والنقدي الأوروبي
</s>
<s id="13">
كان أمل هذه الخطة تطبيق عملة موحدة في الإتحاد الاقتصادي الأوروبي بحلول عام 1980
</s>
<s id="14">
لكن سرعان ما انهارت الفكرة وحل محلها عام 1972 اتحاد تصريف العملة الأوروبي ولاحقا عام 1979 النظام النقدي الأوروبي
</s>
<s id="15">
هدف النظام النقدي الأوروبي كان المحافظة على استقرار العملات المحلية
</s>
<s id="16">
لتحقيق هذا الهدف، تم إنشاء عملة نقد شكلية لحساب تصريف العملة تحت اسم الإيكو (ECU)، التي من الممكن على المرء وصفها بأنها العملة الأوروبية الموحدة السابقة لليورو
</s>
<s id="17">
في عام 1988 تبنت اللجنة الأوروبية تحت رئاسة جاك ديلورس ما يسمى بتقرير ديلورس
</s>
<s id="18">
هذا التقرير وضع الأساس لتطبيق تنفيذ العملة الأوروبية الموحدة من خلال تطبيق ثلاث مراحل.
</s>
<s id="19">
المرحلة الأولى لنشأة اليورو تمت في الأول من تموز/يوليو 1990 من خلال اتفاق يسمح بتنقل رؤوس الأموال بين دول الإتحاد
</s>
<s id="20">
في 1يناير 1994 بدأت المرحلة الثانية من خلال تأسيس المؤسسة النقدية الأوروبية، التي كانت سابقة لتأسيس البنك المركزي الأوروبي فيما بعد
</s>
<s id="21">
في 16 كانون الأول/ديسمبر 1995 تم الاتفاق على تسمية العملة الجديدة باليورو (Euro) بدلا من الاسم القديم وذلك بعد مداولات طويلة
</s>
<s id="22">
كانت هناك أسماء أخرى عديدة مقترحة، من بينها فرانك أوروبي، غولدن أوروبي، كرونا أوروبية
</s>
<s id="23">
لكن اتفق المجتمعون على ألا تكون التسمية الجديدة للعملة المقترحة منسوبة لأي عملة متواجدة في أحد الدول الأعضاء
</s>
<s id="24">
فرنسا اقترحت إبقاء الاسم الذي استعمل طيلة هذه الفترة &quot;الإيكو&quot;، لكن كل هذه الإقتراحات فشلت إلى أن إقترح وزير المالية الألماني تيودور فايغل الاسم &quot;يورو&quot;
</s>
<s id="25">
في 13 كانون الأول/ديسمبر 1996 اتفق وزراء الإتحاد الأوروبي على معاهدة المحافظة على استقرار اليورو، التي نصت على محافظة الدول الأعضاء على استقرار اقتصادياتهم المحلية وبالتالي سعر صرف اليورو
</s>
<s id="26">
المرحلة الثالثة تشكلت مع انعقاد المجلس الأوروبي ما بين 1-3 أيار/مايو 1998 واتفاقه على بنود إضافية، أهمها تحديد الدول المطبقة للعملة والاقتصاد الموحد
</s>
<s id="27">
في 19 حزيران/يونيو 2000 قرر المجلس الأوروبي ضم اليونان للدول الداخلة في الإتحاد النقدي والاقتصادي ابتداءا من عام 2001و في الأول من عام 2009 تم اعتماد اليورو كعملة رئيسية في سلوفاكيا.
</s>
<s id="28">
في الأول من كانون الثاني/يناير 1999 تم تحديد قيمة اليورو مقابل العملات المحلية للدول الأعضاء وأصبح اليورو منذ ذلك اليوم عملة بنكية لأول مرة
</s>
<s id="29">
في اليوم التالي قامت بورصات فرانكفورت، باريس وميلانو بتدوين قيمة الأوراق المالية باليورو، كما تم ربط العملات المحلية في الدول الأعضاء باليورو بدل من الدولار
</s>
<s id="30">
سُمح أيضا منذ ذلك التاريخ بفتح حسابات في البنوك بالعملة الجديدة
</s>
<s id="31">
بدأ توزيع العملة الجديدة على البنوك والمؤسسات المالية في الدول الأعضاء منذ النصف الثاني للعام 2001، وفي شهر كانون الأول/ديسمبر من نفس العام بدأت البنوك بيع عينات من العملة الجديدة للجمهور
</s>
<s id="32">
بدأ التداول الرسمي لليورو في 1 كانون الثاني/يناير 2002، وأصبح العملة الرسمية في الدول الأعضاء بدلا من العملات المحلية، أي تم وقف قبول الدفع بالعملات القديمة إلا في أماكن معينة (كالبنوك مثلا)
</s>
<s id="33">
استبدلت البنوك المركزية في الدول الأعضاء في الفترة اللاحقة العملة القديمة لكل دولة باليورو
</s>
<s id="34">
هذه الفترة مختلفة من دولة إلى أخرى، في ألمانيا على سبيل المثال سمح باستبدال المارك الألماني حتى عام 2005.
</s>
<s id="35">
قبول اليورو بين الجمهور
</s>
<s id="36">
كان قبول اليورو بين الجمهور الأوروبي متفاوتاً من بلد إلى أخر، على سبيل المثال في دول كانت قيمة عملتها منخفضة كإيطاليا واليونان، لقي اليورو ترحيب أوسع من دول ذوات عملة أقوى كألمانيا وفرنسا
</s>
<s id="37">
كما أن سعر اليورو القوي مقابل معظم العملات القديمة أعطى الإنطباع بأن اليورو أتى ومعه غلاء الأسعار
</s>
<s id="38">
أما في أمور أخرى كالسفر والسياحة، لقى اليورو ترحاب كبير بين السياح لأنه وفر عليهم تغيير العملة وسهل مهمة الدفع.
</s>
<s id="39">
الدول المشاركة
</s>
<s id="40">
هناك إلى حد الآن 16 دولة مطبقة لليورو:
</s>
<s id="41">
(عملة تحويل/عملة متداولة):
</s>
<s id="42">
إسبانيا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="43">
ألمانيا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="44">
بلجيكا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="45">
فنلندا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="46">
فرنسا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="47">
اليونان (2002/2001)
</s>
<s id="48">
جمهورية إيرلندا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="49">
إيطاليا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="50">
لوكسمبورغ (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="51">
هولندا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="52">
النمسا (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="53">
البرتغال (2002/1999)
</s>
<s id="54">
سلوفينيا (2007/2007)
</s>
<s id="55">
مالطا (2008/2005)
</s>
<s id="56">
قبرص (2008/2005)
</s>
<s id="57">
سلوفاكيا
</s>
<s id="58">
في عام 2004 تم الإعلان بأن اليونان لم تكن مؤهلة أبداً في يوم من الأيام بالدخول في النظام النقدي الأوروبي الموحد، وذلك لأن البيانات الاقتصادية التي أعطيت للجهات الأوروبية المسؤولة تم تزويرها وأعطيت عوضاً عنها معلومات خاطئة عن صحة أداء الاقتصاد اليوناني.
</s>
<s id="59">
وهناك دول أخرى في أوروبا كانت تطبق قبل مجيء اليورو عملات لإحدى الدول المطبقة لليورو، لذا تبنت العملة الجديدة بدلاً من العملة القديمة
</s>
<s id="60">
هذه الدول تشمل: موناكو، سان مارينو والفاتيكان
</s>
<s id="61">
وهناك دول تطبق اليورو أيضا بطريقة غير رسمية، هي: أندورا، كوسوفو والجبل الأسود.
</s>
<s id="62">
بالنسبة لدول الإتحاد الأوروبي العشرة الجديدة التي انضمت للإتحاد عام 2004، هناك سقف عامان على الأقل بشكل عام لكل هذه الدول، وخلال هذه الفترة يجب على الدولة المعنية استيفاء الشروط القانونية والاقتصادية، التي قد تؤهلها لتطبيق العملة
</s>
<s id="63">
تعرف هذه الفترة بالآلية الأوروبية لتحديد أسعار العملات (ERM II)
</s>
<s id="64">
وكل دولة تحدد بمحض إرادتها وقت بدء تنفيذ هذا السقف، لكن عند دخولها هذه الفترة تتعهد باستيفاء الشروط عند انتهاءها وإلا واجهت عقوبات، وبعد ذلك يجب طرح اليورو للتداول في الدولة المعنية، ولن يكون الموضوع اختيارياً كما حصل من قبل مع بريطانيا والدانمارك.
</s>
<s id="65">
أنظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="66">
منطقة اليورو
</s>
<s id="67">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="68">
المسكوكات يورو (كتالوج ومعرض)
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="40" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
فنلنده
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل فنلندا
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="41" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الميدان
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="42" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="2">
هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="3">
الكاتدرائية اللوثرية (توميوكيركو)
</s>
<s id="4">
هلسنكي ،(بالفنلندية: Helsinki, بالسويدية Helsingfors), هي عاصمة فنلندا
</s>
<s id="5">
تقع في الجزء الجنوبي من فنلندا وتطل على خليج فنلندا
</s>
<s id="6">
إسبو وفانتا وكانيانن ثلاث مدن صغيرة تقع في ضواحي هلسنكي وتعتبر جزءا رئيسيا من العاصمة
</s>
<s id="7">
يبلغ عدد سكان المدينة بضواحيها 1.2 مليون نسمة.
</s>
<s id="8">
تقع هلسنكي وسط ريف فنلندا الفسيح وهي مدينة بحرية يطلق عليها محلياً لقب &quot; ابنة بحر البلطيق&quot; ويتركز فيها أغلب السكان الأجانب من حوالي 130 جنسية مختلفة
</s>
<s id="9">
أما أغلب الجنسيات فهم من روسيا وأستونيا والسويد والصومال وصربيا والصين والعراق وألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="10">
هلسنكي هي قلب فنلندا النابض بالتجارة والمال والأزياء والطب والتسلية والإعلام والثقافة والخطابة، وتختلف عن مدن فنلندا الأخرى نظراً لتأثرها بالثقافات السويدية والروسية.
</s>
<s id="11">
لا زالت هلسنكي مدينة صغيرة حيث لا يوجد بها بنايات عالية، كما أن منطقة السوق ما زالت تحتفظ بطابعها القديم الذي يعود للقرن التاسع عشر.
</s>
<s id="12">
متاحف هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="13">
متحف أتينيوم للفنون
</s>
<s id="14">
متحف التصميم
</s>
<s id="15">
متحف الثقافات
</s>
<s id="16">
المتحف الفنلندي الوطني
</s>
<s id="17">
مسارح هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="18">
المسرح الفنلندي الوطني
</s>
<s id="19">
مسرح مدينة هلسنكي
</s>
<s id="20">
مسرح سفينسكا تيتيرن الفنلندي السويدي
</s>
<s id="21">
الأوبرا الفنلندية الوطنية
</s>
<s id="22">
قاعة فنلنديا للحفلات الموسيقية
</s>
<s id="23">
المراكز الترفيهية للأطفال
</s>
<s id="24">
مركز هيوريكا للعلوم وفيه سينما فيرن سوبر
</s>
<s id="25">
مركز لينانماكي - أقدم مركز تسلية في فنلندا
</s>
<s id="26">
حديقة سيرينا للتسلية المائية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="43" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
برمجيات حرة
</s>
<s id="2">
خارطة تصورية للبرامج الحرة
</s>
<s id="3">
البرمجيات الحرة ، حسب تعريف مؤسسة البرمجيات الحرة، هي البرمجيات التي يمكن استخدامها، ونسخها، ودراستها، وتعديلها، وإعادة توزيعها بقليل من أو بدون أي قيود
</s>
<s id="4">
الحرية من قيود كهذه جزء مركزي من الفكرة، وفي المقابل من البرمجيات الحرة توجد البرمجيات الإحتكارية.
</s>
<s id="5">
الطريق المعتاد لتوزيع البرمجيات كبرمجيات حرة هو ترخيصها للمتلقي تحت رخصة حرّة (أو وضعها للملكية العامة)، وتوفير الشفرة المصدرية لها.
</s>
<s id="6">
باللغة الإنكليزي, Free تعني &quot;حر&quot; وأيضا &quot;مجاني&quot; بنفس الوقت
</s>
<s id="7">
لذلك هناك تأكيد من قبل مروجي فكرة البرمجيات الحرة على أن هناك فرق جوهري بين البرامج الحرة والبرامج المجانية
</s>
<s id="8">
فالبرامج المجانية &quot;Freeware&quot;، متوفرة بدون مقابل مادي، لكنها بشكل عام محتكرة وليست حرّة
</s>
<s id="9">
حيث لا يحصل المستخدمين بالضرورة على حرية استخدامها، ونسخها، ودراستها، وتعديلها، وإعادة توزيعها
</s>
<s id="10">
كما أن شفرتها المصدرية قد تنشر وقد لا تنشر، وقد لا يسمح بتوزيع النسخ المعدّلة منها.
</s>
<s id="11">
لا تعارض بين كون برمجية ما حرة وبين الاستفادة منها تجاريا، بل إن حرية استغلال البرمجيات للأغراض التجارية أحد شروط الحرية.
</s>
<s id="12">
رُخص البرمجيّات الحرّة
</s>
<s id="13">
طبقا لريتشارد ستالمان ومؤسسة البرمجيات الحرة يجب أن توفر البرامج الحريات الأربع التالية ليطلق عليها لفظ &quot;حرّة&quot;:
</s>
<s id="14">
الحرية 1: حرية استعمال البرنامج لأي غرض.
</s>
<s id="15">
الحرية 2: حرية دراسة وتعديل البرنامج.
</s>
<s id="16">
الحرية 3: حرية نسخ البرنامج لتتمكن من مساعدة جارك أو صديقك.
</s>
<s id="17">
الحرية 4: حرية تطوير البرنامج وتحسينه، وإصدار تحسيناتك وإظهارها للعالم، لتعم الفائدة.
</s>
<s id="18">
الحرية 2 و 4 تتطلب الوصول للشفرة المصدرية للبرنامج، لأن دراسة وتعديل البرنامج بدون الشفرة المصدرية صعب للغاية، وبشكل كبير غير كافي، وأحيانا مستحيل عمليا
</s>
<s id="19">
الوصول للشفرة المصدرية المعنية يحل هذه المشاكل.
</s>
<s id="20">
تكفي هذه الحريات الأربع لضمان بقاء أي برنامج يتم إطلاقه ضمن اتفاقية الترخيص العمومية GNU GPL حراً إلى الأبد
</s>
<s id="21">
لا يمكن لأي كان تقييد الحريات التي تمنحها شروط هذه الاتفاقية للمستخدم، كما أن أي برنامج سيتم تطويره بالاعتماد على برنامج حر ينبغي أن يوزع كبرنامج حر أيضاً
</s>
<s id="22">
يعتبر أي انتهاك لأي من هذه الشروط خرقاً لاتفاقية الترخيص ويمكن ملاحقته قانونياً.
</s>
<s id="23">
من الضرورة بمكان أن نستوعب الفرق بين البرمجيات الحرة وتلك المجانية، لأن اتفاقية الترخيص العمومية لا تمنع الاستثمار التجاري للبرنامج مادام هذا الاستثمار لا يخرق أياً من شروط وبنود هذه الاتفاقية
</s>
<s id="24">
إن الاعتقاد السائد بأنه يتوجب توزيع البرمجيات الحرة مجاناً خاطئ جملة وتفصيلاً، فعلى الرغم من توفر كم هائل من البرمجيات الحرة مجاناً على شبكة الإنترنت فإن السبب وراء ذلك يعود إلى قرار المطورين بعدم تقاضي مبالغ مالية لقاء استخدام هذه البرامج، وليس بسبب اتفاقية الترخيص العمومية
</s>
<s id="25">
هناكً في المقابل أيضاً كثير من الشركات التي تعتمد في أعمالها على الاستثمار التجاري للبرمجيات الحرة.
</s>
<s id="26">
أشهر تراخيص البرمجيات الحرّة، رخصة جي.بي.إل.
</s>
<s id="27">
أمثلة على البرمجيات الحرّة
</s>
<s id="28">
نظم تشغيل: جنو، جنو/لينكس، بي.إس.دي، داروين وReactOS.
</s>
<s id="29">
لغات برمجة بيرل، بايثون، بي.إتش.بي وروبي.
</s>
<s id="30">
واجهات المستخدم: نظام النوفذة إكس، وبيئات سطح المكتب كيدي وجنوم.
</s>
<s id="31">
حزمة البرامج المكتبية أوبن أوفيس ومتصفّح الويب موزيلا فايرفوكس.
</s>
<s id="32">
قواعد البيانات MySQL.
</s>
<s id="33">
مؤسسات أو شركات تطور أو تستعمل أو تدعم البرمجيات الحرة
</s>
<s id="34">
IBM, Google, HP, Intel, Novel, AMD, Sun, Dell...
</s>
<s id="35">
الحكومة الألمانية.
</s>
<s id="36">
الحكومة الروسية.
</s>
<s id="37">
الحكومية البلجيكية.
</s>
<s id="38">
حكومة فنزويللا.
</s>
<s id="39">
البرلمان الفرنسي.
</s>
<s id="40">
الشرطة الفرنسية.
</s>
<s id="41">
حكومة اﻷندلس (إسبانيا).
</s>
<s id="42">
حكومة البرازيل.
</s>
<s id="43">
حكومة جنوب أفريقيا.
</s>
<s id="44">
حكومة تونس.
</s>
<s id="45">
حكومة كيبك.
</s>
<s id="46">
وكالة الأمن القومي الأمريكي (NSA)
</s>
<s id="47">
وكالة الفضاء اﻷمريكية ناسا
</s>
<s id="48">
وكالة الفضاء الأوروبية...
</s>
<s id="49">
مواضيع متعلقة
</s>
<s id="50">
مصدر مفتوح
</s>
<s id="51">
البرمجيات الاحتكارية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="44" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
البرامج الحرة
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل برمجيات حرة
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="45" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
رياضياتُ
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل رياضيات
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="46" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
المصدر المفتوح
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل مصدر_مفتوح
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="47" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
لبنان
</s>
<s id="2">
الجمهوريّة اللبنانيّة هي إحدى الدول العربية الواقعة في الشرق الأوسط في جنوب غرب القارة الآسيوية
</s>
<s id="3">
تحدها سوريا من الشمال والشرق، وفلسطين المحتلة - إسرائيل تفضل السلطات اللبنانية استخدام اسم فلسطين لعدم اعترافها بدولة إسرائيل
</s>
<s id="4">
من الجنوب، وتطل من جهة الغرب على البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="5">
للبنان تاريخ عريق يعود لأكثر من 7000 سنة من الوجود والتفاعل مع الحضارات
</s>
<s id="6">
هو بلد ديمقراطي جمهوري طوائفي غني بتعدد ثقافاته وتنوع حضاراته
</s>
<s id="7">
معظم سكانه من العرب المسلمين والمسيحيين
</s>
<s id="8">
وبخلاف بقية الدول العربية هناك وجود فعال للمسيحيين في الحياة العامة والسياسية
</s>
<s id="9">
هاجر وإنتشر أبناؤه حول العالم منذ أيام الفينيقيين، وحالياً فإن عدد اللبنانيين المهاجرين يقدر بضعف عدد اللبنانيين المقيمين.
</s>
<s id="10">
واجه لبنان منذ القدم تعدد الحضارات التي مرت أو احتلت أراضيه وذلك لموقعه الوسطي بين الشمال الأوروبي والجنوب العربي والشرق الآسيوي والغرب الأفريقي، وكانت هذه الوسطية سبباً لتنوعه وفرادته مع محيطه وبنفس الوقت سبباً للحروب والنزاعات على مر العصور تجلت بحروب أهلية ونزاع مصيري مع إسرائيل.
</s>
<s id="11">
وطبيعة أرض لبنان الجبلية الممانعة كمعظم جبال بلاد الشام كانت ملاذاً للمضطهدين في المنطقة منذ القدم، وبنفس الوقت صبغت جمال طبيعته ومناخه التي تجذب السياح من البلاد المحيطة به مما أنعش اقتصاده حتى في أحلك الأزمات، فاقتصاده يعتمد على الخدمات السياحية والمصرفية التي تشكلان معاً أكثر من 65% من مجموع الناتج المحلي
</s>
<s id="12">
يعتبر لبنان أحد أكثر المراكز المصرفية أهمية في آسيا الغربية، وفي الفترة التي بلغ فيها البلد ذروة ازدهاره أصبح يُعرف &quot;بسويسرا الشرق&quot;، لقوة وثبات مركزه المالي آنذاك وتنوعه، Anna Johnson (2006)
</s>
<s id="13">
&quot;Lebanon: Tourism Depends on Stability&quot; 
</s>
<s id="14">
Retrieved 31 October 2006
</s>
<s id="15">
كما استقطب أعدادا هائلة من السواح لدرجة أصبحت معها بيروت تعرف بباريس الشرق
</s>
<s id="16">
بعد نهاية الحرب الأهلية جرت محاولات عديدة ولا تزال لإعادة بناء الاقتصاد الوطني والنهوض به من جديد وتطوير جميع البنى التحتية
</s>
<s id="17">
Canadian International Development Agency
</s>
<s id="18">
&quot;Lebanon: Country Profile&quot;
</s>
<s id="19">
Retrieved 2 December 2006.
</s>
<s id="20">
ويشتهر لبنان بنظامه التربوي الرائد والعريق في القدم الذي يسمح بإنشاء مؤسسات تعليمية من مختلف الثقافات ويشجع التعليم بلغات مختلفة بالإضافة للعربية
</s>
<s id="21">
وكان لأبنائه دورٌ كبير في إثراء الثقافات العربية والعالمية في مجالات العلوم والفنون والآداب وكانوا من رواد الصحافة الإعلام في الوطن العربي.
</s>
<s id="22">
أصل التسمية
</s>
<s id="23">
شجرة اللبان أو البخور، التي تنص بعض المصادر على أن لبنان اشتق اسمه منها.
</s>
<s id="24">
عُرفت سلسلة الجبال الواقعة على الساحل الشرقي للبحر المتوسط باسم &quot;جبال لبنان&quot; منذ زمن سحيق
</s>
<s id="25">
فقد ذُكرت 12 مرة في ملحمة جلجامش، قرابة عام 2900 ق.م، وفي أثار إبلا، و 64 مرة في العهد القديم
</s>
<s id="26">
نتيجة بحث على موقع اسفار الكتاب المقدس ويرد أصل اسم لبنان إلى ثلاث إحتمالات: أنطوان إميل خوري حرب: &quot;لبنان - جليدية الاسم والكيان عبر 4000 سنة&quot;، نشر مؤسسة التراث، 2000 مي المر، تاريخ لبنان عملاق التواريخ
</s>
<s id="27">
:- لبنان مشتق من كلمة &quot; ل ب ن &quot; السامية والتي تعني &quot;أبيض&quot; وذلك بسبب لون الثلوج المكللة لجباله.
</s>
<s id="28">
:- مشتقة من كلمة &quot;اللبنى&quot; أي شجرة الطيب، أو اللبان أي البخور، وذلك لطيب رائحة أشجاره وغاباته.
</s>
<s id="29">
:- هي اسم أشوري مؤلف من &quot;لب&quot; و &quot;أنان&quot; وتعني &quot;قلب الله&quot; إذ اشتهر جبال لبنان كموقع للآلهة عند الأقدمين.
</s>
<s id="30">
:كما ذكر بالكتابات الفرعونية كـ &quot;ر م ن ن&quot; 
</s>
<s id="31">
والمعروف أن &quot;ر&quot; الفرعونية التي ترمز للكنعانيين
</s>
<s id="32">
.
</s>
<s id="33">
وفي عام 1920 خلال الانتداب الفرنسي للبنان ضمت المدن الساحلية ومناطق الشمال ووادي البقاع وسفوح سلسلة جبال لبنان الشرقية إلى مناطق متصرفية جبل لبنان وسميت بدولة لبنان الكبير
</s>
<s id="34">
فأصبحت تسمى هذه المناطق كلها بلبنان
</s>
<s id="35">
وعندما حصل لبنان على الاستقلال في 22 نوفمبر 1943 إعتمد اسم &quot;الجمهورية اللبنانية&quot;.
</s>
<s id="36">
السكان
</s>
<s id="37">
ثلاث نساء لبنانيات في عام 1873.
</s>
<s id="38">
[[ملف:Religions of Lebanon.png|تصغير|نسبة اللبنانيين وفقا للطوائف الكبرى، بناءً على إحصاء غير رسمي من عام 2007
</s>
<s id="39">
Lebanon - International Religious Freedom Report 2008 U.S
</s>
<s id="40">
Department of State
</s>
<s id="41">
Retrieved on 2009-09-04
</s>
<s id="42">
]]
</s>
<s id="43">
لبنان بلد متنوع بشعبه، فحوالي 40% من السكان البالغين 22 سنة التوزيع السكاني والطائفي في لبنان ينتمون إلى الديانة المسيحية، وهو البلد الوحيد في الوطن العربي الذي يتولى رئاسته مسيحيون بحكم عرف دستوري
</s>
<s id="44">
ويتوزع الشعب اللبناني على 18 طائفة معترف بها، طوائف لبنان ال18 كما أن اللبنانيون منتشرون حول العالم كمهاجرين ومغتربين أو منحدرين من أصول لبنانية
</s>
<s id="45">
ويبلغ عدد سكان لبنان بحسب تقدير الأمم المتحدة لعام 2008 حوالي 4,099,000 نسمة
</s>
<s id="46">
قائمة الدول حسب عدد السكان ويُقدر عدد اللبنانيين المغتربين والمتحدرين من أصل لبناني في العالم بحوالي 8،624،000 نسمة، وفقا لإحصائية من سنة 2001، من أجل تنمية بشرية في لبنان، دكتور أنيس أبي فرح ينتمي أكثرهم إلى الديانة المسيحية، وذلك لأن الهجرة اللبنانية أول ما بدأت من متصرفية جبل لبنان ذات الأغلبية المسيحية
</s>
<s id="47">
موقع الجيش اللبناني، مجلة الدفاع الوطني، الهجرة الخارجية والانتشار اللبناني في العالم، د
</s>
<s id="48">
أسعد الأتات-أستاذ ديموغرافيا في ج
</s>
<s id="49">
اللبنانية ونسبة زيادة السكان هي 0.85%، كما يُتوقع انخفاض عدد سكان لبنان عام 2050 ليصل إلى 3,001,000
</s>
<s id="50">
وتبلغ الكثافة السكانية للبنان 344 نسمة / كلم
</s>
<s id="51">
2 قائمة الدول حسب كثافة السكان ويعيش ما بين 87% إلى 90% state of lebanon`s forests 2007 من اللبنانيين في المدن بحث في سكان المدن ويتجمع أكثر من 1,100,000 نسمة وهو ما يعادل ربع السكان في العاصمة بيروت وضواحيها
</s>
<s id="52">
أحصائيات نايشن ماستر وتبلغ نسبة المتعلمين فيه 87.4%
</s>
<s id="53">
ويتكلم سكانه اللغة العربية بالإضافة للفرنسية والإنكليزية، وهناك لغات أخرى تستعمل بشكل أقل مثل الأرمنية والكردية والسريانية.
</s>
<s id="54">
قُدّر عدد سكان لبنان في تموز/يوليو من عام 2008 بحوالي 3,971,941 نسمة
</s>
<s id="55">
CIA, the World Factbook (2006)
</s>
<s id="56">
&quot;Lebanon&quot;
</s>
<s id="57">
Retrieved 7 November 2006
</s>
<s id="58">
بينما قدر عدد اللاجئين الأجانب في عام 2007 بما يزيد عن 375,000 شخص: 270,800 منهم من فلسطين، 100,000 من العراق، و 4,500 من السودان
</s>
<s id="59">
أبعد لبنان أكثر من 300 لاجئ قسرا عام 2007
</s>
<s id="60">
يُعتبر الشعب اللبناني الحالي مزيجاً من الشعوب المختلفة التي مرّت على لبنان واستقرت فيه عبر العصور، فالكثير من اللبنانيين ذوي جذور فينيقية وعربية ورومانية وتركية وفارسية والبعض له جذور أوروبية من عهد الصليبين وفترة الإنتداب الفرنسي، ففي تلك الفترة استقرت أقلية كبيرة نسبياً من الفرنسيين، لكن معظمهم غادر بعد الاستقلال عام 1943 وبقي منهم القليل، كذلك هناك عدد كبير من السوريين والمصريين المقيمين والذين يعملون بمعظمهم في قطاع البناء والخدمات.
</s>
<s id="61">
كلمات من أربعة أحرف باللغات: الفينيقية (الأولى)، الآرامية (الوسطى)، والعبرية (الأخيرة)
</s>
<s id="62">
استعملت اللغتين الأولى والثانية في لبنان خلال العصور السابقة.
</s>
<s id="63">
كانت اللغة الفينيقية أول اللغات التي تكلمها السكان الذين قطنوا المناطق التي تدخل اليوم ضمن نطاق الدولة اللبنانية، وبعد ذلك بفترة انتشرت اللغة الآرامية والسريانية قبل أن تنتشر اللغة الإغريقية خلال العصر الهليني، أي عند غزو الإسكندر الأكبر
</s>
<s id="64">
استمرت تلك اللغة متداولة لفترة طويلة نسبيّا بين السكان حتى الفتح الإسلامي لبلاد الشام، عندما حلّت اللغة العربية بدلا منها
</s>
<s id="65">
&quot;سوريا ولبنان وفلسطين تحت الحكم التركي من الناحيتين السياسية والتاريخية&quot;، ق.م
</s>
<s id="66">
بازيلي، 1862 (طبعة أولى في أوروبا)، ترجمة د
</s>
<s id="67">
يسر جابر، مراجعة د منذر جابر، دار الحداثة، بيروت لبنان، 1988 (طبعة أولى)، صفحة 41
</s>
<s id="68">
ويتكلم اللبنانيون اليوم اللغة العربية المدموغة بلهجتهم الخاصة المستمدة من اختلاط اللغة العربية مع الآرامية والسريانية، وبعض الكلمات التركية والفارسية
</s>
<s id="69">
هناك العديد من الكلمات الشاميّة عموما ذات الأصل التركي مثل &quot;أوضة&quot; بمعنى غرفة و&quot;لمبة&quot; بمعنى مصباح كما أن معظم اللبنانيين يتكلمون أكثر من لغة منها الفرنسية والإنجليزية
</s>
<s id="70">
كما تستعمل اللغة الأرمنية بكثرة بين اللبنانيين من أصل أرمني
</s>
<s id="71">
وما زالت اللغة السريانية واللاتينية مستعملة في الطقوس الدينية المسيحية
</s>
<s id="72">
كانت اللغة الفرنسية تعتبر لغة رسمية في لبنان خلال فترة الإنتداب، حيث كانت تستعمل في المعاملات والإجراءات الرسمية إلى جانب العربية، وبعد إعلان الاستقلال أصبح الدستور ينص على أن اللغة العربية هي اللغة الرسمية الوحيدة في لبنان
</s>
<s id="73">
ويتكلم العديد من اللبنانيين اليوم أكثر من لغة في الجملة الواحدة في بعض الأحيان بشكل تلقائي، كأن يستعمل الشخص اللغة العربية والفرنسية والإنكليزية في جملة واحدة بشكل تلقائي دون أن يشعر، وأبرز مثال يستخدمه اللبنانيون هو: hi كيفك ça va، بمعنى: تحيتي كيف حالك؟ بخير؟ والبعض يفعل ذلك كتعبير عن مكانته الإجتماعية العالية وما شابه، وهذا دفع ببعض المفكرين من ذوي الميول الغربية إلى القول أن اللبنانيين يتكلمون لغة مختلفة عن اللغة العربية هي &quot;اللغة اللبنانية&quot;، إلا أن معظم اللبنانيين يرفضون هذه الفكرة وينظرون للغة التي يتكلموها على أنها عربية
</s>
<s id="74">
كان الشاعر اللبناني سعيد عقل من أول الرواد الذين دعوا إلى اعتبار اللهجة اللبنانية لغة مستقلة، بالإضافة لكمال شرابي ونجيب جمال الدين
</s>
<s id="75">
الجغرافيا والمناخ
</s>
<s id="76">
صورة ساتليّة تظهر الثلوج تغطي سلسلتي جبال لبنان.
</s>
<s id="77">
جبل الباروك.
</s>
<s id="78">
الموقع
</s>
<s id="79">
أحد شواطئ بيروت على البحر المتوسط.
</s>
<s id="80">
يقع لبنان في غربي قارة آسيا
</s>
<s id="81">
يحده البحر الأبيض المتوسط من الغرب بشاطئ طوله 225 كم (140 ميل)، وفلسطين المحتلة - إسرائيل من الجنوب وسوريا من الشرق والشمال
</s>
<s id="82">
وطول حدوده مع سوريا 375 كم (233 ميل)، ومع إسرائيل 79 كم (49 ميل)
</s>
<s id="83">
وهناك خلاف قائم بين لبنان وسوريا بشأن منطقة صغيرة تجاور مرتفعات الجولان المحتلة من قبل إسرائيل وهي مزارع شبعا، حيث إن كلا البلدين يدعي انتمائها لإقليمه، إلا أن الأمم المتحدة قامت بتعيين حدود المزارع وتحتسبها على أنها جزء من لبنان
</s>
<s id="84">
Telegraph (2000) &quot;Israel&apos;s Withdrawal from Lebanon Given UN&apos;s Endorsement&quot;
</s>
<s id="85">
Retrieved 1 November 2006.
</s>
<s id="86">
الأرض
</s>
<s id="87">
معظم الأراضي اللبنانية جبلية مقالة لبنان في موسوعة بريتانيكا ماعدا الخط الساحلي وسهل البقاع
</s>
<s id="88">
وتخترق لبنان من الشمال إلى الجنوب سلسلتي جبال هما سلسلة جبال لبنان الشرقية والتي تشكل حدوده الشرقية مع سوريا وسلسلة جبال لبنان الغربية والتي تطل على البحر الأبيض المتوسط وأهمها جبل المكمل إذ أن قمته القرنة السوداء هي أعلى قمة جبل في غربي آسيا، ويفصل بين سلسلتي الجبال سهل البقاع
</s>
<s id="89">
وتنتشر في لبنان الأنهار التي تتجمع من ذوبان الثلوج ومن أشهرها نهر الليطاني ونهر العاصي.
</s>
<s id="90">
أشجار الأرز اللبناني أثناء الشتاء، في غابة أرز الرب.
</s>
<s id="91">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="92">
مناخ لبنان متوسطي معتدل: بونيشي وأخرون، &quot;الكتاب الذهبي عن لبنان&quot;، ISBN 88-476-1489-9، صفحة 3
</s>
<s id="93">
في الساحل: الشتاء بارد وممطر، أما الصيف فحار ورطب.
</s>
<s id="94">
في الجبال: الشتاء بارد وتصل الحرارة إلى ما دون الصفر مع تساقط الثلوج، أما الصيف فتكون درجات الحرارة فيه معتدلة بدون رطوبة.
</s>
<s id="95">
معدلات هطول الأمطار مرتفعة بالنسبة للمنطقة المحيطة به إلا في الشمال الشرقي، وذلك بسبب سلسلة الجبال الغربية التي تمنع وصول المطر إلى تلك المنطقة
</s>
<s id="96">
دراسات البلاد
</s>
<s id="97">
&quot;مناخ لبنان&quot;.
</s>
<s id="98">
ويشتهر لبنان بغابات الأرز رمز البلاد والتي كانت ضخمة في العصور الغابرة &quot;أرز لبنان&quot; إلا أن كميتها إنخفضت بسبب استعمال خشبه على مر العصور وعدم الاهتمام بإعادة زراعته إضافة إلى إصابته بالأمراض.
</s>
<s id="99">
موجز تاريخ لبنان
</s>
<s id="100">
يعود تاريخ لبنان إلى ما قبل بداية الحضارة البشرية، حيث تُظهر بعض الأثار وجود مجمعات بشرية بدائية تعيش على الصيد استوطنت الساحل اللبناني، أطلق على الأفراد منها اسم &quot;إنسان أنطلياس&quot;
</s>
<s id="101">
&quot;أعظم أحداث العالم&quot;، إعداد موريس شربل، دار المناهل، بيروت - لبنان، صفحة 9 وفي الفترة التي بدأت فيها المدنية والتأريخ، ازدهرت الحضارة على الساحل الذي يعتبر اليوم ساحل لبنان، فكان هذا الساحل موطن الشعب الفينيقي الذي انتشر حول البحر الأبيض المتوسط الفينيقيون اللبنانيون - موقع أباوت وخلال عهد الفينيقين توالى على حكم لبنان عدد من الإمبراطوريات مثل المصريون، الآشوريون، الكلدانيون، وبعد قرنين من حكم الفرس، احتل الإسكندر الأكبر الساحل الفينيقي ودمر مدينة صور
</s>
<s id="102">
وتوالى على حكم لبنان العديد من الحضارات المختلفة بعد ذلك وهي: الرومان، البيزنطيين، العرب، الصليبيين والعثمانيين
</s>
<s id="103">
وتمتعت مناطق جبل لبنان بنوع من الاستقلال الجزئي تحت حكم العثمانيين بفترات الإمارة المعنية في القرن السادس عشر والسابع عشر والإمارة الشهابية في القرن السابع عشر حتى منتصف الثامن عشر وعهد القائم مقاميتين (1842 - 1860) والمتصرفية (1860 - 1920)
</s>
<s id="104">
تاريخ لبنان - دراسات حول الدول هدى طبارة، موجز تاريخ لبنان (1798 - 1914)، الناشر: دار العلوم العربية للطباعة والنشر، 1994
</s>
<s id="105">
العصور القديمة
</s>
<s id="106">
قبر احيرام ملك جبيل الفينيقي الموجود اليوم في متحف بيروت الوطني.
</s>
<s id="107">
الأعمدة الستة الباقية من معبد جوبيتر في بعلبك.
</s>
<s id="108">
أثبتت الأثار أن البشر استوطنوا لبنان قبل عام 5000 ق.م وأن مدينة جبيل هي أقدم مدينة مأهولة في العالم
</s>
<s id="109">
&quot;بيبلوس&quot; وبعض البقايا المتحجرة تشير إلى وجود من سكن سواحل المتوسط منذ عام 7000 ق.م
</s>
<s id="110">
محاكاة لرحلات أثرية - جبيل في العصرين الحجري الحديث والنحاسي
</s>
<s id="111">
أما أقدم ذكر مدون للبنان فيعود إلى 5000 سنة
</s>
<s id="112">
فقد ذُكر اسم لبنان بشكل مؤرَخ يعود لأثار من 3000 سنة قبل المسيح
</s>
<s id="113">
وكان سكان هذا الساحل الشرقي للبحر الأبيض المتوسط من الكنعانيين الساميين من صلب سام بن نوح
</s>
<s id="114">
دعا الإغريق سكان هذه المناطق &quot;بالفوينيكوس&quot; والتي تعني البنفسجيين وذلك نسبة للون البنفسجي الذي طغى على ألبستهم وللصباغ الأرجواني الذي اشتهروا به
</s>
<s id="115">
وهكذا عرفوا بالفينيقيون في الأثار القديمة
</s>
<s id="116">
Profile of Lebanon كما سمي أهل مناطق البقاع &quot;بالأمورو&quot; نسبة إلى الشعوب الأمورية التي أتت من جزيرة العرب واستوطنت بادية الشام، وينكلر، رسائل تل العمارنة، برلين، 1896 وخلال هذه الفترة كانت كل مدينة تشكل جمهورية أو مملكة مستقلة
</s>
<s id="117">
وخلال طرد الفراعنة للهكسوس من مصر، احتل تحتموس الثالث الساحل الشرقي للبحر المتوسط وضم المدن الفينيقية لحكمه
</s>
<s id="118">
وبنهاية القرن الرابع عشر قبل الميلاد، ضعفت الدولة الفرعونية مما أعطى لبنان الفرصة ليستقل عنهم في بداية القرن الثاني عشر ق.م
</s>
<s id="119">
وبقي استقلال الفنيقيين للعقود الثلاث التي تلت، فازدهرت المنطقة وفرضت وجودها التجاري على حوض المتوسط، وبعد ذلك استولى الأشوريون على الساحل الشرقي للمتوسط وقضوا على ازدهار الفنيقيين، ثم تلاهم كل من البابليون والفرس.
</s>
<s id="120">
وبعد انتصارات الملك الإغريقي الاسكندر المقدوني على الفرس في عام 333 ق.م، رحب الفنيقيون به فاتحا لبلادهم
</s>
<s id="121">
إلا أن أهل صور رفضوا طلبه لتقديم ذبائح في معبد ملقارت مما دفعه لتدمير القسم البحري من المدينة، الذي كان جزيرة آنذاك، بعد 8 أشهر من الحصار
</s>
<s id="122">
تأثر الفينقيون كثيرا بالثقافة الإغريقية مما أعطاهم طابعا مختلفا عن بقية شعوب المنطقة
</s>
<s id="123">
بعد موت الإسكندر، تبع الفنيقيون الدولة السلوقية، الاسكندر وحصار صور وفي سنة 64 ق.م أنهى القائد بومبي حكم السلقيون وضم المدن الفينيقية لحكم الرومان، ونعمت المدن الفنيقية بالازدهار الاقتصادي والفكري والثقافي عند ذلك حيث أنشأت أكبر مدرسة لتدريس الحقوق في الإمبراطورية في بيروت التي عُرفت بأم الشرائع آنذاك.
</s>
<s id="124">
العصور الوسطى
</s>
<s id="125">
قلعة البحر في صيدا، بناها الصليبيون عام 1228م.
</s>
<s id="126">
صورة لقلعة الشقيف التي زاد الصليبيون أبنيتها، من عام 1982.
</s>
<s id="127">
في سنة 395 ق.م تبعت منطقة لبنان الدولة البيزنطية مما تابع ازدهارها لقرن كامل
</s>
<s id="128">
وفي القرن السادس الميلادي ضرب البلاد سلسلة من الزلازل التي دمرت العديد من معالمها كهيكل بعلبك ومدرسة الحقوق في بيروت وقتلت 30,000 من سكانها، وخلال هذه الفترة هاجر الموارنة المسيحيون إلى لبنان من سوريا
</s>
<s id="129">
قامت الفوضى في منطقة لبنان بسبب الزلازل، الجزية القاسية، والإختلافات الدينية في القرن السادس الميلادي مما أضعف الدولة البيزنطية وفتح البلاد أمام المسلمون القادمون من شبه الجزيرة العربية
</s>
<s id="130">
أرسل أبو بكر الصديق قواته لفتح بلاد الشام، وفي سنة 636م دحر القائد الإسلامي خالد بن الوليد القوات البيزنطية في معركة اليرموك وفتح بلاد الشام ومنها لبنان وأدخلها ضمن الدولة الإسلامية
</s>
<s id="131">
وخلال عهد الأمويين نعمت السواحل اللبنانية بفترات من الأمان والازدهار، وقدم العديد من القبائل العربية التي استوطنت ساحل لبنان للحد من التدخل البيزنطي مثل اللمعيون
</s>
<s id="132">
استولى العباسيون على الحكم من الأمويين سنة 750م وضموا لبنان لحكمهم
</s>
<s id="133">
في بداية هذا العهد، استوطن الإرسلانيون لبنان عام 756م
</s>
<s id="134">
فرض العباسيون ضرائب قاسية على لبنان مما دفع اللبنانيين للقيام بالعديد من الإنتفاضات
</s>
<s id="135">
وفي القرن العاشر أعلن الأمير الصوري علاقة استقلاله عن العباسيين إلا أن حكمه انتهى مع استيلاء الفاطميين على الحكم.
</s>
<s id="136">
وبعد أن هزم الصليبيون السلاجقة الأتراك وتقدموا عبر سوريا، قاموا باحتلال مدن ساحل لبنان وسيطروا عليها تدريجياً، وخلَّفوا وراءهم العديد من القِلاع في لبنان مثل قلعة طرابلس وقلعة الشقيف.وخلال العصر المملوكي، بعد انهزام الصليبيون، أنتعشت تجارة مدينة بيروت وأصبحت من أهم موانئ التجارة بين أوروبا والعالم العربي
</s>
<s id="137">
وفي هذه الفترة، قدم عدد من القبائل العربية واستوطن مناطق وادي التيم وساحل بيروت والشوف.
</s>
<s id="138">
العصور الحديثة
</s>
<s id="139">
الأمير بشير الثاني الشهابي &quot;الكبير&quot;، أمير جبل لبنان من عام 1788 حتى 1840.
</s>
<s id="140">
في عام 1516 سيطرت جيوش السلطان سليم الأول على جبل لبنان وعلى المناطق الجبلية من سوريا وفلسطين، وعهد بإدارة هذه المناطق لفخر الدين الأول وهو أمير من الأسرة المعنية الذي قدم الولاء للباب العالي
</s>
<s id="141">
ولقد أزعجت الأتراك محاولاته التي كانت ترمي إلى التملص من دفع الجزية
</s>
<s id="142">
فقرروا بسط النفوذ المباشر على البلاد، ولكن ملاك الأراضي والفلاحيين في جبل لبنان على السواء قاوموا ذلك، وفي عام 1544 توفي فخر الدين في بلاط باشا دمشق مسموما، وكذلك استشهد ابنه قرقماز في عام 1585 أثناء قتاله للأتراك
</s>
<s id="143">
المصور في التاريخ، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 19-20 وفي عام 1590 إعتلى فخر الدين الثاني نجل قرقماز السلطة، وكان سياسيا ماهرا حتى وصف بأنه تلميذ لميكافيلي وأنه كان يتقنع بأقنعة الدرزية والمسيحية الإسلام بحسب حاجته، فقام بدفع الجزية للسلطان وتقاسم معه الغنائم الحربية، فعينه السلطان والياً على جبل لبنان، واعتبر من أعظم حكام جبل لبنان والشرق، ولكن أعدائه أثاروا غضب السلطان والولاة عليه، فتم إرسال حملة كبيرة ألقت القبض عليه حيث سيق إلى إسطنبول وأعدم شنقا
</s>
<s id="144">
المصور في التاريخ، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 76 وبعد ذلك بفترة زالت الإمارة المعنية من جبل لبنان بعد أن دامت أكثر من خمسمائة سنة وحلت بدلا منها الإمارة الشهابية
</s>
<s id="145">
عندما مات الأمير أحمد المعني، أخر الأمراء المعنيين، لم يترك ولدا يخلفه، فاختار أعيان لبنان والأمراء الأمير حيدر شهاب، ابن بنت الأمير أحمد، ليكون أميرا على جبل لبنان، ولكنه كان ثاني أمير شهابي لبناني، إذ أنه كان ما يزال يافعا، فحكم جبل لبنان بشير الأول ابن أخت الأمير أحمد المعني حتى بلغ حيدر سن الرشد
</s>
<s id="146">
حكم جبل لبنان 8 أمراء من آل شهاب خلال الفترة الممتدة بين عامي 1697 و1841، المصور في التاريخ، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 184 وكان أبرزهم بشير الثاني الذي اعتبر خليفة لفخر الدين الثاني، وخلال عهده حصلت بضعة أحداث هامة في لبنان منها ثورتين من الشعب على الأمير بسبب الزيادة الباهظة في الضرائب، مجيئ الجيش الفرنسي إلى سوريا بقيادة نابوليون بونابرت أثناء محاولته احتلال عكا، والحملة المصرية على بلاد الشام التي اخرجت لبنان لمدة تسع سنوات من تحت الحكم العثماني واخضعته للحكم المصري، قبل أن يعود العثمانيون لاستعادة البلاد بمساعدة الإنكليز والروس
</s>
<s id="147">
انقضت الإمارة في جبل لبنان بعد أن حصلت فتنة عام 1841 نقل العثمانيون على أثرها الأمير بشير الثالث، أخر أمراء جبل لبنان، إلى إسطنبول وعينوا حاكما عثمانيا مباشرا للجبل، وبعدها اتبعوا ولاية جبل لبنان إلى ولاية دمشق
</s>
<s id="148">
المصور في التاريخ، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 183 وفي تلك الفترة أنشأ العثمانيون نظام القائم مقاميتين ثم عادوا وألغوه وأنشؤوا بالاتفاق مع الدول الأوروبية الكبرى نظام متصرفية جبل لبنان، بسبب فشل النظام القديم في حل عدد من النزاعات وتسبيبه ببعض الفتن
</s>
<s id="149">
وفي عهد المتصرفية اقتصرت حدود لبنان على سلسلة جبال لبنان الغربية وبعض المناطق المجاورة في البقاع، فأصبح لبنان يُعرف بلبنان الصغير
</s>
<s id="150">
المصور في التاريخ، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 207
</s>
<s id="151">
المرحلة المعاصرة
</s>
<s id="152">
الجنرال هنري غورو أول مفوض سامي فرنسي في لبنان.
</s>
<s id="153">
الحرب العالمية الأولى: أصيب لبنان بأضرار جسيمة خلال الحرب العالمية الأولى لعدد من الأسباب، فقد قام العثمانيون بفرض التجنيد الإجباري على سكان إقليم الشام بكامله، كما أدى تجنيد الشباب والرجال وهرب البعض منهم إلى تراجع الإنتاج الزراعي، كما فرض العثمانيون حصارا برّيا على الجبل بحجة الأعمال الحربية، وقام الحلفاء بفرض حصارا بحريا على البلاد باعتبار أنها تابعة لدولة معادية من الدول الوسطى
</s>
<s id="154">
كان من تأثير ذلك منع وصول أموال المغتربين إلى ذويهم بالإضافة لانقطاع الإمدادات الغذائية مما أدى لانتشار المجاعة والأمراض
</s>
<s id="155">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء الثامن: لبنان والعالم العربي في العصر الحاضر، تأليف شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة الحادية عشرة، 1998، صفحة: 30، 42-46، 48-52
</s>
<s id="156">
الانتداب الفرنسي: بعد انتصار الحلفاء في الحرب العالمية الأولى وتقسيمهم للأراضي التي كانت خاضعة للحكم العثماني تم عام 1920 وضع إقليم سوريا تحت الانتداب الفرنسي بحسب اتفاقية سايكس بيكو التي عقدت في عام 1916
</s>
<s id="157">
موقع بي بي سي - الصراع بالخرائط وبقي الحال على ذلك حتى عام 1943 عندما قام اللبنانيون بانتزاع حقهم بالاستقلال من فرنسا بدعم من حكومة تشرتشل البريطانية
</s>
<s id="158">
رغيد الصلح، &quot;لبنان والعروبة
</s>
<s id="159">
الهوية الوطنية وتكوين الدولة&quot;، دار الساقي، 2006 وتم جلاء كل الجيوش الأجنبية في عام 1946
</s>
<s id="160">
كمال الصليبي، بيت بمنازل كثيرة، نشر دار غاريوس، 1993
</s>
<s id="161">
حرب 1948: بعد خمسة أعوام من الاستقلال شارك لبنان مع بقية الدول العربية في محاربة إنشاء دولة يهودية في فلسطين عام 1948، وكان دوره يتلخص بتقديم دعم لوجيستي مساند للقوات العربية
</s>
<s id="162">
وبعد انتصار الجيش الإسرائيلي وقّع لبنان مع إسرائيل معاهدة وقف إطلاق النار التي عرفت بهدنة 1949، واستعاد لبنان بموجبها كل الأراضي التي احتلها الجيش الإسرائيلي
</s>
<s id="163">
ونتيجة للحرب نزح حوالي 100 ألف فلسطيني إلى لبنان وسكنوا في مخيمات للاجئين
</s>
<s id="164">
وليد الخالدي، &quot;خمسون عاماً حرب 1948&quot;، الناشر: دار النهار للنشر، 1998 حرب الاستقلال (47-1949) - موقع وزارة الخارجية الإسرائيلية
</s>
<s id="165">
يمين
</s>
<s id="166">
رئيس وزراء لبنان السابق رفيق الحريري الذي كان مقتله نقطة انطلاق ثورة الأرز عام 2005.
</s>
<s id="167">
حروب لبنان الأهلية: منذ الاستقلال شهد لبنان حربا أهلية واحدة، ونزاعا كاد أن يتطور لفتنة طائفية، وكان هذا النزاع قد وقع في عام 1958 وكان سببه الداخلي هو رفض تمديد ولاية الرئيس كميل شمعون
</s>
<s id="168">
أما السبب الإقليمي فكان الصراع الدولي بين الشرق والغرب المتمثل بمعارضة إنشاء حلف بغداد
</s>
<s id="169">
لبنان 1958 و2007: تاريخ يعيد نفسه - جريدة الثورة
</s>
<s id="170">
بيما كانت الحرب الأهلية اللبنانية عام 1975 نتيجة صراع داخلي بين المسيحيين من جهة والفلسطينيين والمسلمين واليساريين من جهة أخرى
</s>
<s id="171">
وتطور النزاع بأشكال مختلفة خلال 15 سنة منها الاجتياح الإسرائيلي عام 1982 ومحاصرة بيروت والتي أدت إلى خروج القوات الفلسطينية والسورية
</s>
<s id="172">
وفرض الإسرائيليون اتفاقاً مع لبنان عرف باتفاق 17 أيار الذي رفضه مجلس النواب وأدى إلى انتفاضة 6 شباط عام 1984 التي أعادت السوريين إلى لبنان بعد العديد من المعارك الداخلية بين الحلفاء مثل حركة أمل والحزب التقدمي الإشتراكي ومسلحي المخيمات الفلسطينية
</s>
<s id="173">
وانتهت الحرب باتفاق الطائف الذي كرّس التوزيع الطائفي للحكم، وقلص من صلاحيات رئيس الجمهورية الماروني، وتخللت هذه الفترة احتلال العراق للكويت مما سهل لسوريا وضع اليد على لبنان كمقابل لمشاركتها في الحرب ضد العراق بعد غزو الكويت
</s>
<s id="174">
أريك لوران، ترجمة، تحقيق: منيرة أسمر، &quot;عاصفة الصحراء، أسرار البيت الأبيض&quot;، الناشر: شركة المطبوعات للتوزيع والنشر،.1994 وانتهى الصراع العسكري بشكل نهائي بعد دخول الجيش السوري إلى القصر الجمهوري وطرد قائد الجيش ميشال عون منه في أكتوبر 1991
</s>
<s id="175">
وبقي الصراع السياسي.
</s>
<s id="176">
وفي عام 2000 انسحبت إسرائيل وجيش لبنان الجنوبي العميل لها من المناطق اللبنانية المحتلة بسبب أعمال المقاومة اللبنانية، إلا أن الحكومة اللبنانية والمقاومة المتمثلة بحزب الله ما زالت تطالب بمنطقة مزارع شبعا المتنازع عليها بين لبنان وسوريا وإسرائيل
</s>
<s id="177">
وبانتهاء الحرب بدأت إعادة إعمار بيروت المتهدمة لتعود مركز جذب سياحي لكل المنطقة العربية تجربة إعادة إعمار الوسط التجاري لمدينة بيروت .
</s>
<s id="178">
أحداث جارية: بعيد إعادة انتخاب الرئيس إميل لحود متحدياً القوانين الدولية مثل قرار الأمم المتحدة رقم 1559، اغتيل رئيس الوزراء الأسبق رفيق الحريري واتهام سوريا بالعملية، انقسم اللبنانيون إلى فريقين أساسيين، فريق سمي بتحالف 14 آذار ويطالب باستقلال لبنان وفك ارتباطه عن أي علاقة بأزمات الشرق الأوسط والفريق الثاني سمي قوى 8 آذار الذين يعتبرون لبنان في صلب الأزمات الإقليمية والدولية
</s>
<s id="179">
وأدى هذا الانشقاق إلى حصول العديد من المواجهات منها اغتيال شخصيات لبنانية مناوئة لسوريا، ثم الحرب التي شنتها إسرائيل في 12 يوليو 2006 وما تلاها من اعتصام المعارضة ضد الحكومة في ديسمبر 2006، وأخيراً ما عرف باسم غزوة بيروت في 7 مايو 2008
</s>
<s id="180">
وحصل نوع من الهدوء بعد اتفاق الدوحة الذي سهل انتخاب قائد الجيش ميشال سليمان رئيساً توافقياً للجمهورية وتأليف حكومة وحدة وطنية، كما وضع الاتفاق أسس لإجراء الانتخابات النيابية في عام 2009
</s>
<s id="181">
أخبار لبنان على غوغل نيوز
</s>
<s id="182">
وقد أجريت الانتخابات حسب اتفاق الدوحة في 7 حزيران / يونيو 2009، وكانت هذه المرة الأولى التي تجري فيها الانتخابات النيابية بيوم واحد.
</s>
<s id="183">
النظام اللبناني
</s>
<s id="184">
مبنى البرلمان اللبناني في ساحة النجمة وسط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="185">
لبنان جمهورية ديمقراطية برلمانية طوائفية
</s>
<s id="186">
تعتمد نظام توزيع السلطات على الطوائف الثماني عشر المؤلفة للنسيج اللبناني
</s>
<s id="187">
تقرير حول حقوق الإنسان - مكتب الديمقراطية، حقوق الإنسان والعمالة أرند ليجفارد، &quot;الديمقراطية التوافقية في السياسات العالمية&quot;، مجلة سياسات العالم، مجلد 21، العدد 2، صفحة 207 فمثلا رئاسة الجمهورية تعود للموارنة، ورئاسة الوزراء تعود للسنة أما رئاسة مجلس النواب فهي للشيعة
</s>
<s id="188">
معهد الولايات المتحدة للسلام(مارس 2006)
</s>
<s id="189">
&quot;التوافية الببنانية - مشاكل وفرص&quot;.
</s>
<s id="190">
ماري جويل الزهار - الفصل التاسع - مشاركة اللبنانيين في السلطة
</s>
<s id="191">
السلطة التشريعية
</s>
<s id="192">
يقوم المجلس النيابي اللبناني بالمهام التشريعية
</s>
<s id="193">
وهو مؤلف من 128 عضوا يُسمون نواب (جمع نائب)
</s>
<s id="194">
ويتم انتخابهم من الشعب مباشرة بالاقتراع السري
</s>
<s id="195">
ويقسم عدد النواب بالتساوي بين المسلمين والمسيحيين حاليا، وبنفس الوقت، يتم توزيعهم بحسب نسبة المذاهب في كل طائفة وبحسب المناطق
</s>
<s id="196">
وقبل عام 1990 كانت نسبة النواب في المجلس تساوي 6 للمسيحين مقابل 5 للمسلمين، ولكن اتفاق الطائف الذي وضع حدا للحرب الأهلية اللبنانية قام بتعديل هذا الأمر فأصبح عدد النواب المسيحيين مساوي لعدد النواب المسلمين
</s>
<s id="197">
United States Institute of Peace (March 2006)
</s>
<s id="198">
&quot;Lebanon&apos;s Confessionalism: Problems and Prospects&quot;
</s>
<s id="199">
Retrieved 3 January 2007
</s>
<s id="200">
ويتم انتخاب أعضاء المجلس كل أربع سنوات قانون الانتخاب - موقع مجلس النواب
</s>
<s id="201">
السراي الكبير، مقر الحكومة اللبنانية في وسط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="202">
السلطة التنفيذية
</s>
<s id="203">
يتولى المهام التنفيذية رئيس الدولة وهو رئيس الجمهورية ورئيس الحكومة أي رئيس مجلس الوزراء
</s>
<s id="204">
يُنتخب رئيس الجمهورية من قبل مجلس النواب لفترة ستة سنوات غير قابلة للتجديد بأكثرية الثلثين
</s>
<s id="205">
ويعين رئيس الجمهورية رئيسا لمجلس الوزراء بناء على الاستشارات النيابية الملزمة
</s>
<s id="206">
ويقوم رئيس الوزراء بتعيين الوزراء متبعاً عرف التوزيع الطائفي والتي يتيح له الحصول على ثقة أعضاء المجلس النيابي
</s>
<s id="207">
وثيقــة الوفـاق الوطنـي اللبنانـي&quot;، فقرة أولى قسم ج
</s>
<s id="208">
السلطة القضائية
</s>
<s id="209">
النظام القضائي اللبناني هو مزيج من القوانين العثمانية وقانون نابليون والقوانين المدنية
</s>
<s id="210">
برنامج الامم المتحدة الانمائي - الحكم الرشيد - القضاء - لبنان ويقسم القضاء اللبناني إلى ثلاث مستويات: سليمان تقي الدين، &quot;لقضاء في لبنان&quot;، الناشر: دار الجديد، 1996
</s>
<s id="211">
المحكمة الابتدائية.
</s>
<s id="212">
محكمة الاستئناف.
</s>
<s id="213">
ومحكمة التمييز.
</s>
<s id="214">
أما المجلس الدستوري فيصدر الأحكام المتعلقة بتفسير الدستور وخلافات الانتخابات
</s>
<s id="215">
كما أن هناك المحاكم الدينية التي تفصل بالأمور الشخصية لكل طائفة في قضايا مثل الزواج والميراث.
</s>
<s id="216">
مبنى هيئة الأمم المتحدة في نيويورك، كان لبنان من ضمن الدول التي شاركت في وضع ميثاق الهيئة عام 1945.
</s>
<s id="217">
الأحزاب السياسية
</s>
<s id="218">
يوجد في لبنان العديد من الأحزاب السياسية العلمانية في الأساس، إلا أن معظمها طوائفية بالفعل ما عدا القليل من الأحزاب التي فقدت العديد من مناصريها في الأعوام الأخيرة لتلتحق بالأحزاب الطائفية
</s>
<s id="219">
لبنان \ الأحزاب السياسية - القرار العربي
</s>
<s id="220">
العلاقات الخارجية
</s>
<s id="221">
لبنان عضو أساسي وفاعل في جامعة الدول العربية ومن مؤسسي هيئة الأمم المتحدة
</s>
<s id="222">
وعضو في المنظمة الدولية للفرانكوفونية
</s>
<s id="223">
وفي نهاية عام 2001 أنهى لبنان مفاوضاته للانضمام إلى الاتحاد الأوروبي
</s>
<s id="224">
كما أن له العديد من الاتفاقات التجارية الثنائية مع البلاد العربية ويعمل للانضمام إلى منظمة التجارة العالمية
</s>
<s id="225">
علاقاته ممتازة مع كل الدول العربية، لكن علاقاته تأزمت مع سوريا بعد اغتيال رئيس الوزراء الأسبق رفيق الحريري، إلا أنها في حالة تحسن منذ تنصيب العماد ميشال سليمان رئيساً للجمهورية وقيام البلدين بفتح سفارات
</s>
<s id="226">
ويأخذ لبنان الموقف الحيادي في كل الصراعات الإقليمية والدولية إلا بالنسبة لإسرائيل الذي أعلن حالة العداء والمقاومة معها لحين حصول السلام الشامل والعادل
</s>
<s id="227">
وفي عاصمته بيروت أطلق الزعماء العرب مبادرة للسلام مع إسرائيل والتي عرفت باسم مبادرة بيروت والتي تعرض مبدأ السلام مقابل الأرض
</s>
<s id="228">
العلاقات الخارجية - مذكرة حول لبنان - وزارة الخارجية الاميركية
</s>
<s id="229">
القوات المسلحة
</s>
<s id="230">
تشمل القوات المسلحة اللبنانية قطاعين:
</s>
<s id="231">
الجيش اللبناني: وهو القطاع المسؤول عن الدفاع عن لبنان من الأخطار الخارجية والمساندة في ضبط الأمن الداخلي عند الحاجة
</s>
<s id="232">
وللجيش ثلاث قطاعات: البرية والبحرية والجوية، وتجهيز الجيش بسيط
</s>
<s id="233">
التجهيزات - موقع الجيش اللبناني وفي عام 2006 انتشر الجيش في جنوب لبنان وأصبح يواجه إسرائيل لأول مرة منذ سنة 1982
</s>
<s id="234">
موقع الجيش - أمـر اليوم بمناسبة انتشار الجيش اللبناني في الجنوب الجنوب في عهدة الجيش اللبناني للمرة الأولى منذ 3 عقود - جريدة الرياض اليومية في عام 1982 بدأت الولايات المتحدة ببرنامج تطوير وتحديث للجيش اللبناني، وكان من المفترض أن يُطبق على أربعة مراحل، وفي عام 2006 قدمت الولايات المتحدة مساعدات إلى الجيش لتحسين تدريباته وتطوير قدراته في المحافظة على أمنه
</s>
<s id="235">
موقع الأمن العالمي: سلاح الجو اللبناني قدم الجيش الأميركي أيضا 12 طائرة بدون طيّار إلى الجيش اللبناني، US to supply Lebanon with UAVs Retrieved June 17 2009 كما قدمت روسيا 10 طائرات ميكويان ميج-29
</s>
<s id="236">
Times online, News, Middle east Retrieved June 17 2009
</s>
<s id="237">
قوى الأمن الداخلي: وهو القطاع المسؤول عن حفظ الأمن بشكل عام وتتألف من الشرطة في بيروت والدرك في المناطق والفوج السيار للتدخل.
</s>
<s id="238">
ويوجد في لبنان بعض الجهات المسلحة التي لا تتبع الدولة مثل قوات حزب الله والتي تقوم بالمقاومة ضد إسرائيل بدعم من الحكومة والقوات الفلسطينية داخل المخيمات
</s>
<s id="239">
وهناك حوار يجري بين أفرقاء الحكم لإيجاد إستراتيجية دفاعية تحدد دور المقاومة تحت كنف الحكومة وسحب السلاح من المخيمات
</s>
<s id="240">
الإستراتيجية الدفاعية في لبنان - موقع الجزيرة
</s>
<s id="241">
التقسيم الإداري
</s>
<s id="242">
ينقسم لبنان إلى ست محافظات حسن سيد أبو العينين، لبنان دراسة في الجغرافية الطبيعية، الناشر: دار النهضة العربية تنقسم بدورها إلى 25 قضاء
</s>
<s id="243">
USAID Lebanon
</s>
<s id="244">
&quot;USAID Lebanon — Definitions of Terms used&quot;
</s>
<s id="245">
Retrieved 17 December 2006
</s>
<s id="246">
تُقسم الأقضية إلى بلديات تضم كلا منها مدينة أو عدد من القرى، التي تُقسم بدورها إلى أحياء ونواحي
</s>
<s id="247">
أما أقضية لبنان فهي:
</s>
<s id="248">
أقضية لبنان.
</s>
<s id="249">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="250">
المعروف عن المجتمع المدني اللبناني أنه مجتمع استثماري تجاري
</s>
<s id="251">
وزارة الخارجية الاميركية - الفقرة الرابعة1994 وقد سمح انتشار اللبنانيين في العالم في بناء علاقات تجارية عالمية
</s>
<s id="252">
معهد واشنطن -2006 وللبنان نسبة عالية من اليد العاملة الماهرة توازي مستوى الدول الأوروبية، وهي الأعلى بين الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="253">
صندوق الامم المتحدة للسكان - لبنان - نظرة عامة
</s>
<s id="254">
الزراعة
</s>
<s id="255">
بستان زرع فيه كروم عنب في سهل البقاع.
</s>
<s id="256">
بالرغم من أن طبيعة لبنان مناسبة للزراعة من حيث وفرة المياه والأراضي الخصبة وهي الأعلى نسبة بين البلدان العربية الآسيوية، قسم الابحاث الفدرالية في مكتبة الكونغرس
</s>
<s id="257">
1986-1988 إلا أن نسبة الاستثمار في الصناعات الغذائية ضعيفة ولا تجذب أكثر من 12% من اليد العاملة جان حايك، 1999
</s>
<s id="258">
بنية وخصائس الاقتصاد اللبناني
</s>
<s id="259">
السلسلة العلمية للجغرافية، 110-114
</s>
<s id="260">
دار حبيب
</s>
<s id="261">
والناتج من الزراعة لا يتجاوز 11% من إجمالي الناتج المحلي وهو الأدنى بالمقارنة مع القطاعات الاقتصادية الأخرى
</s>
<s id="262">
ومن أهم المنتوجات الزراعية اللبنانية: التفاح، الدراق، البرتقال والحامض والزيتون
</s>
<s id="263">
&quot;الناتج المحلي للبنان&quot;.
</s>
<s id="264">
الصناعة
</s>
<s id="265">
يفتقر لبنان لخامات المواد الأولية الطبيعية ويعتمد على الدول العربية في الحصول على النفط ولهذا فإن إنشاء صناعات إنتاجية عملية غير مربحة، لذلك يُركز الصناعيون اللبنانيون على الصناعات التحويلية وإعاده التركيب لمنتوجات مستوردة.
</s>
<s id="266">
في عام 2004 شغّل القطاع الصناعي 26% من اليد العاملة وساهم بحوالي 21% من الناتج المحلي
</s>
<s id="267">
من أهم الصناعات: صناعة الأغذية والمنسوجات والكيماويات والاسمنت ومنتجات الأخشاب وتصنيع المعادن المجوهرات وتكرير النفط، وهناك موارد طبيعية أخرى مثل الحجر الجيري وخام الحديد الملح
</s>
<s id="268">
من أهم الحرف: صناعة القش الفخار الخزف الزجاج المنفوخ النحاس والنسيج والخشب، وصناعة المرصبان والسكاكين وصهر الأجراس والحلي من الفضة الصابون الحرفي والتطريز.
</s>
<s id="269">
الخدمات
</s>
<s id="270">
وادي قاديشا في شمال لبنان، أحد المواقع التراثية العالمية التي يؤمها السياح من مختلف أنحاء العالم.
</s>
<s id="271">
أهم القطاعات الاقتصادية اللبنانية هو قطاع الخدمات وبخاصة قطاعي السياحة والمصارف
</s>
<s id="272">
فنظام لبنان الرأسمالي وقانون سرية المصارف المتبعة فيه جذبت العديد من الرساميل
</s>
<s id="273">
وطبيعة البلاد الجذابة ونشاطاته السياحية والثقافية تجعله منطقة جذب للسياح ويقصده خاصة السياح من الخليج العربي حتى خلال الأزمات
</s>
<s id="274">
فحوالي 65% من اليد العاملة تعمل في قطاع الخدمات الذي يُساهم بحوالي 67.3% من الناتج المحلي.
</s>
<s id="275">
وتأثر الاقتصاد اللبناني بشدة بسبب الحرب الاهلية التي إنتهت عام 1990
</s>
<s id="276">
إلا أنه عاد وتحسن بشكل متسارع، ففي عام 2006، سجلت موجودات المصارف بأكثر من 75 مليار دولار &quot;تقرير الاقتصاد اللبناني - الربع الثاني، 2006&quot; كما سجلت حركة السياحة زيادة وصلت إلى 49.3% مقارنة بعام 2005 ووصلت قيمة الاستثمار في السوق إلى 10.9%، إلا أن عدوان تموز بعام 2006 دمر الاقتصاد اللبناني وبخاصة قطاع السياحة، وزارة المالية اللبنانية(2006)
</s>
<s id="277">
&quot;تأثير اعتدآت تموز 2006 على المالية العامة&quot; إلا أن مستويات الأخيرة عادت لترتفع إلى نسب عالية منذ صيف عام 2007.
</s>
<s id="278">
الثقافة
</s>
<s id="279">
إن قدم تاريخ لبنان وعبور الحضارات على أراضيه وتنوع شعبه يجعله غنيا بتنوع وغزارة ثقافاته
</s>
<s id="280">
والمجتمع اللبناني الحالي متطور وحديث ويماثل المجتمعات الأوروبية المطلة على البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="281">
ثقلافة لبنان - موقع هانغ أوفر
</s>
<s id="282">
الموسيقى
</s>
<s id="283">
فيروز، إحدى أشهر المطربات اللبنانيات، عام 1946.
</s>
<s id="284">
تشتهر الموسيقى اللبنانية حول العالم بسلاستها النغمية المشرقية، وتتمازج في الموسيقى اللبنانية اللحن الفلكلوري اللبناني مع النغم العربي والموسيقى الغربية
</s>
<s id="285">
ومن أشهر الموسيقيين اللبنانيين توفيق الباشا وابنه عبد الرحمن الباشا وسليم سحاب وإحسان المنذر.
</s>
<s id="286">
الغناء
</s>
<s id="287">
من أشهر مطربي لبنان فيروز وصباح حيث أغانيهم ما زالت تذاع على جميع الإذاعات العربية وشاشات التلفزيون منذ أكثر من خمسين سنة
</s>
<s id="288">
ومن المطربين اللبنانيين المشهورين: مارسيل خليفة، ماجدة الرومي، وديع الصافي ونصري شمس الدين.
</s>
<s id="289">
وفي الوقت الحالي يميل بعض المغنيين اللبنانيين للغناء باللون اللبناني الفلكلوري مثل نجوى كرم وعاصي الحلاني
</s>
<s id="290">
بينما حاول أخرون إضافة النغم الغربي في موسيقاهم مثل زياد الرحباني وخالد الهبر
</s>
<s id="291">
ومن مشاهير الغناء اللبناني الحديث: راغب علامة وإليسا وكارول سماحة ونوال الزغبي ونانسي عجرم وغيرهم.
</s>
<s id="292">
الفن والأدب
</s>
<s id="293">
جبران خليل جبران.
</s>
<s id="294">
اشتهر اللبنانيون بجميع ضروب الفن وكانت لهم شهرة محلية وعربية وعالمية
</s>
<s id="295">
فبالرسم برز مصطفى فروخ وبول غيراغوسيان ووجيه نحلة وغيرهم
</s>
<s id="296">
وفي النحت عرف الأخوة بصبوص منشئي محترف راشانا
</s>
<s id="297">
وفي الرقص برزت فرقة كركلا التي جعلت الرقص اللبناني مفخرة عالمية
</s>
<s id="298">
أما في الأدب فللأدباء اللبنانيون مكانة عربية رائدة وشهرة عالمية وخاصة في التإثير بعصر النهضة العربية في القرن العشرين موقع النص الادبي اللبناني من حركة التفاعل الحضاري والمثاقفة - منصور عيد واشتهر العديد من الأدباء اللبنانيون الذين كتبوا باللغات الأجنبية مثل جبران خليل جبران، أمين معلوف وجورج شحادة
</s>
<s id="299">
وفي الشعر كان لهم دور بارز في تحديث الشعر العربي مثل أعمال الأخطل الصغير وهنري زغيب
</s>
<s id="300">
والزجل اللبناني الإرتجالي حافظ على أسلوب الشعر القديم في العفوية والعبقرية
</s>
<s id="301">
وبرع العديد من اللبنانيين في مجال الإنتاج والإخراج السينمائي مثل مارون بغدادي وجان شمعون
</s>
<s id="302">
في المسرح كان اللبنانيون من رواد المسرح العربي في مصر مثل روز اليوسف ومؤخراً نضال الأشقر ورفيق علي أحمد الذي برع بمسرحيات الشخص الواحد.
</s>
<s id="303">
الرياضة
</s>
<s id="304">
بسبب طبيعة لبنان الفريدة، فإن النشاطات الرياضية الصيفية والشتوية متوافرة، كل في موسمه
</s>
<s id="305">
وحتى إنه يمكن ممارسة نشاطات الفصلين معا في الخريف والربيع مثل التزلج في الصباح والسباحة بعد الظهر
</s>
<s id="306">
من أهم الرياضات الشتوية التزلج في أكثر من ستة مناطق جبلية
</s>
<s id="307">
وفي الصيف تزدهر النشاطات البحرية، مثل السباحة، التزلج على الماء، والإبحار، على شواطئ البحر الأبيض المتوسط وتسلق الجبال واستكشاف الكهوف
</s>
<s id="308">
والرياضات المنتشرة في لبنان هي: كرة اليد، كرة القدم، كرة المضرب، كرة السلة، الكرة الطائرة، القوس والنشاب، الركبي، الدراجات، ألعاب القوى، ماراثون، كرة الطاولة، التزلج على الثلج، المصارعة، الفروسية، الكيك بوكسينغ، الكونغ فو، الكاراتيه، سلاح المبارزة، الايكيدو، الجيدو، التايكواندو، الشطرنج، الجمباز، السباحة، الملاكمة، التزلج المائي، رفع الاثقال، الريشة الطائرة، اليخوت، الرماية والصيد، راليات، التزحلق على الجليد، الهوكي، الغوص والسباحة على أنواعها، تاي بوكسينغ، الرقص الرياضي، الغولف، نجوم الرياضة اللبنانية السكواش، والالعاب البحرية مثل الكانوي والكاياك، والعاب الورق مثل الليخا والطرنيب والبريدج والعاب النرد مثل المحبوسة والفرنجية.
</s>
<s id="309">
المهرجانات
</s>
<s id="310">
باحة قصر بيت الدين حيث تُقام مهرجانات بيت الدين.
</s>
<s id="311">
يقام في لبنان العديد من المهرجانات الموسيقية لفنانين لبنانيين وعرب وعالميين والتي تجذب اللبنانيين والعرب، ومن أشهر مهرجانات لبنان: مهرجانات بعلبك، مهرجان بيت الدين، مهرجان بيبلوس، ومهرجان البستان
</s>
<s id="312">
كما أن لليالي بيروت رونقها الخاص وأنشطتها العديدة من معارض وعرض أزياء وأعمال مسرحية تقام بشكل دائم في مسارحها ومتاحفها ومعارضها والأماكن العامة.
</s>
<s id="313">
وللبلدات والقرى اللبنانية احتفالاتها الخاصة التي تجذب المواطنين الذين يسكنون جوارها مثل احتفالات عيد السيدة في أب وانتخابات ملكات الجمال وإحتفالات العنب والأعمال اليدوية وغيرها.
</s>
<s id="314">
المتاحف
</s>
<s id="315">
لبنان الحضارة والتراث يحتوي معالم ترقى إلى أعرق مراحل التاريخ وأقصاها في الزمان
</s>
<s id="316">
من هنا اهتمام السياح بهذه المعالم التي تضمها أكثر من عشرين متحفاً على كامل الأراضي اللبنانية.
</s>
<s id="317">
التعليم في لبنان
</s>
<s id="318">
النظام التربوي اللبناني نظام حر بحسب الدستور اللبناني
</s>
<s id="319">
والتعليم إلزامي لجميع اللبنانيين للسنوات التسع الأولى من الدراسة الأساسية
</s>
<s id="320">
ويوجد في لبنان ثلاث مراحل تعليمية: التطوير التربوي في لبنان مطلع القرن الواحد والعشرين
</s>
<s id="321">
المرحلة الأساسية: وهي تشمل السنوات التسع الأولى من الدراسة فيما يعرف بالسنوات الابتدائية والمتوسطة وهي سنوات إلزامية لجميع اللبنانيين
</s>
<s id="322">
وينال الطلاب في نهايتها على &quot;الشهادة المتوسطة الرسمية&quot;
</s>
<s id="323">
المرحلة الثانوية: وهي عبارة عن ثلاث سنوات بعد المرحلة الأساسية
</s>
<s id="324">
وفي السنة الثانية الثانوية، ينقسم الطلاب بين المسار العلمي أو المسار الأدبي
</s>
<s id="325">
وفي السنة الثالثة، يختار الطالب أحد المسارات الثلاث التالية: الآداب والإنسانيات، العلوم العامة، علوم الحياة والاقتصاد والاجتماع
</s>
<s id="326">
ويحصل بنهايتها الطالب على &quot;الشهادة الثانوية الرسمية&quot; أو ما يسميه العامة ب&quot;البكالوريا القسم الثاني&quot; بعد اجتياز امتحانات رسمية تشرف عليها وزارة التربية والتعليم.
</s>
<s id="327">
التعليم الجامعي: وهو التعليم الأكاديمي الذي يؤدي إلي الحصول على شهادات جامعية مثل البكالوريوس والماجستير والدكتوراه.
</s>
<s id="328">
وقد نتج عن هذا النظام وجود قطاعين للتربية في جميع مستوياتها وهما: القطاع الحكومي الذي بدء مع الاستقلال والقطاع التربوي الخاص الذي يُعد أقدم منه بأجيال.
</s>
<s id="329">
وتتجلى الثقافة في لبنان بشكل عام بانفتاحها على ثقافات الشرق والغرب، الأمر الذي يبرر توجه الكثير من الطلاب اللبنانيين إلى متابعة تحصيلهم العلمي العالي في جامعات أوروبا وأميركا وجامعات العالم العربي.
</s>
<s id="330">
تعليم مهني
</s>
<s id="331">
التعليم المهني في لبنان هو نظام تربوي يهيئ طلاب المستوى الثانوي للعمل فور تخرجهم بتخصصات مطلوبة في سوق العمل
</s>
<s id="332">
وفي لبنان العديد من المعاهد والمدارس المهنية والتي تستحوذ على 27% من مجموع طلاب المستوى الثانوي الوكالة التابعة للاتحاد الأوروبي التي تدعم التعليم والتدريب في الدول المحيطة بالاتحاد الأوروبي إذ بلغ مجموع طلاب المسجلين في البرامج التقنية والمهنية: 39,773 طالب.
</s>
<s id="333">
يتميز التعليم والتدريب المهني في لبنان بالآتي:
</s>
<s id="334">
يتعلم الطالب في جميع مراحل الدراسة المهنية، المواد النظرية العامة والمهنية والأعمال التطبيقية في ورش ومختبرات المدرسة.
</s>
<s id="335">
لا يوجد أي تدريب للطالب في سوق العمل أثناء الدراسة إلا في إطار المدارس التي تتبع نظام &quot;التعليم المزدوج&quot;.
</s>
<s id="336">
تستطيع المدرسة المهنية الخاصة طلب الترخيص لأي اختصاص إذا كانت شروط البناء متوفرة.
</s>
<s id="337">
تستطيع المدرسة المهنية الحكومية اعتماد التدريس لأي اختصاص مع شروط الموافقة من المديرية العامة للتعليم المهني وموافقة وزير التربية.
</s>
<s id="338">
ويوجد نموذج تعاون بين مؤسسات التعليم والتدريب وقطاعات العمل والإنتاج عنوانه &quot;التعليم المزدوج&quot; وهو تعليم وتدريب مهني تتوزع مهمة القيام به على جهتين: المدرسة المختصة والمؤسسة التدريبية
</s>
<s id="339">
وبالتالي يحصل التدريب المهني في المدرسة ومؤسسة العمل
</s>
<s id="340">
حيث يتم التنسيق بين التعليم النظري في المدرسة والتدريب العملي في الشركة، ويحصل الطالب بموجب ذلك على الشهادة الثانوية المهنية بعد ثلاث سنوات، مرفقة بوثيقة تدريب خاصة من قبل الشركة
</s>
<s id="341">
المركز الإستشاري للدراسات والتوثيق، &quot;التعليم المهني في لبنان&quot;، المركز الإستشاري للدراسات والتوثيق - مركز مشاريع ودراسات القطاع العام، 1990
</s>
<s id="342">
متحف الجامعة الأمريكية في بيروت.
</s>
<s id="343">
تعليم عالي
</s>
<s id="344">
بعد الحصول على ﺷهادة الثانوية يمكن لأي طالب أن يكمل تعليمه في الجامعة أو الكلية أو أي مؤسسة تعليم عالي
</s>
<s id="345">
واليوم هناك 41 جامعة في لبنان، وبعضها هي من الجامعات المعروفة عالمياً
</s>
<s id="346">
&quot;فرص لبنان - معلومات أعمال&quot; دليل التعليم العالي في لبنان &quot;المراسيم&quot; كانت الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت أول جامعة تلقن مناهجها باللغة الإنكليزية في البلد، وجامعة القديس يوسف الجامعة الأولى التي لقنت مناهجها باللغة الفرنسية
</s>
<s id="347">
ورشة عمل أقليمية - 2005 مئة وخمسة عشر عاما من التاريخ كما هناك الجامعة اللبنانية التي تديرها الحكومة، الجامعة الأنطونية للرهبان الأنطونيين وجامعة بيروت العربية المدعومة من مصر
</s>
<s id="348">
حصل لبنان على المركز الثامن والثمانون في قائمة أعدتها الأمم المتحدة حول نسبة الأمية في العالم وفقا لنسبة إجمالي الالتحاق بالمؤسسات التعليمية لعام 2008، من بين 177 دولة مشاركة
</s>
<s id="349">
{}
</s>
<s id="350">
الصحافة والإعلام
</s>
<s id="351">
يعتبر لبنان من أكثر الدول العربية إشتهاراً بهذه المهنة منذ انطلاقتها مع جريدة &quot;حديقة الأخبار&quot; عام 1858
</s>
<s id="352">
الإعلام المكتوب..
</s>
<s id="353">
رسالة ودور متعدد الوجوه معوقات ماضية وحاضرة واستطاعت الصحافة اللبنانية أن تحتل مركز الصدارة في مجالات الإعلام والإعلان والتثقيف والدفاع عن الحرية في العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="354">
يوسف أسعد داغر، &quot;قاموس الصحافة اللبنانية&quot;، الناشر: منشورات الجامعة اللبنانية، 1978 كما يوجد في لبنان جامعات ومدارس خاصة لتعليم الصحافة والإعلام على درجة من الرقي والإتقان وبذلك تكون البلاد من أقوى الدول العربية في هذا المجال وخاصة في مجال الإذاعة والتلفزيون والصحافة
</s>
<s id="355">
والإعلام في لبنان حر وغير موجه ومتعدد
</s>
<s id="356">
محطات في تاريخ الرقابة -موقع الصحف حرية الصحافة - تقرير الامم المتحدة - 2008
</s>
<s id="357">
الإعلام المرئي
</s>
<s id="358">
ويوجد في لبنان تسعة محطات تلفزيونية أرضية، وسبعة منها فضائيات
</s>
<s id="359">
تجذب محطات التلفزة التي تبث عبر الأقمار الاصطناعية مشاهدين من كل البلاد العربية.
</s>
<s id="360">
وكان الإنتاج التلفزيوني اللبناني السباق مرتفعا ومعروفا بإنتاج الدراما العربية التي انتشرت في العالم العربي قبل الحرب الأهلية، إلا أن إنتاجية هكذا أعمال انخفضت مع بداية الحرب
</s>
<s id="361">
والآن يشتهر التلفزيون اللبناني بالبرامج الاستعراضية والألعاب الفنية مثل سوبر ستار وبرامج الواقعية مثل ستار أكاديمي الذين يجذبان ويتفاعلان مع المشاهدين من كل العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="362">
ومن أشهر محطات التلفزة اللبنانية هي تلفزيون المستقبل والأل بي سي والأو تي في وتلفزيون المنار
</s>
<s id="363">
الاعلام العربي - لبنان - صفحة 195 - كتب غوغل
</s>
<s id="364">
الإعلام المسموع
</s>
<s id="365">
الإعلام اللبناني متطور إلى حد كبير، ويتمتع بالتنوع الذي يعكس تنوع البلاد والانقسامات التي تعصف به
</s>
<s id="366">
ولبنان أول دولة عربية تسمح لمحطات إذاعة خاصة بالعمل ضمن حدودها مع احتفاظ الحكومة بحق الموافقة على إنشاء المحطات ومراقبة نشرات الأخبار والبرامج السياسية
</s>
<s id="367">
وبإمكان جهاز الرقابة إيقاف أي بث يعتقد أن له انعكاسات سلبية على الأمن
</s>
<s id="368">
لبنان - موقع بي بي سي
</s>
<s id="369">
وتقسم المحطات الإذاعية إلى ثلاث فئات: القانون رقم 382 الصادر في 4 تشرين الثاني 1994
</s>
<s id="370">
الفئة الأولى هي التي يسمح لها ببث الأخبار السياسية
</s>
<s id="371">
ومعظم هذه الاذاعات تتبع جهات سياسية أو طائفية
</s>
<s id="372">
الإعلام المرئي والمسموع في لبنان - السياسيون والطوائف يتقاسمون القطاع الإعلامي
</s>
<s id="373">
الفئة الثانية هي التي تبث البرامج الفنية فقط.
</s>
<s id="374">
الفئة الثالثة هي إذاعات الإف أم التي تبث في المناطق التي تعد بالمئات، فخلال الطفرة الإعلامية الغير شرعية التي شهدها لبنان بثت المئات من إذاعات الـ «إف
</s>
<s id="375">
أم» التي تعمل على الموجة القصيرة جداً، وكان يكفي وجود هاتف ومكتب صغير لإدارة إذاعة يغطي بثها بضعة كيلومترات مربعة، وبعد صدور قانون الإعلام إنخفض عددهم بشكل ظاهر
</s>
<s id="376">
المحطات الاذاعية اللبنانية، موقع ليبويب
</s>
<s id="377">
النشر
</s>
<s id="378">
يشجع الدستور اللبناني الحرية الشخصية وحرية المعتقد والتعبير مما يجعل الحرية الصحفية في لبنان من أعلاها في البلاد العربية
</s>
<s id="379">
اتحاد الصحفيين العرب، &quot;تقرير الحريات الصحفية في الوطن العربي عن عام 2005&quot; ولفترة طويلة من الزمن كانت معظم الأنظمة والمعارضات العربية تنشئ صحفها في لبنان من أجل التعبير عن مبادئها أو مهاجمة منافسيها
</s>
<s id="380">
ومما يزيد من اعتزاز الصحافة في لبنان بأن يكون خريجوها قد انتقلوا بخبراتهم إلى أقطار عربية عدة، لا سيما في السعودية والخليج وأوروبا، لكن هذا الانتقال أثراً سلباً على الصحافة اللبنانية نفسها إذ لم تستطيع تعويض الخسارة
</s>
<s id="381">
الصحافة وأزمة الديموقراطية في العالم العربي - طلال سلمان
</s>
<s id="382">
وحالياً هناك 110 صحف ومجلات سياسية مرخصة في لبنان متنوعه بين شهرية وأسبوعية ويومية
</s>
<s id="383">
14 منها هي صحف يومية، من ضمنها ثلاثة تصدر بلغات أجنبية هي الأرمنية والفرنسية والإنكليزية
</s>
<s id="384">
تتحدث الأرقام المتداولة عن نسبة تتراوح بين الثمانين ألفا والمائة ألف عدد تباع يومياً موزعة على الصحف الأربعة عشر مجتمعة
</s>
<s id="385">
أما القراء فيتراوح عددهم بين 320 ألفا و400 ألف قارئ
</s>
<s id="386">
نشرة &quot;Arab Ad&quot;، عدد فبراير (شباط) 2005
</s>
<s id="387">
ودفع الصحفيون اللبنانيون أثمان غالية بسبب مواقفهم، فقد اغتيل جميل مروة وجبران المتني في أواخر ستينات القرن العشرين ورياض طه وسليم اللوزي أبان الحرب الأهلية، ومؤخراً اغتيل سمير قصير وجبران تويني بسبب مواقفهم من ثورة الأرز الداعية لاستقلال لبنان، كما تعرضت مي شدياق إلى محاولة اغتيال أدت إلى بتر يدها وساقها، تقرير الصحافة الحرة - الإعلام في لبنان المنقسم بالإضافة إلى ذلك فقد هرب العديد من الصحفيين اللبنانيين من لبنان بسبب التهديدات التي تلقوها بسبب مقالاتهم.
</s>
<s id="388">
ويصدر في لبنان العديد من المجلات الأسبوعية والتي تغطى كل ميادين المعرفة من سياسية وفنية وعلمية وقصص مصورة
</s>
<s id="389">
وكان لبنان أول من أصدر المجلات المصورة مثل سوبرمان و&quot;ريما&quot; في العالم العربي.
</s>
<s id="390">
ويشتهر لبنان بدور النشر التي تصدر الكتب المتنوعة العربية منها والمترجمة من لغات أخرى
</s>
<s id="391">
وأول دار للنشر في لبنان أنشئت بهدف النشر والتوزيع والتأليف هي دار العلم للملايين في سنة 1945، وكان معظم الشاغلون في إنتاج الكتاب قبل ذلك إما أصحاب مطابع أو أصحاب مكتبات ولم يمكن تخصصهم بالنشر
</s>
<s id="392">
ويوجد لدى نقابة الناشرين في لبنان حوالي 600 ناشر مسجل لديها ولكن عدد الفاعلين لا يتجاوز ال 100 ناشر أبرزهم دار النهار وشركة المطبوعات ودار المنشورات الحقوقية صادر ودار الفارابي ودار كنعان ودار الحلبي للمنشورات الحقوقية
</s>
<s id="393">
وتُصدر هذه الدور حوالي 5000 عنوان جديد سنوياً
</s>
<s id="394">
كما أنشأ الناشرون اللبنانيون دور نشر في أوروبا مثل &quot;دار الريس&quot; وفي الدول العربية مثل &quot;مكتبة خياط&quot;
</s>
<s id="395">
اختارت منظمة اليونسكو مدينة بيروت عاصمة للكتاب العالمي لسنة 2009
</s>
<s id="396">
انطلاق استراتيجية «بيروت عاصمة للكتاب العالمي 2009 عن الحياة اللندنية 17-12-2008
</s>
<s id="397">
تاريخ الولوج 6-6-2009 موقع اليونيسكو « »
</s>
<s id="398">
معظم الجرائد والمجلات لها وجود ومواقع على الإنترنت
</s>
<s id="399">
وبدأت في الفترة الأخيرة شيوع الصحف الإلكترونية مثل &quot;ليبانون فايلز&quot; و&quot;النشرة&quot; و&quot;لبنان الآن&quot; التي يقدمون الأخبار على موقعهم لحظة حدوثها، بالإضافة إلى البلوغات التي بدأت تأخذ اهتماما كبيراً كصحافة فردية.
</s>
<s id="400">
كما برز في لبنان مجموعة من رجال الفكر والأدب والشعر والفلسفة مثل جبران خليل جبران وميخائيل نعيمة وعبد الله غانم ومارون عبود وتوفيق يوسف عواد ورشيد أيوب وعيسى المعلوف وصلاح لبكي وسعيد عقل ورشيد نخلة وروبير عبد الله غانم ويوسف غصوب.
</s>
<s id="401">
أعلام ومشاهير
</s>
<s id="402">
القديس شربل (مار شربل)، طوباوي من لبنان.
</s>
<s id="403">
يمين
</s>
<s id="404">
برع اللبنانيون في شتى المجالات وكان لهم بعض الفضل في المساهمة بإثراء الثقافات منذ العهود القديمة، فالأساطير تروي أن أدونيس وأخته أوروبا هما من قدما الحضارة لشمال البحر المتوسط وعلما شعوبها الأبجدية
</s>
<s id="405">
كما أن حيرام ملك صور أرسل أفضل معماريه حيرام أبي ليشرف على هندسة هيكل سليمان
</s>
<s id="406">
كما كان البيروتيين &quot;أميليوس بابينيانوس&quot; و&quot;أولبيان&quot; من أهم مساهمي تطوير القانون الروماني.
</s>
<s id="407">
وفي العصر الحديث، ساهم اللبنانيون في إثراء شتى أنواع الفنون والآداب مثل جبران خليل جبران الذي بدأ فلسفة الواقعي في الولايات المتحدة، وجبران تويني وروز اليوسف وجرجي زيدان الذين ساهموا في إثراء الصحافة العربية، والأخطل الصغير الذي كان له باع طويل في الشعر العربي
</s>
<s id="408">
والشيخ توفيق الهبري الذي أنشأ النظام الكشفي العربي
</s>
<s id="409">
وشارل مالك الذي أشرف على وضع الإعلان العالمي لحقوق الإنسان بطلب من الأمم المتحدة، وحسن كامل الصباح عالم الكهرباء الذي لقب بأديسون الصغير، ومايكل دبغي جراح القلب العالمي الذي اخترع معظم أساليب جراحة القلب المعاصرة، وجورج حاتم طبيب الملايين الذي ساند ماو تسي تونغ في ثورته الشيوعية
</s>
<s id="410">
ورمال رمال عالم الفيزياء الذي اعتبر أصغر علماء عصره، وإلياس جيمس كوري الحائز على جائزة نوبل في الكيمياء، والسير مايكل عطية واضع عدة نظريات رياضية، وشارل العشي عالم الفضاء في ناسا وبيتر مدور الطبيب الحائز على جائزة نوبل، كما رُشح الفيلسوف روبير عبد الله غانم لجائزة نوبل في الأدب.
</s>
<s id="411">
سلمى حايك، الممثلة المكسيكية-الأمريكية ذات الأصل اللبناني.
</s>
<s id="412">
يمين
</s>
<s id="413">
وفي عالم السياسة برع اللبنانيون خارج وطنهم بأفضل مما حققوه في وطنهم، ومن أشهر أعلامهم السياسيون وزيرة الصحة الأمريكية دونا شلالا والسياسيين أمريكيين رالف نادر وفيليب حبيب والعسكري الأمريكي وقائد القوات الأمريكية الأسبق في العراق جون أبي زيد والنائب في البرلمان الكندي ماريا موراني.
</s>
<s id="414">
وفي عالم الأعمال، برز منهم كارلوس سليم الحلو ثاني أثرى رجل في العالم فيديو فوربس عن أغنى 3 شخصيات في العالم وكارلوس غصن رئيس شركة نيسان ورينو كارلوس غصن ونيكولا حايك حايك باق على راس مجموعة سواتش رئيس شركة سواتش والأمير الوليد بن طلال
</s>
<s id="415">
الوليد بن طلال هو نفسه وليد رضى الصلح اللبناني مكتوم القيد، إيلاف، دخل في 19 أكتوبر 2009
</s>
<s id="416">
أما في عالم الفن فأطلق لبنان عمالقة مثل الرحابنة وفيروز ووديع الصافي والعديد من المطربين والمغنيين الذين ذاع صيتهم في العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="417">
وفي المجالات العالمية اشتهر منهم فرانك زابا وشاكيرا ومساري وميكا وكارل وولف.
</s>
<s id="418">
وفي عالم السينما والتمثيل برز منهم طوني شلهوب وسلمى حايك والمخرج العالمي يوسف شاهين والمؤلف لعدة أفلام كرتونية مثل توم وجيري جوزيف باربيرا.
</s>
<s id="419">
العطل والأعياد
</s>
<s id="420">
هناك عدد كبير من العطل الرسمية في لبنان حاليا كنتيجة لتنوعه الطائفي والمذهبي، وفي وقت سابق كان بعض الأعياد لا يُعطل فيها سوى أبناء الطائفة أو الدين المخصص لهم هذا العيد، قبل أن يتم تعديل هذا الأمر وتصبح العطل الدينية مفروضة على الجميع سواء كانوا من أتباع هذا الدين أو لم يكونوا
</s>
<s id="421">
وكان هناك أعياد تُقام في لبنان في عصور سابقة، أما اليوم فقد اندثرت، مثل الإحتفال بذكرى موت أدونيس
</s>
<s id="422">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء التاسع، حضارات العالم في العصور القديمة والوسطى، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي
</s>
<s id="423">
دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة التاسعة عشرة، سبتمبر 1999، صفحة 152
</s>
<s id="424">
أما الأعياد والعطل الحالية فتشمل: التوقيت الصيفي والشتوي الأعياد والعطل الرسمية
</s>
<s id="425">
صور عن لبنان
</s>
<s id="426">
راجع أيضا
</s>
<s id="427">
لبنان (أصل التسمية)، سكان لبنان، طوائف لبنان، محافظات لبنان، أقضية لبنان، قائمة مدن لبنان، جغرافية لبنان، اقتصاد لبنان، سياحة لبنان، تاريخ لبنان، خط زمني لتاريخ لبنان، الانتداب الفرنسي على لبنان، حرب 1948، حرب أهلية لبنانية، حرب لبنان 1982، حرب لبنان 2006، حصار بيروت، الصراع اللبناني الإسرائيلي، ثورة الأرز، أعلام لبنان، التعليم في لبنان، دستور لبنان، أحزاب سياسية في لبنان، نشيد لبنان الوطني
</s>
<s id="428">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="429">
;معلومات عامة
</s>
<s id="430">
الأحزاب السياسية في لبنان
</s>
<s id="431">
لبنان يصوّت (قاعدة معلومات انتخابية شاملة)
</s>
<s id="432">
صور من لبنان
</s>
<s id="433">
لبنان - لوكاليبان
</s>
<s id="434">
تاريخ لبنان - فيديو - يوتيوب
</s>
<s id="435">
صفحات عن لبنان - موقع المشرق
</s>
<s id="436">
;إعلام وأخبار
</s>
<s id="437">
الوكالة الوطنية للأنباء (رسمي)
</s>
<s id="438">
الوكالة المركزية للأنباء
</s>
<s id="439">
المؤسسة اللبنانية للإرسال
</s>
<s id="440">
التيار
</s>
<s id="441">
MTV
</s>
<s id="442">
OTV
</s>
<s id="443">
تلفزيون المنار
</s>
<s id="444">
إذاعة النور
</s>
<s id="445">
تلفزيون المستقبل
</s>
<s id="446">
صحيفة الأخبار
</s>
<s id="447">
صحيفة الأنوار
</s>
<s id="448">
صحيفة البلد
</s>
<s id="449">
صحيفة السفير
</s>
<s id="450">
صحيفة اللواء
</s>
<s id="451">
صحيفة النهار
</s>
<s id="452">
النهار نت (بوابة أخبار لبنانية)
</s>
<s id="453">
The Daily Star
</s>
<s id="454">
القوات اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="455">
L&apos;Orient-Le Jour - موقع بالأرمنية
</s>
<s id="456">
Aztag Armenian Daily - وصلة أرمنية
</s>
<s id="457">
وكالة ليبان برس (عناوين للأخبار اللبنانية)
</s>
<s id="458">
Lebanese Tag
</s>
<s id="459">
NOW Lebanon
</s>
<s id="460">
IRIN أنباء الإنسانية للأمم المتحدة
</s>
<s id="461">
يا لبنان
</s>
<s id="462">
صيدون نيوز (بوابة أخبار صيدا)
</s>
<s id="463">
ليبانون فايلز
</s>
<s id="464">
;مواقع حكومية
</s>
<s id="465">
البوابة الحكومية اللبنانية للمعلومات
</s>
<s id="466">
الموقع الرسمي لرئاسة الجمهورية اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="467">
الموقع الرسمي للبرلمان اللبناني
</s>
<s id="468">
إدارة الإحصاء المركزي
</s>
<s id="469">
الموقع الرسمي للقوات المسلحة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="470">
وزارة السياحة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="471">
قوى الأمن الداخلي
</s>
<s id="472">
موقع الجمارك اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="473">
المصرف المركزي اللبناني
</s>
<s id="474">
بورصة بيروت
</s>
<s id="475">
بعثة لبنان الدائمة لدى الأمم المتحدة
</s>
<s id="476">
أسماء رؤساء الدولة وأعضاء الحكومة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="477">
الخطة الشاملة لترتيب الأراضي اللبنانية ـ مجلس الإنماء والإعمار CDR-SDATL
</s>
<s id="478">
; منظمات غير حكومية
</s>
<s id="479">
مركز الديمقراطية في لبنان
</s>
<s id="480">
; جمعيات تثقيفية ومنظمات لا تبتغي الربح
</s>
<s id="481">
الأكاديمية اللبنانية للعلوم
</s>
<s id="482">
مركز المعلومات اللبناني العالمي
</s>
<s id="483">
معهد اللغة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="484">
;مواقع ثقافية وتعليمية
</s>
<s id="485">
مواقع التراث العالمي في لبنان بحسب الأونيسكو
</s>
<s id="486">
مهرجان البستان، بيت مري
</s>
<s id="487">
مهرجانات بعلبك الدولية
</s>
<s id="488">
مهرجانات بيت الدين
</s>
<s id="489">
مهرجان دير القمر
</s>
<s id="490">
مهرجانات صور
</s>
<s id="491">
مهرجانات جبيل
</s>
<s id="492">
جريدة أخبار الجالية اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="493">
متحف بيروت الوطني
</s>
<s id="494">
ثقافة لبنان - الحياة الليلية - فيديو - يوتيوب
</s>
<s id="495">
فيديو صيف لبنان - يوتيوب
</s>
<s id="496">
المراجع
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="48" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="2">
جامعة الدول العربية هي منظمة تضم دولاً في الشرق الأوسط وأفريقيا ويعتبر أعضاؤها دولاً عربية، ينص ميثاقها على التنسيق بين الدول الأعضاء في الشؤون الاقتصادية، ومن ضمنها العلاقات التجارية، الاتصالات، العلاقات الثقافية، الجنسيات ووثائق وأذونات السفر والعلاقات الاجتماعية والصحة
</s>
<s id="3">
المقر الدائم لجامعة الدول العربية يقع في القاهرة، عاصمة مصر (تونس من 1979 إلى 1990)
</s>
<s id="4">
وأمينها العام الحاليّ هو عمرو موسى
</s>
<s id="5">
المجموع الكلي لمساحة الدول الأعضاء في المنظمة 13,953,041 كم² ، وتشير إحصاءات 2007 إلى وجود 339,510,535 نسمة فيها ، حيث أنّ مجموع مساحة الوطن العربي يجعل مجموعها الثاني عالمياً بعد روسيا ومجموع سكانها هو الرابع عالمياً بعد الصين، الهند والاتحاد الأوروبي .
</s>
<s id="6">
تسهل الجامعة العربية إجراء برامج سياسية واقتصادية وثقافية وعلمية واجتماعية لتنمية مصالح العالم العربي من خلال مؤسساتٍ مثل مؤسسة جامعة الدول العربية للتربية والثقافة والعلوم (أليسكو) ومجلس الوحدة الاقتصادية العربية
</s>
<s id="7">
[9] ^Ashish K
</s>
<s id="8">
Vaidya, Globalization, (ABC-CLIO: 2006), p.525 وقد كانت الجامعة العربية بمثابة منتدىً لتنسيق المواقف السياسية للدول الأعضاء، وللتداول ومناقشة المسائل التي تثير الهم المشترك، ولتسوية بعض المنازعات العربية والحد من صراعاتها، كصراع أزمة لبنان عام 1958.كما مثلت الجامعة منصةً لصياغة وإبرام العديد من الوثائق التاريخية لتعزيز التكامل الاقتصادي بين بلدان الجامعة
</s>
<s id="9">
أحد أمثلة هذه الوثائق المهمة وثيقة العمل الاقتصادي العربي المشترك، والتي تحدد مبادئ الأنشطة الاقتصادية في المنطقة.
</s>
<s id="10">
لكل دولةٍ عضوٌ صوتٌ واحدٌ في مجلس الجامعة، ولكن القرارات تلزم الدول التي صوتت لهذه القرارات فقط.كانت أهداف الجامعة في عام 1945: التعزيز والتنسيق في البرامج السياسية والبرامج الثقافية والاقتصادية والاجتماعية لأعضائها، والتوسط في حل النزاعات التي تنشأ بين دولها، أو النزاعات بين دولها وأطرافٍ ثالثة
</s>
<s id="11">
وعلاوة على ذلك، الدول التي وقعت على اتفاقِ الدفاع المشترك والتعاون الاقتصادي في 13 أبريل 1950 ملزمةٌ على تنسيق تدابير الدفاع العسكري.
</s>
<s id="12">
لعبت الجامعةُ العربيةُ دورا هاما في صياغة المناهج الدراسية، والنهوض بدور المرأة في المجتمعات العربية، وتعزيز رعاية الطفولة، وتشجيع برامج الشباب والرياضة، والحفاظ على التراث الثقافي العربي، وتعزيز التبادلات الثقافية بين الدول الاعضاء
</s>
<s id="13">
فقد تم إطلاق حملاتٍ لمحو الأمية، وعمليات نسخٍ للأعمال الفكرية، وترجمةٍ للمصطلحات التقنية الحديثة لاستخدامها داخل الدول الاعضاء
</s>
<s id="14">
كما تشجع الجامعة اتخاذ التدابير اللازمة لمكافحة الجريمة وتعاطي المخدرات، وللتعامل مع القضايا العمالية، ولا سيما بين القوى العربية العاملة في المهجر.
</s>
<s id="15">
الدول الأعضاء
</s>
<s id="16">
الدول الأعضاء في جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="17">
تأسست الجامعة العربية في القاهرة عام 1945، وكانت لحظة إنشائها تظم كل من مصر والعراق ولبنان والسعودية وسوريا وشرق الأردن (الأردن منذ عام 1946) واليمن
</s>
<s id="18">
زاد عدد الدول الأعضاء زيادة مستمرة خلال النصف الثاني من القرن العشرين بدخول 15 دولة عربية أخرى إلى خانة العضوية، وانضمام أربعة دول بصفة مراقب.
</s>
<s id="19">
علقت عضوية مصر في عام 1979 بعد قيامها بالتوقيع على معاهدة سلام مع إسرائيل، ونقل مقر الجامعة من القاهرة إلى تونس، إلا إن الدول العربية أعادت العلاقات الدبلوماسية مع مصر في عام 1987 وسمح لمصر بالعودة إلى الجامعة في عام 1989، وأعيد مقر الجامعة إلى القاهرة مرة أخرى
</s>
<s id="20">
في سبتمبر من عام 2006 قبلت عضوية فنزويلا في بصفتها مراقب، وانضمت الهند أيضا بهذه الصفة في عام 2007.
</s>
<s id="21">
وعلى الرغم رجوع 20% من سكان إسرائيل الحاليين إلى أصلٍ عربي وإنحدار ما يقرب من نصف عدد سكانها اليهود من اليهود العرب ومن كون اللغة العربية إحدة اللغات الرسمية فيها فإنها ليست عضو بالجامعة، كما أن تشاد ليست عضو أيضاً رغم أن اللغة العربية تستخدم بشكل رسمي وعامي هناك
</s>
<s id="22">
هناك أربعة دولٍ مراقِبة في الجامعة وهذه صفة تعطيهم الحق في التعبير عن آرائهم وتقديم النصح، لكنها لا تعطيهم الحق في التصويت.
</s>
<s id="23">
هذا جدول بيانات بإحصائيات وتقديرات عن الدول الأعضاء في جامعة الدول العربية من كتاب 2006 World Factbook الذي يصدره جهاز المخابرات الأمريكية سنويا.
</s>
<s id="24">
أمناء الجامعة
</s>
<s id="25">
بحسب المادة الثانية عشرة من ميثاق جامعة الدول العربية، يتم تعيين أمين عام للجامعة بموافقة ثلثي أعضائها
</s>
<s id="26">
وهو الممثل الرسمي في جميع المحافل الدولية
</s>
<s id="27">
ومنذ إنشاء جامعة الدول العربية في مارس 1945 تولى رئاسة الأمانة العامة عدد من الشخصيات العربية المرموقة.
</s>
<s id="28">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="29">
تغطي دول الجامعةِ العربيةِ حوالي 14 مليوم كم مربع، وتقع هذه الدول في قارتين هما:غرب آسيا، ومنطقة شمال وشمال شرق أفريقيا.وتتألف المنطقة من الصحارى القاحلة كبيرة، والتي هي الصحراء الكبرى
</s>
<s id="30">
ولكن هذه الأراضي تحتوي مع ذلك على العديد من المناطق الخصبة جدا، مثل منطقة وادي النيل، وجبال الأطلس المرتفعة، ومنطقة الهلال الخصيب التي تمتد من العراق إلى سوريا ولبنان إلى فلسطين.كما تضم المنطقة الغابات الكثيفة في جنوب الجزيرة العربية وجنوب السودان، وكذلك أجزاءً كبيرةً من أطول نهرٍ في العالم - نهر النيل.
</s>
<s id="31">
شهدت المنطقة العربية صعود وسقوط العديد من الحضارات القديمة: حضارة مصر القديمة، حضارة روما، حضارة إسرائيل القديمة، حضارة آشور، حضارة بابل، الحضار الفينيقية، حضارة قرطاج، الحضارة الكوشية، والحضارة النبطية.
</s>
<s id="32">
إدارة جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="33">
أيد ميثاق جامعة الدول العربية &quot; مبدأ الوطن العربي الواحد، مع إعلان الاحترام للسيادة الفردية للدول الأعضاء.تمت الموافقة على النظام الداخلي لمجلس الجامعة ولجانها في أكتوبر من عام 1951.أما نظام الأمانة العامة فقد تمت الموافقة عليه في مايو أيار عام 1953.
</s>
<s id="34">
ومنذ ذلك الحين، فقد تمت إدارة جامعة الدول العربية على أساس ازدواجيةٍ بين المؤسسية التي تفوق الوطنية، والسيادة الفردية للدول الأعضاء
</s>
<s id="35">
وقد جاءت المحافظة على السيادة الفردية من الرغبة الطبيعية عند النخب الحاكمة للحفاظ على السلطة والاستقلال في اتخاذ القرارات.أضف إلى ذلك أن مخاوف الأغنياء من مشاركة الفقراء لهم في الثروات، والنزاعات بين الحكام العرب، وتأثير القوى الخارجية التي قد تعارض الوحدة العربية، كلها عقباتٌ تقف في طريق التكامل الأعمق في الجامعة العربية.
</s>
<s id="36">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="37">
تُعدُ دول الجامعة العربية دولاً غنيةً بالموارد، ففي الدول العربيةِ مواردُ هائلةٌ من النفط والغاز الطبيعي، كما تتمتع أراضيها بخصوبةٍ كبيرةٍ في جنوب السودان مثلاً، مما جعل السودان يُسمى &quot;سلة غذاء العالم العربي&quot;.لم يؤثر عدم الاستقرار الأمني في المنطقة على قطاع السياحة، بل إن هذا القطاع يعدُ أكثر القطاعات نموا في دول المنطقة، لا سيما في مصر والإمارات العربية المتحدة والمغرب وتونس والأردن.وهناك قطاعٌ آخر ينمو باستمرارٍ مطردٍ أيضا هو قطاع الاتصالات.فقد تمكنت شركاتٌ محليةٌ كشركة أوراسكوم وشركة اتصالات من الدخول في المنافسة العالمية، وذلك في أقل من عِقدٍ من الزمن.
</s>
<s id="38">
لا تثير الانجازات الاقتصادية التي بدأتها الجامعة في دولها الأعضاء الكثير من الإعجاب، وبالأخص إذا ما قورنت بإنجازات المنظمات العربيةِ الأقل حجما، مثل مجلس التعاون الخليجي (GCC).ولكن من المتوقع الانتهاءُ من عددٍ من المشاريع الواعدة الاقتصادية الكبرى قريبا
</s>
<s id="39">
/ref&gt; فمن بين هذه المشاريعِ مشروعُ &quot;خط الغاز العربي&quot;، والمقرر إنجازه في عام 2010.سوف ينقل هذا المشروعُ الغازَ المصري والعراقي إلى الأردن وسوريا ولبنان وتركيا
</s>
<s id="40">
ومن المقرر أيضا أن يبدأ تنفيذ &quot;منطقة التجارة الحرة العربية الكبرىت&quot; (GAFTA) في الأول من يناير 2008، وسيعفي هذا المشروع أكثر من 95 في المئة من كل المنتجات العربية من الرسوم الجمركية.
</s>
<s id="41">
حجم التنمية الاقتصادية في الدول العربية متفاوتٌ جدا.فهناك فروقٌ كبيرةٌ في الثروة والظروف الاقتصادية بين الدول الغنية بالنفط: الجزائر وقطر والكويت والإمارات العربية المتحدة من ناحيةٍ، والدول الفقيرة كجزر القمر وموريتانيا وجيبوتي من ناحيةٍ أخرى.لكن التمويل العربي الاقتصادي قيد التطوير الآن.وكمثالٍ على ذلك، نجد موافقة جامعة الدول العربية على دعم منطقة دارفور السودانية بخمسمائة مليون دولار، وتخطيط الشركات المصرية والليبية بناءَ عدةِ آبارٍ في هذه المنطقة الجافة من السودان.
</s>
<s id="42">
قائمة الدول الأعضاء بترتيب الناتج المحلي الإجمالي (معادل القوة الشرائية)
</s>
<s id="43">
مبنى المقر الرئيسي لجامعة الدول العربية في القاهرة، مصر.
</s>
<s id="44">
يوضح الجدولُ التالي &quot;الناتج المحلي الإجمالي&quot; لدول الجامعة العربية بناءً على &quot;معادل القوة الشرائية&quot;، والذي يقاس هنا بالدولار الأمريكي.وتأتي أغلب هذه الأرقام(إلا إن تم الوضيح بغير ذلك) من بيانات عام 2007: &quot;قاعدة بيانات التوقعات الاقتصادية في العالم&quot;، التي قام &quot;صندوق النقد الدولي&quot; بنشرها في أبريل من عام 2008.
</s>
<s id="45">
الملاحظات:
</s>
<s id="46">
:: لا يوفر صندوق النقد الدولي بيانات جمعية عن دول الجامعة كلها
</s>
<s id="47">
ويأتي مجموع الناتج المحلي الإجمالي من حساب مجموع الناتج المحلي الاجمالي للدول الأعضاء
</s>
<s id="48">
ونصيب الفرد من قيمة الناتج المحلي الإجمالي هو على أساس عدد السكان المذكور في قالب المعلومات.
</s>
<s id="49">
:: لم يوفر صندوق النقد الدولي بياناتٍ لهذا البلد
</s>
<s id="50">
والأرقام المذكورةُ مأخوذةٌ من تقديرات عام 2007 لوكالة المخابرات المركزية الأمريكية التي نُشِرَت في كتاب حقائق وكالة المخابرات المركزية
</s>
<s id="51">
أما الأرقام التي تخص فلسطين فقد استرجعت من تقديرات عام 2006 من المصدر نفسه، الذي نشر هذه الأرقام تحت عنوان &quot;الضفة الغربية (بما في ذلك قطاع غزة)&quot;.
</s>
<s id="52">
وضع فلسطين
</s>
<s id="53">
كان واضعو ميثاق الجامعة واعين لتصريحاتهم السابقةِ الداعمةِ لعرب &quot;فلسطين&quot;، ولذا كانوا مصممين على إدراج فلسطين ضمن الجامعة منذ تأسيسها
</s>
<s id="54">
غيديس، 1991، p
</s>
<s id="55">
فقد أعلنت وثيقةٌ مُرفقةٌ للميثاق الآتي:
</s>
<s id="56">
في مؤتمر قمة القاهرة لعام 1964، شرعت جامعة الدول العربية في إنشاء منظمةٍ تُمثل الشعب الفلسطيني
</s>
<s id="57">
فقد عُقِدَت أولُ جلسةٍ للمجلس الوطني الفلسطيني في القدس الشرقية في التاسع والعشرين من أيار/مايو لعام 1964
</s>
<s id="58">
وقد تم تأسيس منظمة التحرير الفلسطينية خلال هذا الاجتماع في يوم 2 يونيو، 1964.
</s>
<s id="59">
في قمة بيروت في 28 مارس من عام 2002، اعتمدت الجامعةُ مبادرة السلام العربية، وهي مبادرةٌ سعوديةُ المنشأ، أوجدت كخطةِ سلامٍ لإنهاء الصراع العربي الإسرائيلي
</s>
<s id="60">
عَرَضت المبادرةُ التطبيعَ الكامل للعلاقات مع إسرائيل
</s>
<s id="61">
وطالبت المبادرة إسرائيل في المقابل بالانسحاب من جميع الأراضي المحتلة، بما في ذلك مرتفعات الجولان، وأن تعترف إسرائيلُ بدولةٍ فلسطينيةٍ مستقلةٍ في الضفة الغربية وقطاع غزة، بالقدس الشرقيةِ عاصمةً لها، فضلا عن القيام &quot;بحلٍ عادلٍ&quot; لقضية اللاجئين الفلسطينيين.
</s>
<s id="62">
تم إقرارُ مبادرة السلام العربية مرةً أخرى في عام 2007 في قمة الرياض
</s>
<s id="63">
وقامت الجامعةُ بإرسال بعثةٍ تألفت من وزيري خارجية مصر والأردن إلى إسرائيل للترويج للمبادرة، وذلك في شهر يوليو من عام 2007.قوبلت تلك المهمةُ بترحابٍ متحفظٍ من قبل إسرائيل.
</s>
<s id="64">
قامت فنزويلا بطرد الدبلوماسيين الإسرائيليين المقيمين هناك أثناء الحرب التي شنتها إسرائيلُ على قطاع غزةَ في الفترة 2008-2009، الأمرُ الذي دعا عضواً في البرلمان الكويتي اسمه &quot;وليد الطبطبائي&quot; أن ينادي بنقل مقر الجامعة العربية من القاهرة إلى كاراكاس في فنزويلا.
</s>
<s id="65">
إحصائيات السكان
</s>
<s id="66">
دبي ليلاً
</s>
<s id="67">
تتمتع دول الجامعة العربية بتنوعٍ ٍثقافيٍ وعرقيٍ هائل، وذلك في 22 دولةً عضوا في الجامعة، على الرغم من ذلك، يتألفِ أغلب أعضاء الجامعة من الشعب العربي.بلغ عدد سكان دول الجامعة العربية 314 مليون نسمة، اعتبارا من الأول من يناير لعام 2007.وينمو عدد السكان في دول الجامعة بمعدلٍ أسرع من أغلب المناطق الأخرى في العالم.ويهدد هذا بتقليل النمو الاقتصادي القليل المتوقع في بلدان الجامعة النامية.
</s>
<s id="68">
تُعدُ مصر أكثر دول الجامعة في عدد السكان، فيبلغ عدد سكان مصر حوالي 80 مليون نسمة.بينما الدولة الأقل في عدد السكان هي جيبوتي، بحوالي 500 ألف نسمةٍ فقط
</s>
<s id="69">
تملك أغلب دول الخليج العربي أعدادا كبيرةً من العمال الأجانب.وتبلغ نسبة السكان العرب في دولة الإمارات المتحدة مثلا ما يقرب من 20 % فقط من عدد السكان، بينما يأتي حوالي 50 % من عدد سكان الإمارات من دول جنوب وجنوب شرق آسيا، مع أنهم ليسوا مواطنين
</s>
<s id="70">
تقوم بعض دول الخليج باستقدام اليد العاملة الرخيصة من دولٍ عربيةٍ أخرى كمصر واليمن والصومال.
</s>
<s id="71">
يتركز العدد الأكبر من سكان دول الجامعة في المدن التي يجري فيها التجارة والصناعة في البلاد، وذلك لأن أجزاءً كبيرةً من دول الجامعة تقع في الصحاري
</s>
<s id="72">
أكبر المدن العربية هي مدينة القاهرة المصرية، تليها بغداد والخرطوم ودمشق والرياض والإسكندرية والدار البيضاء.
</s>
<s id="73">
مقارنات مع منظمات أخرى
</s>
<s id="74">
تتشابه الجامعة العربية مع منظمة الدول الأمريكية، ومجلس أوروبا والاتحاد الأفريقي في إنشائها لأغراضٍ سياسيةٍ في الأساس.ولكن العضوية في الجامعة مبنيةٌ على أساس الثقافة بدلا من الجغرافيا.وتتماثل الجامعة العربية في هذا مع الاتحاد اللاتيني والمجتمع الكاريبي.
</s>
<s id="75">
تختلف الجامعة العربية اختلافا كبيرا عن الاتحاد الأوروبي، فلم تحقق الجامعة العربية مقدارا ملحوظا من التكامل الإقليمي، وليس للجامعة علاقةٌ مباشرةٌ مع الدول الأعضاء.ولكن الجامعة العربية مبنيةٌ على مباديء تدعم وتروج لقوميةٍ عربيةٍ موحدةٍ وتوحيد مواقف الدول الأعضاء بخصوص مختلف القضايا.
</s>
<s id="76">
جميع أعضاء الجامعة العربية أعضاءٌ في منظمة المؤتمر الإسلامي.كما أن هناك مجموعاتٍ فرعيةٍ في الجامعة، مثل &quot;مجلس التعاون الخليجي&quot; و&quot;اتحاد المغرب العربي&quot;.
</s>
<s id="77">
تاريخ انضمام الدول العربية والمراقبين الدائمين
</s>
<s id="78">
|
</s>
<s id="79">
|-
</s>
<s id="80">
|colspan=&quot;2&quot; style=&quot;font-size:90%;&quot;|
</s>
<s id="81">
ملاحظات:
</s>
<s id="82">
: تاريخ النشأة.
</s>
<s id="83">
: إمارة شرق الأردن
</s>
<s id="84">
: أعلنت عن انسحابها في 24 أكتوبر 2002، ثم تراجعت عن قرار الإنسحاب في 16 يناير 2003 ثم عادت وأعلنت الإنسحاب في 3 أبريل 2003 ثم تراجعت عنه في 25 مايو 2003.
</s>
<s id="85">
: الصحراء الغربية منطقة يتنازع السيادة عليها كل من المغرب والبوليساريو، وتعترف جامعة الدول العربية بسيادة المغرب عليها كجزء من أراضيه.
</s>
<s id="86">
: ممثلين بمنظمة التحرير الفلسطينية.
</s>
<s id="87">
|}
</s>
<s id="88">
نشأة فكرتها
</s>
<s id="89">
في 29 مايو 1941 ألقى أنتونى إيدن وزير خارجية بريطانيا خطاباً ذكر فيه &quot;إن العالم العربي قد خطا خطوات عظيمة منذ التسوية التي تمت عقب الحرب العالمية الماضية، ويرجو كثير من مفكري العرب للشعوب العربية درجة من درجات الوحدة أكبر مما تتمتع به الآن
</s>
<s id="90">
وإن العرب يتطلعون لنيل تأييدنا في مساعيهم نحو هذا الهدف ولا ينبغي أن نغفل الرد على هذا الطلب من جانب أصدقائنا ويبدو أنه من الطبيعي ومن الحق وجود تقوية الروابط الثقافية والاقتصادية بين البلاد العربية وكذلك الروابط السياسية أيضاً..
</s>
<s id="91">
وحكومة جلالته سوف تبذل تأييدها التام لأيّ خطة تلقى موافقة عامة&quot;
</s>
<s id="92">
وفي 24 فبراير 1943 صرح إيدن في مجلس العموم البريطاني بأن الحكومة البريطانية تنظر بعين &quot;العطف&quot; إلى كل حركة بين العرب ترمي إلى تحقيق وحدتهم الاقتصادية والثقافية والسياسية.
</s>
<s id="93">
بعد عام تقريباً من خطاب إيدن، دعا رئيس الوزراء المصري مصطفى النحاس كلا من رئيس الوزراء السوري جميل مردم بك ورئيس الكتلة الوطنية اللبنانية بشارة الخوري للتباحث معهما في القاهرة حول فكرة &quot;إقامة جامعة عربية لتوثيق التعاون بين البلدان العربية المنضمة لها&quot;
</s>
<s id="94">
وكانت هذه أول مرة تثار فيها فكرة الجامعة العربية بمثل هذا الوضوح، ثم عاد بعد نحو شهر من تصريح إيدن أمام مجلس العموم، ليؤكد استعداد الحكومة المصرية لاستطلاع آراء الحكومات العربية في موضوع الوحدة وعقد مؤتمر لمناقشته وهي الفكرة التي أثنى عليها حاكم الأردن في حينه الأمير عبد الله
</s>
<s id="95">
وإثر ذلك بدأت سلسلة من المشاورات الثنائية بين مصر من جانب وممثلي كل من العراق وسوريا ولبنان والمملكة العربية السعودية والأردن واليمن من جانب آخر وهي المشاورات التي أسفرت عن تبلور اتجاهين رئيسيين بخصوص موضوع الوحدة الاتجاه الأول يدعو إلى ما يمكن وصفه بالوحدة الإقليمية الفرعية أو الجهوية وقوامها سوريا الكبرى أو الهلال الخصيب
</s>
<s id="96">
والاتجاه الثاني يدعو إلى نوع أعم وأشمل من الوحدة يظلل عموم الدول العربية المستقلة وإن تضمن هذا الاتجاه بدوره رأيين فرعيين أحدهما يدعو لوحدة فيدرالية أو كونفدرالية بين الدول المعنية والآخر يطالب بصيغة وسط تحقق التعاون والتنسيق في سائر المجالات وتحافظ في الوقت نفسه على استقلال الدول وسيادتها.
</s>
<s id="97">
وعندما اجتمعت لجنة تحضيرية من ممثلين عن كل من سوريا ولبنان والأردن والعراق ومصر واليمن (بصفة مراقب) في الفترة 25 سبتمبر إلى 7 أكتوبر 1944 رجحت الاتجاه الداعي إلى وحدة الدول العربية المستقلة بما لا يمس استقلالها وسيادتها.اقترح الوفد السوري تسمية رابط الدول العربية ب&quot;الاتحاد العربي&quot;، واقترح الوفد العراقي تسميتها ب&quot;التحالف العربي&quot;، إلا أن الوفد المصري قدم التسمية &quot;الجامعة العربية&quot; لما رأى منها من ملائمة من الناحية اللغوية والسياسية، وتوافقاً مع أهداف الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="98">
ثم نقح الاسم ليصير &quot;جامعة الدول العربية&quot;
</s>
<s id="99">
الجزيرة.نت، المعرفة:جامعة الدول العربية:المبادئ والأهداف - تاريخ الولوج = 6-6-2008 وعلى ضوء ذلك تم التوصل إلى بروتوكول الإسكندرية الذي صار أول وثيقة تخص الجامعة.
</s>
<s id="100">
بروتوكول الإسكندرية
</s>
<s id="101">
بعد انتهاء الحرب العالمية الثانية وانتصار الحلفاء على دول المحور حاولت الدول الغربية المحتلة التخلي عن وعودها بمنح الاستقلال للدول العربية بالرغم من وقوف الأخيرة معها واستنزاف ثرواتها في المجهود الحربي.
</s>
<s id="102">
وكان الرأي العام العربي قد تهيأ لقيام وحدة عربية وبدأ يضغط عن طريق الأحزاب والصحف في هذا الاتجاه، فوجه مصطفى النحاس باشا في 12 يوليو 1944 الدعوة إلى الحكومات العربية التي شاركت في المشاورات التمهيدية لإرسال مندوبيها للاشتراك في اللجنة التحضيرية للمؤتمر العربي العام التي ستتولى صياغة الاقتراحات المقدمة لتحقيق الوحدة العربية.
</s>
<s id="103">
نص البروتوكول على المبادئ الآتية:
</s>
<s id="104">
قيام جامعة الدول العربية من الدول العربية المستقلة التي تقبل الانضمام إليها ويكون لها مجلس تمثل فيه الدول المشتركة في الجامعة على قدم المساواة
</s>
<s id="105">
مهمة مجلس الجامعة هي: مراعاة تنفيذ ما تبرمه الدول الأعضاء فيما بينها من اتفاقيات وعقد اجتماعات دورية لتوثيق الصلات بينها والتنسيق بين خططها السياسية تحقيقات للتعاون فيما بينها وصيانة استقلالها وسيادتها من كل اعتداء بالوسائل السياسية الممكنة، والنظر بصفة عامة في شؤون البلاد العربية
</s>
<s id="106">
قرارات المجلس ملزمة لمن يقبلها فيما عدا الأحوال التي يقع فيها خلاف بين دولتين من أعضاء الجامعة ويلجأ الطرفان إلى المجلس لفض النزاع بينهما
</s>
<s id="107">
ففي هذه الأحوال تكون قرارات المجلس ملزمة ونافذة
</s>
<s id="108">
لا يجوز الالتجاء إلى القوة لفض المنازعات بين دولتين من دول الجامعة كما لا يجوز اتباع سياسة خارجية تضر بسياسة جامعة الدول العربية أو أية دولة من دولها
</s>
<s id="109">
يجوز لكل دولة من الدول الأعضاء ما اشتمل البروتوكول على قرار خاص بضرورة احترام استقلال لبنان وسيادته، وعلى قرار آخر باعتبار فلسطين ركنّا هامًا من أركان البلاد العربية وحقوق العرب فيها لا يمكن المساس بها من غير إضرار بالسلم والاستقلال في العالم العربي، ويجب على الدول العربية تأييد قضية عرب فلسطين بالعمل على تحقيق أمانيهم المشروعة وصون حقوقهم العادلة.
</s>
<s id="110">
وأخيراً نص في البروتوكول على أن (تشكل فورًا لجنة فرعية سياسية من أعضاء اللجنة التحضيرية المذكورة للقيام بإعداد مشروع لنظام مجلس الجامعة، ولبحث المسائل السياسية التي يمكن إبرام اتفاقيات فيها بين الدول العربية)
</s>
<s id="111">
ووقع على هذا البروتوكول رؤساء الوفود المشاركة في اللجنة التحضيرية وذلك في 7 أكتوبر 1944 باستثناء السعودية واليمن اللتين وقعتاه في 3 يناير 1945 و5 فبراير 1945 على التوالي بعد أن تم رفعه إلى كل من الملك عبد العزيز آل سعود والإمام يحيى حميد الدين.
</s>
<s id="112">
القوات العربية المشتركة
</s>
<s id="113">
تعتلي القوات العربية المشتركة المركز الثالث في التصنيف العالمي بعد الصين والهند، ويبلغ حجم الإنفاق السنوي على القوات ما يقارب 53,399,070,000 دولار.
</s>
<s id="114">
ميثاق الجامعة العربية
</s>
<s id="115">
مثّل بروتوكول الإسكندرية الوثيقة الرئيسية التي وضع على أساسها ميثاق جامعة الدول العربية وشارك في إعداده كل من اللجنة السياسية الفرعية التي أوصى بروتوكول الإسكندرية بتشكيلها ومندوبي الدول العربية الموقعين على بروتوكول الإسكندرية، مضافاً إليهم مندوب عام كل من السعودية واليمن وحضر مندوب الأحزاب الفلسطينية كمراقب
</s>
<s id="116">
وبعد اكتمال مشروع الميثاق كنتاج لستة عشر اجتماعا عقدتها الأطراف المذكورة بمقر وزارة الخارجية المصرية في الفترة بين 17 فبراير و3 مارس 1945 أقر الميثاق بقصر الزعفران بالقاهرة في 19 مارس 1945 بعد إدخال بعض التنقيحات عليه.
</s>
<s id="117">
تألف ميثاق الجامعة من ديباجة وعشرين مادة، وثلاثة ملاحق خاصة الملحق الأول خاص بفلسطين وتضمن اختيار مجلس الجامعة مندوباً عنها &quot;أي عن فلسطين&quot; للمشاركة في أعماله لحين حصولها على الاستقلال
</s>
<s id="118">
والمحلق الثاني خاص بالتعاون مع الدول العربية غير المستقلة وبالتالي غير المشتركة في مجلس الجامعة
</s>
<s id="119">
أما الملحق الثالث والأخير فهو خاص بتعيين السيد عبد الرحمن عزام الوزير المفوض بوزارة الخارجية المصرية كأول أمين عام للجامعة لمدة عامين
</s>
<s id="120">
وأشارت الديباجة إلى أن الدول ذات الصلة وافقت على الميثاق بهدف تدعيم العلاقات والوشائج العربية في إطار من احترام الاستقلال والسيادة بما يحقق صالح عموم البلاد العربية.
</s>
<s id="121">
وفى 22 مارس 1945 تم التوقيع على ميثاق جامعة الدول العربية من قبل مندوبي الدول العربية عدا السعودية واليمن اللتين وقعتا على الميثاق في وقت لاحق
</s>
<s id="122">
وحضر جلسة التوقيع ممثل الأحزاب الفلسطينية وأصبح يوم 22 مارس من كل عام هو يوم الاحتفال بالعيد السنوي لجامعة الدول العربية.
</s>
<s id="123">
المنظمات العربية المتخصصة
</s>
<s id="124">
اتحاد المهندسين الزراعيين العرب
</s>
<s id="125">
اتحاد رجال الأعمال العرب
</s>
<s id="126">
المنظمة العربية لتكنولوجيات الاتصال والمعلومات (aicto)
</s>
<s id="127">
مجلس الوحدة الاقتصادية العربية
</s>
<s id="128">
منظمة الأقطار العربية المصدرة للبترول (أوابك)
</s>
<s id="129">
المنظمة العربية للتنمية الإدارية
</s>
<s id="130">
اتحاد إذاعات الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="131">
المنظمة العربية للتربية والثقافة والعلوم
</s>
<s id="132">
المركز العربي لدراسات المناطق الجافة والأراضي القاحلة ـ أكساد
</s>
<s id="133">
الأكاديمية العربية للعلوم والتكنولوجيا والنقل البحري
</s>
<s id="134">
قائمة القمم العربية
</s>
<s id="135">
منذ تأسيس الجامعة العربية في عام 1945 عقد القادة العرب 33 اجتماع قمة، بينها 22 قمة عادية و9 قمم طارئة، إلى جانب قمة اقتصادية واحدة:
</s>
<s id="136">
قمة أنشاص: الإسكندرية، مصر (28 - 29 مايو / أيار 1946) بدعوة من الملك فاروق، ودعت إلى وقف الهجرة اليهودية، وتحقيق استقلال فلسطين وتشكيل حكومة تضمن حقوق جميع سكانها الشرعيين بدون تفريق بين عنصر ومذهب
</s>
<s id="137">
.
</s>
<s id="138">
قمة بيروت: بيروت، لبنان (13 - 15 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1956).
</s>
<s id="139">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الأول: القاهرة، مصر (13 - 17 يناير / كانون الثاني 1964).
</s>
<s id="140">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الثاني: الإسكندرية، مصر (5 - 11 سبتمبر / أيلول 1964).
</s>
<s id="141">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الثالث: الدار البيضاء، المغرب (13 - 17 سبتمبر / أيلول 1965).
</s>
<s id="142">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الرابع: الخرطوم، السودان (29 أغسطس / آب - 2 سبتمبر / أيلول 1967).
</s>
<s id="143">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الخامس: الرباط، المغرب (21 - 23 ديسمبر / كانون الأول 1969)
</s>
<s id="144">
مؤتمر القمة غير العادي الأول: القاهرة، مصر (21 - 27 سبتمبر / أيلول 1970).
</s>
<s id="145">
مؤتمر القمة العربي السادس: الجزائر، الجزائر (26 - 28 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1973).
</s>
<s id="146">
مؤتمر القمة العربي السابع: الرباط، المغرب (26 - 29 أكتوبر / تشرين الأول 1974).
</s>
<s id="147">
مؤتمر القمة السداسي: الرياض، السعودية (6 - 18 أكتوبر / تشرين الأول 1976).
</s>
<s id="148">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الثامن: القاهرة، مصر (25 - 26 أكتوبر / تشرين الأول 1976) كان هذا المؤتمر عبارة عن تتمة لمؤتمر القمة السداسي
</s>
<s id="149">
.
</s>
<s id="150">
مؤتمر القمة العربي التاسع: بغداد، العراق (2 - 5 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1978).
</s>
<s id="151">
مؤتمر القمة العربي العاشر: تونس، تونس (20 - 22 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1979).
</s>
<s id="152">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الحادي عشر: عمّان، الأردن (25 - 27 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1980).
</s>
<s id="153">
مؤتمر القمة العربي الثاني عشر: فاس، المغرب (25 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1981).
</s>
<s id="154">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الثاني: فاس، المغرب (6 - 9 سبتمبر / أيلول 1982).
</s>
<s id="155">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الثالث: الدار البيضاء، المغرب (7 - 9 أغسطس / آب 1985).
</s>
<s id="156">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الرابع: عمّان، الأردن (8 - 12 نوفمبر / تشرين الثاني 1987).
</s>
<s id="157">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الخامس: الجزائر، الجزائر (7 - 9 يونيو / حزيران 1988).
</s>
<s id="158">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي السادس: الدار البيضاء، المغرب (23 - 26 مايو / أيار 1989).
</s>
<s id="159">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي السابع: بغداد، العراق (28 - 30 مايو / أيار 1990).
</s>
<s id="160">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الثامن: القاهرة، مصر (9 - 10 أغسطس / آب 1990).
</s>
<s id="161">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي التاسع: القاهرة، مصر (15 أغسطس / آب 1991) عقدت هذه القمة الطارئة إثر الغزو العراقي للكويت
</s>
<s id="162">
.
</s>
<s id="163">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي العاشر: القاهرة، مصر (22 - 23 يونيو / حزيران 1996).
</s>
<s id="164">
مؤتمر القمة العربي غير العادي الحادي عشر: القاهرة، مصر (21 - 22 أكتوبر / تشرين الأول 2000).
</s>
<s id="165">
مؤتمر قمة عمّان، الأردن (27 - 30 مارس / آذار 2001).
</s>
<s id="166">
مؤتمر قمة بيروت، لبنان (27 - 28 مارس / آذار 2002).
</s>
<s id="167">
مؤتمر قمة شرم الشيخ، مصر (1 مارس / آذار 2003).
</s>
<s id="168">
مؤتمر قمة تونس، تونس (22 - 23 مايو / أيار 2004).
</s>
<s id="169">
مؤتمر قمة الجزائر، الجزائر (22 - 23 مارس / آذار 2005).
</s>
<s id="170">
مؤتمر قمة الخرطوم، السودان (28 - 29 مارس / آذار 2006).
</s>
<s id="171">
مؤتمر قمة الرياض، المملكة العربية السعودية (28 - 29 مارس / آذار 2007).
</s>
<s id="172">
مؤتمر قمة دمشق، الجمهورية العربية السورية (29 - 30 مارس / آذار 2008)
</s>
<s id="173">
مؤتمر قمة الدوحة، دولة قطر (30 - 31 مارس / آذار 2009).
</s>
<s id="174">
مؤتمر قمة سرت، الجماهيرية العربية الليبية الشعبية الاشتراكية العظمى (27 - 28 مارس / آذار 2010)
</s>
<s id="175">
سميت قمة صمود القدس
</s>
<s id="176">
.
</s>
<s id="177">
القمم الاقتصادية
</s>
<s id="178">
القمة العربية الاقتصادية والتنموية والاجتماعية (19 - 20 يناير / كانون الثاني 2009).
</s>
<s id="179">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="180">
الاتحاد العربي للنقل الجوي
</s>
<s id="181">
اتحاد المغرب العربي
</s>
<s id="182">
الهيئة العربية للتصنيع
</s>
<s id="183">
العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="184">
منطقة التجارة العربية الحرة الكبرى
</s>
<s id="185">
مجلس التعاون لدول الخليج العربية
</s>
<s id="186">
منظمة الدول العربية المصدرة للنفط
</s>
<s id="187">
الأكاديمية العربية للعلوم والتكنولوجيا والنقل البحري
</s>
<s id="188">
وحدة عربية
</s>
<s id="189">
مراجع
</s>
<s id="190">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="191">
جامعة الدول العربية: الموقع الرسمي باللغة العربية
</s>
<s id="192">
Arab Gateway: موقع غير رسمي لجامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="193">
جامعة وينثروب:معلومات عامة عن جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="194">
موسوعة لوكليكس: جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="195">
جامعة الدول العربية بين التقصير والتكبيل، أحمد بن حلي/ نائب الأمين العام لجامعة الدول العربية، برنامج الملف، قناة الجزيرة، 18 ديسمبر 2009
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="49" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
جبر
</s>
<s id="2">
الصفحة الأولى من الكتاب المختصر في حساب الجبر والمقابلة
</s>
<s id="3">
الجَبْر كلمة عربية وهو فرع من علم الرياضيات وجاء اسمه من كتاب عالم الرياضيات والفلك والرحالة محمد بن موسى الخورازمي (الكتاب المختصر في حساب الجبر والمقابلة) الذي قدم العمليات الجبرية التي تنظم إيجاد حلول للمعادلات الخطية والتربيعية.
</s>
<s id="4">
ويشكل علم الجبر أحد الفروع الثلاثة الأساسية في الرياضيات إضافة إلى الهندسة الرياضية والتحليل الرياضي ونظرية الأعداد والتباديل والتوافيق
</s>
<s id="5">
ويهتم هذا العلم بدراسة البنى الجبرية والتماثلات بينها، والعلاقات والكميات.
</s>
<s id="6">
والجبر هو مفهوم أوسع وأشمل من الحساب أو الجبر الابتدائي
</s>
<s id="7">
فهو لا يتعامل مع الأرقام فحسب، بل يصيغ التعاملات مع الرموز والمتغيرات والفئات كذلك
</s>
<s id="8">
ويصيغ الجبر البدهيات والعلاقات التي بواسطتها يمكن تمثيل أي ظاهرة في الكون
</s>
<s id="9">
ولذا يعتبر من الأساسيات المنظمة لطرق البرهان.
</s>
<s id="10">
تصنيف
</s>
<s id="11">
يقسم علم الجبر لعدة فروع.
</s>
<s id="12">
الجبر الابتدائي، وفيه يتم دراسة خصائص الأعداد الحقيقية، وتستخدم رموز للتعبير عن المتغيرات والثوابت، وتتم دراسة القواعد التي تضبط المعادلات والتعابير الرياضية المكونة من هذه الرموز
</s>
<s id="13">
ويتم تدريسه غالبا في التعليم الثانوي إضافة إلى إعطاء أفكار أساسية حول بقية مواضيع الجبر التجريدي في الجبر الابتدائي تتم دراسة جمع وضرب الأعداد، ودراسة كثيرات الحدود وطرق إيجاد الجذور لكثيرات الحدود هذه.
</s>
<s id="14">
الجبر المجرد، وفيه تتم دراسة البنى الجبرية كالزمر (أو المجموعات) والحلقات والحقول (أو المجالات)، والفضاء الشعاعي (أو فضاء المتجهات أو الفراغ الاتجاهي) الذي يمثل عصب دراسة الجبر الخطي
</s>
<s id="15">
ويتم بعد ذلك في الجبر التجريدي، عملية تجريد للعملية الحسابية فيستعاض عن الأعداد برموز تدعى في الجبر متغيرات أو عناصر لمجموعة ما
</s>
<s id="16">
عندئذ تصبح عمليات الجمع والضرب مجرد أمثلة عن المؤثرات الجبرية والعمليات الجبرية الثنائية، وتعريف هذه العمليات يقودنا إلى بنى جبرية مثل الزمر، والحلقات، والحقول.
</s>
<s id="17">
الجبر الخطى، وهو مهتم بدراسة المتجهات، الفراغات الخطية، التحويلات الخطية، ونظم المعادلات الخطية
</s>
<s id="18">
تعتبر فراغات المتجهات موضوعا مركزيا في الرياضيات الحديثة؛ لذا يعتبر الجبر الخطي كثير الاستعمال في كلا من الجبر المجرد والتحليل الدالي
</s>
<s id="19">
الجبر الخطي له أيضاً أهمية قصوى في الهندسة التحليلية كما أن له تطبيقات شاملة في العلوم الطبيعة والعلوم الاجتماعية.
</s>
<s id="20">
الجبر الشامل، وفيه تتم دراسة الخواص العامة لكل البنى الجبرية.
</s>
<s id="21">
جبر الأعداد، وهو يهتم بدراسة خواص الأعداد من الناحية النظرية.
</s>
<s id="22">
الجبر الهندسي، ويهتم بدراسة تجريد قواعد الهندسة.
</s>
<s id="23">
جبر التوافيق، ويهتم بدراسة التباديل والتوافيق.
</s>
<s id="24">
جبر الحاسوب، وفيه تتم دراسة الخوارزميات الخاصة بالتعامل مع الكائنات الرياضية
</s>
<s id="25">
الجبر الابتدائى
</s>
<s id="26">
الجبر الابتدائي هو أبسط أنواع الجبر الذي يتم تدريسه لطلاب الرياضيات المفترض محدودية معرفتهم برياضيات ما بعد الأعداد
</s>
<s id="27">
يشكل هذا الفرع من الجبر الذي يتعامل مع كثيرات الحدود والمعادلات وطرق إيجاد جذور المعادلات وطرق حلها
</s>
<s id="28">
ويعتمد الجبر الابتدائي على عمليتين أساسيتين هما الجمع والضرب
</s>
<s id="29">
لكل من هاتين العمليتين عملية معاكسة
</s>
<s id="30">
العملية المعاكسة للجمع هي الطرح
</s>
<s id="31">
والعملية المعاكسة للضرب هي القسمة
</s>
<s id="32">
يعتمد الجبر الابتدائي أيضا على رقمين بالغى الأهمية هما الصفر والواحد
</s>
<s id="33">
يدعى الصفر بالمحايد الجمعى والواحد بالمحايد الضربى
</s>
<s id="34">
يعتبر الواحد أيضا المولد الأساسي للجبر الابتدائي.
</s>
<s id="35">
وتعرف عملية الجمع بتكرار جمع الرقم واحد والذي يغير النتيجة إلى الرقم التالي.
</s>
<s id="36">
أي رقم مجموع عليه واحد يساوى الرقم الذي يليه
</s>
<s id="37">
:: 1 + 1 = 2 \, و
</s>
<s id="38">
:: 2 + 1 = 3 \, ومنها
</s>
<s id="39">
أي رقم مجموع مع أي رقم آخر يتم تحليل أحدهما لمجموع الآحاد كما يلى
</s>
<s id="40">
:: 2 + 2 = 2 + 1 + 1 = 3 + 1 = 4 \, وكذلك
</s>
<s id="41">
:: 2 + 3 = 2 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 + 1 + 1 = 4 + 1 = 5 \, وهكذا.
</s>
<s id="42">
بينما تعرف عملية الضرب بتكرار الجمع
</s>
<s id="43">
فمثلا
</s>
<s id="44">
:: 5 \times 2 = 5 + 5 = 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 10 \,
</s>
<s id="45">
وهكذا.
</s>
<s id="46">
وتحقق كلتا العمليتان خواص الابدال والتجميع ويحقق الضرب وحده خاصية التوزيع على الجمع.
</s>
<s id="47">
متعددات الحدود
</s>
<s id="48">
متعددة الحدود هو دالة رياضية أو تركيب جبري يتكون من واحد أو كثر من الثوابت والمتغيرات، يتم بناؤه باستخدام العمليات الأربعة الأساسية فقط: الجمع والطرح والضرب والقسمة.
</s>
<s id="49">
:: p(x)= a_n x^n + a_{n-1} x{n-1}+..
</s>
<s id="50">
+ a_1 x + a_0\,
</s>
<s id="51">
وتحقق متعددات الحدود خاصيتي الاتصال بمعنى أنها تحقق قيمة p(x)\, لكل x\, والقابلية للنفاضل أي توجد لها مشتقات من جميع الرتب عند جميع النقاط.
</s>
<s id="52">
ويعد تحليل متعددات الحدود من أهم المجالات في التي يقدم فيها الجبر حلول كثيرة.
</s>
<s id="53">
الجبر الشامل
</s>
<s id="54">
من وجهة نظر الجبر الشامل، الجبر أو الجبر التجريدي هو مجموعة A\, مزودة بجموعة من العمليات على A\, 
</s>
<s id="55">
نقول أن هناك عملية نونية (من الرتبة نون) معرفة على A\, تمثل دالة رياضية تأخذ n\, عنصر من المجموعة A\, وتعطي كنتيجة عنصرا وحيدا من A\, .
</s>
<s id="56">
لذلك فإن العملية اللاشيئية حيث n=0\, يمكن أن تمثل عنصرا وحيدا من A\, أو ما يدعى بالثابت غالبا يرمز له بحرف مثل a\, .
</s>
<s id="57">
بالمقابل العملية الأحادية (حيث n=1\, ) ببساطة عبارة عن دالة من A\, إلى A\, يمثل غالبا برمز يوضع أمام مدخل العملية كأن نقول ~a\, 
</s>
<s id="58">
أما العملية الثنائية تمثل برمز يكتب بين مدخلي العملية: a*b\, .
</s>
<s id="59">
العمليات من رتب أعلى غالبا ما تمثل بشكل رمز دالة والمدخلات توجد ضمن قوسين: f(x, y, z)\, أو f(x_1,..., x_n) .
</s>
<s id="60">
يعمد بعض الرياضيين أيضا إلى تعريف عمليات لامنتهية (حيث n=\infty\, ) مثل \bigwedge_{\alpha} x_\alpha ، التي تسمح بدراسة نظرية جبرية للمشابك الكاملة.
</s>
<s id="61">
يمكن أن ننظر للجبر الشامل على أنه فرع خاص من نظرية النموذج نتعامل فيها مع البنى التي تملك عمليات فقط (أي دون علاقات)،يتم فيها الحديث عن بنى تستخدم معادلات فقط.
</s>
<s id="62">
كائنات جبرية
</s>
<s id="63">
تستخدم كلمة الجبر مع أنواع عديدة من البنى الجبرية :
</s>
<s id="64">
دالة جبرية
</s>
<s id="65">
جبر على حقل
</s>
<s id="66">
جبر على مجموعة
</s>
<s id="67">
جبر بولياني
</s>
<s id="68">
جبر إف جبر إف المرافقفي نظرية التصنيف.
</s>
<s id="69">
جبر سيغما.
</s>
<s id="70">
اقرأ أيضا
</s>
<s id="71">
الخوارزمي مؤسس علم الجبر.
</s>
<s id="72">
المبرهنة الأساسية في الجبر
</s>
<s id="73">
نظام جبري حاسوبي
</s>
<s id="74">
مصادر
</s>
<s id="75">
كيف تفهم الجبر
</s>
<s id="76">
كتب على النت حول الجبر.
</s>
<s id="77">
Algebra Software حلول لمسائل الجبر على النت.
</s>
<s id="78">
Algebra Help دروس جبر على النت.
</s>
<s id="79">
الجبر- أفكار أساسية ست فصول تغطي أساسيات الجبر.
</s>
<s id="80">
أضواء على تاريخ الجبر
</s>
<s id="81">
شرح المواضيع الأساسية في الجبر
</s>
<s id="82">
I.N
</s>
<s id="83">
Herstein: Topics in Algebra
</s>
<s id="84">
ISBN 0-471-02371-X
</s>
<s id="85">
R.B.J.T
</s>
<s id="86">
Allenby: Rings, Fields and Groups
</s>
<s id="87">
ISBN 0-340-54440-6
</s>
<s id="88">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="89">
مراجعات سباركنوت في الجبر I و II
</s>
<s id="90">
ExampleProblems.com : أمثلة مسائل وحلولها حول أساسيات الجبر و جبر خطي.
</s>
<s id="91">
Purplemath.com &quot;مصادرك لدراسة الجبر&quot;
</s>
<s id="92">
Forum non officiel :C.E.M Les frères Mezaache منتدى متوسطة الإخوة مزعاش تاجنانت ميلة الجزائر
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="50" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
محمد بن موسى الخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="2">
أبو عبد الله محمد بن موسى الخوارزمي هناك بعض الالتباس في الكتابات حول ما إذا كان الاسم الكامل للخوارزمي هو أبو عبد الله محمد بن موسى الخوارزمي}} أو أبو جعفر محمد بن موسى الخوارزمي ويلاحظ ابن خلدون في عمل موسوعي : &quot;إن أول من كتب على هذا الفرع (الجبر) كان أبو عبد الله ʿ الخوارزمي، الذي جاء بعد ابو كمال شجاع بن أسلم&quot;
</s>
<s id="3">
(MacGuckin de Slane)
</s>
<s id="4">
(Rosen 1831, pp
</s>
<s id="5">
xi–xiii)، يذكر أن &quot;أبو عبد الله محمد بن موسى عاش وكتب تحت الخليفة المأمون، لذلك يجب التمييز بين أبو جعفر محمد بن موسى، وأيضا، عالم الرياضيات والفلك، الذي تأنق في ظل الخليفة المعتضد (الذي حكم 279-289 ه، م 892-902)
</s>
<s id="6">
&quot; ويشير كاربينسكي في استعراضه على (Ruska 1917) أن (Ruska 1918) : &quot;عن غير قصد Ruska هنا يتحدث المؤلف أبو Gå ʿ الآن ب م
</s>
<s id="7">
م، وبدلا من ابو عبد الله (ب) م
</s>
<s id="8">
أ عالم رياضيات وفلك وجغرافيا ، ولد في خوارزم سنة 780 ، اتصل بالخليفة العباسي المأمون وعمل في بيت الحكمة في بغداد وكسب ثقة الخليفة إذ ولاه المأمون بيت الحكمة كما عهد إليه برسم خارطة للأرض عمل فيها أكثر 70 جغرافيا، وقبل وفاته في 850م/232 هـ كان الخوازرمي قد ترك العديد من المؤلفات في علوم الفلك والجغرافيا من أهمها كتاب الجبر والمقابلة الذي يعد أهم كتبه وقد ترجم الكتاب إلى اللغة اللاتينية في سنة 1135م وقد دخلت على إثر ذلك كلمات مثل الجبر Algebra والصفر Zero إلى اللغات اللاتينية.
</s>
<s id="9">
كما ضمت مؤلفات الخوارزمي كتاب الجمع والتفريق في الحساب الهندي، وكتاب رسم الربع المعمور، وكتاب تقويم البلدان، وكتاب العمل بالأسطرلاب، وكتاب &quot;صورة الأرض &quot; الذي اعتمد فيه على كتاب المجسطي لبطليموس مع إضافات وشروح وتعليقات، وأعاد كتابة كتاب الفلك الهندي المعروف باسم &quot;السند هند الكبير&quot; الذي ترجم إلى العربية زمن الخليفة المنصور قأعاد الخوارزمي كتابته وأضاف إليه وسمي كتابه &quot;السند هند الصغير&quot;.
</s>
<s id="10">
وقد عرض في كتابه (حساب الجبر والمقابلة) أو (الجبر) أول حل منهجي للمعادلات الخطية والتربيعية
</s>
<s id="11">
ويعتبر مؤسس علم الجبر، {1/ اللقب الذي يتقاسمه مع {2ديوفانتس
</s>
<s id="12">
في القرن الثاني عشر، قدمت ترجمات اللاتينية عن حسابه على الأرقام الهندية، النظام العشري إلى العالم الغربي
</s>
<s id="13">
نقح الخوارزمي كتاب الجغرافيا لكلاوديوس بطليموس وكتب في علم الفلك والتنجيم.
</s>
<s id="14">
كان لاسهاماته تأثير كبير على اللغة
</s>
<s id="15">
&quot;فالجبر&quot;، هو أحد من اثنين من العمليات التي استخدمهم في حل المعادلات التربيعية
</s>
<s id="16">
في الإنجليزية كلمة Algorism و algorithm تنبعان من Algoritmi، الشكل اللاتيني لاسمه
</s>
<s id="17">
واسمه هو أصل الكلمة أسبانية guarismo والبرتغالية algarismo وهما الاثنان بمعنى رقم.
</s>
<s id="18">
حياته
</s>
<s id="19">
تفاصيل قليلة هي المعروفة بدقة عن الحياة الخوارزمي، وحتى مسقط رأسه غير معروف
</s>
<s id="20">
اسمه يدل على أنه قد جاء من خوارزم، وهي الآن مقاطعة خوارزم في أوزبكستان، قدم إلى بغداد عاصمة العباسيين وعاصر الخليفة المأمون وعمل في بيت الحكمة،
</s>
<s id="21">
في كتاب الفهرس لابن النديم نجد سيرة ذاتية قصيرة للخوارزمي، مع قائمة الكتب التي كتبها
</s>
<s id="22">
قام الخوارزمي بعمل معظم أعماله في الفترة ما بين 813 و 833
</s>
<s id="23">
بعد الفتح الإسلامي لبلاد فارس، أصبحت بغداد مركز الدراسات العلمية والتجارية، وأتى اليها العديد من التجار والعلماء من مناطق بعيدة مثل الصين والهند، كما فعل الخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="24">
كان يعمل في بغداد، وهو باحث في بيت الحكمة الذي أنشأه الخليفة المأمون، حيث درس العلوم والرياضيات، والتي تضمنت ترجمة المخطوطات اليونانية والسنسكريتية العلمية.
</s>
<s id="25">
إسهاماته
</s>
<s id="26">
ساهم الخوارزمي في الرياضيات، الجغرافيا، علم الفلك، وعلم رسم الخرائط، وأرسى الأساس للابتكار في الجبر وعلم المثلثات
</s>
<s id="27">
له أسلوب منهجي في حل المعادلات الخطية والتربيعية أدى إلى الجبر، وهي كلمة مشتقة من عنوان كتابه حول هذا الموضوع، (المختصر في حساب الجبر والمقابلة).
</s>
<s id="28">
كتب عن حساب الأرقام الهندية حوالي 825 كتاب، كانت مسؤولة بشكل أساسي عن نشر نظام ترقيم الهندي في جميع أنحاء الشرق الأوسط وأوروبا
</s>
<s id="29">
وترجم اللاتينية إلى Algoritmi de numero Indorum
</s>
<s id="30">
من الخوارزمي، أتت الكلمة اللاتينية Algoritmi ،التي أدت إلى مصطلح &quot;الخوارزمية&quot;.
</s>
<s id="31">
أعتمدت بعض أعماله على علم الفلك الفارسي والبابلي، والأرقام الهندية، والرياضيات اليونانية.
</s>
<s id="32">
نظم الخوارزمي وصحح بيانات بطليموس عن أفريقيا والشرق الاوسط
</s>
<s id="33">
من كتبه الرئيسية كتاب &quot;صورة الأرض&quot;، الذي يقدم فيه إحداثيات الأماكن التي تستند على جغرافية بطليموس ولكن مع تحسن القيم للبحر الأبيض المتوسط وآسيا وافريقيا
</s>
<s id="34">
كما كتب أيضا عن الأجهزة الميكانيكية مثل الأسطرلاب، ومزولة.
</s>
<s id="35">
وساعد في مشروع لتحديد محيط الأرض، وفي عمل خريطة للعالم للخليفة للمأمون، وأشرف على 70 جغرافي.
</s>
<s id="36">
في القرن الثاني عشر أنتشرت أعماله في أوروبا، من خلال الترجمات اللاتينية، التي كان لها تأثير كبير على تقدم الرياضيات في أوروبا.
</s>
<s id="37">
الجبر
</s>
<s id="38">
صفحة من كتاب الجبر للخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="39">
(الكتاب المختصر في حساب الجبر والمقابلة) هو كتاب رياضي كتب حوالي عام 830 م
</s>
<s id="40">
ومصطلح الجبر مشتق من اسم أحدى العمليات الأساسية مع المعادلات التي وصفت في هذا الكتاب
</s>
<s id="41">
ترجم الكتاب اللاتينية تحت اسم Liber algebrae ét almucabala بواسطة روبرت تشستر (سيغوفيا، 1145)، وأيضا ترجمه جيرارد أوف كريمونا
</s>
<s id="42">
وتوجد نسخة عربية فريدة محفوظة في أوكسفورد ترجمت عام 1831 بواسطة إف روزين
</s>
<s id="43">
وتوجد ترجمة لاتينية محفوظة في كامبريدج.
</s>
<s id="44">
ويعتبر الجبر هو النص التأسيسي للجبر الحديث
</s>
<s id="45">
فهو قدم بيانا شاملا لحل المعادلات متعددة الحدود حتى الدرجة الثانية،
</s>
<s id="46">
، وعرض طرق أساسية &quot;للحد&quot; و&quot;التوازن&quot; في إشارة إلى نقل المصطلحات المطروحة إلى الطرف الآخر من المعادلة، أي إلغاء المصطلحات المتماثلة على طرفي المعادلة
</s>
<s id="47">
&quot;انه ليس من المؤكد ما شروط آل جبر وmuqabalah يعني، ولكن التفسير المعتاد مماثلة لتلك التي تنطوي عليها ترجمة أعلاه
</s>
<s id="48">
كلمة آل جبر من المفترض أن تعني شيئا مثل &quot;استعادة&quot; أو &quot;استكمال&quot;، ويبدو أن أشير إلى نقل تطرح شروطا على الطرف الآخر من المعادلة هي كلمة muqabalah ان الإشارة إلى &quot;الحد من&quot; أو &quot;توازن&quot; -- من ذلك، مثل إلغاء أحكام على طرفي نقيض في المعادلة &quot;.
</s>
<s id="49">
طريقة الخوارزمي في حل المعادلات التربيعية الخطية عملت في البداية بخفض لمعادلة لواحدة من ست نماذج قياسية (حيث ب وج أرقام إيجابية صحيحة)
</s>
<s id="50">
ترابيع تساوي الجذور (ax 2 = bx&apos;&apos;)
</s>
<s id="51">
ترابيع تساوي عدد (ax 2 = c)
</s>
<s id="52">
جذور تساوي عدد (bx = c)
</s>
<s id="53">
ترابيع وجذور تساوي عدد (ax 2 + bx = c)
</s>
<s id="54">
ترابيع وعدد تساوي جذور (ax 2 + c = bx)
</s>
<s id="55">
جذور ورقم تساوي ترابيع (bx + c = ax 2 )
</s>
<s id="56">
وبقسمة معامل التربيع باستخدام عمليتين هما الجبر والمقابلة، الجبر هي عملية إزالة الوحدات والجذور والتربيعات السلبية من المعادلة، وذلك بإضافة نفس الكمية إلى كل جانب
</s>
<s id="57">
فعلى سبيل المثال، x 2 = 40x − 4x 2 تخفض إلى 5x 2 = 40x، والمقابلة هي عملية جلب كميات من نفس النوع لنفس الجانب من المعادلة
</s>
<s id="58">
فعلى سبيل المثال، x 2 + 14 = x + 5 تخفض إلى x 2 + 9 = x.
</s>
<s id="59">
نشر عدة مؤلفين أيضا نصوص تحت اسم كتاب الجبر والمقابلة منهم أبو حنيفة الدينوري, أبو كامل شجاع بن اسلم, عبد الحميد بن ترك, سند بن علي, سهل بن بشر, وشرف الدين الطوسي
</s>
<s id="60">
وكتب جيه جيه أوكونر وإي إث روبرتسون في موقع أرشيف ماكتوتر لتاريخ الرياضيات :
</s>
<s id="61">
وكتب أر راشد وأنجيلا ارمسترونج :
</s>
<s id="62">
صفحة من الترجمة اللاتينية، والتي تبدأ ب &quot;algorizmi ديكسيت&quot;
</s>
<s id="63">
علم الحساب
</s>
<s id="64">
الإنجاز الثاني للخوارزمي كان في علم الحساب، توجد الأن الترجمة اللاتينية له ولكن فقدت النسخة العربية الأصلية
</s>
<s id="65">
تمت الترجمة على الأرجح في القرن الثاني عشر بواسطة أديلارد أوف باث، الذي ترجم أيضا الجداول الفلكية في 1126.
</s>
<s id="66">
كانت المخطوطات اللاتينية بلا عنوان، ولكن يشار إليها بأول كلتمين تبدا بها : Dixit algorizmi أو (هكذا قال الخوارزمي) ، أو Algoritmi de numero Indorum (الفن الهندي في الحساب للخوازرمي)&quot;، وهو الاسم الذي أطلقه بالداساري بونكومباني على العمل في 1857
</s>
<s id="67">
العنوان الأصلي العربية ربما كان [46] Ruska &quot;كتاب الجمع والطرح ووفقا للحساب الهندي&quot;
</s>
<s id="68">
عمل الخوارزمي الحسابي كان هو مسؤول عن إدخال الأرقام العربية على أساس 	
</s>
<s id="69">
نظام الترقيم الهندي العربي المطور في الرياضيات الهندية، إلى العالم الغربي
</s>
<s id="70">
مصطلح &quot;الخوارزمية&quot; مستمد من ألجورسم، أسلوب الحساب بالارقام الهندية والعربية الذي وضعه الخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="71">
كلا من كلمتي &quot;خوارزمية&quot; و&quot;ألجوريسم&quot; مستمدين من الأشكال اللاتينية لاسم الخوارزمي Algoritmi وAlgorismi على التوالي.
</s>
<s id="72">
علم الفلك
</s>
<s id="73">
ماجستير في كلية كوربوس كريستي 283
</s>
<s id="74">
زيج السند هند هو عمل يتألف من حوالي 37 فصل حول حسابات الفلكية وحسابات التقويم و 116 جدول متعلق بالتقويم، والبيانات الفلكية والتنجيمية، وكذلك جدول لقيم جيب الزاوية
</s>
<s id="75">
وهذا هو أول زيج من العديد من الزيجات العربية Zij التي تستند على الأساليب الفلكية الهندية المعروفة باسم السند هند
</s>
<s id="76">
أحتوى العمل على جداول لحركات الشمس، والقمر وخمسة كواكب معروفة في ذلك الوقت
</s>
<s id="77">
ومثل هذا العمل نقطة تحول في علم الفلك الإسلامي
</s>
<s id="78">
حتى الآن، أعتمد علماء الفلك المسلمين على منهج بحث أولي، وهو ترجمة أعمال الآخرين، وتعلم المعرفة المكتشفة بالفعل
</s>
<s id="79">
ومثل عمل الخوارزمي بداية طريقة غير تقليدية في الدراسة والحسابات.
</s>
<s id="80">
فقدت النسخة العربية الأصلية (كتبت 820)، ولكن أفقذ الفلكي الأسباني مسلمة بن أحمد المجريطي (c
</s>
<s id="81">
1000) الترجمة اللاتينية، التي كتبها إدلارد أوف باث (26 يناير 1126)
</s>
<s id="82">
Neugebauer الأربع مخطوطات الناجية من الترجمة اللاتينية محفوظة في المكتبة العامة (في شارتر)، ومكتبة مازارين (في باريس)، بمكتبة ناسيونال (في مدريد) ومكتبة بودليايان (في أوكسفورد).
</s>
<s id="83">
قام الخوارزمي بعدة تحسينات هامة لنظرية وبناء المزولات، التي ورثها من الحضارة الهندية والإغريقية
</s>
<s id="84">
وعمل جداول لهذه الآلات التي اختصرت الوقت اللازم لإجراء حسابات معينة
</s>
<s id="85">
كانت مزولته عالمية، وكان يمكن ملاحظتها من أي مكان على الأرض
</s>
<s id="86">
ومنذ ذلك الحين، وضعت المزولات في كثير من الأحيان في المساجد لتحديد وقت الصلاة
</s>
<s id="87">
مربع الظل، هي أداة اخترعها أيضا الخوارزمي في القرن التاسع في بغداد وأستخدمت لتحديد الارتفاع الخطي لجسم، بالاشتراك مع العضادة لملاحظات الزاوي
</s>
<s id="88">
ديفيد أ الملك (2002)، &quot;Vetustissimus العربية نص على Quadrans Vetus&quot;، مجلة لتاريخ علم الفلك 33 : 237-255 (238-9)
</s>
<s id="89">
أخترع الخوارزمي أيضا أول أداة ربعية وأداة قياس الأرتفاع في بغداد في القرن التاسع الميلادي
</s>
<s id="90">
ديفيد أ الملك، &quot;علم الفلك الإسلامي&quot;، وكريستوفر ووكر (1999)، والطبعة، وعلم الفلك قبل التلسكوب، p
</s>
<s id="91">
167-168
</s>
<s id="92">
المتحف البريطاني برس
</s>
<s id="93">
ردمك 0-7141-2733-7
</s>
<s id="94">
، اخترع الخوارزمي، أيضا أداة الربع المجيب الذي كانت تستخدم للحسابات الفلكية
</s>
<s id="95">
وأخترع أيضا أول الربع الحراري لتحديد دائرة عرض، في بغداد، ثم مركز تطوير الربعيات
</s>
<s id="96">
وكان يستخدم لتحديد الوقت (وخاصة أوقات الصلاة) من خلال مراقبة الشمس أو النجوم
</s>
<s id="97">
كانت أداة الربعية أداة عالمية، وهي أداة رياضية مبتكرة اخترعها الخوارزمي في القرن التاسع وعرفت فيما بعد باسم (الربعية القديمة) في أوروبا في القرن الثالث عشر
</s>
<s id="98">
ويمكن استخدامها في أي دائرة عرض على الأرض وفي في أي وقت من السنة لتحديد الوقت في بالساعة من الارتفاع من الشمس
</s>
<s id="99">
وكان هذا ثاني أكثر أداة الفلكية تستخدم على نطاق واسع خلال القرون الوسطى بعد الأسطرلاب
</s>
<s id="100">
وأحد استخداماتها الرئيسية في العالم الإسلامي هو تحديد أوقات الصلاة.
</s>
<s id="101">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="102">
ثالث عمل الرئيسي للخوارزمي هو [68] كتاب صورة الأرض &quot;وكتاب عن ظهور الأرض&quot; ا، الذي كان في المركز 833
</s>
<s id="103">
وهو نسخة منقحة وكاملة من كتاب الجغرافيا لكلاوديوس بطليموس، الذي يتألف من قائمة من 2402 إحداث لمدن وغيرها من المعالم الجغرافية التالية للمقدمة العامة.
</s>
<s id="104">
ليس هناك سوى نسخة واحدة موجودة من كتاب صورة الأرض [71]، محفوظة في مكتبة جامعة ستراسبورغ
</s>
<s id="105">
والترجمة اللاتينية محفوظة في المكتبة الوطنية لإسبانيا في مدريد
</s>
<s id="106">
العنوان الكامل للكتاب هو كتاب مظهر الأرض، ومدنها، والجبال والبحار، وجميع الجزر والأنهار، كتبه أبو جعفر محمد بن موسى الخوارزمي، وفقا لمقالة جغرافية كتبها الجغرافي بطليموس ذا كلاوديان.
</s>
<s id="107">
يفتح الكتاب مع قائمة بخطوط العرض ودوائر الطول، وذلك من أجل &quot;	
</s>
<s id="108">
مناطق الطقس&quot;، أي في مناطق خطوط العرض، في كل منطقة جوية، بترتيب خطوط الطول
</s>
<s id="109">
كما يشير بول جاليز، هذا النظام الممتاز يتيح لنا أن نستنتج الكثير من خطوط العرض وخطوط الطول، حيث ان الوثيقة الوحيدة التي بحوزتنا بحالة سيئة جعلتها عمليا غير مقروءة.
</s>
<s id="110">
لا تشمل النسخة العربية ولا نسخة الترجمة اللاتينية خريطة العالم نفسها، ولكن تمكن هوبرت دانشت من إعادة بناء الخريطة المفقودة من قائمة الإحداثيات
</s>
<s id="111">
قرأ دانشت خطوط العرض وخطوط الطول الساحلية من النقاط الواردة في المخطوطة، أو يتوصل إليها من حيث السياق ليست مقروءة
</s>
<s id="112">
انه نقل النقاط على ورقة الرسم البياني ولها علاقة مع الخطوط المستقيمة، والحصول على تقريب الساحل كما كان على الخريطة الأصلية
</s>
<s id="113">
ثم فعل الشيء نفسه بالنسبة للأنهار والمدن
</s>
<s id="114">
Daunicht
</s>
<s id="115">
صحح الخوارزمي بطليموس اجمالى المبالغة لمدة من البحر الأبيض المتوسط س ادوارد كينيدي، الرياضيات والجغرافيا، p
</s>
<s id="116">
188، (من جزر الكناري إلى السواحل الشرقية من البحر الأبيض المتوسط) ؛ بطليموس المبالغة في 63 درجة من خط الطول، في حين أن الخوارزمي تقريبا صحيح انه لا يقل عن حوالي 50 درجة من خط الطول
</s>
<s id="117">
انه &quot;كما وصف المحيط الأطلسي والمحيط الهندي كأجسام مفتوحة من الماء، وليس بحار مقفلة بالساحل كما فعلت بطليموس&quot;
</s>
<s id="118">
وبالتالي حدد الخوارزمي خط الطول الرئيسي للعالم القديم على الشاطئ الشرقي من البحر الأبيض المتوسط، 10-13 درجة إلى شرق الإسكندرية (خط الطول الرئيسي السابق حدده كلاوديوس بطليموس) و 70 درجة إلى غرب بغداد
</s>
<s id="119">
وواصل معظم الجغرافيين المسلمين في العصور الوسطى استخدام خط الطول الرئيسي للخوارزمي.
</s>
<s id="120">
التقويم العبري
</s>
<s id="121">
كتب الخوارزمي العديد من الأعمال من بينها بحث عن التقويم العبري بعنوان &quot;رسالة في استخراج تاريخ اليهود&quot;
</s>
<s id="122">
يصف فيه دورة ميتون التي تمتد ل19 عاما، وقواعد تحديد أي يوم من الأسبوع سيكون اليوم الأول لشهر تِشريه؛ بحساب الفترة الفاصلة بين يوم العالم والعصر السلوقي، ويعطي قواعد تحديد خط الطول المتوسط من الشمس والقمر باستخدام التقويم العبري
</s>
<s id="123">
ووجدت مواد مشابهة في أعمال البيروني وابن ميمون.
</s>
<s id="124">
مؤلفات أخرى
</s>
<s id="125">
العديد من المخطوطات العربية في برلين واسطنبول وطشقند والقاهرة وباريس تحتوى على المواد أكيدة أو محتمله للخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="126">
تتضمن مخطوطة اسطنبول ورقة عن الساعات الشمسية، التي ورد ذكرها في كتاب الفهرس
</s>
<s id="127">
أوراق أخرى، مثل واحدة عن تحديد اتجاه مكة المكرمة، عن علم الفلك الكروي.
</s>
<s id="128">
تناول نصين اهتماما بحساب مسافة عرض الصباح وهم (معرفة ساعة المشرق في كل بلد)، و(معرفة السمت من قبل الارتفاعʿ).، كما ألف أيضا كتابين عن بناء واستخدام الأسطرلاب
</s>
<s id="129">
ذكرهم ابن النديم في كتابه (فهرس الكتب العربية) وهم (كتاب المزولات) و(كتاب التاريخ)، ولكن الكتابين فقدوا.
</s>
<s id="130">
تشكل الرياضيات لدينا يمكن أن يعود إلى الخوارزمي
</s>
<s id="131">
فكتابه &quot;حساب الجبر والمقابلة &quot;، غطي المعادلات الخطية والتربيعية، حل الخلل في التوازن التجاري والميراث والمسائل والمشكلات الناجمة عن مسح وتخصيص الأرضي
</s>
<s id="132">
بصورة عابرة، كما أدخل استخدام النظام العددي الذي نستخدمه حاليا، والتي حل محل النظام الروماني القديم.
</s>
<s id="133">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="134">
الخوارزمي(حفرة) -- حفرة على الجانب الآخر من القمر الذي يحمل اسم الخوارزمي.
</s>
<s id="135">
جائزة الخوارزمي الدولية—جائزة إيرانية تحمل اسم الخوارزمي.
</s>
<s id="136">
ملاحظات
</s>
<s id="137">
مصادر أخرى
</s>
<s id="138">
;السيرة الذاتية
</s>
<s id="139">
Fuat سيزغين
</s>
<s id="140">
Geschichte ديس arabischen Schrifttums
</s>
<s id="141">
1974، اكساجولا بريل، ليدن، هولندا.
</s>
<s id="142">
سيزغين، F.، الطبعة الإسلامية والرياضيات وعلم الفلك، فرانكفورت : معهد für Geschichte در arabisch - islamischen Wissenschaften، 1997-9.
</s>
<s id="143">
;الجبر
</s>
<s id="144">
بارناباس هيوز
</s>
<s id="145">
قال روبرت تشستر من الترجمة اللاتينية القاعدة Khwarizmi &apos;sآل جبر : طبعة جديدة حاسمة
</s>
<s id="146">
في اللاتينية
</s>
<s id="147">
واو شتاينر Verlag فيسبادن (1989)
</s>
<s id="148">
ردمك 3-515-04589-9.
</s>
<s id="149">
;حسابي
</s>
<s id="150">
;علم الفلك
</s>
<s id="151">
Suter، H
</s>
<s id="152">
[إيد] : داي astronomischen Tafeln ديس محمد بن موسى Khwârizmî في Bearbeitung در ديس Maslama بن أحمد Madjrîtî und در latein
</s>
<s id="153">
Übersetzung ديس Athelhard فون باث عوف Grund فون دير Vorarbeiten ألف Bjørnbo und ر Besthorn في Kopenhagen
</s>
<s id="154">
Hrsg
</s>
<s id="155">
und komm
</s>
<s id="156">
Kopenhagen 1914
</s>
<s id="157">
ص 288
</s>
<s id="158">
Repr
</s>
<s id="159">
1997 (الإسلامية الرياضيات والفلك
</s>
<s id="160">
7ردمك 3 - 8298 - 4008 - العاشر.
</s>
<s id="161">
فان دالين، B
</s>
<s id="162">
آل Khwarizmi / إعادة النظر في الجداول الفلكية : تحليل معادلة التوقيت.
</s>
<s id="163">
;التقويم العبري
</s>
<s id="164">
;الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="165">
إشارات عامة
</s>
<s id="166">
: لمزيد من الدراسات الكثيرة انظر : تاريخ الرياضيات، والرياضيات في العصور الوسطى في الإسلام، والإسلام في العصور الوسطى في علم الفلك.
</s>
<s id="167">
رشدي راشد، وتطوير الرياضيات العربية : بين الحساب والجبر، لندن، 1994.
</s>
<s id="168">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="169">
الخوارزمي، موقع علماء العرب والمسلمين
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="51" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
بيروت
</s>
<s id="2">
بيروت هي العاصمة السياسية للجمهورية اللبنانية وأكبر مدنها
</s>
<s id="3">
يتعدى عدد سكانها المليوني نسمة بحسب إحصائيات سنة 2007
</s>
<s id="4">
تقع وسط الخط الساحلي اللبناني شرقي البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="5">
تتركَز فيها معظم المرافق الحيوية من صناعة وتجارة وخدمات
</s>
<s id="6">
وهي مدينة قديمة وعريقة إذ ذكرت في رسائل تل العمارنة والمؤرخة إلى القرن الخامس عشر ما قبل الميلاد وهي مأهولة منذ ذلك الحين.
</s>
<s id="7">
بيروت هي مركز الثقل السياسي اللبناني حيث مقر معظم الدوائر السياسية مثل البرلمان ورئاسة الجمهورية بالإضافة لمراكز معظم الوزارات والدوائر الحكومية
</s>
<s id="8">
تلعب الدور الرئيسي في الحركة الاقتصادية اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="9">
وتعد المدينة إحدى أهم المؤثرات الثقافية في منطقة الشرق الأوسط والوطن العربي لغناها بالأنشطة الثقافية مثل الصحافة الحرة والمسارح ودور النشر ومعارض الفنون والمتاحف وعدد كبير من الجامعات الدولية.
</s>
<s id="10">
مرت المدينة بالعديد من الكوارث من زلالزل وحروب على مر التاريخ كان آخرها الحرب الأهلية اللبنانية المدمرة
</s>
<s id="11">
وبعد انتهاء الحرب سنة 1990، أعادت الدولة في عهد حكومة رئيس وزراء لبنان آنذاك رفيق الحريري إعمار وتأهيل المدينة وبخاصة وسطها التجاري إعادة بناء بيروت, Macalester College إعادة إعمار لبنان، همل جاري, VOA News بيروت: بين الذكرى والإرادةWorldview وواجهتها البحرية وملاهيها الليلية مما أعاد تألق سياحتها وجعلها مقصداً سياحياً جذاباً
</s>
<s id="12">
قامت صحيفة النيويورك تايمز بمنح بيروت المركز الأول بين قائمة الأماكن التي ينبغي زيارتها في سنة 2009، كما تم تصنيفها من ضمن المدن العشرة الأوائل الأكثر حيوية في عام 2009 بواسطة دليل لونلي بلانت السياحي.
</s>
<s id="13">
التسمية
</s>
<s id="14">
أول ذكر لاسم بيروت ورد بلفظ &quot;بيروتا&quot; في ألواح تل العمارنة الأب لويس شيخو اليسوعي، &quot;بيروت، تاريخها وآثارها&quot; سماها الفنيقيون &quot;بيريت&quot; ँ‏ऀ‏ओ‏क‏ وهي كلمة فينيقية تعني الآبار
</s>
<s id="15">
وقيل أنها كانت تدعى
</s>
<s id="16">
&quot;بيريتيس&quot; أو &quot;بيروتوس&quot; أو &quot;بيرُووَه&quot; نسبة للإلهة &quot;بيروت&quot;، أعز آلهة لبنان وصاحبة أدونيس إله جبيل
</s>
<s id="17">
دكتور لويس لورتيه، &quot;سوريا الحاضرة، رحلات إلى فينيقيا ولبنان واليهودية بين 1875 و 1880 (La Syrie d&apos;aujourd&apos;hui
</s>
<s id="18">
Voyages dans la Phénicie, le Liban, et la Judée (1875-1880))، مكتبة هاشيت، باريس، 1884 وعُرفت المدينة باسم &quot;بيريتوس&quot; (باليونانية القديمة:βηρυτός) في الأدبيات الإغريقية
</s>
<s id="19">
واعتمد هذا الاسم في دوريات الآثأر المنشورة في الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت منذ 1934
</s>
<s id="20">
Berytus Archeological Studies, American University of Beirut (AUB)
</s>
<s id="21">
وذكر أن &quot;بيروت&quot; بالمعنى السامي تعني &quot;الصنوبر&quot; لغابات الصنوبر أنيس فريحة، &quot;معجم معاني مدن وقرى لبنان، مكتبة لبنان، بيروت ، بسبب وقوعها بالقرب من غابة صنوبر كبيرة هي اليوم ما يُعرف بحرش أو حرج بيروت
</s>
<s id="22">
ومن الأسماء الأخرى التي دعيت بها منطقة بيروت هو: &quot;لاذقية كنعان&quot;، &quot;مستوطنة جوليا أغسطس بيريتوس السعيدة&quot;، &quot;دربي&quot;، &quot;رديدون&quot;، &quot;باروت&quot;.
</s>
<s id="23">
ولقبت المدينة عبر العصور بالعديد من الألقاب منها: سماها الفينيقيون &quot;بالمدينة الإلهة&quot; و&quot;بيروت الأبيّة والمجيدة&quot; شيخو لعنادها في مقارعة مدينة &quot;صيدون&quot; و&quot;زهرة الشرق&quot;، مجلة الهلال، صدر عدد سنة 1902م وأطلق عليها الرومان &quot;أم الشرائع&quot; بسبب بناء أكبر معهد للقانون بالإمبراطورية فيها
</s>
<s id="24">
موقع مدينة بيروت الرسمي، مدينة بيروت، أم الشرائع ونعتها العثمانيون &quot;بالدرة الغالية&quot;
</s>
<s id="25">
الأب لامنس، &quot;تسريح الأبصار&quot;، بيروت، 1914 في العصر الحديث خلدها نزار قباني بلقب &quot;ست الدنيا&quot;
</s>
<s id="26">
يا ست الدنيا يا بيروت وعرفت أيضا باسم &quot;باريس الشرق&quot; خلال فترة الستينات وأوائل السبعينات من القرن العشرين، أي خلال عهد الازدهار الاقتصادي في لبنان.
</s>
<s id="27">
تاريخ بيروت
</s>
<s id="28">
يعود تاريخ بيروت إلى أكثر من 5000 عام
</s>
<s id="29">
تاريخ - بيروت, 999Beirut تاريخ بيروت, Lebanon Links تحت ردميات بيروت آثار 5000 سنة من الحضارة - نيو يورك, The New York Times لمحة عن لبنان السفارة الأميركية في بيروت
</s>
<s id="30">
تدل أعمال الحفريات الأثرية في وسط بيروت على تنوع الحضارات التي مرت على المدينة، فقد عُثر على طبقات متعددة من الآثار الفينيقية والهيلينية والرومانية والعربية والعثمانية مشاريع بحثية - الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت(AUB) التي تبعد عن بعضها بمسافة ضئيلة.
</s>
<s id="31">
العصور القديمة
</s>
<s id="32">
بقايا منشآت فينيقية-رومانية في وسط بيروت، ساحة الشهداء.
</s>
<s id="33">
بُنيت بيروت من قبل أهل جبيل (بيبلوس) قبل أربعة آلاف سنة، وما لبثت أن كبرت وعمرت بالسكان وأصبحت مملكة مستقلة على الساحل الذي كان يُعرف باسم فينيقيا وعبد أهلها إلها خاصاً بها اسمه &quot;بعل بيريت&quot; أي إله أو سيّد بيروت، وضربت باسمها عملة نقديّة تحمل رسماً يمثل هذا الإله
</s>
<s id="34">
موقع مدينة بيروت، تاريخ بيروت، منعطفات تاريخية، من 140 ق.م
</s>
<s id="35">
الى 1841 م وأول إشارة لمدينة بيروت تعود للقرن الخامس عشر قبل الميلاد حيث ذكرت في رسائل تل العمارنة المسمارية التي ذكرت عن &quot;عمونيرا&quot; ملك &quot;بيريت&quot;
</s>
<s id="36">
فينيقيا في الموسوعة اليهودية, Case Western Reserve University الذي أرسل ثلاث رسائل إلى الفرعون المصري Phoenicia, Jrank.org 
</s>
<s id="37">
كما ذكرت &quot;بيريت&quot; في رسائل &quot;رب حدا&quot; ملك جبيل
</s>
<s id="38">
وأنشئت أول مستوطناتها على جزيرة وسط نهرها التي طُمرت عبر الأزمان.
</s>
<s id="39">
خضعت بيروت لحكم المصريين بعد أن قام الفرعون تحتموس الثالث باحتلال الساحل الشرقي للبحر المتوسط أثناء طرده للهكسوس من مصر، وبعد المصريين قام كل من الآشوريين والكلدانيين والفرس بالسيطرة على فينيقيا ومنها بيروت، قبل أن يهزم الإسكندر الأكبر الفرس ويضم المدينة لإمبراطوريته
</s>
<s id="40">
وفي سنة 140ق.م احتلها ودمرها &quot;ديودوتوس تريفون&quot;، الملك الهيليني، خلال صراعه مع &quot;أنيوخس السابع&quot; للسيطرة على عرش الدولة السلوقية
</s>
<s id="41">
ومن ثم أعيد بناؤها على الطراز الهيليني وسميت &quot;لاوديسيا الفينيقية&quot; (باليونانية: Λαοδικεια ή του Φοινίκη) وفي بعض الأحيان &quot;لاوديسيا الكنعانية&quot;
</s>
<s id="42">
تقع المدينة اليوم على أنقاض تلك التي بناها اليونان، كما أظهرت الحفريات التي أعيد العمل بها بعد انتهاء الحرب الأهلية سنة 1991
</s>
<s id="43">
وتشير إحدى الحفريات من سنة 1994 إلى أن شارع &quot;سوق الطويلة&quot; الحديث هو تطور لشارع هيليني أو روماني قديم.
</s>
<s id="44">
آثار حمامات بيروت الرومانية، وسط المدينة.
</s>
<s id="45">
واحتل بيروت الجنرال الروماني &quot;ماركوس أغريبا&quot; في عام 64 ق.م
</s>
<s id="46">
وسماها &quot;مستوطنة جوليا أغسطس بيريتوس السعيدة&quot; (باللاتينية: Colonia Iulia Augusta Felix Berytus) تيمنا بجوليا بنت الإمبراطور أغسطس About Beirut and Downtown Beirut, DownTownBeirut.com
</s>
<s id="47">
Retrieved November 17th, 2007 Beirut Travel Information, Lonely Planet Czech excavations in Beirut, Martyrs&apos; Square, Institute for Classical Archaeology&gt; ونظرا لأهمية المدينة تمركز فيها الفيلقان الرومانيان: المقدوني الخامس، والغالي الثالث مما حولها إلى جزء من الإمبراطورية الرومانية وبالتالي تمّ تعميرها وفقا للنمط المعماري الروماني، فبُنيت فيها الأبنية، من هياكل ومسارح وحمامات، ومؤسسات حكوميّة فخمة.
</s>
<s id="48">
عرفت المدينة أزهى أيامها خلال عهد هيرودوس فأصبحت مدينة رومانية كاملة الحقوق في سنة 14 ق.م، ومنحت لقب المستمعرة الممتازة
</s>
<s id="49">
موقع مدينة بيروت الرسمي، تاريخ المدينة، منعطفات تاريخية، من 140 ق.م
</s>
<s id="50">
الى 1841 م اشتهرت بيروت تحت الحكم الروماني بمدرسة القانون والتي استمرت بتدريس الحقوق لأكثر من 300 عام، وكانت في ذلك العهد مرجعاً لطلاب العلم من الوطنيين والأجانب
</s>
<s id="51">
وهي المدرسة التي أكسبت المدينة في ذلك الحين للقب &quot;أم الشرائع ومرضعة العلوم&quot;
</s>
<s id="52">
بيروت - موسوعة بريتانيكا, Britannica.com من أشهر مدرسيها الحقوقيين الفينيقيين &quot;بابينيانوس&quot; و&quot;أولبيانوس&quot;، الذين اشتهرا خلال حكم الأباطرة السيفريين، والذي كان عملهما أساس قانون جستنيان الأول المعروف &quot;بالبندكتس&quot;
</s>
<s id="53">
دُمرت المدرسة نتيجةً لموجة الزلازل التي ضربت بيروت في سنة551 للميلاد، فنقل طلابها إلى مدينة صيدون
</s>
<s id="54">
تاريخ فينيقيا, fullbooks.com
</s>
<s id="55">
Retrieved November 17th, 2007 Saida (Sidon) وقتل الزلزال 30,000 بيروتي و250,000 من سكان الساحل الفينيقي، الأمر الذي أفقد بيروت أهميتها خلال السنين المتبقية لها تحت حكم الروم البيزنطينين.
</s>
<s id="56">
العصور الوسطى
</s>
<s id="57">
بعد حوالي مائة سنة من دمار المدينة، أي خلال سنة 635م، فتحها العرب بقيادة معاوية بن أبي سفيان في زمن خلافة عمر بن الخطاب ثاني الخلفاء الراشدين الذي أمر بترميمها وتحصينها بالقلاع لحمايتها من هجمات الروم الذين حاولوا عبثاً استعادتها عدة مرات
</s>
<s id="58">
بيروت - موسوعة بريتانيكا، Britannica.com وفي تلك الفترة لم تحظ بيروت بشهرة كبيرة وأهمية تذكر مثل تلك التي حظيت بها مدينة عكا كمركز تجاري في شرقي المتوسط.
</s>
<s id="59">
عندما ارتقى معاوية بن أبي سفيان سدة الخلافة الإسلاميّة جلب إلى بيروت قوماً من الفرس وأسكنهم فيها مثلما فعل بغيرها من مدن الساحل الشامي وبعلبك
</s>
<s id="60">
كانت المدينة خلال عهد الخلفاء الراشدين الأمويين ثم العباسيين، تابعة لدمشق، واتخذها المسلمون في العهود المذكورة رباطاً، أي قاعدة عسكريّة، ومنها انطلقت الجيوش العربيّة التي حملها معاوية على الأسطول الذي فتح به جزيرة قبرص أيام عثمان بن عفان
</s>
<s id="61">
وفي أيام أبي جعفر المنصور، ثاني الخلفاء العباسيين، ظهر فيها عدد من العلماء البارزين أهمهم عبد الرحمن الأَوزاعي، المعروف باسم &quot;الإمام الأوزاعي&quot; المتوفى سنة 773، وقبره ما يزال موجوداً بالقرب منها عند الجهة الجنوبيّة على ساحل البحر، في منطقة أصبحت تحمل اسمه، وهذا القبر كان وما يزال مقصداً للناس الذين يزورونه ويتبركون به
</s>
<s id="62">
استعاد ملك البيزنطيين &quot;يوحنا زيميسياس&quot; بيروت عام 974 ولبث فيها نحو سنة، ثم أخرجته منها القوات المصريّة التي أرسبها جوهر الصقلي في أيام العبيديين حكّام مصر في ذلك الحين، وفي زمنهم كانت هذه المدينة تابعة لدمشق المرتبطة رأساً بالقاهرة حاضرة الخلافة العبيديّة يومذاك
</s>
<s id="63">
موقع مدينة بيرروت الرسمي، تاريخ المدينة، منعطفات تاريخية، من 140 ق.م
</s>
<s id="64">
الى 1841 م
</s>
<s id="65">
رسم من سنة 1842 يُظهر إعادة احتلال بيروت من قبل الصليبيين سنة 1197.
</s>
<s id="66">
هاجمت جيوش الصليبيين بيروت سنة 1102، بالرغم من أنها لم تكن مهمة في ذلك الوقت، لكنها امتنعت عليهم وصدتهم، فلما كانت سنة 1110 أعادت هذه الجيوش الكرّة عليها بقيادة &quot;بغدوين الأول&quot; وتمكنت من احتلالها
</s>
<s id="67">
وبقي الصليبيون في المدينة حتى سنة 1291، وكانت في تلك الفترة تابعة لمملكة بيت المقدس وقد اعتمد ازدهارها في ذلك الوقت على حركة تبادلها التجاري مع أوروبا في البهارات
</s>
<s id="68">
ومن أشهر القواد الصليبيين الذين حكموا بيروت، &quot;يوحنا الأول سيد إبلين&quot;، الملقب &quot;بسيد بيروت العجوز&quot; (1179–1236) الذي قام بترميم المدينة بعد المعارك المتعددة مع صلاح الدين الأيوبي، كما بنى قصر آل إبلين فيها
</s>
<s id="69">
Beirut, Britannica.com استعاد صلاح الدين الأيوبي بيروت في سنة 1187، لكنها عادت إلى الصليبين بعد حوالي عشرة أعوام، وبعد أن زالت الدولة الأيوبية وحلت مكانها دولة المماليك أرسل الملك الأشرف خليل ابن الملك قلاوون الصالحي جيشاً كبيراً إلى المدينة فاستعادها وجعلها تابعة لنيابة طرابلس الشام التي كانت مرتبطة رأساً بالقاهرة مقر السلطة المملوكيّة آنذاك.
</s>
<s id="70">
العصور الحديثة
</s>
<s id="71">
في سنة 1516 تغلب السلطان سليم الأول العُثماني على قنصوه الغوري سلطان المماليك وقضى عليه في معركة مرج دابق شمالي حلب، وتابع زحفه حتى أحتل جميع بلاد الشام، ومن ذلك الحين دخلت بيروت في حوزة الدولة العثمانية وكان أول حاكم عُثماني فيها محمد بن قرقماز (قرقماز أوغلو) وهو جركسي
</s>
<s id="72">
حُكمت المدينة من قبل الأمراء الدروز، تاريخ الدروز, مؤسسة التراث الدرزي تارة من بني عسّاف وتارة من بني سيفا، موقع مدينة بيروت، تاريخ المدينة، منعطفات تاريخية، من 140 ق.م
</s>
<s id="73">
الى 1841 م ابتداءً من القرن السادس عشر، وفي تلك الفترة كانت بيروت مجرد قرية عادية، بعد أن قل فيها التجار وضعفت الأعمال الصناعية، والمهن البحرية، كالصيد وصناعة السفن وترميمها وتزويدها بالمؤن، وذلك إما لانتشار القراصنة في البحر المتوسط في ذلك الوقت، أو لانصراف الكثير من القوافل البحرية إلى الدوران حول أفريقيا عن طريق رأس الرجاء الصالح الذي اكتشف سنة 1498، فتحولت بذلك طريق التجارة مع الهند إليه بدلا من المرافئ اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="74">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 22-23 وفي السنوات العشر الأخيرة من القرن السادس عشر للميلاد، تغلب الأمير فخر الدين بن معن على الأمير يوسف بن سيفا الذي كان حاكماً على مدينة طرابلس وبلاد كسروان ومدينة بيروت وانتزع منه المقاطعة الكسروانيّة وبيروت وطرد من هذه المدينة الآغا الذي كان متسلماً عليها من طرف ابن سيفا
</s>
<s id="75">
وقام فخر الدين خلال القرن السابع عشر بالاعتناء بعمران المدينة بشكل كبير، فازدهرت وانفتحت على أوروبا في أيامه، بيروت, Jrank.org ومن المعالم التي أنشأها: البرج الذي عُرف فيما بعد باسم برج الكشاف، لأنه أستُعمل مرقباً لاستكشاف المراكب المعادية التي تحاول الإغارة على البلد، وإليه تنسب ساحة البرج الواقعة في الجهة الشرقية منه، والتي أصبحت تعرف اليوم بساحة الشهداء أو ساحة الحرية، وكذلك أنشأ الأمير قصراً له في بيروت بالاستعانة بخبرات بعض المهندسين الإيطاليين، وحديقة للحيوانات، وقام بزيادة عدد أشجار الصنوبر في حرج بيروت وتنسيق تلك الموجودة
</s>
<s id="76">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 66-67 وبعد زوال الإمارة المعنية عادت بيروت لتتبع ولاية طرابلس من جديد.
</s>
<s id="77">
بيروت في سنة 1860، يبدو الأمير عبد القادر الجزائري في وسط الصورة، والذي كان قد قدم للمساعدة على إنهاء النزاع بين الدروز والمسيحيين.
</s>
<s id="78">
سليمان باشا الفرنساوي، حاكم بيروت من سنة 1831 حتى 1840.
</s>
<s id="79">
في السنوات الأخيرة من القرن الثامن عشر شهدت بيروت صراعاً شديداً بين حاكمها الشهابي الأمير يوسف وبين أحد أتباعه أحمد باشا الجزار، عندما كان كل منهما يحاول الاستئثار بها وتعرضت خلال هذا الصراع لاحتلالها من قبل أميرال البحر &quot;سبنسكوف&quot; الروسي، الذي كان يقوم بأعمال القرصنة في المياه العثمانيّة لحساب إمبراطورة روسيا كاترين الثانية، المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 117-118 فلقد نصّب هذا القرصان مدافع في سهلات البرج ليتمكن من ضرب سور المدينة من قرب، ولهذا السبب أطلق الإفرنج على هذه السهلات اسم &quot;ساحة المدفع&quot;، ولكن احتلال الروس انتهى بعد شهور قليلة بعد أن دفعت لهم المدينة غرامة قدرها 25 ألف ريال بعملة ذلك الزمان
</s>
<s id="80">
فعاد إليها الجزار وقبض على سيده السابق الأمير يوسف الشهابي بمعاونة ابن أخ الأخير، الأمير بشير الثاني الشهابي المشهور بالمالطي، وأعدمه سنة 1790 في مدينة عكا
</s>
<s id="81">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 120 في أيام الجزار مُنع الشهابيون من الإقامة في بيروت، وهُدمت بيوتهم التي كانت فيها، كما مُنع أهل جبل لبنان من السكن في هذه المدينة التي ألحقها الوالي المذكور بمدينة عكا التي اتخذها مركزاً له باسم ولاية عكا
</s>
<s id="82">
والجزار هو الذي بنى السور الذي كان يحيط بيروت من كافة أطرافها ومنع الناس من السكن خارجه، فسجل انخفاض في عدد سكان المدينة إلى 8,000 نسمة في تلك الفترة، وبقي هذا المنع سارياً حتى سنة 1832، ففي هذه السنة اقتحمها إبراهيم باشا بن محمد علي باشا وهدم السور وأباح بناء المساكن خارجه، فعاد لبيروت دورها المهم مرة أخرى.
</s>
<s id="83">
بقيت بيروت تحت الحكم المصري من سنة 1832 حتى 1841 وهي المدة التي بقيت فيها بلاد الشام في حوزة إبراهيم باشا
</s>
<s id="84">
وفي هذه الفترة عرفت هذه المدينة تطوراً أساسيًّا شمل سائر مرافقها العُمرانيّة والإداريّة، ونما عدد سكانها يومئذٍ من 8 آلاف نسمة إلى 15 ألفاً، وذلك بسبب امتداد رقعتها إلى خارج السور الذي أمر إبراهيم باشا بهدمه وسمح للناس ببناء مساكنهم في الضواحي التي أصبحت فيما بعد جزءاً من المدينة نفسها، كما ازدهرت أحوالها التجاريّة بسبب اختيارها مركزاً للحجر الصحي، الأمر الذي أجبر جميع القادمين إلى الشام على الخضوع له للتأكد من سلامتهم الصحيّة وخلوهم من الأمراض المعديّة
</s>
<s id="85">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 162-163 وخلال عهد المصريين كان حاكم بيروت هو القائد في الجيش المصري سليمان باشا الفرنساوي
</s>
<s id="86">
في سنة 1841 تمكنت الدولة العُثمانيّة من استعادة سيطرتها على بلاد الشام، فقاموا بنقل كرسي الولاية إليها وعيّنوا عليها والياً من قبلهم اسمه سليم باشا
</s>
<s id="87">
وفي عهد هذا الوالي بدأت بيروت بالازدهار فازدادت عماراً وسكاناً، وانتقلت إليها تجارة الإفرنج، وعظم شأنها، وكثر مجيء المراكب الأوروبيّة إليها
</s>
<s id="88">
بيروت الحديثة، كلية ماكليستر وخلال أحداث 1860 بين الدروز والمسيحيين، لجأ الكثير من الموارنة النصارى إلى بيروت هربا من المذابح في جبل لبنان ودمشق
</s>
<s id="89">
ليلى فوّاز
</s>
<s id="90">
&quot;المدينة والجبل&quot;، صحيفة دولية حول دراسات الشرق الأوسط، العدد 16، رقم 4، (نوفمبر 1984)، 493
</s>
<s id="91">
منظر عام لبيروت خلال الثلث الأخير من القرن التاسع عشر.
</s>
<s id="92">
خلال منتصف القرن التاسع عشر ازداد سكان بيروت وتوسعت المدينة لتتخطى أسوارها
</s>
<s id="93">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق حجا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة 1999، صفحة 175 وفي خضم هذا التوسع قامت الإرساليات الغربية ومفكرو العالم العربي بتكوين المدينة
</s>
<s id="94">
وأصبحت مركز الثقافة والفكر العربي ومركز تنوع عالمي بوجود الأوروبيين والأميركيين
</s>
<s id="95">
فشركة المياه كانت بريطانية وشركة إمداد الغاز كانت فرنسية فيما أنشأ الأميركيون المدارس والجامعات ومن أشهرها الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت
</s>
<s id="96">
واشتهرت فيها صناعات وتجارة الحرير
</s>
<s id="97">
كما أنشأ الفرنسيون مرفأ بحريا عصريا في سنة 1894 ومدوا سكك الحديد بين بيروت ودمشق وحلب في سنة 1907
</s>
<s id="98">
وكانت السفن الفرنسية تنقل البضائع بين بيروت ومارسيليا وسرعان ما أصبح للفرنسيين تأثير أكبر من أي دولة غربية أخرى، وفي تلك الفترة أخذ السكان يقتدون بالأوروبين في بعض نواحي عيشهم وفي ملبسهم
</s>
<s id="99">
ونشرت موسوعة بريتانيكا أن توزيع سكان بيروت في سنة 1911 كان كالتالي: مسلمون (36,000 نسمة)، مسيحيون (77,000 نسمة)، يهود (2،500 نسمة)، دروز (400 نسمة)، أجانب (4,100 نسمة)
</s>
<s id="100">
Beirut, from britanica online&gt;
</s>
<s id="101">
المرحلة المعاصرة
</s>
<s id="102">
خلال الحرب العالمية الأولى عصفت المجاعة والأمراض بجبل لبنان نتيجة لبعض التدابير العثمانية الضارة، وبسبب مجريات الحرب، وكنتيجة لهذا لجأ الكثير من أبناء الجبل إلى بيروت للحصول على لقمة عيشهم، وفي تلك الفترة قام بعض الوجهاء البيروتيين بتأسيس بعض الجمعيات التي أخذت على عاتقها تقديم المساعدات والإغاثات للجبليين مما خفف من وطأة الحرب عليهم
</s>
<s id="103">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء الثامن، لبنان والعالم العربي في العصر الحاضر، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة الحادية عشرة، 1998، صفحة: 50-51 وبتاريخ 8 أكتوبر 1918 سقطت المدينة من العثمانيين ووقعت بأيدي قوات الحلفاء بقيادة الجنرال إدموند ألنبي
</s>
<s id="104">
وأعلنت عصبة الأمم بيروت خاضعة للانتداب الفرنسي مع بقية مناطق جبل لبنان، البقاع وسوريا الكبرى
</s>
<s id="105">
ثم أعلنها الفرنسيون في 1920 عاصمة لدولة لبنان الكبير، والتي أصبحت الجمهورية اللبنانية في سنة 1926 ولكن لم تنل استقلالها إلا في سنة 1943
</s>
<s id="106">
وازدهرت بيروت خلال فترة الاستقلال وأصبحت نقطة استقطاب ثقافي واقتصادي لكل محيطها
</s>
<s id="107">
فأصبحت بمثابة البلد الثاني، أو المصيف للعديد من مواطني العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="108">
وشهدت بيروت اضطرابات لفترة بسيطة سنة 1958 زمن الرئيس كميل شمعون بسبب الصراع حول حلف بغداد، وخلال فترة الستينات من القرن العشرين أصبحت المدينة تعرف باسم &quot;باريس الشرق&quot;
</s>
<s id="109">
وبعد حرب 1967 مع إسرائيل، أصبحت بيروت مركزاً أساسياً للفدائيين الفلسطينيين الذين حاربوا الأخيرة.
</s>
<s id="110">
دخان يتصاعد من ركام الثكانات العسكرية التي تم تفجيرها سنة 1983.
</s>
<s id="111">
الخراب في ساحة الشهداء عام 1982، عندما أصبحت منطقة تماس بين القوى المتنازعة اللبنانية.
</s>
<s id="112">
وفي العام 1975 تاريخ بديل, Foreign Policy اندلعت الحرب الاهلية اللبنانية وقسمت المدينة إلى شطرين: شرقي مسيحي، وغربي مسلم، Lebanon (Civil War 1975–1992, Global Security وعم المدينة الخراب والفوضى
</s>
<s id="113">
وقام الجيش الإسرائيلي في سنة 1978 باجتياح لبنان واحتلال أراضيه من الجنوب حتى نهر الليطاني في عملية أعطاها الجيش الإسرائيلي اسم هذا النهر ثم توسع الاحتلال في لبنان بعد العدوان الإسرائيلي الثاني في سنة 1982 ليصل مشارف العاصمة ويحاصرها
</s>
<s id="114">
وفي سنة 1983 تمّ تفجير الثكنات العسكرية الفرنسية والأميركية في المدينة
</s>
<s id="115">
Terrorism - Terrorist Attacks Chronology, CDI Terrorism Project Frontline: Target America: Terrorist Attacks on Americans, 1979–1988, PBS.org Historical Fact: Bombing of marine barracks, October 23, 1983, lebaneseforces.com
</s>
<s id="116">
وفي سنة 1990 استقر الوضع في لبنان وتوحدت بيروت وعادت إليها حركة العمران بسرعة لتعود مركزا تجارياً وثقافياً مهماً للمنطقة العربية من جديد بجهود جبارة من رئيس الوزراء اللبناني الأسبق رفيق الحريري.
</s>
<s id="117">
بعد اتفاق الطائف وانتهاء الحرب اللبنانية ومع تولي الرئيس رفيق الحريري الحكومة بدأ إعمار بيروت وإعادتها مجدداً على الساحة الدولية، فبدأ بإعمار وسط بيروت التي قامت شركة سوليدير ببنائه، وغدت بيروت مجدداً باريس الشرق حتى سنة 2005.
</s>
<s id="118">
ومع اغتيال رفيق الحريري في شباط 2005 انسحب الجيش السوري من لبنان بتاريخ 26 أبريل تحت ضغط مظاهرات مناصري ما عرف لاحقًا بتحالف 14 آذار وقرار الأمم المتحدة رقم 1559
</s>
<s id="119">
On This Day - 26 April, BBC.co.uk ثم عادت بيروت ساحة للخراب بسبب المشاكل السياسية المتلاحقة بين السلطة والمعارضة
</s>
<s id="120">
وتخلل ذلك عدوان إسرائيلي في يوليو 2006 دمرت خلاله البنية التحتية اللبنانية.
</s>
<s id="121">
وفي 7 أيار 2008، قام مسلحو المعارضة في لبنان بالسيطرة على بيروت كرد فعل على اتخاذ الحكومة قراراً بتفكيك شبكة الاتصالات الخاصة بالمقاومة وبعزل مدير مطار بيروت الدولي حيث اعتبرته المعارضة هذا القرار خرقًا للبيان الوزاري القاضي بدعم المقاومة في مواجهة الاحتلال الإسرائيلي
</s>
<s id="122">
وتلى هذه العملية اتفاق في مدينة الدوحة أدى إلى إخلاء وسط بيروت من مظاهر الإضراب وأعاد الثقة بالسياحة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="123">
وبتاريخ 18 أكتوبر 2008 تبادل لبنان وسوريا السفراء لأول مرة في تاريخهما.
</s>
<s id="124">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="125">
أحد شواطئ بيروت الصخرية-الجرفيّة، لاحظ تحول الجرف الصخري إلى شاطئ تدريجيّا.
</s>
<s id="126">
صورة ساتليّة لبيروت تظهر شكلها المثلث.
</s>
<s id="127">
تقع بيروت على شبه جزيرة تتجه لناحية الغرب نحو البحر المتوسط، Beirut - The Pearl of the Middle East على بعد 94 كيلومتر (58 ميل) من شمال الحدود الإسرائلية اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="128">
يحد المدينة من الشرق سلسلة جبال لبنان الغربية؛ وهي تتخذ شكلا مثلثا، بسبب وقوعها بين وعلى تلتين: تل الأشرفية وتل المصيطبة
</s>
<s id="129">
تبلغ مساحة محافظة بيروت 18 كم² (6.9 ميل مربّع)، بينما تبلغ مساحة التجمع الحضري للمدينة 67 كم² (26 ميل مربّع)
</s>
<s id="130">
يعتبر الشاطئ البحري لبيروت متنوعا، فهو صخري في شمال المدينة، ورملي في جنوبها، وفي بعض الأقسام من الشمال يكون الشاطئ عبارة عن أجراف صخرية مرتفعة، كذلك فإن هذه النماذج جميعها يمكن أن تندمج سويا في بعض الأماكن، مثل نقطة التقاء شاطئ الروشة بشاطئ الرملة البيضاء.
</s>
<s id="131">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="132">
الطقس في بيروت معتدل إجمالا، إذ يسود المناخ المتوسطي المتمثل بفصول صيف حارة وجافة، ربيع وخريف معتدلين، وشتاء بارد ممطر
</s>
<s id="133">
يعتبر أغسطس أكثر شهور السنة حرّا، حيث يمكن أن يصل معدل الحرارة إلى 29 ° مئوية (84 ° فهرنهايت)، كما يعتبر شهرا يناير وفبراير أكثرها برودةً، حيث يصل معدل درجات الحرارة في الشهر إلى 10 ° مئوية (50 ° فهرنهايت)
</s>
<s id="134">
يكون اتجاه الرياح غربيّا خلال فترة بعد الظهر والمساء، أي أنه يهب من البحر إلى اليابسة، أما في الليل، يتغير الاتجاه إلى الشرق، أي إنه يهب من اليابسة نحو البحر.
</s>
<s id="135">
يبلغ معدل الأمطار السنوية في بيروت 860 ميليمتر (34.1 إنش) والتي يتساقط معظمها خلال أشهر الشتاء، والقليل منها يتساقط في الخريف والربيع
</s>
<s id="136">
تتساقط معظم الأمطار خلال عدد محدود من الأيام بشكل كثيف في العادة، أما الثلج فيندر أن يتساقط في بيروت، وبحال تساقط فإنه لا يتراكم، ويُستثنى من ذلك شتاء السنوات 1920، 1942، و1950، حيث هبّت ثلاث عواصف ثلجية كبيرة على لبنان أدت إلى هطول الثلوج على الساحل.
</s>
<s id="137">
مناطق بيروت
</s>
<s id="138">
تُقسم بيروت إلى 13 حيّا معترفا به: موقع بيروت الرسمي، خرائط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="139">
الأشرفية
</s>
<s id="140">
عين المريسة
</s>
<s id="141">
الباشورة
</s>
<s id="142">
وسط المدينة
</s>
<s id="143">
المزرعة
</s>
<s id="144">
المدوّر
</s>
<s id="145">
ميناء الحصن
</s>
<s id="146">
المصيطبة
</s>
<s id="147">
المرفأ
</s>
<s id="148">
رأس بيروت
</s>
<s id="149">
الرميل
</s>
<s id="150">
الصيفي
</s>
<s id="151">
زقاق البلاط
</s>
<s id="152">
ويُقسّم كل من هذه الأحياء إلى مناطق عقارية متعددة
</s>
<s id="153">
تقع ثلاثة مخيمات للاجئين الفلسطينيين في بيروت من أصل 12 مخيما رسميا في لبنان، وهذه المخيمات هي: مخيم برج البراجنة، مخيم شاتيلا، ومخيم مار الياس، وجميعها تقع جنوبي المدينة.
</s>
<s id="154">
تشمل مناطق ضاحية بيروت الجنوبية: الشياح، الغبيري، حارة حريك، الليلكي، تحويطة الغدير، حي السلّم، والحدث سابقا
</s>
<s id="155">
أما مناطق ضاحية بيروت الشرقية فتشمل: برج حمّود، سن الفيل، الدكوانة، والمكلّس
</s>
<s id="156">
أما الحازميّة فتعتبر اليوم تابعة لجبل لبنان.
</s>
<s id="157">
ومن بين الخمس عشر مخيما الغير رسميّة في لبنان، فإن واحد منها منها، وهو مخيم صبرا، يقع في بيروت، بالقرب من مخيم شاتيلا.
</s>
<s id="158">
سكان بيروت
</s>
<s id="159">
كنيس ماغين أبراهام‎ كما يبدو اليوم، في وادي أبو جميل، وسط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="160">
مسجد وكنيسة جنبا إلى جنب في بيروت.
</s>
<s id="161">
تختلف تقديرات عدد سكان بيروت بشكل واسع، فهي تصل بحسب بعض الإحصائات إلى 938,940 نسمة، United Nations: &quot;Demographic Yearbook 2003&quot;, page 53, 2003 بينما تصل بالنسبة لإحصائات أخرى إلى 1,303,129 نسمة، Lebanese Ministry of Environment: &quot;Lebanon State of the Environment Report&quot;, Chapter 1, page 11, 2001
</s>
<s id="162">
وإلى 2,012,000 نسمة بالنسبة للبعض الآخر
</s>
<s id="163">
Encyclopedia of the Nations إن غياب العدد الصحيح لسكان بيروت يعود إلى أنه لم يتم أي تعداد رسمي للسكان في لبنان منذ سنة 1932
</s>
<s id="164">
Lebanese Ministry of Environment: &quot;Lebanon State of the Environment Report&quot;, Chapter 1, page 9, 2001.
</s>
<s id="165">
تعتبر بيروت أكثر مدن لبنان غنى بالتنوع الديني والمذهبي، ويُحتمل أيضا أن تكون أكثر مدن الشرق الأوسط غنى بهذا التنوع، At مظاهرة بيروتية، تذكير بالتنوع الديني للمدينة, النيويورك تايمز
</s>
<s id="166">
Retrieved November 17th, 2007 إذ أن لكل من المسلمين والمسيحيين وجود فعّال فيها
</s>
<s id="167">
هناك 9 طوائف رئيسيّة في بيروت هي: السنّة، الشيعة، الدروز، الموارنة، الروم الأرثوذكس، الروم الكاثوليك، الأرمن الأرثوذكس، الأرمن الكاثوليك، البروتستانت
</s>
<s id="168">
يتولى الفصل في المنازعات والقضايا الدينية، أو قضايا الأحوال الشخصية، القضاء الديني المختص بالنسبة لكل طائفة على حدى
</s>
<s id="169">
إن المطالبة بالزواج المدني في لبنان قوبلت بالرفض من قبل رؤساء الطوائف الروحية حتى الآن، ولكن الحكومة تعترف بالزواج المدني الذي انعقد في الخارج
</s>
<s id="170">
يعيش في بيروت حاليا عدد قليل من اليهود، ولكن في السابق كان هناك نسبة كبيرة نسبيا من اليهود تسكن في حي وادي أبو جميل بوسط بيروت، ولا يزال الكنيس اليهودي قائما هناك حتى اليوم
</s>
<s id="171">
ومن آثار اليهود الباقية في بيروت أيضا المقبرة اليهودية الواقعة في القسم الشرقي من المدينة، والتي دُفن فيها أيضا بعض الجنود الفرنسيين الذين خدموا في لبنان أيام الانتداب.
</s>
<s id="172">
ويتوزع سكان بيروت على الشكل التالي: مسلمون:47% (السنّة:30%، الشيعة:17%)، مسيحيون:44% (الموارنة:25%، الروم الارثودكس:9%، الروم الكاثوليك:6%، الارمن:4%)، اقليات ويهود:9%.
</s>
<s id="173">
كان للحرب الأهلية اللبنانية تأثير على ديمغرافية السكان وتوزع الطوائف في بيروت، فقبل الحرب كانت الأحياء السكنية أكثر اختلاطا بالمذاهب المختلفة، أما اليوم فإن كل قسم من بيروت يطغى عليه طابع معين، فبيروت الشرقية أكثرية سكانها مسيحيون، مع أقليّة سنيّة، بينما بيروت الغربية أكثر سكانها مسلمون سنّة، وفيها أقليّة مسيحية وشيعيّة
</s>
<s id="174">
ويُلاحظ اليوم أن انتقال السكان المسيحيين والمسلمين من وإلى القسم الغربي والشرقي من المدينة عاد على نحو بسيط
</s>
<s id="175">
يسكن ضاحية بيروت الجنوبية أكثرية شيعيّة، مع وجود أقليّة صغيرة من السنّة والمسيحيين
</s>
<s id="176">
كان لبيروت تاريخ من عدم الاستقرار السياسي كنتيجة للانقسامات الطائفية، كما لعب الدين دورا في السابق في تقسيم المجتمع اللبناني، كما يتضح من الحرب الأهلية الأخيرة.
</s>
<s id="177">
اللاجئون والعمّال
</s>
<s id="178">
مخيم للاجئين الأرمن في بيروت قبل سنة 1923.
</s>
<s id="179">
كان الأرمن من أول اللاجئين إلى بيروت في المرحلة المعاصرة، وبدأ وصول الأرمن إلى لبنان سنة 1915 بعد ارتكاب المذابح بحقهم من قبل الأتراك، وأول منطقة سكنوها كانت منطقة الكرنتينا ومن ثم برج حمود، حيث لا يزال المتحدرين منهم يقيمون هناك حتى اليوم
</s>
<s id="180">
كانت بيروت إحدى المدن الرئيسية في لبنان التي سكنها اللاجئون الفلسطينون سنة 1948، كذلك هناك عدد كبير من السوريين والمصريين الذين يقطنون المدينة ويعمل معظمهم في قطاع الخدمات والبناء
</s>
<s id="181">
وبعد الغزو الأمريكي للعراق سنة 2003، قدم لبنان حوالي 100,000 عراقي وسكن الكثير منهم في بيروت، إلا أن الحكومة أبعدت قسرا جزءاً كبيرا منهم أو قامت بسجنهم بسبب وصولهم بطريقة غير شرعية
</s>
<s id="182">
وبالإضافة لذلك هناك عدد كبير من المهاجرين غير العرب في بيروت مثل الأفغان، الإيرانيين، والباكستانيين، كما شهدت السنوات الأخيرة تزايدا في أعداد القادمين من الحبشة، وبلدان جنوب شرق آسيا، مثل إندونيسيا، الفلبين، ماليزيا، وسريلانكا، ويعمل هؤلاء في العادة كخدم في المنازل أو المكاتب، والبعض يُباشر أعمالا خاصة به، مثل الإيرانيين الذين يعملون إجمالا في صناعة السجاد العجمي.
</s>
<s id="183">
الخدمات الإقتصادية والتجارية والصناعية والصحية
</s>
<s id="184">
الإقتصادية
</s>
<s id="185">
تعتبر بيروت مركزا لأحد أهم وأكبر المرافئ الواقعة شرق البحر المتوسط؛ حيث أن موقعه وعمق المياه فيه يتيح له أن يستقبل أكبر المراكب وسفن الشحن
</s>
<s id="186">
فقد ظهر أن القسم المخصص منه لتخزين الحاويات كان يعمل ويحوي ما يزيد عن العدد العادي الذي يُفترض به أن يحويه، لأكثر من 10 سنوات، قبل أن تظهر الدراسات أنه يقدر أن يحوي هذا المقدار
</s>
<s id="187">
كما وتوجد المقرات الرئيسيّة للعديد من المصارف والشركات اللبنانية في بيروت، وبعض فروع الأجنبية منها.
</s>
<s id="188">
العملة والمصارف
</s>
<s id="189">
عملة ورقية لبنانية متداولة حاليّا، من فئة الخمسين ألف.
</s>
<s id="190">
خريطة مواقع فروع البنك البريطاني HSBC.
</s>
<s id="191">
كان اللبنانيون عموما يتعاملون بالليرة العثمانية أيام الحكم العثماني، وكان الناس يرمزون إلى العملة باسم &quot;العثمليّة&quot; أو &quot;الليرة العثمليّة&quot;، وخلال عهد الحكم المصري في لبنان (1831-1840)، وفي السنوات اللاحقة بعده، تعامل البيروتيين بالعملة المصرية، وكانوا يرمزون إليها &quot;بالمصرية&quot;، ومن هذه العملة اكتسبت النقود لفظتيّ &quot;مصاري&quot; و&quot;مصريات&quot; اللتين لا تزالان تستعملان حتى اليوم في بيروت وكافة أنحاء لبنان وسوريا بمعنى نقود
</s>
<s id="192">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء السابع، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة السادسة، 1999صفحة 177.
</s>
<s id="193">
بعد أن خضع لبنان للإنتداب الفرنسي، أصدر الجنرال هنري غورو، المفوض السامي الفرنسي في سوريا ولبنان، نقدا خاصا لكلا البلدين، وقد حصر الإصدار &quot;ببنك سوريا ولبنان&quot;، وكان هذا المصرف فرنسيّا مقره باريس، وربطت حكومة الإنتداب النقد اللبناني بالفرنك الفرنسي الذي كانت قيمته قد انخفضت كثيرا آنذاك، وجعلت الليرة وحدة العملة اللبنانية وقسمتها إلى مائة قرش، وبهذا ظهرت الليرة اللبنانية
</s>
<s id="194">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء الثامن، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة الحادية عشرة، 1998، صفحة 65
</s>
<s id="195">
وبعد زوال الإنتداب حصلت قطيعة اقتصادية بين لبنان وسوريا بتاريخ 15 مارس 1950 بسبب تباين وجهات النظر الاقتصادية بين الدولتين، فكان هذا حافزا للحكومة اللبنانية كي تعيد تنظيم اقتصاد الدولة، فأنشأت في أوائل ستينات القرن العشرين &quot;مصرف لبنان&quot; أو &quot;البنك المركزي&quot; الذي حلّ مكان بنك سوريا ولبنان في إصدار النقد اللبناني
</s>
<s id="196">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء الثامن، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة الحادية عشر، 1998، صفحة 124-126.
</s>
<s id="197">
مكاتب الفرع الرئيسي لبنك لبنان والمهجر.
</s>
<s id="198">
نشطت حركة المصارف بسبب الازدهار الاقتصادي خلال فترة الستينات وأوائل السبعينات، فبعد أن كان عدد المصارف لا يزيد عن عشرة بعد الاستقلال، ارتفع في فترة الازدهار إلى قرابة المئة، وقد اختيرت مدينة بيروت سنة 1974 مركزا لاتحاد المصارف العربية، وتشجيعا لهذا القطاع الاقتصادي، أقرت الحكومة قانون السرية المصرفية أملةً في اجتذاب الودائع الكبيرة من لبنان والبلاد العربية، وقد أعطت هذه السياسة ثمارها وظهرت نتائجها في المبالغ الطائلة التي أودعت في المصارف اللبنانية في بيروت، والتي بلغت في بعض الأوقات ما يزيد عن 6 مليارات ليرة
</s>
<s id="199">
المصور في التاريخ، الجزء الثامن، تأليف: شفيق جحا، بهيج عثمان، منير البعلبكي، دار العلم للملايين، الطبعة الحادية عشرة، 1998، صفحة 126
</s>
<s id="200">
ومن المصارف التي تتخذ من بيروت مقرا رئيسيّا لها: بنك بيروت، بنك بلوم، بنك بيبلوس، بنك عودة، بنك لبنان والمهجر، بالإضافة لعدد من البنوك المشتركة مع بعض الدول العربية مثل البنك اللبناني الكويتي والبنك اللبناني المصري، وغير العربية كالبنك اللبناني الكندي، كما توجد بعض الفروع لمصارف أوروبية مثل البنك البريطاني (HSBC).
</s>
<s id="201">
على الرغم من الأزمة الاقتصادية العالمية (2007 و2009 والمستمرّة حتى الآن)، فإن مصارف لبنان لم تتأثر بها بشكل يذكر، وبالتالي فإن قيمة الليرة اللبنانية بقيت مستقرة نسبيّا، ويعود ذلك إلى الإجراءات الصارمة التي تتبع عند منح القروض وغيرها من المدفوعات، والتي نصّ عليها وفرضها حاكم مصرف لبنان، رياض سلامة
</s>
<s id="202">
موقع نفوذ: رياض سلامة يتحدث عن وضع الليرة اللبنانية في عام 2008، 2009، و 2010
</s>
<s id="203">
حصل الأخير على جائزة &quot;أفضل حاكم مصرف مركزي لسنة 2009&quot;، كونه كان قادرا على منع وصول الأثار السلبية للأزمة الاقتصادية العالمية إلى لبنان، كما كان قد حصل على نفس الجائزة سنة 2006
</s>
<s id="204">
موقع صحيفة الثورة: مبروك رياض سلامة
</s>
<s id="205">
بورصة بيروت
</s>
<s id="206">
شعار بورصة بيروت.
</s>
<s id="207">
بورصة بيروت هي سوق الأوراق المالية الوحيدة العاملة في لبنان
</s>
<s id="208">
تعتبر بورصة بيروت واحدة من أقدم الأسواق المالية في المنطقة حيث يعود تاريخ تأسيسها لسنة 1920، تحت سلطة الإنتداب الفرنسي، وكانت ثاني أقدم سوق مالية في العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="209">
وفي أوائل الخمسينات تميز، الاقتصاد اللبناني بنشاط ملحوظ حيث بدأت شركات صناعية ومصرفية وخدماتية تدخل البورصة لتجعل من بورصة بيروت أفضل سوق مالي في المنطقة مع دخول حوالي خمسين شركة
</s>
<s id="210">
مع اندلاع الأحداث اللبنانية سنة 1975 تراجعت حركة التداول في بورصة بيروت، ومع تدهور الوضع الأمني، علق العمل في البورصة من سنة 1983، ولم تعاود نشاطها حتى 22 ديسمبر 1996، إي بعد 13 عاما
</s>
<s id="211">
في نهاية سنة 2006 أطلقت بورصة بيروت نظام تداول جديد عن بعد، يسمح للوسطاء بتداول الصكوك المدرجة على بورصة بيروت عن بعد من مكاتبهم الخاصة
</s>
<s id="212">
وفي 13 فبراير 2008 قررت البورصة الاجازة باعتماد التداول الالكتروني &quot;عن بعد&quot; على بورصة بيروت عبر الانترنت وذلك حصراً من خلال شركات الوساطة المعتمدة في البورصة
</s>
<s id="213">
تقع بورصة بيروت اليوم في وسط المدينة التجاري، بعد أن نُقل مقرها إلى هناك سنة 2002
</s>
<s id="214">
الموقع الرسمي لبورصة بيروت: بورصة بيروت، تاريخ البورصة.
</s>
<s id="215">
الخدمات التجارية
</s>
<s id="216">
تشكل التجارة جزءاً من طبيعة البيروتيين الذين اكتشفوا منذ القدم أهمية موقع مدينتهم المرفئية، كجمال التقاء بين الشرق والغرب يتمتع بميزات تسهم في إنجاح المبادرات التجارية على اختلافها
</s>
<s id="217">
فغدت بيروت مركزاً مالياً وتجارياً وصناعياً مرموقاً يتعاطى جميع النشاطات المالية والخدمات المصرفية بالإضافة إلى نشاطات أخرى متعددة في قطاعات البناء والتجارة والاستيراد والتصدير والصناعة.
</s>
<s id="218">
وتتمركز في بيروت المؤسسات الإقتصادية والتجارية الكبرى لتأمين الخدمات واستثمار المشاريع الإنشائية، ما وفر العمل للعديد من اللبنانيين، وجلب العديد من المستهلكين إليها، وقد ساعد في ذلك اعتماد لبنان النظام الرأسمالي الحر، وإقراره قانون السرية المصرفية وتوسيع وتطوير كل من مطار بيروت الدولي ومرفأ بيروت والمنطقة الحرة في كل من هذين المرفقين الحيويين اللذين يعتبران عن حق بداية الشرق ومنفذاً للدول العربية على البحر المتوسط، وجسر الغرب الصناعي للشرق الإستهلاكي
</s>
<s id="219">
مجلة الأجنحة اللبنانية،الناشر: نقابة المضيفين الجويين، عدد: كانون الثاني-شباط 2009.
</s>
<s id="220">
جمعيّة تجّار بيروت
</s>
<s id="221">
تأسست جمعية تجـار بيـروت سنة 1921 وأعترف بها رسـمياً بموجب رخصـة رسـمية مؤرخة في أبريل 1921
</s>
<s id="222">
وكان الهدف الأساسي للمؤسسين العمل على توحيد جهود التجار في مدينة بيروت والتي كانت ركن الأساس للتجارة اللبنانية، وتنسيق مساعيهم في خدمة مهنتهم والإعتناء بالوسائل التي من شأنها حماية التجارة اللبنانية وتشجيعها ورفع مستواها والدفاع عن مصالحها ومصالح أعضائها والعمل على تقدمها وتقدمهم من جميع النواحي الاقتصادية، والعمل على إيجاد المشاريع التجارية وتنشيطها على اختلاف أنواعها والسعي لتعزيز مدينة بيروت الاقتصادي وإنشاء مكتب للاستعلامات التجارية وناد لتعارف التجار توثيقاً للروابط بينهم والتوسط لدى السلطات الرسمية والدوائر الحكومية لرفع كل حيف يقع عليهم والعمل لكل ما يعود بالنفع على الجمعية عموماً
</s>
<s id="223">
موقع بيروت الرسمي: الأعمال في بيروت، جمعية تجّار بيروت.
</s>
<s id="224">
الخدمات الصناعية
</s>
<s id="225">
تتمركز في بيروت وضواحيها 66% من المؤسسات الصناعية اللبنانية نظراً إلى سهولة الحصول على المواد الأولية عبر مرفأ بيروت بالإضافة الى توافر اليد العاملة
</s>
<s id="226">
مجلة الأجنحة اللبنانية،الناشر: نقابة المضيفين الجويين، عدد: كانون الثاني-شباط 2009.
</s>
<s id="227">
الخدمات الصحية
</s>
<s id="228">
في بيروت أهم المستشفيات اللبنانية وأكثرها تجهيزاً وكفاية معظم الجهاز الطبي اللبناني، فضلاً عن المستوصفات والصيدليات ومستودعات الأدوية
</s>
<s id="229">
اشتهرت في الماضي بأنها مستشفى العرب، وبعد الحرب عادت تدريجياً إلى موقعها المرموق ويأتي إليها العديد من العرب خصوصاً للحصول على الطبابة المميزة
</s>
<s id="230">
ومن أبرز مستشفيات بيروت: مستشفى الجامعة الأميركية، مستشفى رزق، مستشفى أوتيل ديو، ومستشفى المقاصد
</s>
<s id="231">
مجلة الأجنحة اللبنانية،الناشر: نقابة المضيفين الجويين، عدد: كانون الثاني-شباط 2009.
</s>
<s id="232">
بيروت الرسمية
</s>
<s id="233">
يقع البرلمان اللبناني في العاصمة بيروت، وكذلك السراي الكبير، مقر الحكومة
</s>
<s id="234">
تحوي بيروت أيضا جميع الوزارات ومعظم الإدارات الرسميّة، السفارات والقنصليات
</s>
<s id="235">
Links بيروت هي إحدى المحافظات الستة اللبنانية، والخمسة الأخرى هي: البقاع، لبنان الشمالي، لبنان الجنوبي، جبل لبنان، والنبطية
</s>
<s id="236">
Beirut - The Pearl of the Middle East تتكون بلدية بيروت من مجلس البلديّة ولجان ذلك المجلس
</s>
<s id="237">
يتألف مجلس البلدية من رئيس البلدية ونائبه وأعضاء المجلس البالغ عددهم 21 شخصا
</s>
<s id="238">
أما لجان المجلس فقد حدد القانون عددها بست عشرة لجنة هي: لجنة المناقصات، لجنة المال والإدارة، لجنة متابعة مقررات المجلس البلدي، اللجنة القانونية، لجنة الحدائق والصحة والبيئة، لجنة التخطيط والأشغال والأملاك والاستملاكات، لجنة الإعلام والعلاقات العامة، لجنة تسمية الشوارع والسير والإنارة والنقل، لجنة الشؤون الاجتماعية والثقافية والرياضية، ولجنة المؤسسات المصنفة
</s>
<s id="239">
موقع بيروت الرسمي، بيروت الرسمية، المجلس البلدي
</s>
<s id="240">
يشمل الجدول أدناه أسماء محافظو بيروت من عام 1936 إلى الوقت الحاضر:
</s>
<s id="241">
السراي الكبير، مقر الحكومة اللبنانية، وسط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="242">
مبنى البرلمان اللبناني في ساحة النجمة، وسط بيروت.
</s>
<s id="243">
مبنى بلديّة بيروت في وسط المدينة.
</s>
<s id="244">
مدخل مبنى بلدية بيروت.
</s>
<s id="245">
مركز الأمم المتحدة في بيروت.
</s>
<s id="246">
المنظمات الدولية
</s>
<s id="247">
تتخذ بعض المنظمات الدولية من بيروت مقرّاً لها، ومن ذلك لجنة الأمم المتحدة الاقتصادية والإجتماعية لغربي آسيا (الإسكوا، ESCWA) المتمركزة في وسط بيروت التجاري
</s>
<s id="248">
ICPD+5 NEWS BULLETIN, United Nations General Assembly
</s>
<s id="249">
Retrieved November 15th, 2007 United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia وكذلك فهناك مكاتب إقليمية في المدينة لكل من منظمة العمل الدولية (ILO)، ومنظمة الأمم المتحدة للتربية والعلم والثقافة (اليونسكو، UNESCO)، والتي تغطي كافة أنحاء العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="250">
International Labour Organization (Lebanon) UNESCO Beirut بالإضافة لذلك، يقع المقر الرئيسي للإتحاد العربي للنقل الجوي (AACO) في بيروت أيضاً
</s>
<s id="251">
الإتحاد العربي للنقل الجوي
</s>
<s id="252">
التعليم
</s>
<s id="253">
متحف الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت.
</s>
<s id="254">
المبنى الرئيسي للجامعة الأميركية في بيروت (الكولدج هول).
</s>
<s id="255">
يؤمن التعليم العالي في بيروت، وجميع أنحاء لبنان، عدد من المعاهد المهنية ومؤسسات التعليم العادي، مثل الكليّات الجامعية، المؤسسات الجامعية، والجامعات
</s>
<s id="256">
ومن بين كل صروح العلم هذه المنتشرة عبر الدولة، فإن الجامعة اللبنانية هي مؤسسة التعليم العالي الرسميّة الوحيدة التي تقع في العاصمة
</s>
<s id="257">
, Unesco.org تُدار جميع الكليّات والجامعات في بيروت ولبنان من قبل وزارة التربية والتعليم العالي، ويعتبر الوزير المختص مسؤولا عن وضع البرامج التعليمية وتقرير موعد الإمتحانات الرسميّة وصيانة هذه المؤسسات والحفاظ عليها بشكل عام.
</s>
<s id="258">
ينتشر في بيروت عدد من المدارس الخاصة، ومن أشهرها: الإنترناشونال كولدج، بيروت (الكليّة العالمية في بيروت، IC)، كلية لويس فاغمان، مدرسة الجالية الأميركية في بيروت، ثانوية الروضة، كلية السيدة الأرثوذكسية، الكلية الفرنسية البروتستانتية (بالفرنسية: Collège Protestant Français)، مدرسة القلبين الأقدسين - الجميّزة (بالفرنسية: Collège du Sacré-Coeur Gemmayzé)، الثانوية الفرنسية اللبنانية الكبرى (بالفرنسية: Grand Lycée Franco-Libanais)
</s>
<s id="259">
كذلك هناك بعض الجمعيّات الخيريةّ التي تُنشأ المدارس الخاصة مثل جمعية المقاصد الخيرية الإسلامية، والتي أنشأت عدّة مدارس خاصة في بيروت بقي منها 8 اليوم، ومن أهمها كلية المقاصد للبنات وكلية خالد بن الوليد
</s>
<s id="260">
الموقع الرسمي لجمعية المقاصد الخيرية الإسلامية في بيروت، مدارس المقاصد.
</s>
<s id="261">
يعتمد انتقال الطالب إلى مرحلة التعليم العالي على حصوله على شهادة البكالوريا اللبنانية، ولكن يُقبل أيضا بالبكالوريا الفرنسية، باعتبار أنه تمت مساواتها بتلك اللبنانية، ويحصل الشخص على هذه الشهادة عن طريق نجاحه في إمتحانات الثانوية العامة الرسمية
</s>
<s id="262">
تعتبر البكالوريا الفنية أو المهنية بديلا عن تلك العادية بالنسبة لمن درس في المعاهد الفنية.
</s>
<s id="263">
هناك عدد كبير من الطلاب الأجانب الذين يكملون دراساتهم العليا في بيروت، وأكثرهم من الخليج العربي وسوريا والعراق، والبعض من إيران وأوروبا، وينبغي على أي أجنبي من الذين يرغبون بمتابعة تعليمهم العالي في لبنان أن يستوفي المؤهلات المطلوبة في اللبنانيين أنفسهم، فيجب أولا أن تكون شهادته الثانوية معادلة للبكالوريا اللبنانية كي يسمح له بالتسجيل في أي مؤسسة تعليم عالي
</s>
<s id="264">
لا يخضع الطلاب الأجانب لأي نظام محاصصة، وتُقدم الحكومة المنح الدراسيّة ضمن نطاق الاتفاقات الثانئية التي عُقدت مع الدولة الأم للطالب الأجنبي أو الدولة التي يرغب الطالب اللبناني بالتعلّم فيها
</s>
<s id="265">
وعند حصول أي لبناني أو أجنبي على شهادة أجنبية، فإنه يجب التصديق عليها من قبل السفارة اللبنانية في ذلك البلد ووزارة الخارجية في لبنان، ومن ثم يبقى على الأجنبي المرشح للدخول في المؤسسة التعليمية أن يذهب بنفسه ومعه المستندات المطلوبة لإكمال إجراءات التسجيل في الجامعة أو المعهد الذي ينشده
</s>
<s id="266">
Education FAQs, informs.gov.lb
</s>
<s id="267">
تعتبر بيروت مركزا لبعض أهم وأشهر الجامعات في الشرق الأوسط، مثل الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت، جامعة القديس يوسف، المعهد العالي للأعمال، والجامعة اللبنانية الأميركية، وبعض الجامعات والكليّات ذات الأهمية المحلية مثل جامعة بيروت العربية، والجامعة الأميركية للعلوم والتكنولوجيا.
</s>
<s id="268">
العمارة
</s>
<s id="269">
منطقة سكنية في وسط بيروت التجاري مبنية على الطراز الأوروبي.
</s>
<s id="270">
إن النظام المعماري في بيروت في العهد العثماني يعتبر من أجمل ملامح التراث البيروتي واللبناني والعربي والعثماني، وتشهد الآثار العُثمانيّة المتبقية من منازل ودور وقصور وسرايات وثكن ومدارس ومساجد، جمال وروعة هذا التراث
</s>
<s id="271">
وعلى سبيل المثال فإن النشاطات الاقتصاديّة كانت ممثلة بالأسواق التجاريّة والصناعيّة والحرفيّة، من بين هذه الأسواق على سبيل المثال والتي كانت قائمة منذ العهد العُثماني: سوق الأساكفة، سوق البازركان، سوق العطارين، سوق الحدادين، وكثير غيرها
</s>
<s id="272">
كانت بيوت البيارتة في تلك الفترة متواضعة بشكل عام، سقوفها مدعمة بالجسور الخشبيّة، وكان يصعد إلى الطابق العلوي بواسطة سلم حجر داخلي وسلم حجر خارجي، علماً أن بعض البيوت الأخرى كانت سلالمها مصنوعة من الأخشاب، أما المساطب فكانت نمطاً معمارياً تقليدياً موجود أمام بيوت بيروت كافة، كما وجدت في بيروت القديمة وفي ضواحيها القريبة بعض البيوت المتواضعة التي بنيت كلها من الخشب، وكانت تبطن الجدران الخشبية بصفائح من القصدير أو الزنك لمنع الهواء من الدخول إلى المنازل
</s>
<s id="273">
موقع بيروت الرسمي: حضارة بيروت، العمارة والبيوت، مقدمة عامة
</s>
<s id="274">
مبنى حديث في حي الأشرفية ببيروت.
</s>
<s id="275">
وبشكل عام فإن بيروت في القرن التاسع عشر كانت تتميز بمنازل سقوفها من القرميد الأحمر الموضوع فوق السقوف الخشبية، وبغرف واسعة ذات سقوف عالية، وإيوان جميل متسع يُسمّى المنزول وهو ما يُعرف حاليّا بالصالون أو غرفة الاستقبال
</s>
<s id="276">
وكان يتخلل المنازل شبابيك شرعيّة، وفتحات زجاجيّة مرتفعة مصنوعة من الزجاج الملون وفي غالبية منازل بيروت شرفات في الطابق الأول، في أعلاها فتحات زجاجيّة مصنوعة من الزجاج الملّون، كما يتخلل الغرف بعض فتحات التهوئة، وكانت المنازل البيروتيّة تضّم عادة عليّة التي تُعرف محليا باسم &quot;المتخّت&quot; أو &quot;التتخيتة&quot; التي يعلوها عادة القافعة التي يصعد منها إلى سطح المنزل، حيث السطيحة التي يظللها العرزال ومسابك زهور الفل والزنبق والرياحين والياسمين.
</s>
<s id="277">
وفي فترة لاحقة تأثر البيروتيين بنمط العمارة الأوروبي، فأخذت البيوت ذات طابع العمارة الإيطالية والفرنسية تنتشر بالمدينة شيئا فشيئا حتى استبدلت الكثير من المباني ذات الطابع العربي أو العثماني
</s>
<s id="278">
وفي فترة لاحقة، ومع ازدياد الكثافة السكانية، أخذ الناس يبنون العمارات المتعددة الطوابق فحلت مكان معظم الأبنية التقليدية لدرجة أن أي حي سكني به عمارة قديمة من أيام العثمانيين والفرنسيين تصنفه البلدية على أنه &quot;حي ذو طابع تراثي&quot;
</s>
<s id="279">
وبعد انتهاء الحرب الأهلية، قامت شركة &quot;سوليدير&quot; بإعادة بناء وسط المدينة المدمر، فبنت معظم المناطق السكنية في تلك المنطقة على الطراز الأوروبي.
</s>
<s id="280">
معالم المدينة
</s>
<s id="281">
المواصلات
</s>
<s id="282">
إن استعمال وسائل المواصلات حاجة ضرورية يومية بالنسبة لكل من يسكن المدينة أو خارجها، على الرغم من صغر حجمها
</s>
<s id="283">
تُقسّم وسائل النقل في بيروت إلى مواصلات برية، بحرية، وجويّة.
</s>
<s id="284">
المواصلات البرية
</s>
<s id="285">
تتصل بيروت بغيرها من المدن اللبنانية والمدن السورية الرئيسيّة، عن طريق الحافلات التي يتبع كل منها شبكة طرقات معينة في تنقله
</s>
<s id="286">
وتتمركز الحافلات التي تنقل الركاب إلى شمال لبنان وسوريا في محطة شارل حلو الواقعة في شمال بيروت
</s>
<s id="287">
Public transportation in Beirut, Travel-to-Lebanon.com Beirut Transport, Lonely Planet وفي بيروت شركتين رئيسيتين تقدم خدمات النقل للمواطنين: الأولى هي الشركة اللبنانية للمواصلات (LCC)، وهي شركة خاصة تؤمن النقل بداخل المدينة وبعض الضواحي، Company Profile, LCC وهي تتبع 10 طرقات رئيسيّة تغطي معظم المنطقة المركزية لبيروت
</s>
<s id="288">
أما الشركة الثانية، فهي مصلحة سكك الحديد والنقل المشترك، وهي شركة عامّة، تتبع حافلاتها 12 خطّا رئيسيّا في المدينة.
</s>
<s id="289">
بالإضافة إلى الحافلات، التي تستخدمها طبقة واسعة من الشعب وخصوصا أبناء الطبقات الفقيرة بسبب التعرفة البخسة، تنتشر في بيروت سيارات الأجرة والسرفيس، والأخيرة عبارة عن أجرة أرخص بكثير من الأجرة العادية، وتعرفتها محددة مسبقا، وهي تصل حاليّا في بيروت إلى 2000 ليرة لبنانية، والغالب أن يستقل الناس سيارة الأجرة باعتبار أنها &quot;سرفيس&quot;، ولتفادي أي سوء تفاهم فقد جرت العادة على أن يخبر الراكب السائق بالمكان الذي يقصده، فإذا كان بعيدا تعتبر الأجرة عاديّة، وإن كان ضمن حدود المدينة تعتبر &quot;سرفيس&quot;
</s>
<s id="290">
Transportation &amp; Communication, Ikama كذلك تُستعمل الميكروباصات في نقل الأفراد من بيروت إلى بعض البلدات والقرى والمدن اللبنانية.
</s>
<s id="291">
وفي فترة سابقة، كان الترامواي أيضا يؤدي خدمة النقل بداخل المدينة، وقد جرى الاحتفال بتدشين خط الترامواي ببيروت في شهر سبتمبر سنة 1907 بمناسبة المولد السلطاني للعام الثامن والتسعين، وكان ذلك في عهد الوالي إبراهيم خليل باشا
</s>
<s id="292">
جريدة الإقبال لعبد الباسط الإنسي العدد 182 ، وتوقف العمل به في مايو 1964، بعد أن أصدرت الحكومة قرارها بذلك، وسيّرت الحافلات بدلا منه، بعد أن درّبت سائقي الترامواي على قيادة السيارات الجديدة
</s>
<s id="293">
موقع &quot;يا بيروت&quot;، الترامواي، توقف الترامواي.
</s>
<s id="294">
المواصلات البحرية
</s>
<s id="295">
داخل مطار بيروت رفيق الحريري الدولي.
</s>
<s id="296">
ثلاث طائرات إيرباص A321 تابعة لشركة طيران الشرق الأوسط اللبنانية.
</s>
<s id="297">
إن مرفأ بيروت هو أكبر مراقئ لبنان وأحد أهم المرافئ الواقعة شرق البحر المتوسط، Beirut, Lebanon.com وهو فضلا عن استقباله المراكب والسفن التجارية، يستقبل العبّارات التي يمكن الإنتقال فيها من وإلى قبرص والمرافئ اللبنانية الأخرى بالإضافة للمرافئ السورية والمصرية وغيرها من المرافئ المجاورة.
</s>
<s id="298">
المواصلات الجويّة
</s>
<s id="299">
يقع مطار بيروت رفيق الحريري الدولي، الذي تمّ إعادة تأهيله مؤخرا، في الضاحية الجنوبية للمدينة، تاريخ مطار بيروت الدولي مطار بيروت رفيق الحريري الدولي (BEY/OLBA), بيروت، لبنان, Airport Technology Lebanon - Beirut International Airport (BEY), worldtravels وقد تم افتتاحه سنة 1954، وفي هذه الفترة كان يُعرف بمطار بيروت الدولي، وقد تعرض المطار على مر السنين لعدد من العوائق كان أبرزها الحرب الأهلية اللبنانية التي اوقفت جميع عمليات السفر تقريبا وأدت لتدمير منشآته وتوقفه عن العمل، وبعد انتهاء الحرب قام رئيس الوزراء آنذاك، رفيق الحريري بإعادة بنائه، وبعد استشهاد الأخير سُمي المطار على اسمه
</s>
<s id="300">
Rhf.org.lb يتعامل المطار مع 47 شركة طيران عربية وعالمية و 8 شركات شحن جوي.
</s>
<s id="301">
الثقافة
</s>
<s id="302">
تعتبر ثقافة بيروت الحالية مزيجا من ثقافات متنوعة ومتعددة لمختلف الشعوب والحضارات التي مرّت على المدينة، بما فيها اليونانيون والرومان (ثقافة حوض البحر المتوسط)، العرب الأتراك (ثقافة عربية إسلامية)، والفرنسيون (ثقافة أوروبية)
</s>
<s id="303">
يُعتقد أن مدرسة الحقوق التي أنشأت في المدينة أيام الإمبراطورية الرومانية كانت أول مدرسة قانون في العالم
</s>
<s id="304">
إن تاريخ الكوسموبوليتية هذا يعد مصدر فخر للبنانيين عموما والبيروتيين خصوصا
</s>
<s id="305">
Inside Beirut: Culture, tripadvisor
</s>
<s id="306">
استضافت بيروت قمة الفرانكوفونية وجامعة الدول العربية سنة 2002، وحفل تقديم جائزة ألبير لوندر، Albert Londres Prizes, France Diplomatie Daily Press Briefing, Embassy of France in the U.S
</s>
<s id="307">
الذي يقدم جوائز للصحافيين الفرانكوفونيين المميزين كل سنة
</s>
<s id="308">
ستستضيف المدينة أيضا الألعاب الفرانكوفونية في عام 2009
</s>
<s id="309">
Les Jeux de la Francophonie au Liban Beyrouth 2009, Libanvision Les Jeux de la Francophonie, Moldavie.fr تعتبر بيروت عاصمة الكتاب العالمية للأمم المتحدة لسنة 2009، تقديرا لغناها الثقافي
</s>
<s id="310">
2009 World Book Capital, un.org
</s>
<s id="311">
المتاحف
</s>
<s id="312">
متحف بيروت الوطني.
</s>
<s id="313">
يعتبر متحف بيروت الوطني المتحف الأساسي للأثار في لبنان، وهو يحوي قرابة 1300 قطعة حرفية أثريّة يتراوح تأريخها من فترة عصور ما قبل التاريخ وصولا إلى العهد المملوكي في العصور الوسطى
</s>
<s id="314">
History, متحف بيروت الو وبالإضافة للمتحف الوطني، يعتبر متحف الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت للأثار ثالث أقدم متحف في الشرق الأوسط، وهو يعرض مجموعة كبيرة من الحرفيات التي عُثر عليها في لبنان وبعض الدول المجاورة
</s>
<s id="315">
كذلك يوجد متحف سرسق أو قصر سرسق الذي يحوي اليوم أكثر الأعمال الفنية شهرة في بيروت، وهي تتمثل في مجموعة من المنحوتات اليابانية وعدّة أعمال فنية إسلامية، كما ويستضيف هذا المتحف معارض مؤقتة خلال السنة
</s>
<s id="316">
وبالقرب من السراي الكبير يقع متحف روبير معوّض الخاص الذي تُعرض فيه المجموعة الخاصة بهاوي الفن والسياسي اللبناني هنري فرعون، من تحف وقطع أثرية
</s>
<s id="317">
كما ويوجد متحف علمي خاص بالأطفال هو &quot;بلانت ديسكفري&quot; (كوكب الاكتشاف)، وفيه عدد من المعارض والتجارب والحرفيات، ويؤمن الإرشادات والتعليمات المناسبة لتثقيف الأولاد.
</s>
<s id="318">
الإعلام
</s>
<s id="319">
إن بيروت هي المركز الأساسي في لبنان لشركات التلفزة، والمطبوعات الصحفية، ودور نشر الكتب
</s>
<s id="320">
تشمل القنوات التلفزيونية في المدينة: تلفزيون لبنان، المؤسسة اللبنانية للإرسال، تلفزيون المستقبل، قناة MTV، تلفزيون الجديد، قناة المنار، قناة ANB، وقناة NBN
</s>
<s id="321">
أما الصحف فتشمل: جريدة النهار، السفير، المستقبل، الأخبار، جريدة البلد، الديار، الأنوار، الشرق، صحيفة L&apos;Orient Le Jour الفرنسية، وصحيفة Daily Star الإنكليزية
</s>
<s id="322">
تعتبر بيروت أيضا إحدى محوريّ الإعلام الرئيسيين في العالم العربي، والثانية هي مصر.
</s>
<s id="323">
الرياضة
</s>
<s id="324">
حفل افتتاح كأس آسيا في كرة القدم لعام 2000، في ملعب المدينة الرياضية.
</s>
<s id="325">
استضافت بيروت، إلى جانب طرابلس وصيدا، كأس آسيا في كرة القدم لسنة 2000
</s>
<s id="326">
China Ready to Face Tough Task in Asian Cup Bidding, People&apos;s Daily Lebanese Football need to make their mark in Asia, Maxell هناك ملعبين أساسيين لكرة القدم في المدينة وهما: ملعب المدينة الرياضية، وملعب بيروت البلدي
</s>
<s id="327">
تتخذ 8 فرق كرة قدم من الدوري اللبناني بيروت مركزا لنواديها، وهي: نادي النجمة اللبناني، نادي الأنصار، الحكمة، العهد، المبرّة، الصفا، الراسينغ بيروت‎، وشباب الساحل
</s>
<s id="328">
بالإضافة لذلك هناك فرقيّ كرة سلة من بيروت، نادي الرياضي، ونادي الحكمة، الذان يُشاركان دوما في الدوري اللبناني لكرة السلة والبطولات العربية والإقليمية
</s>
<s id="329">
Riyadi&apos;s History
</s>
<s id="330">
تقام في بيروت أيضا أعداد أخرى من الأنشطة الرياضية، منها ماراثون بيروت السنوي، الكرة الطائرة، سباق خيل أسبوعي في ميدان سباق المدينة، بالإضافة لدورات غولف وكرة المضرب تقام في نادي الغولف في بيروت
</s>
<s id="331">
ومؤخرا أنشأ دوري للرجبي في لبنان، واتخذت 3 فرق من أصل 5 بيروت مقرا لنواديها، وهي: AUB Wolves (ذئاب الجامعة الأميركية في بيروت)، LAU Immortals (خالدوا الجامعة اللبنانية الأميركية)، و USJ Saints (قديسي جامعة القديس يوسف)
</s>
<s id="332">
تعتبر بيروت مرشحة محتملة لاستضافة الألعاب الأولمبية الصيفية لسنة 2024، Interview about Lebanon, Arabia English ومن المتوقع أن مشروع صنين الضخم، البالغة تكلفته 1.2 مليار دولار أمريكي، سيجعل لبنان قادرا على استضافة هذه الألعاب
</s>
<s id="333">
Sannine Zenith
</s>
<s id="334">
الموضة والفنون
</s>
<s id="335">
تصميم معدني فني لشخص يعزف الساكسفون للفنان كميل علم.
</s>
<s id="336">
هناك المئات من المعارض الفنيّة عبر العاصمة بيروت وضواحيها
</s>
<s id="337">
يعتبر الكثير من اللبنانيين مهتمّا بالفن وإنتاجه، فهناك قرابة 5000 فنان ينتج الفنون الجميلة، وعدد مماثل لهم يعملون في مجال الموسيقى، التصميم، الهندسة، المسرح، الأفلام، التصوير، وغيرها من أشكال الفنون
</s>
<s id="338">
يتخرّج كل سنة المئات من الطلاب في كليات الفنون التصويرية وتصميم الأشكال من مختلف الجامعات في المدينة، وأخذت ورشات العمل الفنية تزدهر وتنتشر في جميع أنحاء لبنان، وفي بيروت خصوصا، حيث أصبح المشهد الفني غنيّا ومتنوعا للغاية.
</s>
<s id="339">
بالإضافة لهذا تنتشر معارض الأزياء والموضة بشكل كبير عبر أنحاء المدينة، وهناك دوما معارض ووكالات أزياء جديدة لمصممين عالميين تُفتتح وتعرض أعمالها عبر برامج أزياء مختلفة أبرزها قناة الموضة العربية الفضائية 
</s>
<s id="340">
ومن وكالات الأزياء المشهورة في بيروت: «جورجيوس ايجنسي» لصاحبها جورج كعدي، ستايل موديلينغ لصاحبها إيلي نحّاس، و«ناتاليز ايجنسي» لناتالي فضل الله
</s>
<s id="341">
منتديات عنكاوا، نقلا عن جريدة الكفاح العربي من بيروت
</s>
<s id="342">
افتتح العديد من المصممين العالميين معارض لهم في بيروت مثل فيرساتشي وغوسي، كما ويعيش الكثير من هؤلاء المصممين بداخل المدينة وحولها مثل إيلي صعب، المصمم العالمي للأزياء النسائية
</s>
<s id="343">
يشتهر الأخير بتصميمه لملابس لفنانات مشهورات مثل بيونسيه، جوينيث بالترو، وميشا بارتون، وهو يتبرّع سنويّا بشجرة ميلاد لتوضع في وسط بيروت التجاري
</s>
<s id="344">
ومن المصممين المشاهير الذين يسكنون بيروت أيضا، زهير مراد، الذي صمم ملابس لفنانات مثل آنا أورتيز، وكريستينا أبلغيت، وهو يمتلك مشغلا ومعرضا خاصا به كذلك الأمر.
</s>
<s id="345">
فندق الميتروبوليتان بالاس في بيروت.
</s>
<s id="346">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="347">
مقاهي جانبية في وسط بيروت التجاري.
</s>
<s id="348">
كانت السياحة في بيروت مزدهرة بشكل كبير إلى أن اندلعت الحرب الأهلية اللبنانية، حيث توقفت السياحة الترفيهية تماما، حتى وضعت الحرب أوزارها، فأعادت شركة سوليدير إعمار وسط المدينة المدمر الذي عاد وأصبح اليوم ينبض بالحياة كما كان سابقا، وبالتالي عادت سمعة المدينة كصلة وصل بين القارات الثلاثة، أوروبا وأفريقيا وآسيا، وكبوابة الشرق على الغرب
</s>
<s id="349">
كان يُطلق على بيروت اسم &quot;باريس الشرق&quot; في أيام ازدهارها الأولى بعد الاستقلال، ولا يزال البعض يلقبها بهذا اللقب اليوم، ويعود ذلك إلى النمط العمراني، المعالم الأثرية، الأسواق، المطبخ البلدي، والحياة الليلية، التي بُشبهها البعض بتلك الموجودة في فرنسا، والتي من شأنها إبقاء السائح مهتما بالمدينة أثناء زيارته للبنان
</s>
<s id="350">
Downloadable Brochures: Hidden Lebanon Brochure ومن أهم فنادق بيروت: فندق ألبيرغو، فندق بيل فيو هوتيل، موقع الحوت للسفر والسياحة
</s>
<s id="351">
فندق السفير، فندق ومنتجع الموفمبيك، الإنتركونتينانتال فينيسيا، فندق الكومودور، الهوليداي إنّ ديونز، الميتروبوليتان بالاس، وغيرها
</s>
<s id="352">
فندق دوت كوم، فنادق بيروت بحسب الأكثر إقبالا.
</s>
<s id="353">
حصلت بيروت على المركز التاسع في قائمة أفضل المدن لمجلة السياحة والترفيه لسنة 2006، حيث أتت في مرتبة متأخرة عن نيويورك ومتقدمة عن سان فرانسيسكو، Travel and Leisure: Top 10 Cities Overall إلا أن قائمة المدن هذه كان قد تمّ وضعها والتصويت عليها قبل العدوان الإسرائيلي على لبنان في نفس السنة
</s>
<s id="354">
وبعد أن عادت الأمور لطبيعتها، عادت أعداد السياح لترتفع مجدداً بشكل ملحوظ
</s>
<s id="355">
ومؤخرا قام دليل &quot;لونلي بلانت&quot; السياحي بتسمية بيروت المدينة الأكثر حيوية على سطح الأرض لسنة 2009، كما قامت النيويورك تايمز بمنح المدينة المركز الأول ضمن قائمة الأماكن الأربع والأربعين التي ينبغي زيارتها في سنة 2009
</s>
<s id="356">
وقد زار لبنان في سنة 2009 حوالي 2.000.000 سائح عربي وأجنبي.
</s>
<s id="357">
أعلام بيروت
</s>
<s id="358">
جورج أبيض.
</s>
<s id="359">
كيانو ريفز.
</s>
<s id="360">
خرج من بيروت الكثير من أهل العلم والرواية والحديث، ومن أشهرهم: موقع يا بيروت، أعلام بيروت.
</s>
<s id="361">
إميليوس بابينيانوس (مشرّع روماني)
</s>
<s id="362">
عمر فرّوخ (علاّمة ودكتور مشهور)
</s>
<s id="363">
جورج أبيض (من الروّاد الأوائل للمسرح العربي والمصري)
</s>
<s id="364">
منير البعلبكي (مؤلف معجمي وموسوعي، ومؤرخ)
</s>
<s id="365">
رباب كريدية (مخترعة فيزيائية)
</s>
<s id="366">
سليم الحص (رئيس وزراء لبنان سابقا)
</s>
<s id="367">
جبران تويني (رئيس تحرير جريدة النهار الذي استشهد بتاريخ 2005/12/12)
</s>
<s id="368">
الشيخ أحمد طبارة (إمام ورئيس تحرير عدّة صحف، أعدمه الأتراك بتاريخ 1916/5/6)
</s>
<s id="369">
محمد فليفل (ملحن وموسيقار)
</s>
<s id="370">
فؤاد شهاب (ثالث رئيس للجمهورية اللبنانية في عهد الاستقلال)
</s>
<s id="371">
رياض الصلح (أول رئيس وزراء في عهد الاستقلال)
</s>
<s id="372">
إبراهيم مرعشلي (ممثل شهير)
</s>
<s id="373">
كيانو ريفز (ممثل كندي مشهور جدا، مولود في بيروت)
</s>
<s id="374">
الشيخ حسن خالد (إمام ومفتي الجمهورية سابقا)
</s>
<s id="375">
وليد عيدو (نائب معروف، استشهد بتاريخ 2007/7/13)
</s>
<s id="376">
مدن متوأمة
</s>
<s id="377">
المدن الشقيقة لبيروت هي: موقع مدينة بيروت الرسمي: مدن متوأمة مع بيروت.
</s>
<s id="378">
مصادر
</s>
<s id="379">
مراجع
</s>
<s id="380">
سمير قصير، تاريخ بيروت، الناشر: دار النهار للنشر، تاريخ النشر: 01/01/2006، ردمك: 9953741018
</s>
<s id="381">
حافظ أبو مصلح، تاريخ الدروز في بيروت وعلاقتهم بطوائفها، الطبعة رقم 3، الناشر: دار الفنون للطباعة والنشر والتوزيع، 2006
</s>
<s id="382">
لويس شيخو، بيروت تاريخها وآثارها، الناشر دار المشرق، 1993
</s>
<s id="383">
إلياس جرجس جريس، ولاية بيروت 1887-1914؛ التاريخ السياسي والاقتصادي، 2005
</s>
<s id="384">
طه الولي، بيروت في التاريخ والحضارة والعمران، الناشر: دار العلم للملايين، 1993
</s>
<s id="385">
مي علوش، بيروت ذكرى وتاريخ، الناشر: دار المستقبل، 1993
</s>
<s id="386">
صالح بن يحيى تاريخ بيروت، دار الفكر الحديث للطباعة والنشر، 1927
</s>
<s id="387">
Thomas L
</s>
<s id="388">
Friedman, From Beirut to Jerusalem, Anchor, 1990, ISBN 0-385-41372-6
</s>
<s id="389">
Linda Jones Hall, Roman Berytus: Beirut in Late Antiquity, Routledge, 2008, ISBN 0-415-48679-3
</s>
<s id="390">
Leila Tarazi Fawaz, Merchants and Migrants in Nineteenth-Century Beirut (Harvard Middle Eastern Studies), iUniverse, 2000, ISBN 1-58348-528-7
</s>
<s id="391">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="392">
لوكاليبان - بيروت.
</s>
<s id="393">
موقع بيروت الرسمي.
</s>
<s id="394">
سياحة-لبنان.
</s>
<s id="395">
العاصمة بيروت.
</s>
<s id="396">
فن العمارة في وسط بيروت التجاري.
</s>
<s id="397">
السياحة في لبنان كل شيء عن لبنان.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="52" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="2">
البحر المتوسط - منظر من جزيرة طريف الإسبانية إلى جبال الريف على الساحل المغربي
</s>
<s id="3">
البحر الأبيض المتوسط أو البحر المتوسط بحر يقع إلى الغرب من آسيا وإلى الشمال من أفريقيا وإلى الجنوب من أوروبا
</s>
<s id="4">
ويغطي مساحة تقدر بحوالي 2.5 مليون كم 2 أو 965,000 ميل مربع
</s>
<s id="5">
وبذلك يكون أكبر البحار في العالم، يتصل بالمحيط الاطلسي عن طريق مضيق جبل طارق، ويتصل بالبحر الاسود عن طريق مضيق الدردنيل، وبالبحر الاحمر عن طريق قناة السويس.
</s>
<s id="6">
ويعتبر هذا البحر من أهم الممرات لتجار العصور الغابرة التي سهلت التجارة وتبادل الثقافات بين الحضارات المختلفة
</s>
<s id="7">
وخاصة بين شعوب المنطقة المحيطة به مثل بلاد ما بين النهرين، المصريين، الفينيقيين، القرطاجيين (فينيقيو قرطاج)، الإغريق، شعوب شرق البحر المتوسط، الرومان والحضارات المغاربية
</s>
<s id="8">
ان تاريخ البحر المتوسط هو موطئ ضروري ومهم لفهم أصل وتطور المحتمعات المعاصرة.
</s>
<s id="9">
و يقسم الجغرافيين البحر الأبيض المتوسط إلى ضفتين شرقية وغربية يبتدا حدودها بين مضيق صقلية بين إيطاليا وتونس.
</s>
<s id="10">
التسمية
</s>
<s id="11">
صورة البحر المتوسط من الفضاء، من ناسا
</s>
<s id="12">
عرف البحر المتوسط بعدة أسماء خلال التاريخ فعلى سبيل المثال كان الرومان يسمونه &quot; &quot; أي &quot;بحرنا&quot; بحر الروم
</s>
<s id="13">
في اللغات الأوروبية يسمى البحر ب&quot;المتوسط&quot; لأنه موجود بين ثلاث قارات
</s>
<s id="14">
الكتاب المقدس يسميه البحر الكبير أما بالعبرية الحديثة فيسمى أي &quot;البحر الأوسط&quot;
</s>
<s id="15">
ويطلق عليه الأتراك &quot;أكدينز&quot; التي تعني البحر الأبيض وذلك لكثرة زبد أمواجه
</s>
<s id="16">
كان اسمه لدى العرب قديما البحر الشامي أو البحر الرومي، في حين كان يسمّى الحوض الغربي للبحر الأبيض المتوسط بحر المغرب
</s>
<s id="17">
بلرم: بفتح أوله وثانيه وسكون الراء وميم، معناه بكلام الروم المدينة، وهي أعظم مدينة في جزيرة صقلية في بحر المغرب على شاطئ البحر
</s>
<s id="18">
(معجم البلدان
</s>
<s id="19">
ياقوت الحموي.) ويبدو أن الاسم العربي المعاصر هو مزيج الاسم التركي مع الاسم الأوروبي.
</s>
<s id="20">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="21">
كان لتاريخ البحر المتوسط تأثير عظيم على تاريخ الشعوب المطلة عليه
</s>
<s id="22">
فهو سهل التجارة بين هذه الشعوب، وكان السبيل نحو بناء المستعمارات، وشاهدا على الكثير من الحروب
</s>
<s id="23">
كما كان من أساسيات الحياة لما قدمه من طعام عن طريق صيد الاسماك على غابر الأزمان.
</s>
<s id="24">
جغرافيته وطقسه
</s>
<s id="25">
يتصل البحر المتوسط بالمحيط ألأطلسي من جهته الغربية عن طريق مضيق جبل طارق
</s>
<s id="26">
ومن جهة الشرق يتصل ببحر مرمرة عن طريق مضيق الدردنيل وبالبحر الأسود عن طريق مضيق البوسفور
</s>
<s id="27">
ويعتبر بحر مرمرة امتداداً وجزءً من البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="28">
ويتصل بالبحر الأحمر في الجنوب عن طريق قناة السويس....
</s>
<s id="29">
من أهم جزره من الجهة الشرقية: قبرص، كريت، رودوس، لسبوس، شيوس، كليفونيا، كورفو
</s>
<s id="30">
وفي وسطه فجزر: سردينيا، كورسيكا، صقلية ومالطا وجربا
</s>
<s id="31">
أما في الناحية الغربية فجزر ايبيزا، مايوركا ومينوركا ;.
</s>
<s id="32">
طقسه متوسطي حار ورطب صيفا وممطر شتاءً
</s>
<s id="33">
من أهم مزروعات المناطق المحيطة به الزيتون، العنب، الليمون، الدراق والفلين.
</s>
<s id="34">
خصائصه العلمية
</s>
<s id="35">
ان المد والجزر في البحر المتوسط محدودة وذلك بسبب احاطته بالأرض من معظم النواحي
</s>
<s id="36">
من مزاياه ان لونه أزرق داكن لازواردي.
</s>
<s id="37">
نسبة تبخر مياه البحر المتوسط أعلى من نسبة الأمطار التي تهطل عليه ومن تغذيته بالمياه من ناحية الأنهار
</s>
<s id="38">
وهذا يؤثر على حركة تيارات المياه بشكل كبير
</s>
<s id="39">
نسبة التبخر أعلى في الناحية الشرقية من البحر عنها من الناحية الغربية مما يزيد نسبة الملوحة في الجهة الشرقية
</s>
<s id="40">
ومما يدفع المياه الباردة وقليلة الملوحة من الأطلس باتجاه الشرق عن طريق جبل طارق
</s>
<s id="41">
وبتحركها للشرق تصبح اسخن وذات ملوحة أعلى فتغوص للأعماق ناحية المشرق لتعود مرة ثانية إلى ناحية الغرب باتجاه الأطلسي.
</s>
<s id="42">
الدول المطلة عليه
</s>
<s id="43">
أفريقيا (من الغرب إلى الشرق): ، ، ، ، .
</s>
<s id="44">
آسيا(من الشمال إلى الجنوب): ، ، ، ، .
</s>
<s id="45">
أوروبا(من الشرق إلى الغرب): ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ،
</s>
<s id="46">
وفيه الدول التالية كجُزر:
</s>
<s id="47">
مدن البحر المتوسط
</s>
<s id="48">
من المدن العربية المنتشرة على البحر المتوسط عنابة ,الجزائر، وهران في الجزائر وطنجة وسبتة ومليلية في المغرب واللاذقية وطرطوس في سوريا، طرابلس الشام وبيروت في لبنان
</s>
<s id="49">
الإسكندرية وبورسعيد ودمياط في مصر، طرابلس و طبرق و بنغازي و سرت في ليبيا، وتونس وصفاقس في تونس، وغزة وحيفا وعكا في فلسطين
</s>
<s id="50">
من المدن الاوربية ملقة وبرشلونة في إسبانيا، مرسيليا ونيس في فرنسا، البندقية ونابولي في إيطاليا، سالونيك في اليونان ومرسين واسكندرون في تركيا
</s>
<s id="51">
تشكل معظم المدن السابقة موانيء تجارية هامة في البلدان التي تقع فيها، حيث تختلف طاقة الميناء على استيعاب وتفريغ السفن الكبيرة بختلف الدولة والمدينة
</s>
<s id="52">
تعتبر غالبية المدن السابقة ذات طابع سياحي وتاريخي كما في الإسكندرية وبيروت وجيجل وبجاية واللاذقية وطرطوس وتنس وسالونيك والبندقية
</s>
<s id="53">
حيث امتزجت الحضارات بين الشرق والغرب وشكلت تلك المدن جسرا للامتداد والتواصل بيان حضارات الدول المختلفة والتي تعاقبت على حكم العالم القديم بدءا بالفراعنة مرورا الفينيقين والرومان والاغريق
</s>
<s id="54">
ولا تزال آثار تلك المدن شاهدا حيا على ذلك.
</s>
<s id="55">
الجغرافيا السياسية
</s>
<s id="56">
في كتاب &quot; الجغرافيا السياسية للبحر المتوسط&quot; يتحدث &quot;&quot; ييف لاكوست&quot; عن خصوصية البحر المتوسط، يرى إنه دول محيطة به تشكل صفات مشتركة، علاقات متبادلة وصراعات تاريخية.
</s>
<s id="57">
أصبح البحر المتوسط معروف دوليا بسبب أسباب سياسية بالغة الأهمية إذ شكل المتوسط مركزا لصدام الحضارات.
</s>
<s id="58">
التلوث
</s>
<s id="59">
يعد البحر المتوسط أكثر بحار العالم تلوثا ويتلقى وحده حوالي نصف ما تتلقيه بقية المسطحات المائية من ملوثات صناعية وذلك لكثرة المدن الصناعية على ساحله مثل الإسكندرية وحيفا وبنغازى وبرشلونة واثينا ومرسيليا كما أنه يتصل ببقية مسطحات العالم عن طريق مضيق جبل طارق الذي يمتاز بضيقه فلا تتجدد مياهه الا كل 80 عام.
</s>
<s id="60">
يخسر البحر المتوسط مياههُ حالياً بمعدل الثلث، مقابل ثلثان تأتي من المضيق ومن قناة السويس ومن الأنهار التي تصب في البحر مثل نهر النيل
</s>
<s id="61">
وتزيد نسبة الجفاف بسبب انحسار المنطقة الفاصلة بين القارتين في مضيق جبل طارق
</s>
<s id="62">
أغلب المياه تأتي لهذا البحر عن طريق المضيق
</s>
<s id="63">
الجدير بالذكر، أن البحر قد نضبت (جفت) مياهه في فترة من الفترات، وقد إلتصقت القارة الإفريقية بالقارة الأوروبية من جهة المضيق ولم يعد مايزود البحر بالمياه، وأصبحت منطقة البحر المتوسط عبارة عن صحراء ممتدة بين القارتين، ودليل هذه النظرية أنه قد تم وجود عظام لجمال وفيلة في قاع البحر بالقرب من جزيرة صقلية الإيطالية.
</s>
<s id="64">
elaph
</s>
<s id="65">
انظر أيضا
</s>
<s id="66">
الاتحاد من أجل المتوسط
</s>
<s id="67">
قائمة دول البحر الأبيض المتوسط
</s>
<s id="68">
المراجع
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="53" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="2">
ألمانيا ، هي جمهورية اتحادية ديموقراطية، وعضو في الإتحاد الأوروبي اسمها الكامل: جمهورية ألمانيا الفيدرالية .
</s>
<s id="3">
برلين هي أكبر مدنها وهي العاصمة ومقر السلطة فيها.
</s>
<s id="4">
النظام السياسي اتحادي فيدرالي، ويتخذ شكلاً جمهورياً برلمانياً ديموقراطياً
</s>
<s id="5">
تنقسم ألمانيا إلى ستة عشر 16 إقليماً اتحاديا يتمتع كل منها بسيادته الخاصة.
</s>
<s id="6">
تقع ألمانيا في وسط أوروبا يحدها من الشمال: بحر الشمال، الدنمرك وبحر البلطيق، ومن الجنوب: النمسا ،سويسرا، ومن الشرق: بولندة ،تشيكيا، ومن الغرب: فرنسا ،لوكسمبورغ، بلجيكا وهولندا.
</s>
<s id="7">
تبلغ مساحة ألمانيا: 357.021 كلم مربع ويبلغ عدد سكانها 82.217.800 نسمة وهي تعتبر الدولة الأكثر عدداً وكثافة بالسكان في دول الإتحاد الأوروبي وهي أيضاً ثالث أكبر دولة من حيث عدد اللمهاجرين إليها MPI | Data Hub | Country and Comparative Data .
</s>
<s id="8">
شكلت ألمانيا جزءاً مركزياً في الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة التي دامت حتى عام 1806، وخلال القرن ال 16 أصبحت ألمانيا الشمالية مركز الإصلاح البروتستانتي
</s>
<s id="9">
بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية، انقسمت ألمانيا إلى قسمين: ألمانيا الشرقية وألمانيا الغربية
</s>
<s id="10">
واعيد توحيدهما في عام 1990.
</s>
<s id="11">
في عام 1957 أصبحت ألمانيا الشرقية عضوا مؤسساً في السوق الأوروبية المشتركة الذي أصبح عام 1993 &quot;الإتحاد الأوروبي&quot;
</s>
<s id="12">
وفي عام 1999 أصبحت عملة ألمانيا اليورو كما أصبحت إحدى الدول الأوروبية المنتمية إلى اتفاقية شينجن بحيث يسمح لسكان الدول الأوروبية المنتمية إلى الاتفاقية بالتنقل منها واليها دون فيزا وبدون حدود.
</s>
<s id="13">
أسست ألمانيا نظام التأمين الاجتماعي كخطوة ضمن سلسلة اجراءات في سبيل تطوير المعايير المعيشية لسكانها ولها موقع مميز في العلاقات الأوروبية وتحافظ على شراكات متينة على المستوى العالمي، وهي ثاني أكبر
</s>
<s id="14">
تعتبر ألمانيا رائدة في مجال العلوم والطب والتكونولوجيا، وهي عضو في الأمم المتحدة والناتو ومجموعة الثماني وال منظمة التعاون والتنمية الاقتصادية (OECD) وتعتبر قوة اقتصادية كبرى حيث أنها أكبر مصدر للسلع وثاني أكبر مستورد لها في العالم
</s>
<s id="15">
حقائق عن ألمانيا: ألمانيا، موطن الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="16">
الجغرافيا
</s>
<s id="17">
تبلغ مساحة ألمانيا 357.021 كلم مربع، مساحة اليابسة منها 349.223 كلم مربع ومساحة المياه 7.798 كلم مربع، وهي سابع أكبر دولة من ناحية المساحة في أوروبا، والثالثة والستين على العالم.أعلى نقطة تقع في جبال الألب وهي:زوغشبيتسي (2.962 متر).
</s>
<s id="18">
تجتاز ألمانيا العديد من الأنهار، بعضها يعد الأطول في أوروبا: الراين 865 كلم هو أطول الأنهار، إلبه 700 كلم، الدانوب 647 كلم، ماين 542 كلم، فيزر 440 كلم، إيمس 347 كلم، نيكر 367 كلم، هافل 343 كلم، موسل 242 كلم، إيلده 208 كلم، أودر 162 كلم
</s>
<s id="19">
أكبر البحيرات: بودنسي 572.
</s>
<s id="20">
تتشارك ألمانيا عند حدودها مع الكثير من البلدان الأوروبية.الدنمارك عند الشمال،بولنداوتشيكيا عند الحدود الشرقية، النمسا وسويسرا عند الحدود الجنوبية وفرنسا ،لوكسمبورغ عند الحدود الجنوبية الغربية، وبلجيكا وهولندا عند الحدود الشمالية الغربية.
</s>
<s id="21">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="22">
يبدأ من ولادة ما يسمى بالأمة الألمانية في العصور الرومانية القديمة في القرن الثامن الميلادي، ويمتد عبر تاريخ الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة التي تستمر من القرن التاسع وحتى عام 1806
</s>
<s id="23">
هذه الإمبراطورية تشمل ما يعرف اليوم بألمانيا والنمسا وسويسرا وجمهورية التشيك وسلوفينيا والأراضي المنخفضة، غرب بولندا، شرقي فرنسا ومعظم شمالي إيطاليا
</s>
<s id="24">
بعد منتصف القرن الخامس العشر، أصبحت تعرف غالبا باسم &quot;الامبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للأمة الألمانية.بين عامي 1815-1866 تشكلت ما يدعى بالكونفدرالية الألمانية، من ثم الإمبراطورية الألمانية (1871-1918) ثم جمهورية فايمار (1919-1933) أعقبها حكم هتلر وتأسيس ألمانيا النازية (1933-1945) والتي انتهت بنهاية الحرب العالمية الثانية وخسارة ألمانيا وتهديم معظم بنيتها التحتية
</s>
<s id="25">
نتج عن الحرب أيضا تقسيم ألمانيا بين المعسكرين الشيوعي السوفييتي والمعسكر الغربي الليبرالي فأصبحت ألمانيا تتألف من ألمانيا الغربية أو جمهورية ألمانيا الفيدرالية وألمانيا الشرقية أو جمهورية ألمانيا الديمقراطية (DDR)
</s>
<s id="26">
استمر التقسيم حتى عام 1990 الذي شهد انهيار حائط برلين ثم انهيار الاتحاد السوفييتي.
</s>
<s id="27">
القبائل الجرمانية
</s>
<s id="28">
الجرمانيون (Germans) أو التيتونيون (Teutons) هم -بشكل عام- الشعوب والقبائل التي تتحدث باللغات الجرمانية
</s>
<s id="29">
استوطنوا المناطق المحاذية للإمبراطورية الرومانية وكانوا مصدر إزعاج دائم لها ثم لاحقا أصبحوا أحد الأسباب الرئيسية لسقوطها
</s>
<s id="30">
من أشهر القبائل الجرمانية قبائل القوط بفرعيها القوط الشرقيون والقوط الغربيون والفاندال والسكسونيون والأنغلوسكسونيون واللومبارد والفرنج والفايكنج وغيرهم.
</s>
<s id="31">
تشكل الشعوب الجرمانية فرع إثني ولغوي من الشعوب الهندوأوروبية يعود أصلها ومنشأها إلى أوروبا الشمالية يتميزيون باستخدامهم لغات جرمانية وانهم ينحدرون من الجرمانيين الأوائل (Proto-Germanic)
</s>
<s id="32">
الشعوب الجرمانية المهاجرة انتشرت خلال مجمل أوروبا ممتزجين بالشعوب والسكان المحلية في أصقاع أوروبا الأخرى (مثل الكلت وأيضا السلاف/الفنديون والرومان) مشكلين الأساس المستقبلي للأمم الأوروبية المختلفة، بشكل متفاوت تترابط الشعوب الجرمانية يالتقارب اللغوي والشكل المميز، والتاريخ والثقافة.
</s>
<s id="33">
توسع القبائل الجرمانية في المده بين 750 ق.م إلى القرن الأول الميلادي
</s>
<s id="34">
الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للأمة الألمانية
</s>
<s id="35">
الإمبراطورية الأولى (962-1806)
</s>
<s id="36">
أوتو الأول ينتصر على ملك إيطاليا بيرنغر (مخطوطة 1200 م)
</s>
<s id="37">
الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للأمة الجرمانية (بالألمانية : Heiliges Römisches Reich Deutscher Nation، باللاتينية : Imperium Romanum Sacrum Nationis germanicae) تكتل سياسي قروسطي بأراضي أوروبا الوسطى والغربية وُلد خلال العصور الوسطى المبكرة وتم حله رسمياً سنة 1806
</s>
<s id="38">
تاريخ بداية الإمبرطورية هو سنة 962 حين توج البابا يوحنا الثاني عشر أوتو الأول العظيم إمبراطوراً لكيان شمل ألمانيا وإيطاليا (بورغونيا لاحقاً) التي ورثت الجزء الأكبر من الإمبراطورية الكارولنجية، لكن ما يميزها أنها لم تعد تشمل &quot;فرنسيا الغربية&quot;، أي تفريباً فرنسا الحالية
</s>
<s id="39">
وصلت الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للأمة الجرمانية إلى ذروة قوتها خلال العصور الوسطى المتأخرة، وشكلت مع البابوية الكاثوليكية واحدة من القوتين العالميتين.
</s>
<s id="40">
استخدم لفظ الإمبراطورية الرومانية في عام 1034 للدلالة على الأراضي التي تحت حكم كونراد الثاني، والإمبراطورية المقدسة في سنة 1157
</s>
<s id="41">
بدأ استخدام مصطلح امبراطور الروماني للإشارة إلى ملوك شمال أوروبا في وقت مبكر مع أوتو الثاني (إمبراطور بين عامي 973-983).
</s>
<s id="42">
استخدم الأباطرة من شارلمان - المتوفى سنة 814 - حتى أوتو الأول العظيم (إمبراطور بين عامي 962-973) ببساطة لقب الامبراطور أغسطس للإمبرطورية الكارولينجية.
</s>
<s id="43">
قـُـدم مصطلح الامبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للأمة الجرمانية في سنة 1254، وظهر التعبير الكامل &quot;Sacrum Romanum Imperium Nationis Germanicae&quot; (بالألمانية Heiliges Römisches Reich Deutscher Nation) في نهاية القرن الخامس عشر حين فقدت المملكة الكثير من نفوذها في إيطاليا، رغم بقاءها مرتبطة بها حتى النهاية ببعض الكيانات الإقليمية الإيطالية المتكاملة فيها : &quot;مقدس&quot; و&quot;الروماني&quot; مصطلحان استخدما في روح محاكاة [[إمبراطورية بيزنطية|[للإمبراطورية البيزنطية]] ؛ كما شدد على مقطع &quot;للأمة الألمانية&quot; من سنة 962 وما بعدها، كان جوهر هذه المؤسسة في الأصل في شعوب القومية الجرمانية، المشكلين للفرنجة الشرقيين بعد التقسيم الكارولينجي.
</s>
<s id="44">
كان لقب الإمبراطور انتخابياً أساساً، وفقاً للتقاليد &quot;الفيدرالية&quot; لدوقيات ألمانيا الرئيسية الأربعة (ساكسونيا، فرنكونيا، بافاريا وألامانيا) المتمايزة كل منها بقاعدتها العرقية المختلفة
</s>
<s id="45">
كان الناخبون من علية نبلاء مملكة ألمانيا، الذين كانوا يتنازعون على التاج
</s>
<s id="46">
كان لقب الإمبراطوري يعتبر من ناحية في جميع أنحاء أوروبا الغربية المنصب الأعلى ومبدءاً لا جدال فيه، وغالبا ما يشهد على ذلك عملياً عدم وجود بودستا أساسي للأباطرة، وتحولوا رسمياً إلى صورة رمزية عاجزين عن التعبير عن رغبتهم في المملكة.
</s>
<s id="47">
حاولت بعض العائلات الكبرى الاستحواذ على التاج الإمبراطوري الوراثي مثل السلالة الأوتونية، لكن أسرة هابسبورغ حسمت الأمر لصالحها منذ نهاية العصور الوسطى محتفظة باللقب حتى سنة 1806، وإن لم تلغ أبداً صلاحية الأمراء الناخبين ومكانتهم
</s>
<s id="48">
فبوفاة كل إمبراطور كانوا يجتمعون لينتخبوا خلفاً له.
</s>
<s id="49">
أُلغـِـيَ لقب الإمبراطور &quot;الروماني&quot; على يد إمبراطور آخر هو نابليون الأول إمبراطور فرنسا الذي فرض على فرانسيس الثاني هابسبورغ أن يأخذ لقب &quot;إمبراطور النمسا&quot; الأكثر انسجاماً مع المناطق التي كان يحكمها فعلاً
</s>
<s id="50">
وتم حل الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة رسمياً في سنة 1806.
</s>
<s id="51">
حتى المعاصرون لم يعرفوا كيفية تحديد هذا الكيان
</s>
<s id="52">
في وصف شهير كتب صأمويل بوفندورف سنة 1667 في كتاب (De statu imperii Germanici) المنشور باسمه المستعار سيفيرينو مونزامبانو:
</s>
<s id="53">
و قال عنها فولتير في وقت لاحق :
</s>
<s id="54">
قام شارلمان أو شارل العظيم الذي ينحدر من قبائل الفرنجة الجرمانية بتأسيس الإمبراطورية الفرنجة
</s>
<s id="55">
توج بعدها كأول قيصر للإمبراطورية الغربية عام 800 م، فاعتبر ذلك احياء للإمبراطورية الرومانية التي قضى عليها الجرمان البرابرة قبل ثلاث قرون من الزمن
</s>
<s id="56">
إلا أن الإمبراطورية الوليدة لم تعمر طويلاً، فبعد وفاة الأخير تقاسم أبناؤه الثلاثة المملكة في 843 فيما عُرف بمعاهدة فردان، اثنتان فقط من بين هذه الممالك عمرتا، مملكة الفرنجة الغربية والتي عُرفت بعدها باسم فرنسا، ومملكة الفرنجة الشرقية والتي كونت ما يعرف اليوم بألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="57">
مارتن لوثر
</s>
<s id="58">
حسب الأعراف الحالية يعتبر تاريخ 2 فبراير 962 موافقا لميلاد ما يعرف اليوم بألمانيا، في هذا اليوم بالذات تم تتويج الملك أوتو الأول العظيم صاحب مملكة الفرنجة الشرقية إمبراطورا أو قيصرأ على البلاد وجرت مراسيم التتويج في روما كما كان الحال مع شارل العظيم.
</s>
<s id="59">
تطورت مملكة الفرنجة الغربية إلى أن أصبحت دولة وطنية تعرف بفرنسا، فيما سيطر زعماء المقاطعات في المملكة الشرقية على أراضيهم واستقلوا بها
</s>
<s id="60">
رغم محاولات القيصر لاستعادة السيطرة على أراضي المملكة، تواصلت عملية التفكك واستقلالية المقاطعات داخل ما أصبح يسمى شكليا الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة، وتشكلت مدن أعلنت استقلالها وسيادتها
</s>
<s id="61">
عرفت تلك باسم مدن الإمبراطورية الحرة
</s>
<s id="62">
رغم الإصلاحات وحرب الثلاثين سنة بقي الإمبراطور أو القيصر يحكم البلاد اسميا فقط.
</s>
<s id="63">
الراهب مارتن لوثر نشر أطروحاته ال95 في 1517، وتحدى ممارسات الكنيسة الكاثوليكية الرومانية، والشروع في الإصلاح البروتستانتي.الكنيسة اللوثرية المنفصلة أصبح الدين الرسمي في كثير من الولايات الألمانية بعد 1530
</s>
<s id="64">
وأدى الصراع الديني لحرب الثلاثين عاما 1618-1648، الذي دمر في الأراضي الألمانية
</s>
<s id="65">
وإنخفض عدد سكان الولايات الألمانية بحوالي 30%.
</s>
<s id="66">
صلح وستفاليا تم في 1648 وانتهت الحرب الدينية في الولايات الألمانية، ولكن في الواقع كانت الإمبراطورية مقسمة إلى العديد من الإمارات والولايات المستقلة
</s>
<s id="67">
حرب الثلاثين عاماً
</s>
<s id="68">
منذ 1740 فصاعدا، الثنائية الألمانية بين ملكية هابسبورغ النمساوية ومملكة بروسيا سيطرت على التاريخ الألماني
</s>
<s id="69">
حتى حُلت في 1806 نتيجة لالحروب النابليونية.
</s>
<s id="70">
تسمية الإمبراطورية الأولى
</s>
<s id="71">
تسمية الرايش أو الرايخ ظهرت عام 962 بعد تتويج أوتو الأول العظيم الذي قام معتمداً على مملكة شرق فرنكونيا.
</s>
<s id="72">
في العام 1512 صار الرايخ باسم الإمبراطورية الرومانية المقدسة للامة الألمانية كتعبير عن خلافة القيصر للإمبراطورية الرومانية القديمة وأيضاً للتعبير عن الصفة المقدسة للقيصر.
</s>
<s id="73">
هذا الريش أو الرايخ استمر لاكثر من ثمانية قرون حتى عهد فرانس الثاني الذي تخلى عن عرش هابسبورغ في عام 1806 لنابليون بعد تشكيل حلف الراين
</s>
<s id="74">
[حقائق عن ألمانيا صفحة 30]
</s>
<s id="75">
التجديد والثورة (1814-1871)
</s>
<s id="76">
استمرت الأمور على هذا النظام حتى 1806 ،كان فرانس الثاني قيصرا على النمسا (منذ 1804 كما حمل لقب الإمبراطور الجرماني (احتكرت أسرة الهبسبورغ هذا اللقب منذ قرون)
</s>
<s id="77">
بدأ نابليون حملته على أوروبا، واستطاع بعد تهديدات وضغوطات أن يجبر فرانتز الثاني على التنازل عن عرشه الجرماني
</s>
<s id="78">
كان هذا الحدث بمثابة شهادة وفاة الإمبراطورية الأولى التي أسسها أوتو العظيم
</s>
<s id="79">
عند غزوه للبلاد، قضى نابوليون على استقلالية المدن الكبيرة (بلغ عدد المدن الحرة حوالي ثمانين 80 مدينة)، وساهم ولو بشكل غير مقصود في دفعها إلى مسار الوحدة.
</s>
<s id="80">
بعد سقوط نابليون أعاد مؤتمر فيينا في 1814 التأكيد على هذه الوحدة، واتفقت 41 عضو في البداية من بين هذه المدن الألمانية على عقد اتحاد بينها، فتشكلت الإتحاد الألماني وتم وضعها تحت إدارة النمسا مؤقتا، لكن أصبحوا فيما بعد 33 عضواً فقط.
</s>
<s id="81">
وكان للإتحاد هيئة وحيدة تسمى المجلس القومي ومركزة مدينة فرانكفورت وقد استمر حتى تم حله في 1866 بسبب الحرب الألمانية-الألمانية.
</s>
<s id="82">
الخلاف مع حركة التجديد الأوروبية أدى جزئياً أدت إلى بروز الليبرالية الألمانية التي تطالب بالوحدة والحرية.
</s>
<s id="83">
في هذه الحقبة الكثير من الألمان تاثروا بافكار وتوجهات مثل الثورة الفرنسية، والقومية التي أصبحت قوة أكثر أهمية، خاصة في أوساط الشباب والمثقفين
</s>
<s id="84">
ولأول مرة، ألوان الأسود والأحمر والذهبي اختيرت لتمثيل هذه الحركة ،التي تحولت فيما بعد إلى الألوان الوطنية لعلم ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="85">
Martin, Norman
</s>
<s id="86">
الإتحاد الألماني 1815–1866 (Germany) أعلام العالم
</s>
<s id="87">
Oct
</s>
<s id="88">
5, 2000
</s>
<s id="89">
Retrieved 2006, 12-07.
</s>
<s id="90">
برلمان فراكفورت أو المجلس القومي بكنيسة باولوس في فرانكفورت
</s>
<s id="91">
لتاثرها بالحركات الثورية في مختلف أنحاء أوروبا وخصوصاً الثورة الناجحة ثورة 1848 في فرنسا التي أسست الجمهورية قامت ثورة في عام 1848 في الولايات الألمانية.
</s>
<s id="92">
فرضت هذه الثورة قيام حكومات ليبرالية وانتخابات لمجلس قومي، وقد تم وضع الدستور في كنيسة باولوس في عام 1849 بمدينة فرانكفورت، لكن جيوش الاشراف الألمان ابادوا الثورة بعدما رفض القيصر البروسي فريدريش فيلهلم الرابع طلب المجلس القومي بأن يتنازل عن صفته الدينية الإلهية كقيصر لألمانيا وأن يكون حاكم بإرادة الشعب
</s>
<s id="93">
[حقائق عن ألمانيا صفحة 31]
</s>
<s id="94">
الصراع بين الملك الإمبراطور الألماني فيلهلم الأول إمبراطور بروسيا والحركة الليبرالية البرلمانية التي كانت تزداد قوة اندلع بسبب الإصلاحات العسكرية في عام 1862، وعين الملك أوتو فون بسمارك كرئيس وزراء بروسيا.
</s>
<s id="95">
بسمارك نجح في شن حرب على الدنمارك في عام 1864
</s>
<s id="96">
ثم نجاح بروسيا بالفوز في الصراع العنيف مع كبرى القوى الجرمانية النمسا في الحرب الألمانية-الألمانية في 1866 مكنته من خلق اتحاد شمال ألمانيا الكونفدرالي واستبعاد النمسا.
</s>
<s id="97">
الإمبراطورية الألمانية
</s>
<s id="98">
الإمبراطورية الثانية (1871-1918)
</s>
<s id="99">
خريطة الرايخ الثاني وتبدو أراضي بروسيا باللون الأزرق ضمن أراضي الإمبراطورية
</s>
<s id="100">
يمتد تاريخ القيصرية الألمانية (أو ما يسمى بالإمبراطورية الألمانية أو الرايخ الألماني الثاني) من عام 1871 حتى عام 1918 وقد تعاقب على حكمها القيصر فيلهلم الأول المؤسس من عام 1871 حتى عام1888، ثم فريدريش الثالث وحكم أقل من سنة 1888 ثم فيلهلم الثاني حتى عام 1918 وكان آخر القياصرة الألمان.
</s>
<s id="101">
عاصمتها كانت برلين ومساحتها 540.766 كم مربعا وعملتها المارك الألماني.
</s>
<s id="102">
التقسيمات الإدارية
</s>
<s id="103">
أهم المدن الألمانية في تقسيمات ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="104">
في الشمال: روستوك، كيل، بريمن، هانوفر، هامبورغ.
</s>
<s id="105">
في الجنوب: ميونخ، شتوتغارت.
</s>
<s id="106">
في الغرب: مانهايم، بون، إيسن، كولونيا، دوسلدورف، فرانكفورت.
</s>
<s id="107">
في الشرق: لايبزغ، برلين، بوتسدام.
</s>
<s id="108">
أهمية المدن من حيث الوظيفة والنشاطات:
</s>
<s id="109">
تتنوع نشاطات ووضائف المدن الألمانية لذا فهي تعتبر قوة عالمية، مثال:
</s>
<s id="110">
بون، مدينة تاريخية.
</s>
<s id="111">
فرانكفورت، مدينة مالية.
</s>
<s id="112">
برلين، مدينة سياسية.
</s>
<s id="113">
شتوتغارت مدينة صناعية.
</s>
<s id="114">
حوض الرور، منطقة حضرية صناعية.
</s>
<s id="115">
ميونخ، مدينة رياضية ،ثقافية وسياحية.
</s>
<s id="116">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="117">
معظم أنحاء ألمانيا تتمتع بمناخ معتدل حيث تسود رياح غربية رطبة
</s>
<s id="118">
يتلطف هذا المناخ بتيارات المحيط الأطلسي الذي هو الامتداد الشمالي للتيار الخليج
</s>
<s id="119">
هذه الأكثر دفئا تؤثر على المناطق التي تحد بحر الشمال بما فيها شبه جزيرة يوتلاند والمنطقة المحاية لنهر غاين الذي يصب في بحر الشمال
</s>
<s id="120">
لهذا يكون المناخ في الشمال الغربي والشمال محيطي
</s>
<s id="121">
وتتساقط الأمطار على مدار السنة وتكون غزيرة خلال الصيف
</s>
<s id="122">
فصول الشتار تكون معتدلة وفصول الصيف تميل إلى البرودة مع ان درجات الحرارة يمكن أن تتجاوز ال 30 درجة لفترات طويلة
</s>
<s id="123">
من جهة الشرق يكون المناخ قاريا أكثر إذ ان فصل الشتاء يكون باردا جدا في حين فصل الصيف يكون دافئا ويمكن أن تسجل فترات جفاف طويلة
</s>
<s id="124">
ان مناطق ألمانيا الجنوبية والوسطى هي مناطق متقلبة حيث تتغير من محيطية معتدلة إلى قارية
</s>
<s id="125">
ومجددا يمكن لدرجات الحرارة ان تتخطى ال 30 درجة مئوية.
</s>
<s id="126">
التنوع الحيوي
</s>
<s id="127">
غابة في تورنغن
</s>
<s id="128">
بالنسبى للتنوع الجغرافي للنباتات تنقسم ألمانيا ما بين الأقاليم الأوروبية الأطلسية والأقاليم الأوروبية الوسطى الملتفة حول المملكة البوريالية
</s>
<s id="129">
منطقة ألمانيا يمكن أن تنقسم إلى 4 مناطق بيئية: الغابات المختلطة الأطلسية، الغابات المختلطة البلطيقية، الغابات المختلطة الأوروبية والغابات ذات الأشجار العريضة الأوراق الأوروبية الغربية
</s>
<s id="130">
معظم أنحاء أوروبا تغطيها الأراضي الصالحة للزراعة 33%، والأراضي الغابية المشجرة 31%، بينما لا تشكل المراعي الدائمة سوى 15%
</s>
<s id="131">
النباتات والحيوانات هي تلك الشائعة عموما في أوروبا الوسطى/ اشجار البلوط والأشجار ذات البذور تشكل ثلث الغابات
</s>
<s id="132">
اشجار الراتينغ والتنوب تسود في الجبال العليا بينما توجد اشجار صنوبر في التربة الرملية.
</s>
<s id="133">
يوجد الكثير من الورود والفطريات والطحالب
</s>
<s id="134">
تنحصر الأسماك في الأنهار وفي بحر الشمال.الحيوانات البرية تتضمن الغزلان والخنازير البرية والثعالب والأرانب وأنواع كثيرة من السناجب
</s>
<s id="135">
طيور مهاجرة متنوعة تعبر ألمانيا في الربيع والخريف.
</s>
<s id="136">
تحتوي ألمانيا على الكثير من المنتزهات الطبيعية كما تعرف أيضا بحدائق الحيوانات ومنتزهات الحياة البرية والمائية ومنتزهات الطيور.هناك أكثر من 400 حديقة حيوانات مسجلة في ألمانيا والذي يتعقد انه أكبر عدد موجود في بلد واحد
</s>
<s id="137">
زؤولوغيشير غارتن برلين (حديقة الحيوان برلين) هي أقدم حديقة في العالم وهي تحتوي على أكثر مجموعة متنوعة من المخلوقات الفريدة.
</s>
<s id="138">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="139">
الغابة السوداء
</s>
<s id="140">
تعد ألمانيا واحدة من أنشط الدول السياحية في العالم
</s>
<s id="141">
فبالإضافة إلى مناظرها الطبيعية الخلابة والأنشطة المتنوعة التي تقام في مدنها، توفر ألمانيا لضيوفها خدمات سياحية متنوعة بدءاً بشبكة المواصلات العامة المتطورة والتي تشمل القطارات السريعة وقطارات الأنفاق (المترو) وحافلات النقل الجماعي وسيارات الأجرة، ومروراً بالمؤسسات السياحية كالفنادق ودور الضيافة والمطاعم والمقاهي، وانتهاءاً بالأماكن الترفيهية كالمسارح والحدائق العامة وما شابه ذلك.
</s>
<s id="142">
أحداث
</s>
<s id="143">
هوكينهايمرينغ (Hockenheimring)
</s>
<s id="144">
هو الحدث الأهم بالعالم في مجال سباق السيارات ويجذب زوارا من كل البلدان بمعدل 120 الف زائر سنويا يحرصون على القدوم لتشجيع فريقهم المفضل ولمتابعة تقنيات السباق المختلفة على الحلبة التي يصل طولها إلى 4.5 كلم
</s>
<s id="145">
ولدى محبي السيارات وسباقات السيارات فرصة لزيارة متحف هوكينهايمرينغ لسيارات السباق.
</s>
<s id="146">
مهرجان بيرة مدينة شتوتغارت (Stuttgart Bierfest)
</s>
<s id="147">
يعتبر هذا المهرجان الثانيمن حيث الحجم بعد مهرجان اوكتوبر الي يقام في ميونخ
</s>
<s id="148">
يبدأ المهرجان في منتصف شهر سبتمبر من كل عام ويمتد لأسبوعين ويتخلله عزف لفرق موسيقية باللباس التقليدي ويجذب حوالي 5 مليون زائر سنويا.
</s>
<s id="149">
كاسيل دوكومينتا (Kassel documenta)
</s>
<s id="150">
كرس Kassel منذ العام 1955 كأفضل معرض للفن المعاصر في العالم ويعتبر محرك للمشهد الثقافي والفن الحديث
</s>
<s id="151">
يقام المعرض لمدة 100 يوم ويحدث مرة كل خمس سنوات فقط
</s>
<s id="152">
ويعرض الفنون المعاصرة والمفاهيم الفنية الحديثة.
</s>
<s id="153">
روك أم رينغ (Rock am Ring)
</s>
<s id="154">
هو أكبر مهرجان للروك في الانيا وفي أوروبا أيضا
</s>
<s id="155">
يقام في مدينة آديناو
</s>
<s id="156">
أقيم للمرة الأولى في العام 1985 ولكثرة الحشود التي استطاع حشدها والجماهيرة الواسعة والإقبال أصبح حفل وتقليد سنوي منذ حينها
</s>
<s id="157">
من الفنفنين والفرق التي شاركت بهذا المهرجان: غرين داي وألانيس موريسيت وذي بروديجي وإنيكسيس.
</s>
<s id="158">
زاكسينرينغ (Sachsenring)
</s>
<s id="159">
تقام على هذه الحلبة أكثر السباقات الصيفية تشويقا لمحبي سباقات الدراجات النارية
</s>
<s id="160">
وتقام حول الحلبة حفلات صاخبة أثناء خلا فترة هذه الحدث ويتخلله المهرجانات والعاب كالممارسة قفزة بانجي.
</s>
<s id="161">
التسوق
</s>
<s id="162">
التسوق:
</s>
<s id="163">
محبي التسوق سيجدون في ألمانيا ملاذا غنيا لهم لأن التسوق في ألمانيا تجربة رائعة نظرا للتنوع والنوعيات المميزة
</s>
<s id="164">
يوجد في ألمانيا أكثر من 400 مركز تسوق يجمع كل منهم اعداد هائلة من متاجر الملابس الجاهزة العصرية والتقليدية أيضا بالإضافة إلى المطاعم والمقاهي.
</s>
<s id="165">
الماركات الألمانية:
</s>
<s id="166">
ألمانيا هي مقر لماركات عديدة ومتنوعة استطاعت ان تصل العالمية وتحتل مكانة عاليا في الأسواق وعند الأذواق عامة
</s>
<s id="167">
من هذا الماركات:
</s>
<s id="168">
Adidas, Puma, الشهيرتان في عالم الملابس والأحذية الرياضية.
</s>
<s id="169">
الساعات: Glashütte original, A
</s>
<s id="170">
Lange &amp; Söhne
</s>
<s id="171">
النظارات: Bree, Goldpfeil, Rodenstock
</s>
<s id="172">
وفي مارات المستحضرات التجميلية :Wella, Nivea, 4711 Eau de Cologne
</s>
<s id="173">
الملابس:Boss
</s>
<s id="174">
البورسلان: Meissener Porzellan
</s>
<s id="175">
المجوهرات: Wellendorff
</s>
<s id="176">
منتزهات
</s>
<s id="177">
العطلات بألمانيا تمنح الزائر خيارات غنية لعطلات لا تنسى وتشمل الاستمتاع بالشواطئ الرملية، النزهات الجبلية، زيارة المتاحف والقصور والقلاع، الرياضة والمنتجعات الصحية.
</s>
<s id="178">
أهم المنتجعات الصحية:
</s>
<s id="179">
ويسبادين (Wiesbaden),
</s>
<s id="180">
بادين-بادين (Baden-Baden),
</s>
<s id="181">
باد كيسينغين (Bad Kissingen),
</s>
<s id="182">
باد إيلستير (Bad Elster),
</s>
<s id="183">
باد دوركهايم (Bad Dürkheim),
</s>
<s id="184">
بينس (Binz),
</s>
<s id="185">
تيميندورفير شتراند (Timmendorfer Strand),
</s>
<s id="186">
باد ساسيندورف (Bad Sassendorf),
</s>
<s id="187">
نورديرناي (Norderney),
</s>
<s id="188">
باد زارو (Bad Saarow).
</s>
<s id="189">
المحميات الطبيعية:
</s>
<s id="190">
يوجد في ألمانيا أكثر من 90 محمية طبيعية وهي امكنة رائعة للإبتعاد عن الصخب والضوضاء وحيث السكينة والهدوء
</s>
<s id="191">
تجمع هذه المحميات بشكل متوازن بين التعلم واكتشاف أنواع من الحيوانات والنباتات والمعالم الثقافية وبين والاستمتاع بالعطلات والنشاطات والحرف التقليدية.
</s>
<s id="192">
بعض المحميات الطبيعية:
</s>
<s id="193">
ماس - شوالم - نيتي (Maas-Schwalm-Nette),
</s>
<s id="194">
شوارتسوالد (الغابة السوداء - Schwarzwald),
</s>
<s id="195">
أُزيدوم (Usedom),
</s>
<s id="196">
هونسروك (Hunsrück),
</s>
<s id="197">
أيفيل (Eiffel),
</s>
<s id="198">
ألتمولتال (Altmühltal).
</s>
<s id="199">
الحدائق الوطنية:
</s>
<s id="200">
تمنح هذه المنتزهات للزائر فرصة اكتشاف الطبيعة
</s>
<s id="201">
فكل منتزه في ألمانيا يعتبر منطقة استثنائية من حيث الطبيعة وغنية بالتراث
</s>
<s id="202">
يوجد في كل منتزه تعليمات وارشادات ومعلومات حول المكان واهميته بالإضافة إلى وجود مرشدين ليعرفوا الزائر على المكان
</s>
<s id="203">
وكل منتزه له خصوصيته ومميزاته ويقدم خدمات مميزة للزوار.
</s>
<s id="204">
من أهم المنتزهات نيديرزاكسيشيس واتينمير (Niedersächsisches Wattenmeer),
</s>
<s id="205">
بايريشير والد (Bayerischer Wald),
</s>
<s id="206">
هارتس (Harz),
</s>
<s id="207">
نيديري أودير (Niedere Oder),
</s>
<s id="208">
هاينيخ (Hainich),
</s>
<s id="209">
موريتس (Müritz),
</s>
<s id="210">
زاكسيشي شوايتس (Sächsische Schweiz),
</s>
<s id="211">
ياسموند (Jasmund),
</s>
<s id="212">
فوربوميرشي بودينلاندشافت (Vorpommersche Boddenlandschaft).
</s>
<s id="213">
الثقافة
</s>
<s id="214">
لودفيج فان بيتهوفن
</s>
<s id="215">
النشاطات والأحداث لا تتوقف ففي ألمانيا وتشمل كل المجالات وتلبي كافة الأذواق والأعمار والجنسيات
</s>
<s id="216">
والتاريخ دائما حاضر من خلال القصور والقلاع والمتاحف والمنتزهات منتشرة في كافة الأمكنة
</s>
<s id="217">
اما مهرجانات الموسيقى والعروض الفنية فهي مدهشة ومتنوعة وغنية.
</s>
<s id="218">
الثقافة والفنون:
</s>
<s id="219">
الثقافة الألمانية متعددة الأوجه وتستمدها من جذورها الرومانية وتعكسها على حاضرها المعاصر
</s>
<s id="220">
والنتيجة مدن عريقة تذخر بالفنون والعمارة.
</s>
<s id="221">
المشهد الثقافي الألماني كثيف ويتوزع على عدة اصعدة كالنهضة العمرانية والأدب والفنون التشكيلية والموسيقى.
</s>
<s id="222">
تظاهرات:
</s>
<s id="223">
أسبو ع الإحتفالات البرلينية،
</s>
<s id="224">
الفيلهارموني في برلين،
</s>
<s id="225">
مهرجان الما في برلين (Berlinale)،
</s>
<s id="226">
ليلة المتاحف في برلين في برلين،
</s>
<s id="227">
معرض الكتاب في فرنكفورت،
</s>
<s id="228">
معرض الكتاب في لايبزيغ،
</s>
<s id="229">
عرفت ألمانيا تاريخيا بأنها &quot;ارض الشعراء والمفكرين&quot; ومنذ عام 2006 أطلقت على نفسها لقب &quot;ارض الأفكار&quot;
</s>
<s id="230">
منذ البداية تشكلت الحركة الثقافية في ألمانيا من خلال التيارات الشعبية الدينية والمدنية في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="231">
وبالمحصلة، من الصع تعريف التقاليد الألمانية بمعزل عن الثقافة الأوروبية.
</s>
<s id="232">
تشتهر ألمانيا بالعديد من العلماء والذين ما زالت آثارهم بين أيدينا اليوم
</s>
<s id="233">
أشهرهم أوتو هان (Otto Hahn)، ويلهلم كونراد رونتغن (Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen)
</s>
<s id="234">
في مجال الآداب تبرز أسماء مثل يوهان فولفغانغ فون غوته (Johann Wolfgang von Goethe)، فريدريك شيلر (Friedrich Schiller) وآخرون.
</s>
<s id="235">
في الموسيقى الكلاسيكية: بيتهوفن (Beethoven)، ريشارد فاغنر (Richard Wagner)، يوهان سبستيان باخ (Johann Sebastian Bach)
</s>
<s id="236">
في الفلسفة: عمانوئيل كانت (Immanuel Kant)، هيجل (Hegel) وآخرون كثيرون في مجالات عديدة لاسبيل لحصرهم هنا.
</s>
<s id="237">
فلسفة وأدب
</s>
<s id="238">
نصب جوته وشيلر في فايمار
</s>
<s id="239">
الأدب الألماني هو أدب الأمم الناطقة بالألمانية في وسط أوروبا، ويضم آثارا أدبية من ألمانيا والنمسا وسويسرا ومن مناطق متاخمة مثـل الألزاس وبوهيميا وسيليزيا.
</s>
<s id="240">
واللغة التي كتب بها أغلب الأدب الألماني هي اللغة الألمانية العليا، لغة جنوب ووسط ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="241">
ويمكن تقسيم الأدب الألماني إلى أربع فترات، بناء على تغيرات حدثت في اللغة الألمانية العليا القديمة، والألمانية العليا الوسيطة، والألمانية العليا الجديدة الأولى، والألمانية العليا الجديدة
</s>
<s id="242">
وقد كان أول ازدهار للأدب الألماني في عهد الألمانية العليا الوسيطة في القرن الثاني عشر، كما كان لها عهد ذهبي آخر في القرن التاسع عشر في عهد أعظم كتابها جوته.
</s>
<s id="243">
ان تأثير ألمانيا على الفلسفة ملموسا تاريخيا
</s>
<s id="244">
والعديد من الفلاسفة الألمان ساعدوا في تشكيل الفلسفة الغريبة منذ العصور الوسطى كغوتفريد ويلهيلم لايبنيتس (Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz) الذي ساهم في تطوير حركة العقلانية وامانويل كانط الذي أسس الحركة المثالية
</s>
<s id="245">
بالإضافة إلى كارل ماركس (Karl Marx) وفريدريخ إينغيلس (Friedrich Engels) اللذان صاغوا النظرية الشيوعية وفريدريخ نيتشي (Friedrich Nietzsche) الذي طور الحركة المنظورية
</s>
<s id="246">
كما طور Jürgen Habermas النظرية الاشتراكية.
</s>
<s id="247">
يمكن تقفي أثار الأدب الألماني إلى العصور الةسطى كما في أعمال الكتاب الألمان والتير فون دير فوغياوايدي (Walther von der Vogelweide) ووولفرام فون إشينباخ (Wolfram von Eschenbach) والأخوان غريم (Grimm) اللذان وضعا القصص الشعبية الألمانية على مستوى عالمي.
</s>
<s id="248">
ألمانيا مدينة الأدباء والفلاسفة
</s>
<s id="249">
وهناك الكثير من الأدباء الذين لا تزال كلماتهم تلامس روح الشعب الألماني مثل فريدريخ شيلير (Friedrich Schiller) ويوهان فولفغانغ فون غوته (Johann Wolfgang von Goethe) وغونتير غراس (Günter Grass).
</s>
<s id="250">
فريدريخ شيلير (Friedrich Schiller): ولد في بلدة مارباخ (Marbach) الصغيرة ودفن في المقبرة الملكية (Fürstengruft) في وايمار (Weimar)
</s>
<s id="251">
وله في المنطقتين نصبين تكريما له
</s>
<s id="252">
في مارباخ يوجد متحف شيلير الوطني (Schiller National-Museum) بني على تلة فوق المكان الذي ولد فيه الأديب
</s>
<s id="253">
وفي وايمار يوجد أيضا متحف شيلير (Schiller Museum) خلف المنزل الذي عاش فيه مع عائلته بعد عام 1799.كتب أولى مشاهد &quot; اللصوص&quot; (Die Räuber) الأكاديمية العسكرية في شتوتغارت (Stuttgart) وفي عام 1782 عرضت المسرحية على مسرح مانهايم (Mannheim) ولاقت نجتحا باهرا
</s>
<s id="254">
ثم تزوج عام 1790 من شارلوتس فون لينغيفيلد (Charlotte von Lengefeld) في وينيغينيينا (Wenigenjena).
</s>
<s id="255">
يوهان فولفغانغ فون غوته (Johann Wolfgang von Goethe): شاعر ألماني مثير للجدل، تعود جذوره إلى فرانكفورت (Frankfurt) حيث اعيدتشييد منزله الذي ولد فيه وشيد أيضا متحف غوته (Goethe Museum)
</s>
<s id="256">
عاش في لايبزيغ (Leipzig) أثناء فترة الدراسة.واهم مرحلة له كانت في وايمار (Weimar) حيث كتب إيفيغيني أوف تاوريس (Iphigenie auf Tauris) وإيغمونت (Egmont) وتورقاتو تاسو (Torquato Tasso)
</s>
<s id="257">
انتقل عام 1982 إلى فراوينبلان (Frauenplan) وفي عام 1793 بدأت علاقته بالأديب شيلير تتطور.
</s>
<s id="258">
في قلعة ياغيرهوف التابعة للناشر أنتون كيبينبيرغ (Anton Kippenberg) متحف عن حياة واعمال غوته تحتوي على أكثر من 1.000 عمل تابعة لمجموعة أنتون كيبينبيرغ الخاصة.
</s>
<s id="259">
غونتير غراس (Günter Grass)
</s>
<s id="260">
هو كاتب ورسام ونحات ومصمم غرافيكي
</s>
<s id="261">
حائز على جائزة نوبل ويعيش في لوبيك (Lübeck) حيث يعرض في منزله مجموعة أعماله
</s>
<s id="262">
من كتبه: الطبل الصفيح.
</s>
<s id="263">
فن ومعارض
</s>
<s id="264">
كل الفنون لها مكانتها ومكانها في ألمانيا ابتداء من الفنون الإنطباعية إلى التعبيرية والفنون المعاصرة وفنون ما بعد الحداثة بالإضافة طبعا إلى فنون المعلمين القدامى.وتلعب ألمانيا دورا بارزا في الحركة الفنية العالمية المعاصرة.
</s>
<s id="265">
آرت كولون (Art cologne)
</s>
<s id="266">
هو أشهر وأقدم معرض فني في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="267">
يحول مدينة كولون من مكان عرض إلى غاليري فني عملاق.ويعطي أهمية عالية لأعمال القرنين العشرين والواحد والعشرين الفنية، من الفن الكلاسيكي إلى الفن المعاصر
</s>
<s id="268">
يستضيف المعرض فنانين شبان من خلال برامج مثل ال new talents and new contemporaries ويمنح جوائز مثل best of the best للمشاركين.
</s>
<s id="269">
اما برلين، فلطالما جذبت الفنانين من جميع الجنسيات من خلال الحركات الفنية التي نشطت فيها وتعتبر دي بروكي (الجسر - Die Brücke) أهم المدارس الفتية التابعة للحركة التعبيرية عام 1911
</s>
<s id="270">
يملك متحف بروكي (Brücke-Museum) مجموعة brucke التي تحتوي على أهم التحف الفنية في العالم
</s>
<s id="271">
في عام 1918 أصبحت برلين مركزاللحركة الفنية الدادئية مع فنانين امثال جورج غروس (George Grosz) ورأول هاوسمان (Raoul Hausmann) وهانا هوخ (Hannah Höch).
</s>
<s id="272">
تذخر برلين بالتاحف الفنية في كافة ارجائها مثل: برلين ميتي (Berlin-Mitte) وفريدريخسهاين (Friedrichshain) وبرينسلاوير بيرغ (Prenzlauer Berg)
</s>
<s id="273">
كما يوجد سوق فني كبير هو ميتي كونستزوبرماركت (mitte art supermarket) وهو يقام بشكل سنوي واسعاره ثابتة.
</s>
<s id="274">
موسيقى ومهرجانات
</s>
<s id="275">
شتاتسؤوبيرأونتير دين ليندين
</s>
<s id="276">
التراث الموسيقي الألماني فريد من نوعه وغني بأهم الأسماء والعباقرة امثال: ريشارد واغنير (Richard Wagner) ولودفيغ فان بيتهوفن (Ludwig van Beethoven) ويوهان سيباستيان باخ (Johann Sebastian Bach).
</s>
<s id="277">
ولكن الحياة الموسيقية في ألمانيا غنية أيضا بتوجهات معاصرة وديناميكية كالموسيقى التي تصدح بها نوادي الجاز
</s>
<s id="278">
بالإضافة إلى المسارح الموسيقية وموسيقى البوب والروك.
</s>
<s id="279">
الموسيقى الكلاسيكية:
</s>
<s id="280">
ألمانيا رائدة في مجال الموسيقى حيث يوجد أكثر من 100 مسرح للموسيقى الكلاسيكية مجهزة بأوركسترا سيمفونية بالإضافة إلى مسارح الأوبرا التاريخية وقاعات الإحتفالات التي تذكر بالتاريخ المجيد لألمانيا والحاضر المتألق.
</s>
<s id="281">
من أهم المسارح والمهرجانات:
</s>
<s id="282">
Bayreuth Festival Theater بني عام 1872
</s>
<s id="283">
Baden-Baden Festival حيث تقام عروض الأوبرا والباليه والموسقى الكلاسيكية.
</s>
<s id="284">
ويوجد في برلين ثلاث مسارح أوبرا من الطراز الأول: دوتشي أوبير (Deutsche Oper) وشتاتسؤوبير أونتير دين ليندين (Staatsoper Unter den Linden) وكوميشي أوبير (Komische Oper).
</s>
<s id="285">
شتوتغارت شتاتسؤوبير (Stuttgart Staatsoper): نال هذا المسرح جائزة &quot;أحسن ألمسرحات&quot; أكثر من مرة
</s>
<s id="286">
واثبت بذلك ان مدينة المرسيدس والبورشة هي أيضا مدينة الذوق الرفيع والأحداث الثقافية.
</s>
<s id="287">
وفي ميونخ، يوجد بايريشي شتاتسؤوبير (Bayerische Staatsoper): وهو مبنى على شكل معبد عزفت فيه أشهر الأبرات مثل أوبرا الموسيقى التي الفها فاغنر &quot;تريستان وإزولد&quot; (Tristan und Isolde) فقد عزفت لأول مرة على هذا المسرح.
</s>
<s id="288">
المهرجانات في ألمانيا:
</s>
<s id="289">
يقام الكثير من المهرجانات الفنية والموسيقية على مدار السنة وفي كافة أنحاء ألمانيا.من الساحل إلى الجبل ومن الجنوب إلى الشمال وتجذب هذه المهرجانات محبي الموسيقى من كل بقاع الأرض البعيدة والقريبة.
</s>
<s id="290">
أهم المهرجانات:
</s>
<s id="291">
غاينغاو موزيكفيستسفال (مهرجان موسيقي غاينغاو - Rheingau Musikfestival):
</s>
<s id="292">
هذه فرصة محبي النبيذ لتذوق النبيذ الخاص بهذه المنطقة وطبعا يتخلل المهرجان فنانين وموسيقين وهذا المهرجان فرصة مناسبة لزيارة القصور والتعرف إلى كنائس والقلاع الرومانسية الموجودة في البلدة.
</s>
<s id="293">
موزارت فيستيفال في وورتسبورغ (مهرجان موزارت - Mozart-Festival in Würzburg):
</s>
<s id="294">
وهو يعتبر أحد أهم الكنوز المعمارية في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="295">
يعود إلى الطراز الباروكي حيث يقام في حديقته كل عام مهرجان للإحتفال بموزار وموسيقاه الخالدة.
</s>
<s id="296">
باخ فيستيفال في لايبزيغ (مهرجان باخ - Bach-Festival in Leipzig):
</s>
<s id="297">
يقام هذا المهرجان كل عام لتخليد ذكرى الموسيقار Bach في محيط كنيسة ساينت لويس حيث عاش وعمل وهذا المهرجان يعتبر تجربة لا تنسى.
</s>
<s id="298">
بيتهوفن فيستسفال في بون (مهرجان بيتهوفن - Beethoven-Festival in Bonn):
</s>
<s id="299">
في صيف كل عام تجتمع أهم الأوركسترا العالمية والموسيقين الواعدين للإحتفال بمهرجان بيت هوفن في بون وهو مهرجان شعبي يجمع محبي الثقافة من كل الأنحاء والأعمار
</s>
<s id="300">
ويضفي موقع بون والمنطقة المحيطة بالراين جوا خاصا على المهرجان
</s>
<s id="301">
وهي منطقة حافلة بالقصور والقلاع بالإضافة طبعا إلى المكان احيث ولد الموسيقار بيت هوفن والى ابنية البرلمان القديم والكنائس ة المتاحف والأبنية التاريخية والشركات الحديثة.
</s>
<s id="302">
هايديلبيرغير فرولينغ (مهرجان موسيقي دولي ربيع هايديلبيرغ - Internationales Musikfestival Heidelberger Frühling):
</s>
<s id="303">
يقام هذا المهرجان في فصل الربيع حيث تعزف الموسيقى الكلالسيكية والمعاصرة أيضا وهو حدث هام لمحبي الموسيقى لأنه يجمع أهم الفنانين والمغنيين عالميين.
</s>
<s id="304">
ميديا
</s>
<s id="305">
يضمن الدستور الألماني حرية الرأي والصحافة ويحميهما.
</s>
<s id="306">
الصحف:
</s>
<s id="307">
يصل عدد الطبعات الإجمالية للصحف الإلمانية إلى 24 مليون نسخة يومياوهي مقسمة على 350 صحيفة
</s>
<s id="308">
ويقرؤها حوالي 73% من أبناء الشعب
</s>
<s id="309">
أكبر الصحف انتشاراً على الصعيد القومي من حيث عدد الإشتراكات:زود دويتشة، فرانكفورتر الغماينة، دي فيلت، وتعتبر صحيفة &quot;بيلد&quot; الصحيفة الأكبر في أوروبا لجهة عدد النسخ، إذ يطبع منها يوميا 3.6 مليون نسخة
</s>
<s id="310">
بينما تعتبر وكالة أنباء &quot;DPA&quot; رابع أكبروكالة أنباء في العالم.
</s>
<s id="311">
أهم المجلات:
</s>
<s id="312">
دير شبيغل، شتيرن، فوكوس
</s>
<s id="313">
إنترنت :
</s>
<s id="314">
95% من الشركات و 61% من العائلات لديها اشتراك بشبكة الإنترنت.
</s>
<s id="315">
أكثر المواقع استخداماً خلال عام 2008 هي المواقع:Google.de]], google.com, youtube, ebay, wikipedia, amazon.de, gmx.net
</s>
<s id="316">
اذاعة وتيليفزيون:
</s>
<s id="317">
سوق التليفزيون في ألمانيا هو الأكبر في أوروبا حيث يمتلك 34 مليون شخص يملك في منازلهم أجهزة التلفاز، و 90% من سكان ألمانيا يملكون كابل أو ساتلايت.ويمكنهم الاختيار بين أهم الشبكات التلفزيونية المجانية أي ال free-to view channels والقنوات الحكومية الرسمية (التي يتم تمويلها من رسوم وضرائب التلفزيون والراديو) وهي &quot;ARD, ZDF&quot; ويوجد أيضا قنوات خاصة (تعتمد على التمويل من الدعاية بشكل أساسي)
</s>
<s id="318">
وتعتبر قناة &quot;ZDF&quot; أكبر قناة إرسال في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="319">
وتختص قناة دويتشه فيليه بالبث إلى الخارج من خلال برامجها (DW-TV, DW-Radio,DW-world.de, DW-Akademie)
</s>
<s id="320">
كتب:
</s>
<s id="321">
60000 هو عدد الإصدارات الجديدة سنوياً في ألمانيا، وهو ما يمثل 18% من مجمل الكتب المنشورة في العالم ويضع ألمانيا في المركز الثالث.ويعتبر معرض فرانكفورت للكتاب أهم معرض كتاب في العالم.
</s>
<s id="322">
سينيما
</s>
<s id="323">
مارلينه ديتريش
</s>
<s id="324">
يعود تاريخ السينيما الألمانية إلى أعمال ماكس سكلادانوفسكي (Max Skladanowsky) وكانت مؤثرة جدا خصوصا في فترة جمهورية فريدريخ ويلهيلم مورناو (Friedrich Wilhelm Murnau).المخرج النمساوي الأصل: فريتس لانغ (Fritz Lang) والذي حصل على الجنسية الألمانية عام 1926 أبدع في صناعة أفلام الحرب الألمانية وكان له اثرا بالغا في هوليوود
</s>
<s id="325">
ويعتبر فيلمه الصامت &quot;ميتروبوليس&quot; (المدينة - Metropolis) عام 1927 ولادة لأفلام الخيال العلمي الحديثة
</s>
<s id="326">
في عام 1930 اخرج المخرج النمساوي الأمريكاني يوزيف فون شتيرنبيرغ (Josef von Sternberg) فيلم &quot;الملاك الأزرق&quot; (Der blaue Engel) وهو أحد أول الأفلام المهمة والنضاف إليها الصوت والتي اشتهرت من خلاله الممثلة مارليني ديتريخ (Marlene Dietrich)
</s>
<s id="327">
ومن الأفلام الوثائقية &quot;برلين: سيمفونية ألمدينة&quot; (Berlin: Symphony of a Big City) إخراج والتير روتمان (Walter Ruttmann)
</s>
<s id="328">
اما في فترة الحكم النازي فمعظم الأفلام المنتجة تصنف في خانة أفلام البروباغاندا.ومن أهم مخرجي السينيما الألمانية الحديثة في فترة السبعينات والثمانينات هم:
</s>
<s id="329">
راينير ويرنير فاسبيندير (Rainer Werner Fassbinder), ويم وينديرس (Wim Wenders), ويرنير هيرتسوغ (Werner Herzog), فولكير شلوندورف (Volker Schlöndorff), وهم اعادوا سينيما ألمانيا الغربية إلى المستوى العالمي من خلال أفلامهم
</s>
<s id="330">
من الأفلام الجديدة الناجحة: دير بادير ماينهوف كومبليكس (Der Baader Meinhof Komplex), غيغين دي واند (ضد ألحائط - Gegen die Wand), دير أونتيرغانغ (السقوط - Der Untergang), غود باي، لينين! (مع ألسلامة، لينين! - Good Bye, Lenin).
</s>
<s id="331">
وقد نال فيلم دي بليختروميل (الطبلة القصديرة - Die Blechtrommel) عام 1979 جائزة احسن فيلم أجنبي، وفي عام 2002 نالها فيلم نووير إن آفريكا (في أي مكان في أفريقيا - Nowhere in Africa) وفي عام 2007 نالها فيلم داس ليبين دير آنديرين (حياة الآخرين - Das Leben der Anderen).
</s>
<s id="332">
من أهم الممثلين والممثلات الألمان: مارليني ديتريخ (Marlene Dietrich), كلاوس كينسكي (Klaus Kinski), هانا شيغولا (Hanna Schygulla), أرمين مولير-ستال (Armin Mueller-Stahl), يورغين بروخنو (Jürgen Prochnow), توماس كريتشمان (Thomas Kretschmann).
</s>
<s id="333">
ويقام منذ عام 1951 مهرجان برلين السينيمائي وهو واحد من أهم المهرجانات السينيمائية بوجود لجنة تتألف من نجوم حائزين على جوائز واوسكارات عالمية.يوجد أيضا مهرجان الأفلام الأوروبية الذي يعرض مرة كل سنتين في مدين برلين حيث تقع اكاديمية الأفلام الأوروبية.
</s>
<s id="334">
رياضة
</s>
<s id="335">
تشكل الرياضة جزءا أساسيا في نمط الحياة الألمانية.27 مليون شخص في ألمانيا ينتمون إلى اندية رياضية بالإضافة إلى 12 مليون آخر يمارسون انشطة رياضية بشكل فردي.ولعبة كرة القدم هي الرياضة الأكثر شعبية وتضمال دويتشير فوسبالبوند (الاتحاد الألماني لكرة القدم - Deutscher Fußball-Bund) حوالي 6.3 مليون عضوا رسمياوهي أكبر مؤسسة من نوعها في العالم.فريق كرة القدم الألماني الرسمي فاز ببطولة كأس العالم الاتحاد الدولي لكرة القدم في عام 1954، 1974،1990، وفاز بالبطولة الأوروبية في عام 1972، 1980،1996.واستضافت ألمانيا بطولة كأس العالم في عام 1974 و 2006 واستضافت بطولة الأندية الأوروبية الاتحاد الأوروبي لكرة القدم عام 1988
</s>
<s id="336">
أشهر لاعبي كرة القدم في ألمانيا: فرانتس بيكينباوير (Franz Beckenbauer), غيرت مولير (Gerd Müller), لوتار ماتيوس (Lothar Matthäus), يورغين كلينسمان (Jürgen Klinsmann), أوليفير كان (Oliver Kahn)
</s>
<s id="337">
مايكل بلاك.(michael ballack)
</s>
<s id="338">
والرياضات الممارسة الأخرى هي رياضة الكرة الطائرة، كرة السلة، مرة اليد، التينيس.
</s>
<s id="339">
ألمانيا هي إحدى أكثر المدن الرائدة في مجال سباق السيارات في العالم، فأهم ابطال السابقات والسيارات الفائزة مصدرها ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="340">
انجح واشهر سائق فورمولا 1 هو مايكل شوماخر، فهو أكثر سائق فاز في بطولات الفورمولا وان في العالم منذ العام 1946 بحيث حاز على 7 بطولات.وهو أكثر الرياضيين ثراء في العالم.بي إم وي (BMW) ومرسيدس بنز (Mercedes-Benz) هما من أهم الفرق الراعية في هذه الرياضة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="341">
اما بورش فقد فازت في السباق الشهير أربع وعشرين ساعة في لو مان في فرنسا 14 مرة.
</s>
<s id="342">
تاريخيا، فإن الرياضيين الألمان هم من الفائزين في الألعاب الأوليمبية.استضافت ألمانيا الا العاب الأوليمبية الصيفية ألعاب أولمبية الصيفية مرتين في برلين عام 1936 وفي ميونخ 1972
</s>
<s id="343">
واستضافت الألعاب الأوليمبية الشتوية ألعاب أولمبية الشتوية مرة في عام 1936.
</s>
<s id="344">
مطبخ
</s>
<s id="345">
كعكة الغابة السوداء
</s>
<s id="346">
تختلف المأكولات الألمانية من منطقة إلى منطقة داخل ألمانيا.المناطق الجنوبية مثل بافاريا وسوابيا مطبخهم اقرب إلى المطبخ النمساوي والسويسري
</s>
<s id="347">
لحم القر والخنزير والدجاج هي أكثر اللحوم المستهلكة في المطبخ الألماني ولحم الخنزير هو الأكثر شعبية.وفي اغلبية المنطابق، وتؤكل اللحوم على شكل نقانق بحيث يوجد أكثر من 1.500 نوع من النقانق المنتجة في ألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="348">
أكثر الخضروات المشتهلكة في المانياهي الفاصوليا، البطاطا، الجزر، السبانخ، الكرنب واللفت
</s>
<s id="349">
وتحتل المأكولات العضوية نسبة 3% من السوق الألماني ويتوقع ان ترتفع هذه النسبة أكثر.
</s>
<s id="350">
وجبة الفطور هي وجبة أساسية لدى الألمان وهي عبارة عن خبز ومربى، لحوم باردة، جبن وبيض مسلوق.بالإضافة إلى الحبوب واللبن
</s>
<s id="351">
يوجد تنتج المخابز أكثر من 300 نوع من الخبز.
</s>
<s id="352">
بفضل وجود مهاجرين من بلدان متنوعة ومختلفة، اضافت ألمانيا إلى قائمة طعامها وجبات من تلك البلدان، كالبيتزا والباستا من إيطاليا، الكباب والفلافل من البلدان العربية وتركيا
</s>
<s id="353">
بالإضافة إلى انتشار سسلسلة مطاعم البرغر العالمية والمطاعم الصينية والتايلدندية واليابانية والمطاعم الآسيوية.
</s>
<s id="354">
في حين بدأ النبيذ بالإنتشار أكثر في بعض الأماكن في ألمانيا إلا أن المشروب الوطني في هو البيرة، ومعدل شرب البيرة لدى الفرد سنويا يصل ال 116 ليتر وهي من أعلى النسب في العالم.وهناك العديد من أنواع البيرة مثل: ألت (Alt), بوك (Bock), دونكيل (Dunkel), كولش (Kölsch), هالس (Helles), مالتسبير (Malzbier), بيلس (Pils), وايتسينبير (Weizenbier).
</s>
<s id="355">
ضمن استفتاء شمل 18 دولة غربية، صنفت ألمانيا في المرتبة ال 14 على قائمة استهلاك المشروبات عموما، والمرتبة الثالثة على قائمة استهلاك العصائر الطازجة.بالإضافة إلى شعبية المياه الغازية والمياه الممزوجة بالعصير.
</s>
<s id="356">
مجتمع
</s>
<s id="357">
بعيد ألعاب كأس العالم في عام 2006، تغيرت صورة ألمانيا المحلية بشكل ملاحظ
</s>
<s id="358">
وبحسب الاستفتاء العالمي الذي تم من قبل مؤشر ماركات الأمم (Nation Brands Index) والمتعلق بسمعة ألمانيا من حيث الثقافة والسياسة، التصدير، شعبها ومقومات السياحة والاستثمار فيها والذي اجاب عنه أشخاص من 20 ولاية مختلفة اظهر ان ألمانيا أصبحت في مكانة ومرتبة أعلى بعد الدوري الرياضي.
</s>
<s id="359">
وضمن استطلاع رأي آخر تم من قبل بي بي سي تم في 22 بلد اظهر ان ألمانيا ذات أعلى تأثير ايجابي في العالم، بحيث 56% من الأشخاص لديهم رؤية ايجابية عن ألمانيا بينما 18% لديهم رؤية سلبية.
</s>
<s id="360">
تعتبر ألمانيا بلد متسامح مع الأشخاص المثليين
</s>
<s id="361">
ولقد تم ترخيص الإتحادات المدنية عام 2001
</s>
<s id="362">
وأصبح بإمكان المثليين والمثليات تبني أولاد شركائهم البيولوجيين بشكل قانوني.يذكر ان محافظا أكبر مدينتين في ألمانيا : هامبورغ وبرلين هما مثليان.
</s>
<s id="363">
خلال العقد الأخير من القرن العشرين حولت ألمانيا من سياستها تجاه المهاجرين لتصبح أكثر مراعاةً.فحتى منتصف التسعينات كانت ألمانيا تعرف على أنها ليست بلد للهجرة بالرغم من كون 10% من سكانها هم من أصول غير ألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="364">
الحكومة والمجتمع الألماني اليوم تسمحان بالهجرة المنظمة والمضبوطة بحسب مواصفات المهاجرين.
</s>
<s id="365">
استثمرت ألمانيا في مجال السفر أكثر من أي بلد آخر مع أكثر من 58 بليون يورو تم انفاقهم على السفريات العالمية في عام 2005
</s>
<s id="366">
الوجهات الأكثر شعبية هي: النمسا, إسبانيا, إيطاليا وفرنسا.
</s>
<s id="367">
البيئة
</s>
<s id="368">
تبذل ألمانيا منذ سنوات طويلة جهودا كبيرة في مجال تخفيض الكميات المنبعثة من الغازات العادمة، وذلك من خلال اتباعها سياسة قومية متميزة فيما يتعلق بحماية المناخ ودعم الاعتماد على مصادر الطاقة المتجددة وتحقيق ارتفاع في كفاءة استخدام الطاقة
</s>
<s id="369">
وعلى الصعيد الدولي تتولى ألمانيا دورا رياديا في سياسات المناخ والطاقة، وتسعى جاهدة إلى تحقيق الأهداف الطموحة في تخفيض الغازات العادمة.
</s>
<s id="370">
يعرف عن ألمانيا وعيها العالي اتجاه البيئة والتزامها بقانون كيوتو ومعاهدات أخرى من شأنها رفع النوعية في مجالات إعادة التدوير وإعادة استعمال الطاقة
</s>
<s id="371">
كما وتدعم ألمانيا دائما البرامج التطويرية في دول العالم
</s>
<s id="372">
لقد بدأت ألمانيا بتنفيذ مشاريع من شأنها حفظ الإنبعاثات الحرارية وقد بدأت تظهر هذه النتائج بشكل ملحوظ وان كانت الإنبعاثات الحرارية لثاني اوكسيدي الكربون في ألمانيا هي من أعلى النسب في بلدان الأوروبية ولكنها اقل بكثير من تلك التي في أستراليا وكندا والسعودية والولايات المتحدة.
</s>
<s id="373">
تساهم الإنبعاثات الحرارية الناجمة عن المعامل والمحطات التي تعتمد على الفحم في تشغيلها تساهم في تلويث الهواء كما تساهم الأمطار الأسيدية الناتجة عن انبعاث الكبريت المؤكسد بأضرار كبيرة في الغابات.
</s>
<s id="374">
لكن من الجدير بالذكر ان التلوث في بحر البلطيق الناجم عن المجاري والمخلفات الصناعية قد تم تقليصه، كما اعلنت الحكومة الألمانية نيتها عن وقف استعمال الطاقة النووية لتوليد الكهرباء
</s>
<s id="375">
وتعمل ألمانيا على تنفيذ ارتباطاتها اتجاه الإتحاد الأوروبي من ناحية تدعيم محميات النباتات والحيوانات الموجودة في المناطق الأوروبية.
</s>
<s id="376">
الحكومة
</s>
<s id="377">
ألمانيا هي جمهورية فدرالية برلمانية تمثيلية ديموقراطية
</s>
<s id="378">
النطام السياسي الألماني يعمل تحت اطار مخطط في 1949 في وثيقة دستورية معروفة بال Grundgesetz أو القانون الأساسي
</s>
<s id="379">
بتسمية الوثيقة Grundgesetz بدل من Verfassung، عبر المؤلفون عن نية استبدالها بجستور مناسب عند اتحاد ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="380">
تعديلا ال Grundgesetz تتطلب أكثرية الثلثين من المجالس البرلمانية، المواد التي تؤمن الحقوق الأساسية، فصل السلطات، الهيكل الفدرالي والحق بتصدي محاولات إسقاط الدستور، هذه الموادصالحة ابديا ولا تقبل التعديلات
</s>
<s id="381">
على الرغم من النية الابتدائية، ال Grundgesetz بقي ساري المفعول بعد توحيد ألمانيا في ال 1990 مع بعض التعديلات البسيطة
</s>
<s id="382">
ال Bundeskanzler أو رئيس الدولة الفدرالية حاليا هو انجيلا ميركيل وهو رئيس الحكومة ويمارس الحق التنفيذي
</s>
<s id="383">
مماثل لدور رئيس الوزراء في الديموقراطيات البرلمانية
</s>
<s id="384">
السلطة التشريعية الفدرالية مقررة في البرلمان المؤلف من Bundestag وال Bundesrat (المجلس الفدرالي) وهما سويا يكونان نوعا فريد من المجلس التشريعي
</s>
<s id="385">
ال Bundestag هو منتخب من خلال انتخابات مباشرة ولكنه يلتزم بالتمثيل التناسبي
</s>
<s id="386">
أعضاء ال Bundesrat يمثلون حكومات البلدان الفدرالية الست عشر وهم أعضاء من مجالس الوزراء
</s>
<s id="387">
كل حكومة دولية لديها الحق في تعيين وازالة مبعوثيها الرسميين في أي وقت.
</s>
<s id="388">
رئيس الجمهورية الفدرالية حاليا هورست كوهلر هو رئيس الدولة ويتمتع أساسا بمسؤوليات وسلطات تمثيلية
</s>
<s id="389">
انه منتخب من قبل ال Bundesversammlung وهي هيئة مكونة من اعضلء ال Bundestag وعدد مماثل من مندوبي الدول
</s>
<s id="390">
الموظف الحكومي ذو المرتبة الثانية في ترتيب الأولوية الألمانية هو ال Bundestagspräsident أي رئيس ال Bundestag الذي ينتخب من قبل ال Bundestag ولديه مسؤوليات الإشراف على الجلسات اليومية للهيئة.الموظف الحكومي ذو المرتبة الثالثة هو رئيس الدولة الذي هو مرشح من قبل ال Bundespräsident بعد أن ينتخب من قبل ال Bundestag
</s>
<s id="391">
يمكن ازالة رئيس الدولة من خلال اقتراح ألماني لعدم الثقة وينتخب ال Bundestag خليفة للرئيس
</s>
<s id="392">
منذ 1949، الإتحاد الديموقراطي المسيحي والحزب الاشتراكي الديموقراطي الألماني مسيطرون على النظام الحزبي كون كل رؤساء الدول أعضاء من إحدى هذين الحزبين
</s>
<s id="393">
مع ذلك، الحزب الليبيرالي المتحرر الديموقراطي الأصغر حجما(الذي كان لديه أعضاء في ال Bundestag منذ 1949)، وحلف التسعون/الخضر (الذي لديه مقاعد مسيطر عليها من البرلمان منذ 1983) قد لعبوا ادوارا مهمة بالرغم من انهم الشريك الأصغر في حكومة تحالف.
</s>
<s id="394">
الرايخستاغ
</s>
<s id="395">
القانون
</s>
<s id="396">
الفرع القضائي الألماني مستقل عن الفرع التنفيذي والتشريعي.ان نظام القانون المدني الألماني مرتكز على القانون الروماني مع بعض الإشارات إلى القانون الألماني القديم
</s>
<s id="397">
المحكمة الدستورية الفدرالية Bundesverfassungsgericht القائمة في كارلسروه Karlsruhe وهي المحكمة الألمانية العاليا المسؤولة عن القضايا الدستورية بالإضافة إلى قوة المراجعة القضائية
</s>
<s id="398">
ان المحكمة الألمانية العليا هي أعلى سلطة قانونية وتؤمن تقيد الأعراف القانونية والقضائية مع القانون الأساسي للجمهورية الفدرالية الألمانية
</s>
<s id="399">
انها مستقلة عن كل هيئات الدولة الأخرى ولكن لا يمكنها ان تتصرف بالنيابة عن نفسها.
</s>
<s id="400">
ان نظام المحكمة العليا في ألمانيا المسماة &quot;اولبرستي غريستوفي دي بونده&quot; Oberste Gerichtshof des Bundes هو متخصص للقضايا المدنية والجزائية
</s>
<s id="401">
المحكمة العليا للاستئناف هيالفدرالية للعدل
</s>
<s id="402">
الأسلوب في قاعة المحكمة هو أسلوب تحقيقي
</s>
<s id="403">
المحاكم الفدرالية الأخرى هي محمة العمل الفدرالي في&quot;ارفوت&quot; Erfurt، محكمة الضمان الفدرالية في &quot;كاسيل&quot; Kassel، المحكمة المالية الفدرالية في ميونخ والمحكمة الفدرالية في لايبزيغ Leipzig.
</s>
<s id="404">
القانون الجزائي والقانون الخاصمقننين على المستوى الدولي في &quot;سترافغستزبوش&quot; Strafgesetzbuch و&quot;بورغرليش غيسستزبوخ&quot; Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch على التوالي
</s>
<s id="405">
النظام الجزائي الألماني يهدف إلى تأهيل المجرم، الهدف الثان هو حماية عامة الشعب
</s>
<s id="406">
لإنجاز هذه الأهداف، يمكن أن يوضع المجرم المحكوم عليه في الاعتقال الاحتياطي بالإضافة إلى الحكم العادي إذا اعتبر تهديدا على عامة الشعب
</s>
<s id="407">
ال Völkerstrafgesetzbuch ينظم نتائج الجرائم ضد الإنسانية، الإبادة الجماعية وجرائم الحرب
</s>
<s id="408">
انها تعطي الصلاحية العالمية للمحاكم الألمانية في حال الملاحقة، في محاكم البلد حيث ارتكب الجرم أو في محكمة دولية، ليست ممكنة.
</s>
<s id="409">
التشريع الدولي
</s>
<s id="410">
القوة التشريعية تقسم بين المستوى الفدرالي والمستوى الدولي
</s>
<s id="411">
القانون الأساسي يفترض ان كل القوة التشريعية تبقى على المستوى الدولي الا إذا حددت في القانون الأساسي بالذات
</s>
<s id="412">
أي قانون فدرالي يبطل قانون دولي إذا كانت القوة التشريعية تقع على المستوى الفدرالي
</s>
<s id="413">
مثل شهير هو نص hessian الذي يوهم بأنه مع عقوبة الإعدام التي هي محظرة في القانون الأساسي مما يجعل هذا النص باطل
</s>
<s id="414">
ال Bundesrat هي الهيئة الفدرالية التي تتدخل من خلالها الدول في &quot;التشريع القومي&quot;
</s>
<s id="415">
تدخّل الدول في التشريع الفدرالي ضروري إذا كان القانون يقع في مجال قوة تشريعية متزامنة.إذا كان القانون يحتاج إلى إدارة الدول للتنظيم الفدرالي أو إذا كان مخصص كذلك إلى القانون الأساسي
</s>
<s id="416">
لكل دولة محكمة دستورية خاصة بها
</s>
<s id="417">
ال Amtsgerichte وال Landgerichte وال Oberlandesgerichte هي محاكم دولية ذو صلاحية عامة وهي صالحة للحكم إذا كانت القضية مبنية على القانون الفدرالي أو القانون الدولي.
</s>
<s id="418">
لا تزال الكثير من المواضيع الأساسية في القانون الإداري من صلاحية الدول، مع ان اغلبية الدول بنت قانونها على أساس قانون الأصول الإدارية لعام 1976 Verwaltungsverfahrensgesetz الذي يغطي نواح مهمة من القانون الإداري
</s>
<s id="419">
ال Oberverwaltungsgerichte هو أعلى مسوى من القضاء الإداري فيما يتعلق بالأدارات الدولية الا إذا كانت المسألة القانونية تتعلق بالقانون الفدرالي أو بقانون دول مطابق للقانون الفدرالي
</s>
<s id="420">
في هذه الحالة، المرجع الأخير للمحكمة الفدرالية الإدارية ممكن.
</s>
<s id="421">
المساعدات التطويرية
</s>
<s id="422">
ان سياسة التطوير والتنمية لجمهورية ألمانية الفديرالية هي سياسة مستقلة عن السياسة الخارجية لألمانيا، تتألف السياسة من وزارة الاقتصاد والتطوير الفدرالية.وتنفذ أعمالها من خلال اللجان والمنظمات المعنية.تؤمن ألمانيا بأن سياسة التطوير يجب أن تكون مسؤولية مشتركة في المجتمع الدولي.وبلغت مساعدات ألمانيا الإنسانية والتطويرية في العام 2007 نحو 896 مليار يورو وهو ارتفاع بقيمة 5،9% عن العام 2006 وأصبحت ألمانيا ثاني أكبر متبرع في العالم.
</s>
<s id="423">
الجيش
</s>
<s id="424">
جنود
</s>
<s id="425">
الجيش الألماني هو جيش دفاع ويتألف من قوات جوية وبحرية وخدمات صحية وفروع خدمات دعم مشترك، خدمة العلم في ألمانيا إجبارية للرجال في سن الثامنة عشر
</s>
<s id="426">
ويخدم المجندون المتفرغون 9 أشهر في أماكن متنقلة كما يمكن للمتطوعين القيام بخدمات تطوعية كالخدمة في الصليب الأحمر والدفاع المدني.
</s>
<s id="427">
بلغت ميزانية الجيش 1،5% من من مجمل الدخل القومي في ألمانيا العام 2003
</s>
<s id="428">
في وقت السلم يكون الجيش بإمرة وزارة الدفاع
</s>
<s id="429">
اما في وقت الحرب والذي هو حسب الدستور يمكن فقط حالة الدفاع حينها يصبح رئيس الوزراء ه القائد الأعلى للجيش
</s>
<s id="430">
يوظف الجيش 200.500 جندي محترف و 55.000 بين عمر 18 و 25 من عمرهم وهم من خدموا مدة لا تقل عن 9 أشهر
</s>
<s id="431">
2.500 هم احتياط ويمكن استخدامهم عند الحاجة حوالي 300 الف احتياطي متوفرون للقوات المسلحة ويشاركون في تدريبات دفاعية كما في مهام خارجية
</s>
<s id="432">
منذ العام 2001 أصبح بإمكان النساء الانخراط في الخدمة العسكرية من دون أن تكنّ ملزمات ويوجد حاليا 14.500 امرأة في الخدمة وعدد منهم أيضا في الاحتياط وتشاركن في الكثير من المهام كمهمات حفظ السلام
</s>
<s id="433">
رقيت حتى الآن امرأتان من رتبة ضابط إلى رتية جنرال
</s>
<s id="434">
منذ تشرين الأول 2006 أصبح عدد الفرق الألمانية المتمركزة في بلاد أجنبية 9.000 منها 1.180 في البوسنة و 2.844 عسكري في كوسوفو و 750 جندي في الكونغو، و 2.800 فرقة ألمانيا في شمال اتحاد الأطلسي
</s>
<s id="435">
تشارك ألمانيا في برنامجا نوويا مع حلف الشمال الأطلسي.
</s>
<s id="436">
السكان
</s>
<s id="437">
بلغ تعداد السكان في الجمهورية الفدرالية العام 2007 نحو 82,2 مليون نسمة
</s>
<s id="438">
Bevölkerungsstand - destatis.de - تاريخ الوصول 23 ديسمبر-2008 
</s>
<s id="439">
يشكل الألمان الأغلبية الساحقة من السكان (حوالي 75 مليونا) إلا أنهم لا ينحدرون كلهم من أصول ألمانية
</s>
<s id="440">
يشكل المهاجرون نسبة تفارب 9 % من السكان، ويقارب عددهم 7.3 مليون نسمة.
</s>
<s id="441">
اللغات
</s>
<s id="442">
اللغة الألمانية هي اللغة المحلية الرسمية في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="443">
وهي إحدى اللغات ال 23 الرسمية في الإتحاد الأوروبي
</s>
<s id="444">
اللغات الأخرى في ألمانيا هي : الدنماركية، الصوربية، الروماوية والفريزية
</s>
<s id="445">
اما اللغات المحكية من قبل المهاجرين في ألمانيا فهي: التركية، الهولندية، اللغات البلقانية، والروسية والعربية.
</s>
<s id="446">
يتحدث اللغة الألمانية 100 مليون شخص كلغة محلية، إضافة إلى 80 مليون شخص يتحدث الألمانية كلغة غير محلية.
</s>
<s id="447">
الألمانية هي اللغة الأم ل 90 مليون شخص في الإتحاد الأروربي أي ما يوازي 18% من عدد السكان.
</s>
<s id="448">
67% من الألمان يتحدثون لغة اضافية إلى جانب الألمانية، بينما 27% يتحدثون لغتين اضافيتين.
</s>
<s id="449">
الديانات
</s>
<s id="450">
كاتدرائية كولونيا
</s>
<s id="451">
دخلت المسيحية إلى ألمانيا منذ عهد الدولة الفرنكية (Fränkisches Reich) وفتوحات شارلماني في سكسونيا، وقد عمت موجة التمسيح سويسرا أيضا
</s>
<s id="452">
قبل الحرب العالمية الثانية كان ثلثي السكان يعتنقون المذهب البروتستانتي والبقية من السكان تعتنق المذهب الكاثوليكي (römisch-katholisch)
</s>
<s id="453">
يتركز أتباع المذهب البروتستانتي في المناطق الشمالية والشرقية الشمالية من ألمانيا وفي إقليم الفورتمبرغ يشكا هؤلاء الأغلبية الساحقة
</s>
<s id="454">
يتبع 20 % فقط من سكان ألمانيا الشرقية إحدى الكنائس الألمانية ويعتنق معظمهم المذهب البروتستانتي.
</s>
<s id="455">
اليوم يتنق المسيحية 64 % (53 مليوناً) من الألمان وهي أكبر ديانة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="456">
يشكل البروتستانت نسبة 31 % منهم ويتواجدون في الشمال والشرق.معظم البروتستانت هم أعضاء في الكنائس الإنجيلية (Evangelische Kirche).بينما يشكل الكاثوليك 31 %
</s>
<s id="457">
ويتواجدون في الجنوب والغرب، كما تتواجد العديد من الكنائس ذات التوجه الحر
</s>
<s id="458">
يخضع الكاثوليك إلى 27 مطرانية (Erzbistümer) وأبرشية (Bistümer) متواجدة في كامل أنحاء البلاد.
</s>
<s id="459">
من بين الطوائف الأخرى
</s>
<s id="460">
ما يقارب 3.3 ملايين مسلم (أتراك، أكراد، عرب، ألبان، بوسنيون، إيرانيون،..) والذين ينتمون لمختلف الطوائف
</s>
<s id="461">
وحوالي 100.000 من الأرثوذكس (الصرب، اليونانيون، الروس)، ح 380.000 يتبعون الكنيسة البابوية الجديدة (Neuapostolische Kirche)، بالإضافة إلى تعداد اليهود المقدر حاليا بـ200.000 بعد أن كانو 30.000 فقط قبيل اتحاد ألمانيا وهم الآن يديرون معابد خاصة بهم ويتواجدون في مدن: برلين، فرانكفورت وميونخ.
</s>
<s id="462">
كما يوجد العديد من أتباع الطوائف الدينية الصغيرة، منها البوذية ويقدرون ب 250 الف 50% منهم هم مهاجرون آسيويون
</s>
<s id="463">
وعلى العموم يمكن القول أن كل ديانات العالم ممثلة تقريبا.
</s>
<s id="464">
يضمن القانون الأساسي للجمهورية الألمانية حرية الأديان
</s>
<s id="465">
لا توجد أقليات دينية مضطهدة رسميا
</s>
<s id="466">
هناك اتفاقيات بين الحكومة الإتحادية والكنيستين الكاثوليكية والإنجيلية والذي يتلقى بموجبه أبناء هذين المذهبين دروسا دينية في المدارس الحكومية
</s>
<s id="467">
وتعوض الحكومة هذه الدروس باقتطاع نسبة ضريبية على السكان من أبناء هذه المذاهب
</s>
<s id="468">
قامت الحكومة الإتحادية بعقد اتفاقيات مماثلة مع أبناء الطائفة اليهودية، عن طريق المجلس المركزي لليهود في ألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="469">
بحسب ال Eurobarometer Poll عام 2005، فإن 47% من المواطنين الألمان يؤمنون بوجود الله، و 25 % يؤمنون بوجود قوة أو روح ما، اما 25% فلا يؤمنون بالله ولا بروح وقوة خفية.
</s>
<s id="470">
الأعياد الوطنية
</s>
<s id="471">
رأس السنة: 1 يناير/كانون الثاني
</s>
<s id="472">
الجمعة الحزينة: 9 أبريل/ نيسان
</s>
<s id="473">
اثنين عيد الفِصح: 12 أبريل/ نيسان
</s>
<s id="474">
فاتح مايو: 1 مايو/ أيار
</s>
<s id="475">
صعود المسيح: 20 مايو/أيار
</s>
<s id="476">
اثنين عيد الخمسين: 31 مايو/أيار
</s>
<s id="477">
ذكرى اتحاد الألمانيتين: 3 أكتوبر/ تشرين الأول
</s>
<s id="478">
أول احتفال بعيد ميلاد المسيح: 25 ديسمبر/ كانون الأول
</s>
<s id="479">
ثاني احتفال بعيد ميلاد المسيح: 26 ديسمبر/ كانون الأول
</s>
<s id="480">
الأعياد في مختلف الولايات الألمانية
</s>
<s id="481">
عيد الغطاس: 6 يناير/ كانون الثاني - بادن-فورتمبيرغ، بافاريا (الحرة) وساكسونيا أنهالت
</s>
<s id="482">
عيد الجسد الكاثوليكي: 10 يونيو/ حزيران - بادن-فورتمبيرغ، بافاريا (الحرة)، هسن، شمال الراين – وستفاليا، راينلاند-بفالتس، سار بالإضافة إلى ساكسونيا (الحرة) وتورنغن (الحرة) والبوادي التي يعتنق معظم سكانها الديانة الكاثوليكية
</s>
<s id="483">
ادّعاء السّيّدة مريم العذراء: 15 أغسطس/ آب - بافاريا (البوادي التي يعتنق معظم سكانها الديانة الكاثوليكية) والسار
</s>
<s id="484">
ذكرى الإصلاح البروتستانتي: 31 أكتوبر/ تشرين الأول - براندنبورغ، ميكلنبورغ بومرانيا، ساكسونيا أنهالت، ساكسونيا (الحرة) وتورنغن (الحرة) والبوادي التي يعتنق معظم سكانها الديانة البروتستانتية
</s>
<s id="485">
عيد جميع القديسين: 1 نوفمبر/ تشرين الثاني - بادن-فورتمبيرغ، بافاريا (الحرة)، شمال الراين-وستفاليا، راينلاند-بفالتس، سار بالإضافة إلى ساكسونيا (الحرة) وتورنغن (الحرة) والبوادي التي يعتنق معظم سكانها الديانة الكاثوليكية
</s>
<s id="486">
يوم الكفارة والصلاة: 17 نوفمبر/ تشرين الثاني - ساكسونيا (الحرة)
</s>
<s id="487">
السياسة
</s>
<s id="488">
العاصمة ومقر الحكومة في جمهورية ألمانيا الإتحادية هي برلين
</s>
<s id="489">
حسب المادة 20 من الدستور تعتبر جمهورية ألمانيا الإتحادية دولة ديموقراطية، تشريعية
</s>
<s id="490">
ألمانيا دولة منظمة إلى ولايات
</s>
<s id="491">
هناك 16 ولاية اتحادية ذات سيادة محدودة.
</s>
<s id="492">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="493">
سيارة مرسيدس بنز
</s>
<s id="494">
ألمانيا لديها أكبر اقتصاد محلي في أوروبا.وتحتل المركز الثالث بعد كل من الولايات المتحدة واليابان
</s>
<s id="495">
ساعد على ذلك العديد من العوامل أهمها الأسلوب والسمعة التي اكتسبها الألمان من حيث قدرتهم الكبيرة على اتقان العمل.وهي المصدر الأول في العالم، بحيث بلغت قيمة صادراتها 1.333 ترليون دولار عام 2006
</s>
<s id="496">
يساهم قطاع الخدمات بنحو 70%، والصناعة بنسبة 29.1%، والزراعة بنسبة 0.9%
</s>
<s id="497">
أكبر نسبة من المنتجات هي السيارات والمعادن والماكينات
</s>
<s id="498">
والمانيا هي منتج أساسي لتكنولوجيا الطاقة الشمسية في العالم.
</s>
<s id="499">
تعقد في ألمانيا أكبر المؤتمرات العالمية سنوياً وتقام في مدن مختلفة: هانوفر، فرانكفورت، برلين.
</s>
<s id="500">
37 شركة من أكبر 500 شركة في العالم في مجال سوق الأسهم موجودة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="501">
أكبر 10 شركات هي: Daimler، Volkswagen، Allianz, Siemens, Deutsche Bank, E.ON, Deutsche Post, Deutsche Telekom, Metro,BASF.
</s>
<s id="502">
والشركات ذات أكبر عدد من الموظفين هي: Deutsche Post, Robert Bosch GmbH، Edeka اما الشركات صاحبة شهرة عالمية فهي: Mercedes Benz، SAP, BMW, Adidas, Audi, Porsche, Volkswagen، Nivea
</s>
<s id="503">
منذ انضمامها إلى الإتحاد الأوروبي أصبحت عملة ألمانيا هي اليورو
</s>
<s id="504">
وبعد توحيد ألمانيا الشرقة والمانيا الغربية بقي مستوى الدخل في ألمانيا الغربية أعلى من الماينا الشرقية
</s>
<s id="505">
ولا زالت الجهود مستمرة لرفع مستوى الاقتصاد في ألمانيا الشرقية ضمن برنامج طويل الأمد ينتهي عام 2019
</s>
<s id="506">
ويتم تحويل 80 بليون دولار سنويا من ألمانيا الغربية إلى ألمانيا الشرقية.
</s>
<s id="507">
معدل البطالة مستمر في الانخفاض منذ عام 2005 ووصل إلى أدنى مستوياته منذ 15 عاما في يناير ال 2008 حيث وصلت نسبته إلى 7.5%.
</s>
<s id="508">
ميناء هامبورغ هو ثاني أكبر ميناء في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="509">
البنية التحتية
</s>
<s id="510">
مع موقع ألمانيا في وسط أوروبا، فإنها تتمتع بنظام تنقلات نشيط جدا
</s>
<s id="511">
ويظهر هذا من خلال تطور وكثافة شبكة المواصلات
</s>
<s id="512">
فقد طورت ألمانيا شبكة قطارات فائقة السرعة، ويخدم الخط السريع مدن ألمانيا ويمكنه الوصول إلى البلدان المجاورة وتترواح سرعة القكارات بين ال 160 كلم بالساعة إلى 300 كلم بالساعة وتنطلق من محطاتها كل ساعة أو نصف ساعة
</s>
<s id="513">
ألمانيا هي خامس أكبر مستخدم للطاقة في العالم وحوالي الثلثين من طاقتها كان مستوردا في الغام 2002
</s>
<s id="514">
وفي نفس السنة كانت أكبر مستخدم للكهرباء وقد وصل استخدامها إلى 512,9 تيراوات
</s>
<s id="515">
بدأت الحكومة الألمانية بمحادثات حول سبل تطوير العمل على الطاقة المجددة أو المعاد استخدامها كنظام السولار والرياح والكهرباء المستخرجة من الأرض
</s>
<s id="516">
ووضعت الحكومة هدفاً بتزويد البلد نصف احتياجاته للطاقة من الطاقة المجددة أو المعاد استخدامها في حلول عام 2050.
</s>
<s id="517">
توزعت الطاقة المستخدمة في سنة 2006 على النحو التالي: الزيت 35,7%، الفحم 23،9%، الغاز الطبيعي 22،8%، الرياح 1،3%، النووي 12،6% و 3،7 % من مصادر أخرى.قطار فائق السرعة
</s>
<s id="518">
البحوث العلمية
</s>
<s id="519">
في الوقت الذي يشكو الكثير من هروب العقول النيرة من ألمانيا، نجد تدفقا ملحوظا للطلاب الأجانب إلى هذا البلد
</s>
<s id="520">
وتقدم ألمانيا للطلاب والباحثين الأجانب مجالات متنوعة للدراسة والبحث العملي إضافة للكثير من الخدمات والتسهيلات
</s>
<s id="521">
رغم السياسات الجديدة لبعض حكومات الولايات الألمانية المتمثلة في فرض رسوم جامعية على الدراسة في ألمانيا، ما زال الكثير من الطلاب الأجانب يفضلون الدراسة في هذا البلد على غيره من الدول الأوروبية أو الولايات المتحدة
</s>
<s id="522">
وبما أن العلم والتعليم مطلب عالمي فإن ألمانيا أصبحت وجهة للكثير من الباحثين وخاصة الشباب منهم
</s>
<s id="523">
وهنا تقول وزيرة التعليم العالي الألمانية إيدلغارد بولمان بأن واحدا من كل عشرة طلاب في الجامعات الألمانية أجنبي، الأمر الذي يعني أن ألمانيا بلد جذاب لهؤلاء الطلاب
</s>
<s id="524">
وأشارت إلى أن نسبة الطلاب الأجانب في الجامعات الألمانية أكثر منها في الجامعات الأمريكية
</s>
<s id="525">
وهنا تضيف الوزيرة بلومان: &quot;بأن ألمانيا تعتبر من الدول الرائدة من حيث احتواءها وتخريجها للعقول النيرة
</s>
<s id="526">
ففي التسعينات من القرن الماضي كانت هناك موجة هجرة للعقول الألمانية، لكن استطعنا مع بداية هذا القرن استقطاب الكثير من العقول الأجنبية والباحثين الأجانب.&quot;
</s>
<s id="527">
التعليم العالي
</s>
<s id="528">
يوجد في ألمانيا 383 مؤسسة للتعليم العالي منها 103 جامعات و176 معهد تخصصي عالي
</s>
<s id="529">
ويقارب عدد الدارسين 2 مليون منهم 947.000 من الإناث (بنسبة 48%)
</s>
<s id="530">
وتخضع الرسوم الجامعية التي تم فرضها لقواعد مختلفة
</s>
<s id="531">
فقد قامت سبع ولايات اتحادية بفرض رسوم على الدراسة الجامعة بالنسبة للطلبة الجدد بمقدار 500 يورو للفصل الدراسي الواحد
</s>
<s id="532">
أما طلبة الفترة الطويلة الذين يستغرقون في الدراسة فترة تزيد كثيرا عن الفترة المعتادة، وطلبة الدراسة الثانية، الذين يلتحقون بالجامعات والمعاهد بعد انتهاء الدراسة مرة ثانية، بغية دراسة تخصص جديد، فهم يخضعون في كافة الولايات تقريبا لنظام الرسوم الجامعية.
</s>
<s id="533">
العلوم
</s>
<s id="534">
يوهان غوتنبرغ
</s>
<s id="535">
تعد ألمانيا موطن لأهم الباحثين في مجالات علمية مختلفة
</s>
<s id="536">
تم منح جائزة نوبل ل 102 من الألمان الرواد
</s>
<s id="537">
ان أبحاث البرت اينشتاين وماكس بلانك كانت حاسمة في تأسيس العلوم الفيزيائية الحديثة التي طورها لاحقا فيرمير هايزينبيرغ وماكس بورن.واول الفائزين بجائزة نوبل للفيزياء هو الألماني Wilhem Conrad Röntgen في عام 1901 الذي اكتشف ال x-ray
</s>
<s id="538">
والمهندس Wernher von Braun طور أول صاروخ فضائي وأصبح لاحقا من رواد الفضاء في NASA ثم طور من بعدها صاروخ Saturn V الذي مهد الطريق لنجاح مشروع Apollo
</s>
<s id="539">
العديد من علماء الرياضيات ولدوا في ألمانيا مثل: David Hilbert، Carl Friedrich Gauß, كما كانت ألمانيا موطنا للعديد من المخترعين والمهندسين خاصة الذين ساهموا في تطوير الطباعة مثل Johannes Gutenberg والذي بنى أول حاسوب رقمي Konrad Zuse و Karl Benz الذي ساعد في تجديد شكل تكنولوجيا التنقلات البرية والجوية.
</s>
<s id="540">
براءات الإختراع
</s>
<s id="541">
تحتل ألمانيا المرتبة الأولى في أوروبا من حيث عدد براءات الاختراع المسجلة
</s>
<s id="542">
وإلى جانب اليابان والولايات المتحدة تنتمي ألمانيا إلى أكثر بلدان العالم ابتكارا من خلال 11188 براءة اختراع فردية مسجلة
</s>
<s id="543">
زيادة ملحوظة للأجانب
</s>
<s id="544">
في آخر إحصائية للدائرة المركزية لشؤون الطلبة في الجامعات الألمانية كانت نسبة الزيادة في أعداد الدارسين والباحثين الأجانب مرتفعة بشكل ملموس
</s>
<s id="545">
في سنة 2001 كان هناك ما يقرب من 150 ألف طالب وطالبة من الأجانب، بينما وصل هذا العدد مع بداية هذا العام إلى 230 ألف طالب
</s>
<s id="546">
ومن الجدير ذكره أن ما يقارب 50% من هؤلاء الطلاب قادم من آسيا وخاصة الصين، وهذا يعود ليس فقط لكون الدراسة شبه مجانية في الجامعات الألمانية، وإنما أيضا لكون ألمانيا تقدم الكثير من الخدمات وفرص البحث العلمي لهؤلاء الطلاب، وهذا يعتبر سببا كافيا خاصة لطلاب الدول النامية والدول التي تكثر فيها الأزمات السياسية والاقتصادية، وذلك على حد قول وزيرة التعليم العالي بولمان التي أضافت: &quot;إنه من الأهمية بمكان أن نحاول استقطاب الباحثين والدارسين من الدول النامية وكذلك الدول التي تعاني من أزمات سياسية واقتصادية، خاصة أن هؤلاء الباحثين سيكونون بمثابة سفراء لألمانيا في بلدانهم.&quot; على صعيد آخر تقدر نسبته الطلاب الألمان الذين يدرسون في الخارج بـ 15%، وفي هذا المجال تفوق ألمانيا الكثير من الدول الأوروبية والصناعية مثل بريطانيا وأستراليا أو حتى الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية، الأمر الذي يعني اكتساب هؤلاء الطلاب لخبرة أوسع من زملائهم من هذه الدول
</s>
<s id="547">
وهنا تقول بولمان: &quot;إن حركة الطلاب الألمان إلى الخارج يمكن رؤيتها بكل بوضوح، كما هو الحال فيما يتعلق بالطلاب الأجانب الدارسين في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="548">
وبذلك فإننا نكسب سنويا الكثير من الباحثين سواء الأجانب أو الألمان ذوي الخبرة الأجنبية
</s>
<s id="549">
وهذا يتجلى أيضا في سياسة الحكومة الألمانية لإثبات قدرتها على المنافسة العالمية في مجال التقدم والتطور العلمي.&quot;
</s>
<s id="550">
بين البحث والرفاهية
</s>
<s id="551">
تحاول العديد من الجامعات ومراكز الأبحاث الألمانية استقطاب الكثير من الباحثين والخبراء الأجانب إضافة إلى محاولة استعادة العقول الألمانية المهاجرة، ولذا نجد هناك العديد من البرامج الخاصة لدعم وتمويل الطلاب والباحثين، حيث تُقَدم المنح الدراسية للباحثين الشباب إضافة إلى محاولة توفير فرص عمل لهم، الأمر الذي يؤتي ثماره على المستويين العلمي والاقتصادي لألمانيا
</s>
<s id="552">
إلى جانب ذلك توفر العديد من الجامعات الألمانية الكثير من البرامج الاجتماعية الترفيهية للطلاب الأجانب من أجل مساعدتهم على الاندماج والتعايش في المجتمع الألماني
</s>
<s id="553">
فجامعة دورتموند ممثلة بمكتب العلاقات الخارجية تنظم مثلا في كل فصل دراسي برنامجا متنوعا للطلاب الجدد، حيث يتم التعريف بالجامعة والدراسة فيها إلى جانب التعريف بالمؤسسات العامة وما يمكن أن تقدمه للطلاب من خدمات، فمن مكتب العمل إلى مؤسسات التأمين الصحي إضافة إلى التعريف بالمؤسسات الاجتماعية الأخرى ومرافق الجامعة العامة كمجلس الطلبة ودائرة شؤون الطلبة
</s>
<s id="554">
من جهة أخرى عملت مؤسسة دويتشه فيله في مطلع هذا العام على إصدار النسخة العربية من موقع الدراسة والبحث في ألمانيا (كامبوس جيرماني)، ويقدم هذا الموقع معلومات مفصلة عن الجامعات والمعاهد ومراكز الأبحاث وظروف الحياة وغير ذلك من المعلومات التي يحتاج لها الأكاديميون والطلبة على حد سواء
</s>
<s id="555">
الرعاية الصحية في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="556">
نافورة إليسن خلال الليل
</s>
<s id="557">
تعد ألمانيا المكان المناسب للكثيرين ممن يرغب بالتمتع بالينابيع الطبيعية والمنتجعات الصحية، حيث يوجد فيها من منتجعات الطين والمياه المعدينة والمنتجعات البحرية وغيرها ما يقارب المئة، وتؤمن هذه مجالاً واسعاً من البرامج المتعلقة بالصحة والاسترخاء، التي تقدم بدورها خياراً واسعاً من الخدمات الوقائية والعلاجية
</s>
<s id="558">
فهناك دائماً في ألمانيا توازن بين الخبرات الطبية والمتطلبات الفردية.
</s>
<s id="559">
وتتميز المستشفيات في ألمانيا عن مثيلاتها في أنحاء العالم بالكثير من النقاط ومنها المعايير العالية للتقنية والنظافة والأطباء ذوي الخبرة الكبيرة والكفاءات العالية وأيضاً تتميز المستشفيات بطواقم على قدر عال من المسؤولية، وعندما يتعلق الأمر بالحالات الطارئة، فلن يكون من الصعب إيجاد مستشفىً قريب أينما ما كنت في ألمانيا، التي تغزر فيها المستشفيات بشكل كبير
</s>
<s id="560">
كما أن العلاجات والعمليات الجراحية في أغلب المستشفيات يتم إجراءها خلال وقت قصيرمن الإعلان للحاجة لها.
</s>
<s id="561">
كما أن الطواقم والأطباء في أغلب المستشفيات يتكلمون اللغة الانكليزية
</s>
<s id="562">
كما أن الأسعار في ألمانيا تعد من الأفضل مقارنة مع مثيلاتها في البلدان الصناعية
</s>
<s id="563">
يمكن الوصول إلى غالبية المستشفيات في ألمانيا عن طريق الطائرة أو القطار أو حتى الطريق السريع
</s>
<s id="564">
ويمكن للم ضى الذين يصطحبون أسرهم أن يجدوا أماكن للإقامة قريبة من المستشفى.
</s>
<s id="565">
السكان
</s>
<s id="566">
عام 1871: 41.058.792 نسمة
</s>
<s id="567">
عام 1890: 49.428.470 نسمة
</s>
<s id="568">
عام 1910 : 64.925.993 نسمة
</s>
<s id="569">
بدأ الاتحاد الألماني الجديد في التشكل وبوتيرة متسارعة، كانت بروسيا تقود العملية بزعامة بسمارك، فشملت كل الدويلات والمدن الألمانية شمال الإمبراطورية الألمانية القديمة
</s>
<s id="570">
قامت بعدها الحرب الفرنسية البروسية في عام 1870-1871، وكان أن انتصرت بروسيا من جديد فأصبحت القوة الرئيسية في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="571">
أعلن ملك بروسيا فيلهيلم الأول نفسه قيصرا على الإمبراطورية الألمانية التي أُعلنت في قصر فيرساي في 18 يناير 1871 وكانت عاصمتها برلين وبسمارك مستشارها.
</s>
<s id="572">
عرفت هذه الفترة باسم الإمبراطورية الثانية أو الرايخ الثاني
</s>
<s id="573">
رغم أن هذه حاولت إظهار نفسها كخليفة للإمبراطورية الأولى أي الرايخ الأول الذي أسسه أوتو الأول العظيم إلا أن حدود الدولتين كانتا مختلفتين.
</s>
<s id="574">
ضمت الإمبراطورية الجدية أراض جديدة شملت الإمبراطوية الألمانية وبروسيا التي لم تكن هذه ضمن إمبراطوية الرايخ الأول باستثناء أراضي النمسا، وابتداء من عام 1884 استحوذت ألمانيا على العديد من المستعمرات في أفريقيا وآسيا.
</s>
<s id="575">
في الفترة التالية لتوحيد ألمانيا أمّنت السياسة الخارجية للإمبراطور فيلهيلم الأول لألمانيا الحصول على وضعها كأمة عظيمة من خلال تشكيل تحالفات، وعزل الجمهورية الثالثة الفرنسية في فرنسا من خلال الوسائل الدبلوماسية، وتجنب الحرب.
</s>
<s id="576">
إعلان الوحدة الألمانية في فيرساي عام 1871، ويبدو أوتو فون بسمارك بالبزة البيضاء في اللوحة
</s>
<s id="577">
لكن ألمانيا تحت قيادة الإمبراطور فيلهلم الثاني قامت باعمال الإمبريالية، ومثل دول أوروبية أخرى نتيجة لظهور النزعة الإمبريالية الجديدة، أدت إلى الاحتكاك مع البلدان المجاورة.
</s>
<s id="578">
لم تكن معظم تحالفات ألمانيا التي وقعت في السابق تُجدد، وهكذا نشأت تحالفات جديدة تستبعد ألمانيا، خصوصاً فرنسا التي أقامت علاقات جديدة من خلال التوقيع على الوفاق الودي مع المملكة المتحدة لبريطانيا العظمى وايرلندا وتأمين العلاقات مع الإمبراطورية الروسية
</s>
<s id="579">
فضلا عن اتصالاتها مع الإمبراطورية النمساوية المجرية، فأصبحت ألمانيا في عزلة متزايدة بسبب ذلك.
</s>
<s id="580">
فيلهلم الثاني
</s>
<s id="581">
جمعت ألمانيا الامبريالية التي وصلت إلى خارج أراضيها، العديد من القوى الأخرى في أوروبا من أجل المطالبة بنصيبها من أفريقيا.
</s>
<s id="582">
قسمت أفريقيا في مؤتمر برلين عام 1884 بين القوى الأوروبية
</s>
<s id="583">
تملكت ألمانيا عدة قطع من الأراضي في أفريقيا بما في ذلك شرق أفريقيا الألمانية، جنوب غرب أفريقيا الألمانية، توغو، والكاميرون
</s>
<s id="584">
تسبب التزاحم على أفريقيا بالتوتر بين القوى العظمى التي قد تكون ساهمت في الظروف التي أدت إلى الحرب العالمية الأولى.
</s>
<s id="585">
كان اغتيال لولي عهد النمسا في 28 يونيو 1914 في سراييفو الشرارة لإندلاع الحرب العالمية الأولى.
</s>
<s id="586">
بدأت الحرب العالمية الأولى في أوروبا ثم أمتدت لباقي دول العالم خلال الأعوام بين 1914 و1918
</s>
<s id="587">
بدأت الأعمال الحربية عندما غزت الإمبراطورية النمساوية المجرية مملكة صربيا فأعلنت روسيا الحرب على النمسا فدخلت ألمانيا الحرب كحليف للنمسا ودخلت فرنسا وبريطانيا كحلفاء لروسيا
</s>
<s id="588">
فقد كان الوفاق الثلاثي هو روسيا وفرنسا والمملكة المتحدة والحلف الثلاثي الآخر هو إمبراطورية النمسا والمجر وألمانيا وإيطاليا واستعملت لأول مرة الأسلحة الكيميائية في الحرب العالمية الأولى كما تم قصف المدنيين من السماء لأول مرّة في التاريخ.
</s>
<s id="589">
خنادق على طول الحدود الفرنسية الألمانية خلال الحرب العالمية الأولى
</s>
<s id="590">
شهدت الحرب ضحايا بشرية لم يشهدها التاريخ من قبل وسقطت السلالات الحاكمة والمهيمنة على أوروبا والتي يعود منشأها إلى الحملات الصليبية، وتم تغيير الخارطة السياسية لأوروبا
</s>
<s id="591">
تعد الحرب العالمية الأولى البذرة للحركات الإيديولوجية كالشيوعية وصراعات مستقبلية كالحرب العالمية الثانية، بل وحتى الحرب الباردة.
</s>
<s id="592">
تعرضت ألمانيا وبقية دول المحور للهزيمة في الحرب ضد قوات الحلفاء في واحد من أعنف الصراعات على مر العصور
</s>
<s id="593">
اندلعت الثورة الألمانية في نوفمبر 1918 ونتيجة لذلك تنازل الإمبراطور فيلهيلم الثاني وجميع الأمراء الالمان عن الحكم وانتهى عهد الحكم الملكي في كل من ألمانيا والنمسا معاً
</s>
<s id="594">
وأعلنت الجمهورية الألمانية كديمقراطية عرفت بجمهورية فايمار
</s>
<s id="595">
ترجع أسباب قيام ثورة نوفمبر إلى ضيق الشعب بالأحوال الاقتصادية السيئة التي عمت ألمانيا، التي كان يحكمها نظام قيصري ذو دستور رجعي وغير ديمقراطي, ونخبة حاكمة فاسدة.
</s>
<s id="596">
وكان من أهم الأسباب التي أشعلت الثورة هو السياسة التي اتبعتها قيادة الجيش, التي أدت إلى هزيمة الأسطول الحربي الألماني في الحرب العالمية الأولى
</s>
<s id="597">
مما أدى إلى قيام ضباط البحرية بالتمرد في ميناء فيلهلم وكيل, وتطور التمرد إلى ثورة عارمة امتدت إلى ألمانيا كلها.
</s>
<s id="598">
وخرج الشعب للمطالبة بالجمهورية وإسقاط القيصر
</s>
<s id="599">
ورضخ القيصر فيلهلم الثاني ووقع وثيقة التنازل عن العرش في 9 نوفمبر 1918.
</s>
<s id="600">
غير أن الأحزاب التي قادت الثورة رأت أن القضاء الكامل على النخبة التي كانت تحكم في عهد القيصر المخلوع, قد يقود البلاد إلى حافة حرب أهلية, فقررت الإبقاء عليها وإقامة علاقات طبيعية معها
</s>
<s id="601">
وهكذا فقد تحالف قادة الثورة مع قيادة الجيش, مما أدى إلى نشوب أعمال شغب واسعة عرفت باسم &quot;انتفاضة سبارتاكوس&quot; التي قادتها القوى اليمينية
</s>
<s id="602">
لكن تم القضاء على هذه الثورة الصغيرة.
</s>
<s id="603">
وفي 11 أغسطس 1919 تم وضع دستور جديد للجمهورية عرف بدستور فايمار
</s>
<s id="604">
وتم انتخاب فريدريش إيبرت أول رئيس للرايخ في جمهورية فايمار.
</s>
<s id="605">
وضعت الهدنة مع ألمانيا حداً للحرب وتم التوقيع عليها في 11 نوفمبر 1918 وألمانيا اُجبرت على التوقيع على معاهدة فرساي في يونيو 1919.
</s>
<s id="606">
خلا التفاوض وعلى عكس المفاوضات الدبلوماسية التقليدية في فترة ما بعد الحرب، تم استبعاد القوى المهزومة من حلف المحور.
</s>
<s id="607">
وكان ينظر إلى هذه المعاهدة في ألمانيا باعتبارها مهينة واستمراراً للحرب بوسائل أخرى وبسبب قسوتها التي كثيراً ما يستشهد على أنها سهلت في وقت لاحق من بروز النازية في ألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="608">
ومن نتائج الحرب في معادة فرساي:
</s>
<s id="609">
فرض غرامة مالية كبيرة على الدول المنهزمة.
</s>
<s id="610">
فرض قيود على تسليج الجيش الألماني.
</s>
<s id="611">
فقدت الدولة العثمانية كل ممتلكاتها في أوروبا وآسيا.
</s>
<s id="612">
توسع الإمبراطوريتين الفرنسية والانجليزية.
</s>
<s id="613">
اختفاء أربع إمبراطوريات عريقة هي: النمسا - ألمانيا - تركيا - روسيا.
</s>
<s id="614">
ويقول بعض المؤرخين أن الذين حضروا مؤتمر فرساي هم نفسهم بأياديهم وضعوا بذور الحرب العالمية الثانية ففرنسا تقاسمت العالم مع إنجلترا واهملت الدول الأخرى الاستعمارية مثل روسيا وألمانيا وإيطاليا مما هيأ قيام الحرب العالمية الثانية.
</s>
<s id="615">
بعد مؤتمر فرساي تم اقتطاع العديد من المناطق الألمانية لصالح قوات الحلفاء المنتصرة، الألزاس-لورين ضمت إلى فرنسا، بلجيكا حصلت على مقاطعة أويبن-مالميدي، جزء من الشلسفيغ ذهب إلى الدنمارك، مقاطعات بوزن وبروسيا الشرقية والمناطق المحيطة بها ذهت كلها إلى بولندا، كما تحصلت دول أخرى ناشئة على مناطق أخرى على غرار ليتوانيا وتشيكوسلوفاكيا.
</s>
<s id="616">
وأخيرا تقاسمت كل من فرنسا وبريطانيا المستعمرات الألمانية في أفريقيا والعالم.
</s>
<s id="617">
جمهورية فايمر (1919-1933)
</s>
<s id="618">
جمهورية فايمار هو الاسم الذي أطلق على الحكومة الألمانية لفترة ما بين الحربين العالميتين.
</s>
<s id="619">
تاسست رسمياً فترة فايمار بتوقيع رئيس ألمانيا فريدريش إيبرت والعوة للجمهورية في 11 اغسطس 1919.وقد سميت بهذا الاسم تيمناً بمدينة فايمار التي إنعقد فيها المجلس القومي حيث أقر الدستور.
</s>
<s id="620">
الأراضي التي نزعت بمعاهدة فرساي بعد الحرب والتي أذكت الشعور بالظلم عند الألمان
</s>
<s id="621">
عرفت جمهورية فايمار تحولاً من الحكم الديموقراطي إلى الحكم الاستبدادي، فكانت هذه الجمهورية بشكل أو بآخر مجرد استمرارية للحكم القيصري الذي سقط بثورة نوفمبر
</s>
<s id="622">
فقد كان منصب رئيس الجمهورية المنتخب من قبل الشعب يتمتع بصلاحيات كبيرة
</s>
<s id="623">
من جهة أخرى، لم تقم أية مسائلة جادة بالمتسبب في الحرب العالمية ولا حتى بنتائجها الفظيعة، على الرغم من أن الوثائق الألمانية تشير إنه بعد مقتل خليفة القيصر النمساوي في سراييفو في 28 يونيو 1914 تعمدت القيادة السياسية الألمانية للبلاد إضرام نار الأزمة الدولية وكانت بذلك مسبباً رئيسياً لاندلاع الحرب العالمية الأولى.
</s>
<s id="624">
كان على هذه الجمهورية التخلص من القيود والشروط التي وضعتها معاهدة فرساي، والتي أدت إلى ظروف اقتصادية صعبة، فقد اعتبرها معظم الألمان معاهدة جائرة بحقهم وقد اعتبر منع النمسا من التوحد مع ألمانيا أيضا نوعاً من الحكم المجحف بحق الشعب الألماني.
</s>
<s id="625">
في نتيجة انتخابات 14 سبتمبر 1930 خرج حزب أدولف هتلر القومي الاجتماعي (NSDAP) بالمرتبة الثانية من حيث القوة السياسية في البلاد، بينما خرج الحزب الديمقراطي الاجتماعي (SPD) في المرتبة الأولى، وقد قام بدعم حكومة الأقلية هذه.
</s>
<s id="626">
لاحقاً وبسبب كل هذه الظروف وبسبب التشرذم والتصدع الذي أصاب الجمهورية تهيأ المناخ اللازم لوصول أدولف هتلر للسلطة مع حلول سنة 1933
</s>
<s id="627">
كان الأخير قد أوجد الأداة التي مكنته من الوصول إلى الهدف، وذلك عبر حزب العمل الألماني الوطني الإشتراكي والذي اختصر لاحقاً إلى &quot;نازي&quot; وتحولت الجمهورية إلى دكتاتورية مطلقة سميت بالعهد النازي.
</s>
<s id="628">
[حقائق عن ألمانيا صفحة 40]
</s>
<s id="629">
[حقائق عن ألمانيا جمهورية فايما
</s>
<s id="630">
الإمبراطورية الثالثة (1933-1945)
</s>
<s id="631">
هتلر
</s>
<s id="632">
شعار الحزب النازي
</s>
<s id="633">
حول الحزب النازي ألمانيا إلى دولة شمولية ذات حزب واحد هو حزب العمال الوطني الاشتراكي بقيادة أدولف هتلر (20 أبريل 1889 إلى 30 أبريل 1945 - بالألمانية: Adolf Hitler)وهو زعيم ألمانيا النازية من الفترة 1933 إلى 1945
</s>
<s id="634">
في الفترة المذكورة، كان يشغل منصب &quot;مستشار ألمانيا&quot;، ورئيس الحكومة والدولة
</s>
<s id="635">
كان هتلر خطيبا مفوّها وذا جاذبية وحضور شخصي
</s>
<s id="636">
أوجد الحزب في اليهود السبب الرئيس لمشاكل البلاد، ثم أخذ في التخلص من هذه الفئة بنشر كراهيتاها بين الشعب الألماني
</s>
<s id="637">
نتج عن حملة المطاردة التي شنها الحزب النازي لليهود فرار العديد من الفنانين، المثفقفين والعلماء من أصل يهودي.
</s>
<s id="638">
قام هتلر لاحقا بضم العديد من بلدان الجوار إلى دولته الجديدة
</s>
<s id="639">
أراد في البداية أن يضم الدول والمناطق الجرمانية كالنمسا(Reichsanschluss)
</s>
<s id="640">
إلأ أن القوى الأوروبية الكبرى منعته من ذلك، فأجل الموضوع إلى حين
</s>
<s id="641">
واصل هتلر جهوده لتحويل ألمانيا إلى قوة عسكرية، أدت هذه في النهاية إلى اندلاع الحرب العالمية الثانية سنة 1939 م
</s>
<s id="642">
انتهت الحرب بهزيمة مدوية لألمانيا.
</s>
<s id="643">
فاجأ هتلر العالم في صبيحة 1 سبتمبر 1939 باجتياح أراضي بولندا فوجهت بريطانيا إنذارا إلى ألمانيا بوجوب سحب قواتها من بولندا فورا وإلا اعتبرت الحرب قائمة بين البلدين وحذت فرنسا حذو بريطانيا فانقسم العالم إلى معسكرين الحلفاء والمحور وهكذا كانت بداية الحرب العالمية الثانية التي دامت حوالي ست سنوات.
</s>
<s id="644">
حاولت فرنسا وبريطانيا الاتصال مع هتلر عن طريق القنوات الدبلوماسية، ولكن هتلر لم يستجب إطلاقا لهذه النداءات، بعدها قامت بريطانيا وفرنسا بإعلان الحرب ضد ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="645">
وسميت الحرب خلال عامي 1939 - 1940 بالحرب المزيفة
</s>
<s id="646">
في ربيع سنة 1940، قامت ألمانيا بغزو الدنمارك والنرويج، بعدها فرنسا وبعض الدول الأخرى.إيطاليا أيضا قامت بإعلان الحرب ضد بريطانيا وفرنسا سنة 1940.
</s>
<s id="647">
لم تستطع ألمانيا فرض حصار بحري على بريطانيا، وكثفت ألمانيا الهجمات على الأراضي البريطانيه
</s>
<s id="648">
من جهتها حاولت بريطانيا بتركيز المواجهة مع القوات الألمانية والإيطالية في حوض البحر المتوسط، وحققت نجاحا محدودا، واحدثوا اضرار بليغة بالأسطول البحري الإيطالي كمااحدثوا أول هزيمة للجيش اللألماني في معركة بريطانيا.
</s>
<s id="649">
زادت حدة الحرب في يونيو 1941 وذلك عندما قامت ألمانيا بغزو الإتحاد السوفياتي، الذي أجبر الأخيرة على انضمامها كحليف لبريطانيا في الحرب، كانت الهجمات الألمانيه ناجحه جدا وبنتائج جيده على صعيد الأراضي السوفياتيه إلى حين حلول الشتاء بدأت هذه الهجمات تتعثر.
</s>
<s id="650">
غزت اليابان الأراضي الصينية والصين الفرنسية عام 1940، وفسخ هتلر المعاهدة بين ألمانيا والإتحاد السوفياتي وفتح جبهة واجتاح الإتحاد السوفياتي
</s>
<s id="651">
وبعد اجتياح اليابان للقاعدة الأميركية في بيرل هاربور سنة 1941، اعلن هتلر الحرب عالولايات المتحدة.
</s>
<s id="652">
كما شكلت معركة النورماندي نقطة تحول على الجبهة الغربية بعد إنزال قوى الحلفاء على شواطئ النورماندي والتوغل في المناطق الألمانية.حيث هزمت ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="653">
وبحدوث ذلك دخلت الولايات المتحدة في توتر عسكري مع اليابان، الأمر الذي أدى إلى توحيد الحرب في آسيا وأوروبا إلى حرب عالمية واحدة.
</s>
<s id="654">
بدلا من أن يقوم المحور بجني نتائج إيجابية، في عام 1942 بدأ التراجع عندما قامت الولايات المتحدة بالفوز في معركة ميدواي أمام اليابان غير أن 4 من حاملات الطائرات اليابانية تدمرت، الألمان أيضا تراجعوا أمام الهجمات الأنجلو أمريكية في أفريقيا، والألمان أيضا جددوا هجماتهم على الإتحاد السوفياتي في الصيف ولكن لم تكن كذي قبل.
</s>
<s id="655">
أدى ذلك سنة 1943 إلى هزيمة الألمان في معركة ستالينجراد من قبل الجنود السوفييت، وبعدها في معركة كورسك (أكبر معركة تستخدم فيها المدرعات الثقيلة في التاريخ الحديث) كما بدأت القوات الألمانيه بالتقهقر من أفريقيا، وبدأت قوات الحلفاء في التقدم لشمال إيطاليا من خلال صقلية، أجبر ذلك إيطاليا على توقيع معاهدة استسلام عام 1943
</s>
<s id="656">
وعلى صعيد المحيط الهادي، بدأت القوات اليابانيه بفقد السيطرة على الأراضي التي احتلتها وذلك لأن القوات الأمريكيه بدأت تسيطر على جزيرة تلو الأخرى في المحيط الهادئ.
</s>
<s id="657">
في عام 1944، بدأت كواليس الحرب واضحة وذلك بأن دول المحور قد فقدت زمام الأمور، ألمانيا بدأت تتقهقر من هجمات الإتحاد السوفياتي من خلال ضغط الهجمات على الأراضي السوفياتيه المحتلة وبولندا ورومانيا من الشرق، ومن الغرب قامت قوات الحلفاء بغزو عمق أوروبا أدى ذلك إلى تحرير فرنسا والوصول إلى حدود ألمانيا الغربية، في نفس الوقت استطاعت اليابان شن هجمات ناجحه على الصين، كان الأسطول الياباني يعاني الأمرين في المحيط الهادئ، ذلك أدى إلى إحكام القوات الأمريكية السيطرة على المطارات وذلك من خلال قصف بعيد المدى لطوكيو.
</s>
<s id="658">
أخيرا انتهت الحرب عام 1945 وذلك في معركة الثغرة (آخر هجمة مرتدة من ألمانيا للجهة الغربية) في وقت سيطرت القوات السوفياتيه على برلين في شهر مايو، هذه الخسائر أدت إلى استسلام ألمانيا، المسرح الآسيوي أيضا شهد سيطرة القوات الأمريكية على الجزر اليابانيه (أيوجيما، أوكيناوا، في نفس الوقت كانت القوات البريطانيه قد أحكمت سيطرتها على جنوب شرق آسيا، مما أدى ذلك إلى استسلام اليابان
</s>
<s id="659">
أخيرا كان الغزو السوفياتي لمانشوكو، وقامت الولايات المتحدة برمي قنابل ذرية على الأراضي اليابانية (هيروشيما وناجازاكي).
</s>
<s id="660">
خلال الحكم النازي، تم قتل أكثر من 11 مليون شخص في ما يعرف بالهولوكست من بينهم 6 ملايين يهودي وهذا عدد مشكوك فية و 3 ملايين بولندي.
</s>
<s id="661">
الحرب العالمية الثانية والإبادات الجماعية للحكم النازي اسفرت عن مقتل حوالي 35 مليون شخص في أوروبا.
</s>
<s id="662">
أقدم هتلر على الانتحار وعشيقته ايفا براون في ملجأهم المحصن ببرلين بينما كانت برلين غارقة في بحر من الخراب والدمار
</s>
<s id="663">
الإنقسام والإتحاد (1945-1990)
</s>
<s id="664">
سور برلين
</s>
<s id="665">
بقايا من جدار برلين، كان إلى وقت قريب يبدو لكثير من الألمان أنه لا يقهر
</s>
<s id="666">
اسفرت الحرب عن موت أكثرمن 10 ملايين جندي ومواطن ألماني، بالإضافة إلى ترحيل 15 مليون مواطن من ألمانيا الشرقية وتدمير عدد من المدن العريقة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="667">
وقسم الحلفاء المناطق الألمانية وبرلين إلى 4 مناطق عسكرية.
</s>
<s id="668">
فقدت ألمانيا ومن جديد العديد من المناطق بين سنوات 1945 و 1949 م
</s>
<s id="669">
السوديت (Sudetenland) ضم إلى تشكسلوفاكيا، بومرن وشليزيين (Pommern und Schlesien) إلى بولندا، بروسيا الشرقية (Ostpreußen) قسمت بين بولندا والاتحاد السوفياتي
</s>
<s id="670">
عادت النمسا من جديد دولة مستقلة تحت اسم جمهورية النمسا (Republik Österreich)
</s>
<s id="671">
في بقية البلاد أنشئت مناطق وأقاليم (Länder) فصلت بينها حدود جديدة
</s>
<s id="672">
وأعطيت لكل منطقة أو إقليم صلاحيات سياسية واسعة.
</s>
<s id="673">
اتفق الحلفاء وتم يوم 23 مايو 1949 تقسيم ألمانيا إلى مناطق نفوذ، شكلت إحداهما جمهورية ألمانيا الديمقراطية (Deutsche Demokratische Republik) أو (DDR) وهي ما عرف بألمانيا الشرقية والتي أصبحت منذ 7 أكتوبر 1949 م واقعة تحت منطقة النفوذ السوفييتي.اما القطاعات الغربية التي كانت تحت سيطرة فرنسا،المملكة المتحدة،الولايات المتحدة فشكلت ما عرف بجمهورية ألمانيا الفدرالية وهي ما عرفت بألمانيا الغربية
</s>
<s id="674">
وهذا التقسيم قسمبرلين إلى برلين الغربية وبرلين الشرقية
</s>
<s id="675">
واتخذت ألمانيا الشرقية من برلين الشرقية عاصمة لها، بينما التخذت ألمانيا الغربية بون عاصمة لها
</s>
<s id="676">
كان هدف الخطة القضاء على أية محاولة لتوحيد القوى الألمانية من جديد
</s>
<s id="677">
إلا أن الحرب الباردة زادت الهوة بين الشطرين
</s>
<s id="678">
على مدى سنوات فصلت جمهورية ألمانيا الإتحادية (BRD) عن جارتها الشرقية بجدار حديدي.
</s>
<s id="679">
شهدت ألمانيا الغربية تطورا اقتصاديافي بداية الخمسينات وانضمت إلى الناتو عام 1955 وأصبحت عضوا مؤسسا في الاتحاد الأوروبي عام 1958.
</s>
<s id="680">
مع سقوط الأنظمة الشيوعية في أوروبا فتحت الأبواب بين البلدين
</s>
<s id="681">
تم أخيرا وفي الـ3 أكتوبر 1990 م تم ضم جمهورية ألمانيا الديمقراطية إلى جمهورية ألمانيا الإتحادية
</s>
<s id="682">
عرفت العملية باسم الوحدة الألمانية أو إعادة توحيد ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="683">
وعادت إلى ألمانيا سيادتها الترابية بعدما فقدتها لأكثر من 45 سنة.
</s>
<s id="684">
الانضمام إلى الاتحاد الأوروبي 1990
</s>
<s id="685">
بعد الاتحاد، لعبت ألمانيا دورا ناشطا في الاتحاد الأوروربي والناتو
</s>
<s id="686">
وأرسلت قوة إلى البلقان للحفاظ على السلام وضمان سلامة البلقانيين كما وأرسلت جنود المان إلى أفغانستان كجزء من دورها وجهودها في الناتو ولحماية الأفغان من طالبان.
</s>
<s id="687">
انظر أيضاً
</s>
<s id="688">
قائمة مدن ألمانيا ذات أكثر من 100,000 نسمة
</s>
<s id="689">
السياحة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="690">
مصادر
</s>
<s id="691">
13.الموسوعة العربية العالمية للنشر والتوزيع
</s>
<s id="692">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="693">
بوابة ألمانيا (موقع حكومي)
</s>
<s id="694">
الحياة في ألمانيا (مقالة خارجية مميزة)
</s>
<s id="695">
ألمانيا
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="54" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
اتحاد اوروبي
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل الاتحاد الأوروبي
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="55" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
برلين
</s>
<s id="2">
برلين هي عاصمة جمهورية ألمانيا الاتحادية، وإحدى ولايات ألمانيا الستة عشر، كما أنها أكبر مدن ألمانيا من حيث عدد السكان
</s>
<s id="3">
وتعتبر برلين إحدى &quot;الولايات المدن&quot; الثلاث بجمهورية ألمانيا الاتحادية (إلى جانب بريمن وهامبورغ)، وتأتي هذه التسمية من كون حدود المدينة هي نفسها حدود الولاية
</s>
<s id="4">
وبرلين هي أيضاً ثاني أكبر مدن الاتحاد الأوروبي بعد العاصمة البريطانية لندن.
</s>
<s id="5">
وخلال فترةالحرب الباردة وتحديداً في عام 1961، قامت حكومة ألمانيا الشرقية بتشييد ما كان يعرف بـجدار برلين
</s>
<s id="6">
هكذا أصبحت برلين مدينة مُقسمة إلى جزئين: جزء غربي يتبع ألمانيا الغربية والآخر شرقي يتبع ألمانيا الشرقية
</s>
<s id="7">
وبقي الحال في برلين على هذا النحو إلى حين سقوط الجدار في عام 1989 وتوحيد الألمانيتين في عام 1990، وأختيرت برلين بعدها عاصمة جمهورية ألمانيا الاتحادية ومركز حكومتها والبرلمان، وإحدى أهم المدن الأوروبية.
</s>
<s id="8">
= التاريخ =
</s>
<s id="9">
تشكلت برلين من إندماج مستوطنتين هما (Cölln)، التي تقع حالياً في جزيرة المتاحف (Museum Island)، وبرلين التي تقع على الضفة الشمالية لنهر سبري (Spree)، واللتان يعود تشكلهما إلى القرن الثالث عشر الميلادي
</s>
<s id="10">
وقد تمت الإشارة لأول مرة إلى مستوطنة (Cölln) في الثامن والعشرين من أكتوبر عام 1278م، وفي عام 1307م تم توحيد المستوطنتين، أي (Cölln) وبرلين، لينتج عنها مدينة واحدة.
</s>
<s id="11">
وعقب الاضطرابات التي حدثت في عام 1451م، أعلن عضو المجلس الانتخابي الأمير فريدريش الثاني أن برلين ستكون مقراً لإقامته الرسمية
</s>
<s id="12">
عانت برلين ولأكثر من مرة من اندلاع النيران والطاعون والحروب، ولم يكن مقدراً لها أن تنعم بالرخاء والاستقرار إلا تحت حكم فريدريش (Friedrich Wilhelm) (م1640 – 1683)
</s>
<s id="13">
إذ تم في عهده تحصين برلين وبناء أولى المباني الفخمة فيها
</s>
<s id="14">
ويمكن للمرء تكوين فكرة جيدة عن ذلك من خلال السير على طول جادة أونتر دن ليندن (Unter den Linden)، وهي إحدى الجادات الرئيسية في وسط برلين.
</s>
<s id="15">
برلين مقر الإقامة الملكية
</s>
<s id="16">
في عام 1701م، وعقب تتويج عضو المجلس الانتخابي الأمير فريدريش الثالث بصفته الملك فريدريش الأول لبروسيا، تم تخفيف الحالة التي كانت عليها مدينة برلين، وقد أصبحت مقراً للإقامة الملكية وعاصمة للدولة، وشهدت خلال هذه الفترة بناء العديد من المباني الفخمة
</s>
<s id="17">
وقد تطورت برلين لتصبح أكبر مدينة صناعية في بروسيا وخاصة في الفترة الواقعة بين الأعوام 1740 - 1786م وإبان حكم كل من الملك فريدريش فيلهلم الأول (Friedrich Wilhelm I) (الملقب بـ الملك المحارب) ووريثه فريدريش الثاني (الملقب بـ فريدريش العظيم).
</s>
<s id="18">
الملك فريدريش فيلهلم
</s>
<s id="19">
وفي الأعوام 1806 إلى 1808م، قامت قوات نابليون باحتلال مدينة برلين عقب معركة الأمم في ليبزغ عام 1814م، وقد شهدت تلك الحقبة إعادة (Quadriga)، وهي العربة ذات الخيول الأربعة والتي كان نابليون قد أزالها، إلى مكانها على قمة بوابة براندنبورغ (Brandenburg)
</s>
<s id="20">
على مدار العقود التالية، قام (Schinkel) بتشييد عدد من المباني الكلاسيكية، في حين قام (Lenné) بإنشاء مساحات تنزه واسعة.
</s>
<s id="21">
عاصمة الإمبراطورية الألمانية
</s>
<s id="22">
بلغ تعداد سكان برلين 800.000 نسمة إبان تأسيس الإمبراطورية الألمانية في عام 1871م
</s>
<s id="23">
وبعد تتويج فيلهلم الأول (Wilhelm I) في بروسيا (1861 – 1888م) إمبراطوراً على ألمانيا، أصبحت برلين عاصمة الإمبراطورية الألمانية الجديدة
</s>
<s id="24">
وبحلول عام 1895م وصل تعداد سكان المدينة إلى ما يزيد عن 1.5 مليون نسمة
</s>
<s id="25">
وعقب هزيمة ألمانيا في الحرب العالمية الأولى، أرسل آخر إمبراطور لألمانيا، وهو فيلهلم الثاني (Wilhelm II) (1888 – 1918)، إلى المنفى.
</s>
<s id="26">
تسببت الهزيمة الثقيلة التي منيت بها ألمانيا في الحرب العالمية الأولى في اندلاع أزمة خطيرة لكل من ألمانيا وبرلين، كما نتج عنها تأسيس أول جمهورية ألمانية
</s>
<s id="27">
وعلى الرغم من الصعوبات الاقتصادية والاضطرابات التي شهدتها ألمانيا في حقبة العشرينات، إزدهرت برلين على جميع الأصعدة وأصبحت عاصمة للثقافة في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="28">
وعندما تلّقد أدولف هتلر منصب المستشار الألماني في عام 1933م، شهدت برلين حملة من الإعتقالات لليهود والشيوعيين والشواذ جنسياً والمعارضين السياسيين وغيرهم، وبذلك فإن أسوأ الفصول في تاريخ برلين تكون قد بدأت.
</s>
<s id="29">
ومع إدراك القليل بأوهام العظمة التي انتابت هتلر آنذاك، إنطلقت فعاليات الألعاب الأولمبية الصيفية في برلين في عام 1936م
</s>
<s id="30">
وعندما بدأت الحرب العالمية الثانية في الأول من سبتمبر 1939م، ازداد عدد سكان برلين إلى 4.5 مليون نسمة
</s>
<s id="31">
وقد تسبب القصف بالقنابل الذي شهدته برلين في عام 1943م والذي أدى إلى سقوطها في يد الحلفاء في الثامن من مايو 1945م، إلى تدمير ما لا يقل عن ثلث المباني والمعالم التاريخية للمدينة.
</s>
<s id="32">
جدار برلين
</s>
<s id="33">
إعادة البناء والتقسيم
</s>
<s id="34">
بعد انتهاء الحرب العالمية الثانية، قسمت برلين إلى أربعة قطاعات
</s>
<s id="35">
وقع القطاع الشرقي من المدينة تحت سيطرة السوفييت، بينما خضع القطاع الجنوبي الغربي للمدينة تحت سيطرة الأمريكيين، في حين سيطرت بريطانيا على الجزء الغربي وفرنسا على الجزء الشمالي الغربي للمدينة.
</s>
<s id="36">
وعندما تأسست الجمهورية الألمانية الديمقراطية في السابع من أكتوبر عام 1949م، أصبحت برلين الشرقية عاصمة لجمهورية ألمانيا الديمقراطية، وقامت الحكومة في حينها بنقل موقعها إلى النصف الشرقي للمدينة.
</s>
<s id="37">
وفي الثالث عشر من أغسطس عام 1961م، قررت الجمهورية الألمانية الديمقراطية بتشييد سور حول المدينة لمنع المقيمين في المناطق الخاضعة لها من الإنتقال إلى المناطق الألمانية الأخرى، وقد أطلق على ذلك السور تسمية &quot;جدار برلين&quot;
</s>
<s id="38">
ومنذ ذلك الحين، أصبح مستحيلاً على المقيمين في برلين الشرقية زيارة أقربائهم أو أصدقائهم القاطنين في ألمانيا الغربية
</s>
<s id="39">
تعالت في حينها الكثير من الأصوات المناهضة لإنشاء الجدار
</s>
<s id="40">
وبعد زيارة قام بها الرئيس الأمريكي جون ف
</s>
<s id="41">
كيندي لبرلين في عام 1963م، سمحت حكومة ألمانيا الديمقراطية بإدخال برنامج محدود لمنح الإذن بالسفر، وباتت منطقة الانتظار الفسيحة في محطة القطار الرئيسية بـ (Friedrichstraße) تعرف باسم &quot;قصر الدموع&quot; (Tränenpalast).
</s>
<s id="42">
انهيار جدار برلين وعملية إعادة التوحيد
</s>
<s id="43">
في ليلة التاسع من نوفمبر عام 1989م، تم هدم جدار برلين على نحو غير متوقع بعد عدة أشهر من تسلل مواطني الجمهورية الألمانية الديمقراطية إلى الغرب عبر المجر والاتحاد السوفييتي
</s>
<s id="44">
احتفلت برلين وباقي المدن الألمانية بهذا الحدث، ومنذ تلك اللحظة أصبح بإمكان مواطني ما كانت تعرف بالجمهورية الألمانية الديمقراطية السفر من جديد.
</s>
<s id="45">
عقب التوحيد الرسمي لألمانيا في الثالث من أكتوبر 1990م، أختيرت برلين لتكون عاصمة جمهورية ألمانيا الإتحادية
</s>
<s id="46">
ومنذ سنة 1999م، أصبحت برلين من جديد مقراً للحكومة الفيدرالية ومركز السياسة الألمانية
</s>
<s id="47">
وقد قام البرلمان، اعتباراً من التاسع عشر من إبريل 1999، بعقد اجتماعاته في مبنى الرايخستاغ (Reichstag) القديم والذي قام بتصميمه المهندس نورمان فوستر، وأصبحت القبة الزجاجية التي ابتكرها إحدى أهم معالم الجذب السياحي للمدينة.
</s>
<s id="48">
= الجغرافيا =
</s>
<s id="49">
صورة لبرلين عبر الأقمار الصناعية
</s>
<s id="50">
تقع برلين إلى الشرق من ألمانيا في وسط أوروبا على بعد حوالي 70 كم غربي الحدود مع بولندا
</s>
<s id="51">
حيث تقع على الخط العرضي ال 52 درجة والخط الطولي ال 13 درجة، بين سهول بارنيم وتيلتوف
</s>
<s id="52">
نهر السبري يخترق وسط المدينة التاريخي، وفي غرب برلين يصب في نهر الهافل، الذي بدوره يُشكل بحيرة تيغيل وبحيرة الفان الكبيرة
</s>
<s id="53">
ولاية براندنبورغ تحيط ببرلين من كل الجهات
</s>
<s id="54">
أعلى مرتفعات المدينة تصل إلى 115 متر فوق سطخ البحر.
</s>
<s id="55">
التضاريس
</s>
<s id="56">
تشكّل وادي برلين- وارسو أورسترومتال من الماء المتدفق نتيجة ذوبان الصفائح الجليدية في نهاية العصر الجليدي
</s>
<s id="57">
وفي يومنا هذا، يتدفق نهر السبري في هذا الوادي
</s>
<s id="58">
في منطقة سباندو يلاقي نهر السبري نهر هافل ، الذي يطفو من الشمال إلى الجنوب في الجهة الغربية لبرلين؛ حيث يمر هافل بالعديد منن البحيرات أكبرها التيغيلرتسي والغروسر فانتسي 
</s>
<s id="59">
كما تغذي سلسلة من البحيرات التي تمر عبر بحيرة غروسر موغلتسي في شرق برلين القسم العلوي من نهر السبري .
</s>
<s id="60">
تمتد أجزاء كبيرة من برلين اليوم على الهضبة المنخفضة على طرفي وادي السبري (Spree Valley)
</s>
<s id="61">
أعلى المرتفعات في برلين هي توفلسبرغ والموغلبيرغ ، يبلغ ارتفاع كل من التلتين حوالي 115 متراً
</s>
<s id="62">
الحقيقة أن توفلسبرغ هي تلة اصطناعية مشكلة من الأنقاض التي خلفتها الحرب العالمية الثانية (World War II).
</s>
<s id="63">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="64">
وفقاً لنظام كوبين لتصنيف المناخ ، تعد برلين من المناطق ذات الحرارة المعتدلة
</s>
<s id="65">
يكون الصيف دافئاً وتتراوح خلالها درجات الحرارة العليا من 22 - 25 درجة مئوية والدنيا تصل إلى 12 - 14 درجة مئوية
</s>
<s id="66">
أما فصل الشتاء فيكون بارداً بدرجات حرارة عليا تصل إلى 4 درجة مئوية والدنيا تصل إلى - 2 درجة مئوية
</s>
<s id="67">
يكون الجو عموماً في فصلي الربيع والخريف بين البارد والمعتدل، كما تكون درجات الحرارة في مناطق العمران أعلى بحوالي 4 درجة مئوية مما هي عليه في المناطق المحيطة نتيجة الحرارة المخزنة في الأبنية.
</s>
<s id="68">
تبلغ معدلات الهطول السنوية للأمطار 570 ملم عل شكل هطول معتدل خلال السنة، بينما يحدث هطول خفيف للثلج بشكل رئيسي من شهر كانون الثاني/ يناير إلى آذار/ مارس، لكن الغطاء الثلجي لا يبقى عادة لوقت طويل.
</s>
<s id="69">
التقسيمات الإدارية في برلين
</s>
<s id="70">
تتكون برلين من 12 منطقة ويوجد فيها 95 رمز بريدي.
</s>
<s id="71">
خارطة تبين حدود المناطق الإثنا عشر في برلين
</s>
<s id="72">
= الثقافة والترفيه =
</s>
<s id="73">
تتميز برلين بعدد كبير من المنشآت الثقافية، والتي يتمتع العديد منها بشهرة واسعة في أرجاء العالم
</s>
<s id="74">
إن الحيوية والتنوع الذين تتمتع بهما هذه الحاضرة قاد إلى مكانة دائمة التطور والتميز بين المدن بين المدن الرئيسية الأخرى
</s>
<s id="75">
المشهد الفني في المدينة متنوع كثيراً، فبرلين موطن لأكثر من 420 صالة عرض؛ وهذا جعل الكثيرين من الالألمانيين الشباب والفنانين العالميين يختارون برلين مكاناً ليستقروا فيه بعلى نحو دائم
</s>
<s id="76">
فقد برزت برلين في أوروبا كمركز للشباب والثقافات الرائجة.
</s>
<s id="77">
ومن العلامات البارزة لهذا الدور الدائم التطور هوالإعلان الذي تم في العام 2003م، وفيه أن مؤتمر البوبكوم Popkomm السنوي، المؤتمر الأكبر في مجال صناعة الموسيقى، سوف ينتقل إلى برلين بعد بقاءه 15 عاماً في كولونيا
</s>
<s id="78">
وبعد هذا بفترة قصيرة قرر كل من المجموعة العالمية للموسيقى Universal Music Group وإم تي في MTV نقل مراكزهم الرئيسية والاستوديو الرئيسي إلى صفاف نهر السبري Spree
</s>
<s id="79">
في العام 2005م، حازت مدينة برلين على جائزة &quot;مدينة التصميم&quot; من قبل اليونسكو.
</s>
<s id="80">
التسوق في برلين
</s>
<s id="81">
شارع كورفورستيندام وتظهر في الصورة كنيسة الذكرى
</s>
<s id="82">
اذا كانت برلين مدينة ثقافية وسياحية بإمتياز، فهي أيضاً من أشهر وجهات التسوق في العالم، حيث تستقطب كل عام أعداداً كبيرة ممن يأبوا أن يغادروها دون التسوق من متاجرها، وخصوصاً ان للتسوق فيها متعة خاصة، لأنه سيكون بإمكانك التجول بين المباني التاريخية بينما تقوم بشراء إحتياجاتك.
</s>
<s id="83">
تنفرد برلين بوجود العديد من أماكن التسوق، بدءاً من شوارع التسوق الحضرية ذات الأجواء التقليدية القديمة وانتهاءاً بالمراكز التجارية وشوارع التسوق الحديثة، كلٌ يمثل عالماً متميزاً له طابعه الخاص، إلا أن السمة المشتركة في هذه المراكز التجارية تتمثل في المزج بين المتاجر، والبوتيكات، والمطاعم، والمقاهي.
</s>
<s id="84">
فمثلاً يعتبر شارع كورفورستيندام الأسطوري ، الذي يسمى إختصارا بشارع كودام ( ، من أكبر واشهر أماكن التسوق في العاصمة الالمانية برلين، حيث يمتد من حديقة الحيوانات إلى منطقة شارلوتنبورغ على مساحة تبلغ نحو ثلاثة كيلومترات، وتصطف على جانبيه مبان تاريخية قديمة وفخمة، إلى جانب عدد من المحلات التجارية الكبيرة التي تبيع أشهر العلامات التجارية العالمية.
</s>
<s id="85">
شارع فريدريشتراسيه
</s>
<s id="86">
وكغيره من شوارع التسوق الأخرى، كشارع فريدريشتراسيه ، يزدان &quot;كودام&quot; في موسم أعياد الميلاد بالزينة لتمنحه الاضواء والالوان الاحتفالية طابعاً خاصاً، وتقوم الاكشاك الخشبية بتقديم المشروبات الساخنة، وتفوح منها رائحة المأكولات الالمانية الشعبية الخاصة بهذه المناسبة، إلى جانب أنواع من الحلويات واشكال من الشوكولاته، ناهيك عن هدايا الاعياد المتنوعة.
</s>
<s id="87">
ومن أهم مناطق التسوق في برلين، نذكر منها:
</s>
<s id="88">
كورفورشتيندام: ويعرف أيضا بشارع كودام ، ويمر من كنيسة الذكرى إلى بحيرة هالينزي وهو ما يميز بداية خط مجموعات الفيلات في غرب برلين
</s>
<s id="89">
الطوابق العليا تعج ببيوت الأزياء ويعتبر جنة للتسوق لكافة الأعمار.
</s>
<s id="90">
حي ميتيه (Mitte): وهو أحد الأحياء المشهورة في وسط برلين، وتنتشر فيها العديد من مراكز التسوق ودور الأزياء، لاسيما في منطقة هاكيشي ماركت.
</s>
<s id="91">
ساحة بوتسدامر بلاتس
</s>
<s id="92">
هاكيشر ماركت (Hackescher Markt): تعد المنطقة المحيطة بهاكيشر ماركت المكان الأمثل للموضة، بوجود عدد لايحصى من المتاجر والنوادي والبارات وصالات العرض
</s>
<s id="93">
ومن ضمن هذه هناك الهاكيشي هوفه وهي أشهر منطقة ليلية في برلين وهي منطقة مرممة حديثاً وتعج بالسواح
</s>
<s id="94">
وتتضمن شبكة مؤلفة من 8 مقرات مصممة للعيش والعمل.ويعتبر أكبر مجمع في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="95">
بني في أواخر القرن الثامن عشر ويتضمن مكاتب وورش عمل ومصانع وشقق.
</s>
<s id="96">
ساحة بوستدامر هو أحد أكثر الأماكن حيوية في القرن العشرين، وأصبح لاحقاً رمزاً حزيناً لمدينة مقسمة؛ تم إعادة بناء الحي بشكل كامل بعد العام 1995م،
</s>
<s id="97">
بعد سقوط جدار برلين وأصبح بعدها رمزاً للتجديد
</s>
<s id="98">
باكتماله بناءه، شكل البوستدامر مدينة ضمن مدينة كونه الموقع الذي أدركت فيه مبادئ متنوعة للتخطيط العمراني من القنر العشرين والقرن الحادي والعشرين
</s>
<s id="99">
يمر يومياً خلال البوستدامر حوالي 70,000 شخص؛ حيث أن وجود محطة القطار المتعلقة بالضواحي فيها أعاد البوستدامر إلى مكانها التقليدي كمحور للمدينة
</s>
<s id="100">
افتتح في قلب برلين ويتألف من 3 طوابق ويضم محلات لبيع الأحذية والمجوهرات وملابس لمصممين عالميين.
</s>
<s id="101">
إلى الغرب من البسوتدامر يقع الكلتشرفورم ، الذي يضم الغيمالدغاليري ، ويحيط به المتحف الوطني الجديد والبرلينر فيلهارموني .
</s>
<s id="102">
مناسبات واحتفالات برلين
</s>
<s id="103">
مهرجان برلين الدولي للأفلام (برلينالي)
</s>
<s id="104">
تعد برلين من المدن التي تدعو المرء إلى التعلق بها، فهي الوجهة الرئيسية للكثير من البرامج الترفيهية اليومية والمهرجانات الكبيرة؛ حيث يقام فيها على مدار العام العديد من الأحداث والمهرجانات الثقافية والفنية والترفيهية؛ ومن أشهر هذه المهرجانات نذكر:
</s>
<s id="105">
مهرجان برلين الدولي للأفلام (برلينالي - Berlinale)
</s>
<s id="106">
يعد مهرجان برلين الدولي للأفلام، أو برلينالي ، من أكبر الأحداث الثقافية وأهمها على صعيد صناعة الأفلام
</s>
<s id="107">
يشارك في مهرجان برلين الدولي للأفلام في كل عام أكثر من 19,000 من المتمرسين من أكثر من 120 دولة، من ضمنهم 4,000 صحفي
</s>
<s id="108">
كما أن المهرجان هو مكان للقاءات والنقاشات
</s>
<s id="109">
ويستقبل المهرجان أكبر عدد من المشاهدين من أي مهرجان آخر في العالم، حيث يباع في كل عام أكثر من 200,000 تذكرة.
</s>
<s id="110">
وفي كل عام يعرض أكثر من 400 فيلم كجزء من البرنامج المخصص لبرلينالي، تكون الغالبية العظمى هي من نخبة الأفلام العالمية والأوروبية
</s>
<s id="111">
يقسم المهرجان إلى العديد من الأقسام، ويخصص جزء كامل للمشاهدين من الجيل الشاب.
</s>
<s id="112">
مهرجان الثقافات (Karneval der Kulturen)
</s>
<s id="113">
يعد مهرجان الثقافات من أكثر الأحداث السنوية حيويةً وتلوناً في برلين، يقام هذا المهرجان في يونيو- حزيران في عطلة الويتسن (عيد العنصرة)
</s>
<s id="114">
مهرجان الثقافات يقوم آلاف من الممثلين عن أكثر من 70 ثقافة تأدية العروض والرقصات على طول شوارع الكروزبيرغ باحتفال بهيج بتعدد برلين الثقافي، فمن بين كل 7 من سكان برلين هناك شخص وافد من الخارج
</s>
<s id="115">
كما تقام كل أنواع العروض خلال المهرجان على أربعة خشبات مسرح، المسرح الرئيسي يقام في ساحة بلوتشربلاتز ، بينما تتواجد خشبة العرض للأطفال عند المارينبلاتز .
</s>
<s id="116">
مهرجان الموسيقى (Fete de la Musique)
</s>
<s id="117">
هو مهرجان مجاني للموسيقى نشأ في فرنسا منذ حوالي 20 سنة
</s>
<s id="118">
بوجود أكثر من 400 فرقة موسيقية تمثل كافة الأصناف والأنواع الفنية على أكثر من 50 خشبة عرض تقام الاحتفالات في أطول يوم في السنة.
</s>
<s id="119">
مهرجان برلين للجاز (Berliner Festspiele)
</s>
<s id="120">
يعود تاريخ مهرجان برلين للجاز للعام 1964م
</s>
<s id="121">
ويقدم المهرجان كل عروض الجاز من وورد جاز (wordjazz) مثل (Ruth Weiss) إلى الجاز من الثقافات المختلفة مثل عازف الساكسوفون ألان سكيدمور(Alan Skidmore) وأمامبوندو (Amampondo)، فقة جنوب أفريقية للعزف على الطبول.
</s>
<s id="122">
مراثون برلين
</s>
<s id="123">
مراثون برلين (Berlin Marathon)
</s>
<s id="124">
يقام في العطلة الأخيرة من شهر أيلول- سبتمبر، حيث تمتلئ العاصمة الألمانية برلين بحوالي 40,000 من العدائين و8,000 من المتزلجين
</s>
<s id="125">
يشتهر هذا الحدث بكونه الأسرع في العالم مما يجمع حشوداً هائلة لمتابعته
</s>
<s id="126">
أهم جزء من الحدث هو عند مرحلة الجزء الأخير، خاصة عند جادة أوتنر دين ليندن عبر بوابة براندنبرغ عند الأربعمائة متر الأخيرة.
</s>
<s id="127">
استعراض الحب (Love Parade)
</s>
<s id="128">
في يوم سبت من أوائل تموز من كل عام يجتمع رواد الحفلات من حول العالم للانضمام لاستعراض الحب الأسطوري
</s>
<s id="129">
يحضر الاحتفال حوالي المليون من محبي المتعة (كل مع صفارته الخاصة)، الذين يرقصون على ظهر الشاحنات التي يصل عددها إلى 250 شاحنة في شارع 17 يونيو Strasse des 17
</s>
<s id="130">
Juni أو حول الغروسر ستيرن عند عمود النصر (Victory Column) في وسط حديقة التيرغارتن .
</s>
<s id="131">
مهرجان تماماً كالوطن (Heimatklänge)
</s>
<s id="132">
مهرجان تماماً كالوطن هو مهرجان موسيقي يقدم في كل عام موسيقىً من منطقة أو بلد معين
</s>
<s id="133">
حيث يقدم المهرجان الموسيقى الرائجة في بلد ما لتجنب النمطية في عالم الموسيقى؛ وقد كان الموضوع للعام 2006م هو كأس العالم لكرة القدم.
</s>
<s id="134">
معالم سياحية في برلين
</s>
<s id="135">
بوابة براندنبورغ في باريسر بلاتز في الجهة الغربية لأونتر دي لندن
</s>
<s id="136">
بوابة براندنبورغ (Brandenburger Tor)
</s>
<s id="137">
تعد بوابة براندينبرغ من التحف المميزة كثيراً لبرلين وألمانيا، وتظهر على عملات اليورو الألمانية بقيمة (10 سينت و20 سينت و50 سينت)
</s>
<s id="138">
وهي رمز مدينة برلين والبوابة تحمل اسم ولاية براندنبورغ التي تحيط بولاية برلين وتقع في ساحة باريسر، بدأ بنائها عام 1788 وانتهى عام 1791 ولكن تحطم جزء منها في الحرب العالمية الثانية ثم أعيد بناء الجزء المحطم مرة أخرى.
</s>
<s id="139">
مبنى البلدية (Rotes Rathaus)
</s>
<s id="140">
يقع بالقرب من ساحة أليكسندربلاتز ، ويتميز بمعماره ذي القرميد الأحمر
</s>
<s id="141">
الجزء المبني مسبقاً الموجود أمامه هو النيبتونبرونين ، وهي نافورة تمثل مشهداً أسطورياً.
</s>
<s id="142">
معرض الطرف الشرقي (East Side Gallery)
</s>
<s id="143">
معرض الطرف الشرقي
</s>
<s id="144">
هو معرض في الهواء الطلق لفن تم رسمه مباشرة على الجزء الأخير الباقي من جدار برلين
</s>
<s id="145">
هو آكبر دليل باقي على التقسيم السياسي للمدينة، وقد تم مؤخراً إجراء بعض عمليات الترميم عليه.
</s>
<s id="146">
مبنى الرايخشتاغ (Reichstag)
</s>
<s id="147">
هو المقر التقليدي للبرلمان الألماني، تم إعادة تجديده في خمسينيات القرن العشرين بعد الضرر الجسيم الذي لحق به أعقاب الحرب العالمية الثانية
</s>
<s id="148">
قام المهندس المعماري نورمان فوستر (Norman Foster) بإعادة تصميمه في التسعينات من القرن العشرين مشكلاً قبة زجاجية فوق منطقة الجلسات، التي تسمح للعامة الولوج المجاني إلى الاجراءات البرلمانية ومناظر رائعة الجمال من المدينة.
</s>
<s id="149">
مبنى الوزارة الفديرالية هو من أهم المباني في مقر الحكومة الحديث البناء
</s>
<s id="150">
المبنى الأبيض هو جزء من باند ديس بونديس الذي يربط المباني الجديدة ببعضها ويخلق حوارا معماريا مع الرايختاغ مبنى البرلمان الألماني التاريخي.
</s>
<s id="151">
قصر شارلوتنبرغ
</s>
<s id="152">
قصر شارلوتنبرغ (Schloss Charlottenburg)
</s>
<s id="153">
قصر شارلوتنبرغ هو أكبر قصر في برلين والمبنى الوحيد في المدينة الذي يعود تاريخ بناءه إلى عهد عائلة الهوهينزوليرن 
</s>
<s id="154">
سمي تيمنا بصوفي شارولت التي أصبحت ملكة بروسيا بعدما تزوجت فريدريك وهو أحد الرجال المسؤوليين عن بناؤه
</s>
<s id="155">
يمكن للزوار مشاهدة أقسام المعيشة اليومية لفريديريك وصوفي شارلوت بالإضافة إلى المجموعة الفنية المذهلة التي تعود للقرن الثامن عشر
</s>
<s id="156">
كما يتميز هذا القصر بهندسته الداخلية الرائعة وغرفه المتصلة ومعروضاته الفنية
</s>
<s id="157">
صمم الديكور الداخلي فيه وفقاً لنمطي الركوكو والباروك
</s>
<s id="158">
وتم إنشاء حديقة كبيرة خلف القصر مزينة بأشجار الليمون والنوافير تحيط بها الغابة؛ كما تم بناء العديد من الأبنية في باحة القصر، ومن ضمنها بيلفيدير وضريح ومسرح وسرادق
</s>
<s id="159">
تضرر القصر كثيراً إثر الحرب العالمية الثانية، لكن تمت إعادة تريميمه لاحقاً.
</s>
<s id="160">
عمود النصر
</s>
<s id="161">
شارع 17 يونيو- حزيران (Straße des 17
</s>
<s id="162">
Juni)
</s>
<s id="163">
تصل شارع 17 يونيو- حزيران بوابة براندنبرغ وساحة إرنست-رويتر بلاتز 
</s>
<s id="164">
سمي إحياءاً لذكرى الثورة التي قامت في شرق برلين في 17 حزيران 1953م
</s>
<s id="165">
في منتصف الطريق من بوابة براندنبرغ يقع الغروسر ستيرن ، وهو جزيرة دائرية للمرور يتوضع عليها عمود النصر ، تم نقل النصب الذي يحاكي إنتصارات بروسيا من موقعه السابق قبالة الرايخشتاغ في العام 1938-1939م.
</s>
<s id="166">
برج التلفزيون (Fernsehturm)
</s>
<s id="167">
يقع في ساحة أليكسندربلاتز في حي ميتيه ، هو ثاني أطول بناء في الاتحاد الأوروبي بطول يبلغ 368 متراً
</s>
<s id="168">
تم بناؤه في العام 1969م، ويمكن رؤيته من معظم المناطق المركزية في برلين
</s>
<s id="169">
يمكن مشاهدة المدينة من ارتفاع 204 متر من على منصة المراقبة في البرج
</s>
<s id="170">
كما يضم البرج مطعماً متحركاً
</s>
<s id="171">
من هذه النقطة يتجه شارع كارل ماركس تجاه الشرق، حيث جادة مصفوفة بالأبنية التاريخية مصممة على النمط الاشتراكي الكلاسيكي الذي يعود على عهد ستالين (Stalin).
</s>
<s id="172">
ساحة غيندارمينماركت (Gendarmenmarkt)
</s>
<s id="173">
كنيسة كايزير ويلهيلم في برلين
</s>
<s id="174">
وهي ساحة مصممة على النمط الكلاسيكي الحديث في برلين والتي يعود اسمها إلى الاحتلال النابليوني
</s>
<s id="175">
ويحيط بهذه الساحة كاتيدرائيتان تمتلكان تصميماً مشابهاً وهما؛ الكاتدرائية الفرنسية بمنصة المراقبة الموجودة فيها والكاتدرائية الألمانية (German Cathedral)؛ بين هتين الكاتدرائيتين تتموضع قاعة الحفلات ، موطن أوركسترا سمفونية برلين.
</s>
<s id="176">
كنيسة كايزير ويلهيلم(Kaiser Wilhelm)
</s>
<s id="177">
كنيسة كايزير ويلهيلم تقع في كورفورستيندام وهي رمز على تصميم برلين لإعادة اعمار نفسها وقت الحرب وتذكار للسلام
</s>
<s id="178">
كما أنها معلم رائع ودليل معماري جميل كما تضم قاعات احتفالات ضخمة
</s>
<s id="179">
هناك أيضا من الكاتدرائيات المعروفة في برلينالكاتدرائية الألمانية والكثدارئية الفرنسية.
</s>
<s id="180">
برلينر دوم (Berliner Dom)
</s>
<s id="181">
هي كنيسة بروتستانتية تقع في جزيرة الشبري على الجانب الآخر من موقع برلينر شتادتشلوس وبالقرب من اللوستغارتن 
</s>
<s id="182">
فيه سرداب كبير يضم بعض البقايا القديمة من إحدى العائلات الملكية البروسية
</s>
<s id="183">
ومثل غيرها من الأبنية، تعرضت الكنيسة لضرر جسيم خلال الحرب العالمية الثانية
</s>
<s id="184">
أما كاتدرائية القديس هيدفيغ فهي كاتدرائية الروم الكاثوليك في برلين.
</s>
<s id="185">
جادة أونتر دين لندن (Unter den Linden)
</s>
<s id="186">
تعرف هذه المنطقة بكونها مكاناً مثالياً للتنزه تحت أشجار الزيزفون التي تصطف على جانبي الطريق
</s>
<s id="187">
وتمتد من بوابة براندنبورغ إلى موقع برلينر شتادتشلوس سابقاً
</s>
<s id="188">
على طول هذه الجادة تصطف العديد من الأبنية الكلاسيكية، كما يتموضع فيها جزء من جامعة هومبولت .
</s>
<s id="189">
فريدريش شتراسه (Friedrichstraße)
</s>
<s id="190">
هو شارع برلين الأسطوري خلال العشرينات من القرن العشرين
</s>
<s id="191">
وهو يضم تقاليد القرن العشرين مع فن العمارة الحديث القائم في برلين اليوم.
</s>
<s id="192">
الفن والموسيقى في برلين
</s>
<s id="193">
شتاتسؤوبير أونتير دين ليندين
</s>
<s id="194">
من الترفيه الخفيف إلى الأوبرا الكلاسيكية
</s>
<s id="195">
ثماني اوركسترات سمفونية منها اوركسترا برلينير فيلهارموني الشهيرة وبيت الأوبرا العظيم معا يشكلان حياة برلين الموسيقية
</s>
<s id="196">
رغبة برلين في ان ترفه وان تترفه هو تقليد قديم من	 سنوات العشرينات.
</s>
<s id="197">
وتلعب دور الأوبرا دورا مهما في استضافة مخرجين عالمين من حقبة موزارت إلى الأوبرا الحديثة.
</s>
<s id="198">
دويتشي أوبير : كل روائع الأبرا من الزوبيرفلوتي إلى لا ترافياتا (بالألمانية: La Traviata) ورينغ دير نيبيلونغين لريشارد واغنير هو جزء من سجل الدويتشي أوبير في شارلوتينبورغ (بالألمانية: Charlottenburg) حيث يجهد الجميع من فنانين واوركسترات مهمة على أن يكون كل عرض عرضا لا ينسى.
</s>
<s id="199">
شتاتسؤوبير أونتير دين ليندين (بالألمانية: Staatsoper Unter den Linden) : هو المبنى الكلاسيكي وهو في الأصل الأوبرا لفريدريخ الثاني، وصمم ليكون جزء من مجموعة متناغمة من المباني التي تعرف بفورم فريدريكانوم (بالألمانية: Forum Fridericanum).
</s>
<s id="200">
كوميشي أوبير (بالألمانية: Komische Oper): مخرج الأوبرا الكوميدية هاري كوبفير (بالألمانية: Harry Kupfer) طور عرضه الخاص باتجاه فيلزينشتاين (بالألمانية: Felsenstein)
</s>
<s id="201">
اصغر دور الأوبرا في برلين هو موطن السرح الموسيقي الواقعي حيث تقدم العروض باللغة الألمانية.
</s>
<s id="202">
المناظر الطبيعية في برلين
</s>
<s id="203">
تنعم برلين بهدوء وطمأنينة، وتؤمن مساحاتها الخضراء الواسعة ومياهها وغاباتها وبحيراتها الشاعرية، ملجأ للسكان من صخب المدينة
</s>
<s id="204">
يعتبر تيرغارتين (Tiergarten) أكبر منتزه في برلين والذي يقصده سكان برلين
</s>
<s id="205">
ويتحول هذا المنتزة في الصيف إلى مكان لإقامة حفلات الشواء العائلية كما يعد أيضاً مقصداً من مقاصد احتفال الحب السنوية في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="206">
ويوجد في وسط المنتزه ساحة النجمة العظيمة كما يوجد فيه المقر الرسمي للرئيس الألماني.
</s>
<s id="207">
تعتبر البرية في برلين من أكبر الأماكن البرية في العالم، وقد اكتشفها أليكساندير فون هومبولد (Alexander von Humboldt) في عام 1844م، وتحتوي على قرابة الـ 19,000 نوع من الحيوانات و1,400 فصيلة نباتية الأمر الذي يجعلها من الأماكن الأكثر تنوعاً في العالم.
</s>
<s id="208">
يعتبر القصر الموجود على جزيرة الطاووس من أشهر المعالم الرومانسية في برلين
</s>
<s id="209">
تشتمل هذه الجزيرة على جنائن ومنتزهات وحدائق للورود، فضلاً عن أعداد كبيرة من طيور الطاووس
</s>
<s id="210">
ويمكن الوصول الى هذه الجزيرة بمركب صغير.
</s>
<s id="211">
برلين
</s>
<s id="212">
متاحف برلين
</s>
<s id="213">
متحف بوده
</s>
<s id="214">
ويوجد في قلب برلين عدد كبير جداً من صالات العرض الفنية والمراسم والمتاحف المتنوعة، والتي تُظهر بشكل جلي المخزون الثقافي الذي تتصف به المدينة.
</s>
<s id="215">
أكثر من مئة متحف تبقي أبوابها مفتوحة حتى الثانية من بعد منتصف الليل وبالإضافة إلى المعارض العادية هناك أيضا الحفلات الغنائية والراقصة وحفلات القراء والمسرح وفرص لرؤية الأرشيف كما يقدم طعاما شهيا لزوار المتحف الليليين
</s>
<s id="216">
برلين هي مدينة المتاحف حيث تستضيف كنوز الحضارات من جميع أنحاء العالم واعمال لعظماء من الماضي والحاضر.تأتي هذه المدينة بالزوار وجها لوجه مع تاريخ محفوظ في 175 متحف للعلوم والفن والمعرفة والتاريخ.
</s>
<s id="217">
وتعتبر جزيرة المتاحف التي تقع في قلب برلين وتعد كنزاً من كنوز الإنسان واحداً من أهم معالم الاستقطاب للسياح والمحليين، حيث تضم خمسة متاحف ذات شهرة عالمية واسعة، وتمثل أكبر تجمّع للمتاحف في أوروبا، إذ تحتوي على تراث لأجيال وعصور متعاقبة يزيد عمره على 6000 سنة
</s>
<s id="218">
وقد تم إدراج هذه المنطقة على قائمة التراث العالمي لليونسكو منذ العام 1999.
</s>
<s id="219">
كل من يزور هذه المتاحف سيحظى بفرصة التعرف على مقتنيات ومعروضات تاريخية نادرة موزعة بشكل متقن ومحفوظة بشكل علمي يعتمد على أسس دقيقة.
</s>
<s id="220">
متحف بوده (Bode-Museum) اعيد افتتاحه سنة 2006 وهو يأوي مجموعة نحتية ومتحف الفن البيزنطي وكابينة العملات
</s>
<s id="221">
المجموعة النحتية هي الأكبر من نوعها في ألمانيا وهي تمثل حقبات من العصور الوسطى حتى نهاية القرن الثامن عشر
</s>
<s id="222">
بالإضافة إلى المنحوتات الهندسية واعمال فنية قوطية
</s>
<s id="223">
تشكل المنحوتات الإيطالية أساس هذا المعرض
</s>
<s id="224">
وتشكل كابينة العملات التي تحتوي على أكثر من نصف مليون معروضة إحدى أكبر المجموعات الرقمية.
</s>
<s id="225">
المتحف اليهودي يقع في قلب العاصمة وهو إضافة رائعة على خريطة المتاحف الأوروبية يختص بدراسة التاريخ الألماني اليهودي.يصلح للكبار والصغار، الألمان والأجانب واليهود وغيرهم.
</s>
<s id="226">
متحف بيرغامون
</s>
<s id="227">
متحف بيرغامون (Pergamon Museum) أسس متحف الشرق الأدنى عام 1899 لكن مقتنياته كانت تعرض ضمن مجموعات أخرى في متاحف أخرى حتى العام 1939
</s>
<s id="228">
وهو مقسم إلى ثلاثة اجنحة.تشكل المجموعة الأثرية الشهيرة من بابل وسوريا والمجتمعات الأرية والأشورية اشا المعروضات
</s>
<s id="229">
ويسلط الضزء على بوابة ميليت ومذبح بيرغامون بالإضافة إلى بوابة عشتار وواجهة فاعة العرش التي بنيت في بابل في القسم الأول من القرن السادس وتشكل إحدى الجاشب السبع للعالم القديم
</s>
<s id="230">
اكسبت هذه المجموعات المتحف صفة عالمية عالية.
</s>
<s id="231">
متحف بيرغرون يضم هذا المتحف أعمال تاجر التحف والفنون الأشهر في أوروبا هاينس بيرغرون (Heinz Berggruen) كما يتضمن أعمال كلاسيكية عصرية لفنانين امثال بابلو بيكاسو، جورج براك، بول كلي، ماتيس..
</s>
<s id="232">
تشيكبوينت تشارلي - برلين
</s>
<s id="233">
متحف هاوس أم تشيكبوينت تشارلي يقع في نقطة تشارلي الشهيرة الفاصلة بين ألمانيا الشرقية وألمانيا الغربية سابقاً.يقتفي هذه المدينة أثار المدينة المقسمة
</s>
<s id="234">
افتتح عام 1962 وهو من أكثر المعالم السياحية أهمية
</s>
<s id="235">
يعرض معدات اصلية كانت قد استعملت من قبل أشخاص كانو قد حاولو الهرب من ألمانيا الشرقية
</s>
<s id="236">
ويوجد أيضا اسلحة أوتوماتيكية استعملت عند الحدود
</s>
<s id="237">
يمكن للزوار الاستماع إلى محاضرات عن حائط برلين الشهير وكيفية بناؤه وسقوطه لاحقا، وحاضرات عن الشرطة السرية والنظام العدلي والمقاومة والهروب من الشرقية إلى الغربية.
</s>
<s id="238">
متحف وحديقة العلوم النباتية حديقة علوم النبات بنيت بين عام 1897 و 1910 وتغطي مساحة 43 هكتار وتختوي على 22.000 نواع نباتات مختلفة ممت يجعلها إحدى أكبر واهم حدائق العلوم النباتية في العالم
</s>
<s id="239">
تحتوي أيضا على متحف للعلوم النباتية
</s>
<s id="240">
الخيم الزراعية في هذه الحديقة التي تشبه الكتدرائية تحتوي على أكبر تشكيلة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="241">
كما تحتوي على أطول خيمة زراعية استوائية في العالم وهي بطول 25 متر.
</s>
<s id="242">
المتحف االتاريخ الألماني يقدم هذا المتحف الدائم لزواره لمحات عديدة عن مراحل التاريخ الألماني في مكنوناته الأوروبية العريقة
</s>
<s id="243">
ينظم زيارات دتخلية منتظمة وتقدم فيه المعارض الغير دائمة.
</s>
<s id="244">
متحف التاريخ الألماني
</s>
<s id="245">
متحف القوات الجزية للقوات الألمانية الفيديرالية المسلحة يقع في غوتو في المطار العسكري السابق ويقدم معرضا للملاحة الجوية العسكيرة والسلاح الجوي الألماني منذ بدايته حتى اليوم
</s>
<s id="246">
المدرجات والمواقف بنيت في عامي 1934 و 1935
</s>
<s id="247">
يعرض فيه أيضا أنظمة دغاع واليات عسكرية من الحرب العالمية الأولى وبعدها.
</s>
<s id="248">
متحف أليئيرتين (AlliiertenMuseum) يقع في ما كان يعرف سابقا بالفرع الأميريكي
</s>
<s id="249">
يوثق هذا المتحف تاريخا حافلا بالإثارة والدراما ويعرض تاريخ القوى الغربية وبرلين خلال الأعوام 1945-1994 في معرض دائم
</s>
<s id="250">
يتضمن نقطة التفتيش الهيرة &quot;تشارلي&quot; وعناصر كثيرة متعلقة بالتاريخ العسكري والسياسي والحياة اليومية قي ذلك الوقت.
</s>
<s id="251">
ستازي موزيوم (Stasi Museum) يقع في برلين في البيت 1 التابع لمجمع المقر الرئيسي السابق لوزارة امن ألمانيا الشرقية
</s>
<s id="252">
يمكن للزوار التعرف إلى أعمال الستازي والمعارضة في ال GDR بين 1945 و 1989
</s>
<s id="253">
لقد تم حفظ مكتب إيريخ ميلكي الوزير الأخير لوزارة امن ألمانيا الشرقية عل ما كانت عليه
</s>
<s id="254">
يقسم المعرض إلى 3 أقسام: المراقبة / التجسس/القمع
</s>
<s id="255">
وتعرض طرق ونكاذج استخدمت في ذلك الحين للتجسس والمراقبة.
</s>
<s id="256">
متحف التاريخ الطبي يقع في مستشفى المدينة الجامعي ويتضمن شرحا لحالات مرضية وتشريحية
</s>
<s id="257">
تم تجميع الحالات على يد الرائد في علوم الحالات المرضية الحديثة والجامعي الرائد رودولف فيرخو
</s>
<s id="258">
يغطي هذا المعرض كل ما يتعلق بالتشريح الفني وجراحة القلب.متحف أليئيرتين- الفرع الأميريكي
</s>
<s id="259">
متحف شفوليس أسس عام 1985 وهو يعتبر المعرض الوحيد ف يالعالم المتخصص في دراسة المثلية الجنسية في كل حالاته
</s>
<s id="260">
تدعم المجموعة الدائكة المسماة &quot;فخر ومثابرة-200 عام من تاريخ الشذوذ الجنسي&quot; بمعارض لشرح هذا التاريخ والحضارة ويوميات مجتمع المثليين حيث تحكي قصص الشذوذ منذ القدم وطريقة عيشهم
</s>
<s id="261">
تغطي هذه القصص سنوات جمهورية فيرمير 1871-1918 وحقبة النازية من عام 1950 إلى عام 1980 كما تسلط الضوء على مرض نقص المناعة بالإضافة عن نبذة عن طريقة عيش أشخاص محددين
</s>
<s id="262">
بينما تعكس الأفلام والتصوير الفوتوغرافي الميول السادية المازوشية والإزدواجية الجنسية حقائق كل يوم من عالم الشذوذ الجنسي.
</s>
<s id="263">
متحف ماخميت للأطفال يقدم الكثير من المرح للكبار كما الصغار في اجواء مثيرة واكتشافات رائعة وهناك مساحة شاسعة للعرض 1.200 متر مربع حيث يمكن للأطفال اللعب والركض والتسلق
</s>
<s id="264">
ويمكن للزوار الانضمام إلى ورشات عمل كثيرة.
</s>
<s id="265">
متحف التصوير الفوتوغرافي أسسة هلمت نيوتن وقد كان واحدا من أكثر المصوريين شهرة في القرن 21 وقد تعنبر فنه ثورة في عالم التصوير
</s>
<s id="266">
وكانت صوره مثار جدل.أسسه عام 2003 لحفظ وعرض صوره وصور زوجته جون.
</s>
<s id="267">
الطعام والشراب في برلين
</s>
<s id="268">
نقانق الكاريفيرست الشهيرة في برلين
</s>
<s id="269">
الخيارات المتنوعة للطعام والشراب في برلين ليس لها نهاية
</s>
<s id="270">
من محلات الوجبات السريعة إلى المطاعم الفاخرة
</s>
<s id="271">
كما ينبض قلب برلين بطعام المطبخ الألماني التقليدي وكريات اللحم والنقانق هي خير مثال على ذلك
</s>
<s id="272">
مفاصل الخنزير والبيرة هما من الوجبات الشهيرة في برلين، كما يمكنك في برلين الاستمتاع بالفطور في أي وقت من اليوم لاسيما مع وجود العدد الهائل من المقاهي التي تقدم وجبات إفطار مستوحاة من جميع المطابخ العالمية.
</s>
<s id="273">
تشتهر المطاعم التركية في برلين بتحضير سندويتش الدونر كباب (أي الشاورما)
</s>
<s id="274">
وقد لعب فريدريك العظيم (ملك بروسيا) دوراً كبيراً في تعيين بعض أطباق برلين التقليدية بعد أن طلب من أتباعه أن يتناولوا الخيار والبطاطا في القرن الثامن عشر؛ وقد بقي هذان الطبقان المفضلان في ألمانيا إلى جانب أطباق الإوز والسمك والبازلاء ولحم الخنزير.
</s>
<s id="275">
من الأطباق التقليدية البرلينية الأخرى هي نقانق الكاريفيرست (التي وجدت في برلين عام 1949م) وإيسبن والبرلينر والمعروف ببفاناكوخين في برلين
</s>
<s id="276">
كما أن الجالية التركية جلبت معها إلى المدينة أطباقها التقلدية مثل سندويتش الدونر كباب (أي الشاورما).
</s>
<s id="277">
إضافة لذلك تأخذ مدينة برلين طابعاً عالمياً من خلال انتشار المطاعم والمتاجر العربية والتركية والإيطالية والآسيوية، وغيرها من المطاعم التي تقدم أطعمة عالمية
</s>
<s id="278">
فمن يعبر حي نويكولن البرليني الشهير يشعر وكأنه في بلد عربي بسبب كثرة المقاهي والمطاعم والمحلات العربية التي تحمل غالبيتها أسماء عربية
</s>
<s id="279">
وتستقبل المقاهي العربية زوارها بسهرة خفيفة مع لعب الطاولة والورق وسماع الأغاني الشرقية وتدخين الأرجيلة (الشيشة).
</s>
<s id="280">
= الاقتصاد والبنية التحتية =
</s>
<s id="281">
لقطة ليلية في برلين
</s>
<s id="282">
الناتج الإجمالي لبرلين بلغ 75،8 مليار يورو عام 2001
</s>
<s id="283">
أكثر من 80% من شركات برلين يعملون في مجال الخدمات والبنوك والتأمين
</s>
<s id="284">
نسبة البطالة التي تبلغ 17% مرتفعة جداً مقارنة مع مدن الجزء الغربي من ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="285">
يأتي ذللك نتيجة التدفق المستمر للأيدي العاملة من الأقاليم الزراعية المحيطة بالمدينة، إلى جانب زيادة العمال الأجانب وخاصة الذين يأتون من أوروبا الشرقية.
</s>
<s id="286">
برلين تملك ثلاث مطارات دولية: تيغيل، تمبيلهوف وشينفيلد
</s>
<s id="287">
العمل جاري بتوسيع الأخير لتخفيف الضغط عن الآخرين ولاحقاً لإغلاقهم تماماً
</s>
<s id="288">
المدينة مربوطة بالطرق السريعة التالية: A10، A100، A111، A113، A114، A115
</s>
<s id="289">
يوجد
</s>
<s id="290">
= الفنادق وأماكن الإقامة في برلين =
</s>
<s id="291">
تقدم برلين لزوارها تجربة لا تنسى، لما تتمتع به من حسن الضيافة التقليدية ودفء الترحيب، والأماكن الفاخرة الحديثة والخدمات السياحية المميزة، حيث يحظى الزوار بهذه التجربة الفريدة سواء كانوا قد اختاروا فندقاً ضخماً أو عادياً للإقامة في برلين
</s>
<s id="292">
فهناك خيارات واسعة تقدمها المدينة لزوارها من الفنادق الاشهر على مستوى العالم.
</s>
<s id="293">
لا تعتبر برلين العاصمة الألمانية ومركز اتخاذ القرار السياسي فقط، بل هي أيضاً مصدر جذب للسياح على مختلف مشاربهم وأعمارهم، خاصة الشباب منهم
</s>
<s id="294">
إذ تعتبر هذه الحاضرة الألمانية مدينة شابة نظراً لكثرة سكانها من جيل الشباب، الأمر الذي يضفي على المدينة رونقا خاصاً وطابعاً لا تشبه به أية مدينة أوروبية أخرى
</s>
<s id="295">
ويأتيها سنوياً أكثر من 7 ملايين زائر
</s>
<s id="296">
وكمركز اقتصادي وسياسي، تستقبل أيضاً رجال الأعمال وأصحاب القرار من جميع أنحاء العالم.
</s>
<s id="297">
= الرعاية الصحية في برلين =
</s>
<s id="298">
مجمع تشاريتي الطبي
</s>
<s id="299">
تمتلك برلين تاريخاً عريقاُ كمدينة للطب والتكنولوجيا الطبية
</s>
<s id="300">
لقد تأثر تاريخ الطب بشكل كبير بعلماء من برلين
</s>
<s id="301">
ومن الاعلام المشهورة في مجال الطب نذكر رادولف فيرتشو ، مؤسس علم التشخيص الخلوي؛ وروبرت كوتش الذي اكتشف لقاحات لمرض الجمرة الخبيثة، والكوليرا ،وعصيات السل.
</s>
<s id="302">
يعتبر مجمع تشاريتي الطبي اليوم أكبر مشفى جامعي في أوروبا، حيث يعود تاريخه إلى العام 1710م
</s>
<s id="303">
يتوزع التشاريتي في أربع مواقع ويشتمل على 3,300 سرير، و14,000 من أفراد الطاقم الطبي، 8,000 طالب، أكثر من 60 غرفة عمليات ورأس مال سنوي يزيد على المليار يورو
</s>
<s id="304">
وهو عبارة عن مؤسسة مشتركة بين جامعة برلين الحرة وجامعة برلين هامبولدت ، وتضم نطاقاً واسعاً من المعاهد ومراكز التخصص الطبي؛ ومن بينها المركز الألماني للقلب، وهو أحد أشهر مراكز زراعة الأعضاء، ومركز ماكس ديلبروك للطب الجزيئي ومعهد ماكس بلانك لعلم الوراثة الجزيئي
</s>
<s id="305">
ويكتمل البحث العلمي بوجود العديد من أقسام البحوث الصناعية لشركات مثل سيمنز (Siemens) وشيرنغ (Schering)أو ديبيز (debis).
</s>
<s id="306">
= التعليم والثقافة =
</s>
<s id="307">
المكتبة الملكية، حالياً مقر كلية الحقوق
</s>
<s id="308">
يعد إقليم برلين-براندنبرغ من أهم مراكز التعليم العالي والبحوث في الاتحاد الأوروبي
</s>
<s id="309">
تضم المدينة أربع جامعات وعدد كبير من الكليات الخاصة والمهنية والتقنية؛ التي تقدم للطلاب نطاقاً واسعاً من الخيارات
</s>
<s id="310">
يرتاد الجامعات والكليات حوالي 130,000 طالب.
</s>
<s id="311">
من الجامعات الموجودة في برلين هناك جامعة برلين هامبولدت Humboldt Universität zu Berlin وجامعة برلين الحرة Freie Universität Berlin وجامعة برلين التقنية (Technische Universität Berlin) وجامعة كونسته (Universität der Künste).
</s>
<s id="312">
كما تولي المدينة اهتماماً كبيراً للبحث العلمي، حيث يوجد فيها عدد كبير من مؤسسات البحث العلمي
</s>
<s id="313">
ويبلغ عدد العلماء الذين يعملون في البحوث والتطوير حوالي 62,000 باحث.
</s>
<s id="314">
كما يوجد العديد من المكتبات في برلين، فبالإضافة إلى الماكتب العديدة الملحقة بالجامعات هناك مكتبة برلين الحكومية Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin، التي تعد من أهم مكتبات البحث العلمي ولها موقعين رئيسيينن الأول قرب ساحة بوستدامر Potsdamer Platz والثاني في أونتر دين لندن Unter den Linden.
</s>
<s id="315">
= الديانة =
</s>
<s id="316">
في برلين يتواجد نسبه كبيره جدا من الأشخاص الذين لا يتبعون ديانة معينة، وتبلغ نسبتهم الـ 59% من اجمالي سكان المدينة
</s>
<s id="317">
واما ما تبقى فينقسم إلى:
</s>
<s id="318">
22,3 % مسيحيون بروتستانت و 9% مسيحيون كاثوليك و2,7% مسيحيون من الطوائف الأخرى كشهود يهود والارثوذكس.
</s>
<s id="319">
6,8 % مسلمون الغالبيه العظمى منهم يتبعون المذهب السني مع وجود اقليه شيعيه كما يوجد بعدد صغير بعض الطوائف الأخرى كالاحمديه.
</s>
<s id="320">
0,6 % بقيه الديانات كالهندوسيه واليهوديه والبوذيه.
</s>
<s id="321">
= المراجع =
</s>
<s id="322">
كتاب ألمانيا من دار نشر بيديكير أليانز، الطبعة الخامسة 2000 باللغة الألمانية، ISBN 3-89525-976-4
</s>
<s id="323">
كتاب ألمانيا من دار نشر بيديكير أليانز، الطبعة الخامسة 2000 باللغة الألمانية، ISBN 3-89525-976-4
</s>
<s id="324">
موقع مراثون برلين
</s>
<s id="325">
موقع برلين للمعلومات
</s>
<s id="326">
استعراض الحب
</s>
<s id="327">
موقع مجمع تشاريتي الطبي
</s>
<s id="328">
برلين مدينة التصميم
</s>
<s id="329">
= انظر أيضاً =
</s>
<s id="330">
السياحة في ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="331">
المجلس الوطني الألماني للسياحة
</s>
<s id="332">
= مواقع الكترونية =
</s>
<s id="333">
موقع برلين الرسمي
</s>
<s id="334">
بانورامي صور برلين
</s>
<s id="335">
الموقع السياحي لمدينة برلين
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="56" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
إسبرنتو
</s>
<s id="2">
الإسبرنتو (بالإسبرنتو : Esperanto) لغة مصطنعة سهلة، اخترعها لودفيغ أليعزر زامنهوف کمشروع لغة اتصال دولیة عام 1887.
</s>
<s id="3">
تاریخها
</s>
<s id="4">
وضع لودفيغ أليعزر زامنهوف الإسبرانتو في أواخر عام 1870 وبدايات عام1880
</s>
<s id="5">
بعد ما يقارب العشرة سنوات من التطوير، حيث زامنهوف يترجم الأدب إلى اللغة ويكتب أدب أولي في اللغة، طبع زامنهوف أول كتاب نحو لإسبرانتو في وارسو يوليو 1887
</s>
<s id="6">
عدد المتحدثين ازداد بسرعة في العقود التالية، في البداية في الامبرطورية الروسية وأوروبا الشرقية، ثم أوروبا الغربية والأمريكيتين والصين واليابان
</s>
<s id="7">
في السنوات الأولى كان متحدثو اللغة يتواصلون عن طريق الرسائل، لكن كان أول مؤتمر لمتحدثين اللغة عقد سنة 1905 في بولون سور مير في فرنسا
</s>
<s id="8">
منذ ذلك الوقت، عقد المؤتمر السنوي في كل الخمس قارات، ماعدا خلال الحربين العالميتين
</s>
<s id="9">
وعدد المشاركين في المؤتمر السنوي عادة بين الـ2000 شخص والـ3000، لكنه قد يصل إلى 6000 شخص.
</s>
<s id="10">
الإسبرانتو ليست لغة رسمية في أية دولة، لكنها تدرس في بعض الدول
</s>
<s id="11">
في بداية القرن العشرين، كان هناك خطة بأن تكون مورسنت الحيادية أول دولة تستخدم الإسبرانتو كلغة رسمية في العالم، وكان هناك دويلة صغيرة على جزيرة اصطناعية مسماه بـجزيرة روز استخدمت الإسبرانتو كلغة رسمية سنة 1968
</s>
<s id="12">
في الصين، كان هناك كلام بين بعض الفرق السياسية بعد ثورة شينهاي بتغيير اللغة الرسمية إلى الإسبرانتو، لكن هذا لم يحدث.
</s>
<s id="13">
الإسبرانتو هي لغة عملية لدى بعض المؤسسات الدولية مثل مؤسسة اللاوطنية الدولية، لكن الأغلبية من المؤسسات مؤسسات مخصصة لمتحدثين اللغة، وأشهرها المنظمة العالمية للإسبرانتو، التي لها علاقات استشارية مع الأمم المتحدة واليونيسكو
</s>
<s id="14">
ديانة الاوموتو تحبذ استخدام الإسبرانتو بين ممارسيها
</s>
<s id="15">
وكذلك الديانة البهائية تشجع استخدام اللغة كلغة دولية إضافية.
</s>
<s id="16">
الكتابة
</s>
<s id="17">
تکتب الإسبرانتو بالأبجدية اللاتينية
</s>
<s id="18">
وحروفها كالتالي: a (كما في الكلمة العربية &quot;آية&quot;), b, c (يلفظ تس), ĉ (ويلفظ تش), d, e, f, g (ويلفظ كالجيم المصرية), ĝ (ج), h, ĥ (خ), i, j (وتنطق ي), ĵ (تلفظ مثل الجيم في الفرنسية وفي بعض اللهجات العربية الشامية), k, l, m, n, o, p, r, s, ŝ (ش), t, u, ŭ (يلفظ مثل الواو والألف في كلمة &quot;واجب&quot;), v, z.
</s>
<s id="19">
الحركات
</s>
<s id="20">
آ مثل في كلمة &quot;صام&quot; بالعربية
</s>
<s id="21">
تكتب a
</s>
<s id="22">
إِ مثل النطق الجزائري لكلمة &quot;مِن&quot;
</s>
<s id="23">
تكتب e
</s>
<s id="24">
إِي مثل في كلمة &quot;تين&quot; العربية
</s>
<s id="25">
تكتب i
</s>
<s id="26">
أَ مثل في كلمة &quot;فوق&quot; بالنطق العراقیة
</s>
<s id="27">
o
</s>
<s id="28">
أًو مثل في كلمة &quot;سوري&quot; بالعربية
</s>
<s id="29">
تكتب u
</s>
<s id="30">
أصواتها
</s>
<s id="31">
أصوات الإسبرانتو كما يلي:
</s>
<s id="32">
نحوها وصرفها
</s>
<s id="33">
نحو إسبرانتو بسيط جداً ومعتدل جدا، أي لا يوجد هناك بأي شذوذ لغوي.
</s>
<s id="34">
الاسم
</s>
<s id="35">
كل الأسماء في الإسبرانتو تنتهي بحرف الـO إذا كان مفرد وغير مفعول به.
</s>
<s id="36">
إذا كان الاسم جمع، ينتهي الاسم بحرفي OJ
</s>
<s id="37">
أما إذا كان الاسم مفعول به مفرد ينتهي بـ ON، و OJN إذا كان الاسم مفعول به جمع.
</s>
<s id="38">
الفعل
</s>
<s id="39">
الأفعال في اللغة لها ثلاث صيغات وثلاث حالات.
</s>
<s id="40">
الصيغات
</s>
<s id="41">
المستقبلي، وينتهي الفعل الذي في هذه الصيغة بحرفي OS
</s>
<s id="42">
مثلاً: kantos
</s>
<s id="43">
الماضي، وينتهي الفعل في هذه الصيغة بحرفي IS
</s>
<s id="44">
مثلاً: kantis
</s>
<s id="45">
الحاضر، وينتهي الفعل في هذه الصيغة بحرفي AS
</s>
<s id="46">
مثلاً: kantas
</s>
<s id="47">
الحالات
</s>
<s id="48">
المصدري، وينتهي بـI
</s>
<s id="49">
مثلاً: kanti
</s>
<s id="50">
الأمر، وينتهي بـU
</s>
<s id="51">
مثلاً: kantu
</s>
<s id="52">
الشرط، وينتهي بـUS
</s>
<s id="53">
مثلاً: kantus
</s>
<s id="54">
الضمائر
</s>
<s id="55">
Mi (مي) = أنا
</s>
<s id="56">
Vi (ڤي) = أنت
</s>
<s id="57">
Li (لي) = هو
</s>
<s id="58">
Ŝi (شي) = هي
</s>
<s id="59">
Ĝi (جي) = هو/هي لغير العاقل (يعادل it في اللغة الإنجليزية)
</s>
<s id="60">
Ni (ني) = نحن
</s>
<s id="61">
Ili (إلي) = هم
</s>
<s id="62">
Oni (شخص ما- المرء)
</s>
<s id="63">
جمل وعبارات مفيدة
</s>
<s id="64">
Saluton: مرحبًا!
</s>
<s id="65">
?Kiel vi fartas: كيف حالك؟
</s>
<s id="66">
!Mi amas vin: أنا أحبك!
</s>
<s id="67">
Pardonon: عفوًا، أنا آسف/آسفة.
</s>
<s id="68">
Mi ne komprenas: أنا لا أفهم.
</s>
<s id="69">
Mi estas komencanto: أنا مبتدئ.
</s>
<s id="70">
Mi estas komencantino: أنا مبتدئة.
</s>
<s id="71">
Ĝis la revido: إلى اللقاء!
</s>
<s id="72">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="73">
بیان براغ عن حرکة اللغة العالمیة الإسبرانتو
</s>
<s id="74">
لِرنو: موقع تعليمي لإسبرانتو
</s>
<s id="75">
&apos;&apos;&apos; Esperantomondo (araba) - Esperanto portalo kaj koresponda servo
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="57" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
عمرو موسى
</s>
<s id="2">
عمرو موسى من مواليد أكتوبر 1936 بالقاهرة، وتنتمي عائلته إلى محافظتي القليوبية والغربية،حاصل على إجازة في الحقوق من جامعة القاهرة 1957 والتحق بالعمل بالسلك الدبلوماسي بوزارة الخارجية المصرية عام 1958.
</s>
<s id="3">
عمل مديرا لإدارة الهيئات الدولية بوزارة الخارجية المصرية عام 1977 ومندوبا دائما لمصر لدى الأمم المتحدة عام 1990 ووزيرا للخارجية عام 1991 وامينا عاما للجامعة العربية عام 2001.
</s>
<s id="4">
وسبق موسى عددا من الامناء السابقون منهم عبد الرحمن عزام أول امين عام للجامعة فيما كان محمد عبد الخالق حسونة ثاني الامناء منذ الفترة من 1952 إلى 1972 فيما حل محمود رياض ثالث امين للجامعة منذ الفترة من 1972 إلى 1979.وحل الشاذلي القليبي رابعا كامين عام للجامعة العربية منذ عام 1979 إلى 1990 فيما أصبح الدكتور أحمد عصمت عبد المجيد خامسا منذ الفترة من عام 1991 إلى 2001 ومن ثم عمرو موسى انتخب في عام 2001 إلى الآن.
</s>
<s id="5">
وهو سياسي ووزير الخارجية المصري السابق، وأمين عام جامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="6">
ولد في 1936.تخرج من كليه الحقوق عمل كوزير للخارجية في مصر من 1991 إلى 2001
</s>
<s id="7">
تم أنتخابه كأمين عام لجامعة الدول العربية في مايو 2001، وما زال قائما بهذا المنصب إلى يومنا هذا.
</s>
<s id="8">
المناصب التي تقلدها
</s>
<s id="9">
1958: ملحق بوزارة الخارجية المصرية.
</s>
<s id="10">
1958 ـ 1972 : عمل بالعديد من الإدارات والبعثات المصرية ومنها البعثة المصرية لدى الأمم المتحدة
</s>
<s id="11">
1974 ـ 1977 : مستشار لدى وزير الخارجية المصري
</s>
<s id="12">
1977-1981 :1986-1990 : مدير إدارة الهيئات الدولية بوزارة الخارجية المصرية
</s>
<s id="13">
1981-1983 : مندوب مناوب لمصر لدى الأمم المتحدة بنيويورك
</s>
<s id="14">
1983-1986 : سفير مصر في الهند
</s>
<s id="15">
1990-1991 : مندوبا دائما لمصر لدى الأمم المتحدة بنيويورك
</s>
<s id="16">
1991-2001 : وزيرا للخارجية المصرية
</s>
<s id="17">
2001 : أمينا عاما لجامعة الدول العربية
</s>
<s id="18">
2003 : عضو في اللجنة الرفيعة المستوى التابعة للأمم المتحدة المعنية بالتهديدات والتحديات والتغيير المتعلقة بالسلم والأمن الدوليين
</s>
<s id="19">
الأوسمة والجوائز
</s>
<s id="20">
حاصل على وشاح النيل من جمهورية مصر العربية في مايو 2001
</s>
<s id="21">
حاصل على وشاح النيلين من جمهورية السودان في يونيو 2001
</s>
<s id="22">
حصل على عدة اوسمة رفيعة المستوى من كل من الدول التالية : الاكوادور - البرازيل - الأرجنتين - ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="23">
الانتخابات الرئاسية لعام 2011
</s>
<s id="24">
طرح اسمه للترشح لمنصب رئيس مصر، لكنه لم ينف نيته الترشح لمنصب الرئاسة ولم يستبعده أيضاً، وترك المجال مفتوحا أمام التوقعات، وقائل إن من حق كل مواطن لديه القدرة والكفاءة أن يطمح لمنصب يحقق له الإسهام في خدمة الوطن&quot; عمرو موسى يفتح المجال للتكهنات أمام ترشحه لرئاسة مصر 
</s>
<s id="25">
وصرح كذلك لحدى الصحف إن الصفات الواجب توافرها في رئيس الجمهورية تنطبق أيضا على جمال مبارك نجل الرئيس المصري محمد حسني مبارك، وإن صفة المواطنة وحقوقها وإلتزاماتها تنطبق عليّ كما يمكن أن تنطبق عليك كما يمكن أن تنطبق على جمال مبارك اعمرو موسى لا يستبعد ترشيح نفسه لرئاسة مصر 
</s>
<s id="26">
كما أعرب عن تقديره &quot;للثقة التي يعرب عنها العديد من المواطنين عندما يتحدثون عن ترشحه للرئاسة، وإعتربها ثقة محل اعتزاز لديه، وأعتبر أن بها رسالة وصلت إليه.&quot; عمرو موسى لـ(الشروق) : من حق كل مواطن مؤهل أن يطمح لخدمة الوطن والتطلع لمنصب الرئاسة .
</s>
<s id="27">
وقال في مقابلة نشرت في صحيفة &quot;المصري اليوم&quot; اليومية، الأربعاء 23-12-2009، رداً على سؤال حول اعتزامه الترشح للانتخابات &quot;السؤال هو: هل هذا ممكن؟ والاجابة هي أن الطريق مغلق&quot;
</s>
<s id="28">
وأضاف رداً على سؤال عما إذا كان مستعداً للترشح إذا أجري تعديل دستوري ملائم قبل الانتخابات &quot;سوف يكون لكل حادث حديث، ولكني أقول لك إن الكثيرين جاهزون لخدمة مصر كمواطنين مصريين في ذلك المنصب أو غيره&quot;.
</s>
<s id="29">
المصادر
</s>
<s id="30">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="31">
صفحة عمرو موسى على موقع الـ Facebook
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="58" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
سلطنة عمان
</s>
<s id="2">
سلطنة عُمَان هي دولة تقع في أقصى جنوب شرق شبه الجزيرة العربية في جنوب غرب آسيا
</s>
<s id="3">
لها حدود مشتركة من الشمال الغربي مع دولة الإمارات العربية المتحدة ومن الغرب مع المملكة العربية السعودية ومن الجنوب الغربي مع اليمن
</s>
<s id="4">
لديها شاطئ يبلغ طوله حوالي 3165 كم مطل على خليج عُمان وبحر العرب والخليج العربي، وقد عرفت سابقا بأسماء أخرى مثل (مجان) و(مزون).منطقة&quot;رأس الحد&quot; في شرق البلاد تعتبر اول بقعة جغرافية تشرق عليها الشمس في الوطن العربي.
</s>
<s id="5">
السياسة
</s>
<s id="6">
التقسيم الإداري
</s>
<s id="7">
4 محافظات وهي :
</s>
<s id="8">
محافظة مسقط
</s>
<s id="9">
محافظة مسندم
</s>
<s id="10">
محافظة ظفار
</s>
<s id="11">
محافظة البريمي
</s>
<s id="12">
أهم المناطق
</s>
<s id="13">
5 مناطق وهي :
</s>
<s id="14">
منطقة الباطنة
</s>
<s id="15">
منطقة الظاهرة
</s>
<s id="16">
المنطقة الداخلية
</s>
<s id="17">
المنطقة الشرقية
</s>
<s id="18">
المنطقة الوسطى
</s>
<s id="19">
أحياء عمان
</s>
<s id="20">
روي
</s>
<s id="21">
ولاية مطرح
</s>
<s id="22">
ولاية السيب
</s>
<s id="23">
الخوير
</s>
<s id="24">
أهم المدن
</s>
<s id="25">
مسقط
</s>
<s id="26">
صور
</s>
<s id="27">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="28">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="29">
أهم المتاحف
</s>
<s id="30">
المتحف الوطني العماني
</s>
<s id="31">
بيت الزبير
</s>
<s id="32">
بيت البرندة
</s>
<s id="33">
أهم قلاع
</s>
<s id="34">
قلعة السليف
</s>
<s id="35">
قلعة بهلاء
</s>
<s id="36">
قلعة نخل
</s>
<s id="37">
أهم حصون
</s>
<s id="38">
حصن مطرح
</s>
<s id="39">
حصن الأسود
</s>
<s id="40">
حصن البلاد
</s>
<s id="41">
جغرافية
</s>
<s id="42">
جبال
</s>
<s id="43">
جبال الحجر
</s>
<s id="44">
الحجر الغربي
</s>
<s id="45">
الجبل الأخضر
</s>
<s id="46">
جبل الحوراء
</s>
<s id="47">
الموقع
</s>
<s id="48">
تقع سلطنة عمان في أقصى الجنوب الشرقي لشبه الجزيرة العربية وتمتد بين خطي عرض 40&apos; 16ْ و 20&apos; 26ْ شمالا وبين خطي طول 50&apos; 51ْ و 40&apos; 59ْ شرقا، وتمتد سواحلها مسافة 3.200 كيلومتر تقريبا من مضيق هرمز في الشمال وحتى الحدود المتاخمة لجمهورية اليمن، وتطل بذلك على بحار ثلاثة هي:الخليج العربي، وخليج عمان وبحر العرب.
</s>
<s id="49">
ويحدها من ناحية الغرب دولة الإمارات العربية المتحدة والمملكة العربية السعودية، ومن والجنوب الجمهورية اليمنية ومن الشمال مضيق هرمز، ومن الشرق بحر العرب.
</s>
<s id="50">
المساحة
</s>
<s id="51">
وتبلغ المساحة الإجمالية للسلطنة نحو (309) ألف كيلومتر مربع وتضم نماذج متعددة من أشكال الأرض تتباين ما بين السهل والنجد والجبل، ويشكل السهل الساحلي الذي يطل على كل من خليج عمان وبحر العرب من أهم سهول عمان وتبلغ مساحته %3 من المساحة الكلية تقريبا
</s>
<s id="52">
بينما تشغل الجبال نحو %15 من المساحة الكلية أهمها سلسلتان من الجبال هما سلسلة جبال الحجر، التي تمتد بشكل قوس من رأس مسندم في الشمال وحتى راس الحد، والثانية هي سلسلة جبال ظفار التي تقع في أقصى الجنوب الغربي من عمان
</s>
<s id="53">
وتغطي المناطق الرملية والصحراوية المساحة الكبر حيث تبلغ %82 من المساحة الكلية تقريبا، والتي تنتمي في معظمها لمنطقة الربع الخالي.
</s>
<s id="54">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="55">
يختلف المناخ في السلطنة من منطقة لأخرى، ففي المناطق الساحلية نجد الطقس حارا رطبا في الصيف في حين نجده حارا جافا في الداخل، باستثناء بعض الأماكن المرتفعة حيث الجو معتدل على مدارأكثر اعتدالا
</s>
<s id="56">
أما الأمطار في سلطنة عمان فهي قليلة وغير منتظمة بشكل عام، ومع ذلك ففي بعض الأحيان تهطل أمطار غزيرة، وتستثنى من ذلك محافظة ظفار حيث تهطل عليها أمطار غزيرة ومنتظمة في الفترة بين شهري يونيو وأكتوبر نتيجة للرياح الموسمية.
</s>
<s id="57">
السكان
</s>
<s id="58">
التوزع السكاني
</s>
<s id="59">
تبلغ أعلى كثافة سكانية في منطقة الباطنة، وسيجري تعداد للسكان بتاريخ 4 ابريل 2010، مشاركة مع دول مجلس التعاون الخليجي.
</s>
<s id="60">
الإجازات الرسمية
</s>
<s id="61">
الإجازات الرسمية لسلطنة عمان لعام 2010.
</s>
<s id="62">
معلومات أساسية عن سلطنة عُمان
</s>
<s id="63">
المساحة : 309500 كيلومتر مربع
</s>
<s id="64">
العاصمة: مسقط
</s>
<s id="65">
الديانة: الإسلام
</s>
<s id="66">
عدد السكان : 4,345,000 مليون نسمة وفقا لتقديرات نهاية 2009م
</s>
<s id="67">
منهم 3,425,000 مواطن عماني(79,2% من اجمالي السكان) و 920,000 وافد (21,8 % من اجمالي السكان).
</s>
<s id="68">
الكثافة السكانية : 7.8 نسمة لكل كيلومتر مربع.
</s>
<s id="69">
الوقت : متقدم 4 ساعات عن جرينتش.
</s>
<s id="70">
العملة : الريال العماني = 2.59 دولار أمريكي (386 بيسة من الريال دولار أمريكي واحد)
</s>
<s id="71">
إجمالي الدخل القومي : 15,641.3 مليون ريال عماني(إحصاء عام 2007م)
</s>
<s id="72">
إجمالي الناتج المحلي : 16,010.3 مليون ريال عماني (إحصاء عام 2007م)
</s>
<s id="73">
نصيب الفرد من اجمالي الدخل القومي :5,702.3 ريال عماني (إحصاء عام 2007م)
</s>
<s id="74">
متوسط إنتاج النفط اليومي من النفط : 810 الف برميل (اوائل 2009م)
</s>
<s id="75">
الطقس : حار ورطب صيفاً، معتدل البرودة شتاء.
</s>
<s id="76">
المقاييس : النظام المتري.
</s>
<s id="77">
المياه :-إنتاجها من محطات التحلية والابار والأفلاج 34,079 مليون جالون (إحصاء عام 2007م)
</s>
<s id="78">
الكهرباء : 220 فولت.
</s>
<s id="79">
التعليم : يتلقى التعليم نحو 624,966 طالب وطالبة (إحصاء عام 2007م)في 1262 مدرسة.(تتراوح أعمارهم ما بين 6-18 عاما في مدارس السلطنة.)
</s>
<s id="80">
الصحة: 59 مستشفى و 118 مركز).
</s>
<s id="81">
العطلات الرسمية : تختلف الأيام طبقا للسنة الهجرية :المولد النبوي الشريف الإسراء- والمعراج -عيد الفطر-عيد الأضحى بداية السنة الهجرية الجديدة- يوم النهضة23 يوليو من كل سنة - العيد الوطني للبلاد في 18 من نوفمبر من كل عام.
</s>
<s id="82">
الدوام الرسمي : من السبت إلى الأربعاء(7.30 صباحا- 2.30 بعد الظهر) ما عدا شهر رمضان(9.00 صباحا2.00 بعد الظهر.)
</s>
<s id="83">
دوام القطاع الخاص : من الاحدإلى الخميس(حسب نظام كل شركة) (8.00 صباحا- 1.00 ظهرا) و(3.30 بعد الظهر-6.30 مساء) (ماعدا شهر رمضان).
</s>
<s id="84">
الاقتصاد:تعد سلطنة عمان من الدول الأكثر نموا في العالم
</s>
<s id="85">
بلغت معدلات نمو أكثر من 6.5لمدة زادت علي 25 عاما
</s>
<s id="86">
يشكل القطاع النفطي الركيزة الاساسية لايرادات السلطنة حيث يسهم ب 87 % من الموازنة العامة (67% للنفط و 11% للغاز)
</s>
<s id="87">
العجز المتوقع لموازنة عام 2009م : 2,1 مليار دولار وهو رقم يعتبر في حدود السيطرة برأي الاقتصادين.
</s>
<s id="88">
التضخم : بلغ معدل التضخم 9,4 % حسب اخر بيانات رسمية بيناير 2009.
</s>
<s id="89">
التعليم في سلطنة عُمان
</s>
<s id="90">
أهم الجامعات
</s>
<s id="91">
جامعة السلطان قابوس
</s>
<s id="92">
جامعة ظفار
</s>
<s id="93">
جامعة صحار
</s>
<s id="94">
جامعة نزوى
</s>
<s id="95">
الحاكم
</s>
<s id="96">
قابوس بن سعيد قابوس بن سعيد.
</s>
<s id="97">
قصر العلم للسلطان في مسقط.
</s>
<s id="98">
هو السلطان قابوس بن سعيد بن تيمور بن فيصل بن تركي بن سعيد بن سلطان بن أحمد بن سعيد بن أحمد بن محمد بن خلف بن سعيد بن مبارك البوسعيدي العتكي الأزدي، فهو بذلك السلطان الثامن المنحدر رأسا من المؤسس الأول للدولة البوسعيدية (الإمام أحمد بن سعيد) عام 1741م.
</s>
<s id="99">
والسلطان قابوس هو الإبن الوحيد لسعيد بن تيمور
</s>
<s id="100">
تلقى دروس المرحلة الابتدائية والثانوية في صلالة والهند، وفي سبتمبر من عام 1958 أرسله والده إلى إنجلترا حيث واصل تعليمه لمدة عامين في مؤسسة تعليمية خاصة في سافوك، ثم إلتحق في عام 1379هـ الموافق 1960 بأكاديمية ساندهيرست العسكرية الملكية كضابط مرشح، حيث أمضى فيها عامين من عمره درس خـلالها العلوم العسكرية وتلقى فنون الجندية، وتخرج فيها برتبة ملازم ثان، ثم انضم إلى إحدى الكتائب البريطانية العاملة آنذاك في ألمانيا الغربية - قبل الوحدة الألمانية - حيث أمضى ستة أشهر كمتدرب في القيادة العسكرية.
</s>
<s id="101">
بعد أن أتم تلك الفترة الهامة، والتي شكلت خبراته العسكرية للمراحل التي تلت، عاد إلى بريطانيا حيث درس لمدة عام في مجال نظم الحكم المحلي، وأكمل دورات تخصصية في شؤون الإدارة وتنظيم الدولة
</s>
<s id="102">
ثم هيأ له والدة الفرصة التي شكلت جزءاً من اتجاهه بعد ذلك، فقام بجولة حول العالم استغرقت ثلاثة أشهر، زار خلالها العديد من دول العالم، عاد بعدها إلى البلاد عام 1383هـ الموافق 1964م حيث أقام في مدينة صلالة.
</s>
<s id="103">
على امتداد السنوات الست التالية التي تلت عودته، تعمق السلطان قابوس في دراسة الدين الإسلامي، وكـل ما يتصل بتاريخ وحضارة عُمان دولة وشعباً على مر العصور
</s>
<s id="104">
وقد أشار في أحد أحاديثه إلى أن إصرار والده على دراسة الدين الإسلامي وتاريخ وثقافة عمان، كان لها الأثر العظيم في توسيع مداركه ووعيه بمسؤولياته تجاه شعبه العماني والإنسانية عموماً
</s>
<s id="105">
كما أنه قد استفاد كثيراً من التعليم الغربي الذي تلقاه وخضع لحياة الجندية ولنظام العسكرية في بريطانيا، ثم كانت لديه الفرصه في السنوات التي تلت عودته إلى صلالة لقراءة الكثير من الأفكار السياسية والفلسفية للعديد من المفكرين الذين شكلوا فكر العالم.
</s>
<s id="106">
مقالات ذات صلة
</s>
<s id="107">
مصدر
</s>
<s id="108">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="109">
صور متنوعة لعدة مناطق
</s>
<s id="110">
وزارة الخارجية
</s>
<s id="111">
وزارة الإعلام
</s>
<s id="112">
وزارة الاقتصاد الوطني
</s>
<s id="113">
تاريخ خطي لعمان -بالإنجليزية
</s>
<s id="114">
Pictures of Oman
</s>
<s id="115">
وزارة البلديات الإقليمية وموارد المياه
</s>
<s id="116">
عمان
</s>
<s id="117">
عمان
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="59" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
دمشق
</s>
<s id="2">
دِمَشْق هي العاصمة السورية وهي أقدم مدينة مأهولة في العالم وأقدم عاصمة في التاريخ، وقد احتلت مكانة مرموقة في مجال العلم والثقافة والسياسة والفنون والأدب خلال الألف الثالث قبل الميلاد، وكانت عاصمة في مراحل وحضارات كثيرة في تاريخها الطويل وأصبحت عاصمة الدولة الأموية أكبر دولة إسلامية في التاريخ عام 661 في عهد الأمويين
</s>
<s id="3">
ويعرف أنه في نهاية الألف الثاني قبل الميلاد، أسس الزعيم الآرامي ريزون مملكته في دمشق وكانت عاصمة له.
</s>
<s id="4">
يبلغ عدد سكان مدينة دمشق حوالي 3 مليون ونصف نسمة حسب إحصائية عام 2008 ويتألف سكان دمشق بدرجة أولى من العرب ثم الأكراد الأتراك الأرمن والآشوريين والشركس
</s>
<s id="5">
يقع جزء من المدينة العريقة على سفوح جبل قاسيون والقسم الأكبر من امتداد دمشق بما فيه المدينة القديمة دمشق القديمة، يقع على الضفة الجنوبية نهر بردى، بينما تنتشر وتمتد الأحياء الحديثة على الضفة الشمالية والغربية وفي جميع الاتجاهات
</s>
<s id="6">
مدينة دمشق هي قلب محافظة دمشق التي تحيط بها بساتين غوطة دمشق وجبل قاسيون وربوة دمشق.
</s>
<s id="7">
عاصمة الثقافة العربية
</s>
<s id="8">
دمشق المدينة التاريخية بوابة التاريخ، عاصرت أهم الحضارات وعاش بها أهم مشاهير التاريخ في العلم والأدب والشعر والفكر والصناعة والثقافة والفلك ورجال الدين والفقه والعلوم الدينية الإسلامية والمسيحية والطب والصيدلة وغيرها إضافة إلى الملوك والقادة والأمراء والسلاطين، فيها دور ومراكز ومدارس العلم التاريخية قصدها كل باحث عن العلم والمعرفة في مختلف العصور.
</s>
<s id="9">
دمشق هي عاصمة الثقافة عبر تاريخ عريق حافل بالإبداع، يقام فيها الكثير من الفعاليات والنشاطات الثقافية وتنتشر في العديد من مناطق وأحياء المدينة المراكز الثقافية المحلية إضافة للمراكز الثقافية الدولية مثل المركز الثقافي الفرنسي، المركز الثقافي الأسباني، المركز الثقافي الروسي، المركز الثقافي الألماني.
</s>
<s id="10">
وغيرهم
</s>
<s id="11">
ويوجد الكثير من المسارح ودور السينما والمتاحف المتخصصة منها متحف الخط العربي ومتحف الطب والعلوم عند العرب ومتحف دمشق التاريخي ومتحف التقاليد الشعبية ومتحف دمشق الوطني وغيرها من المتاحف، وهناك معلم هام من المعالم الثقافية للمدينة وهو دار الأسد للثقافة ودار الأوبرا السورية وعدد من المعالم الثقافية، تكتنز دمشق تراث ثقافي سوري غني جدا بالمعطيات في مجالات الثقافة والأدب والشعر والعلوم والموسيقى والفن مما يجعل منها دومًا عاصمة للثقافة، وقد اختيرت دمشق - عاصمة للثقافة العربية في عام 2008.
</s>
<s id="12">
الاسم ومنشأه
</s>
<s id="13">
خان أسعد إسماعيل العظم بني في دمشق القديمة في القرن الثامن عشر
</s>
<s id="14">
بوابة متحف دمشق الوطني والتي هي واجهة قصر الحير الغربي
</s>
<s id="15">
يعود نشوء دمشق إلى تسعة آلاف سنة قبل الميلاد أو أكثر، كما دلت الاكتشافات والحفريات في مواقع عديدة في المدينة ومحيطها منها موقع تل الرماد، ويذكر الباحثون إنها من أقدم المدن وأقدم عاصمة في التاريخ، كانت عاصمة منذ فجر التاريخ ولعدة حضارات في فترات تاريخية مختلفة، وبالنسبة لاسم المدينة فهناك العديد من الروايات التاريخية التي اختلفت في تحديد معنى تسميتها، ولها روايات عديدة والأرجح كما تقول إحدى الروايات أنها كلمة تدل على الإسراع وفي رواية &quot;دمشقت&quot; أي أسرعت، نسبة لأن هذه المدينة تم بنائها بسرعة في فجر التاريخ ورواية أخرى أنها سميت شام نسبة إلى سام بن نوح
</s>
<s id="16">
وفي بعض الروايات تقول إنها سميت كذلك بسبب أنها ذات أصول آشورية قديمة تعني الأرض الزاهرة أو العامرة، والكثير من الروايات التي تدور حول اسم المدينة الأقدم في العالم.
</s>
<s id="17">
أسماء دمشق
</s>
<s id="18">
من أسماء مدينة دمشق: حبرون - بت رامون - ديمترياس - جلق - درة الشرق - شامة الدنيا - شام شريف - كنانة الله - دامسكا - الفيحاء - تيماشكي - داماس - ديماسكوس - الدار المسقية - مدينة الياسمين - مملكة الشرق - مهد الحضارات - قبلة القارات - الشام العدية - - دمشق العروبة - دمشق ملتقى الأديان - مهد المسيحية - موطن الإسلام والسلام - عاصمة السلاااام - موطن البطولات والتحرير - بلد الورد الجوري - عاصمة بلاد الشام - المدينة العتيقة - الدار القديمة - الشام.
</s>
<s id="19">
دمشق القديمة، الأرض الزاهرة، العامرة، آشور القديمة، بوابة التاريخ، المدينة القديمة، العاصمة القديمة، دمشق العريقة، دمشق الغناء، لؤلؤة الشرق، تيماسك، دا ماش قا، دارميسك، مسك الشام، الأرض المستقية، دمشق الآرامية، فسطاط الأمة، عاصمة الثقافة العربية 2008،
</s>
<s id="20">
تاريخ دمشق
</s>
<s id="21">
دمشق هي أقدم عاصمة في العالم وإحدى بوابات التاريخ، وأقدم مدينة مأهولة في العالم أيضًا، عاصرت كافة الحضارات منذ بداية التاريخ الحضاري الإنساني ورد ذكرها في أغلب مخطوطات الحضارات القديمة، مخطوطات مصرية تعود إلى القرن الخامس عشر قبل الميلاد ووثائق آرامية وآشورية وأكادية وحيثية وبابلية وفارسية وفينيقية ورومانية ويونانية وغيرهم.
</s>
<s id="22">
ورد اسم دمشق وذكرت المدينة بأسمائها في كافة الحضارات القديمة، وورد ذكرها في ألواح تحوتمس الثالث فرعون مصر بلفظ (تيماسك)
</s>
<s id="23">
وذكرت في ألواح تل العمارنة (تيماشكي)، وفي النصوص الآشورية ورد الاسم (دا ماش قا)، وفي النصوص الآرامية ورد الاسم (دارميسك)، ولعل الكلمة تعني الأرض المسقية، وذكرت في الحضارات المختلفة البابلية والفينيقية والرومانية واليونانية والفارسية والآرامية، وفي العصور الإسلامية أطلق عليها اسم (الفيحاء) و(جلق) و(الشام)، ومما يذكر أن أقدم ذكر لمدينة دمشق في مخطوطات مملكة ماري السورية.
</s>
<s id="24">
وكان اسمها قديما بلد الدماصي
</s>
<s id="25">
دمشق والتاريخ
</s>
<s id="26">
أقدم عاصمة ومدينة في الحضارة الإنسانية
</s>
<s id="27">
المسجد الأموي في دمشق
</s>
<s id="28">
لمدينة دمشق العريقة (تاريخ يرتبط فيه التاريخ) فهي قديمة بقدم الإنسانية وعاصمة للكثير من الممالك والحضارات والإمبراطوريات والدول عبر التاريخ وحاضرة قائمة منذ أقدم العصور، مرت بها وعرفتها كافة الحضارات التي قامت في الشرق وأهم الإمبراطوريات في الغرب، كانت موطنا للآراميين في أواخر الألف الثاني قبل الميلاد، تعاقب على حكمها الآشوريون والكلدانيون والرومان والفرس، وسقطت بأيدي الإسكندر الأكبر عام 333 ق.م
</s>
<s id="29">
وبعد وفاته، أصبحت دمشق جزءًا من المملكة السلوقية
</s>
<s id="30">
احتلها الإمبراطور الروماني بومبي الأكبر عام 64 ق.م وأصبحت من أهم المدن في العصر الروماني
</s>
<s id="31">
دخلت المسيحية إلى دمشق في السنوات الأولى لانتشار المسيحية، وأصبحت فيما بعد مركزًا مسيحيًا مهمًا أنارت الدنيا بالحضارة ومنها انطلق القديسين والرسل لنشر والتبشير بالديانة المسيحية منهم القديس بولس
</s>
<s id="32">
وقد ارتبط تاريخ دمشق بالعالم اليوناني لفترة تقدر بحوالي عشرة قرون، عرفت المدينة خلالها ازدهار الحضارة الهلنستية، حيث تمازجت عناصر الثقافة والحضارة اليونانية القديمة مع الحضارة السورية الشرقية وثقافتها وكذلك مع كافة الحضارات التي مرت بالمدينة في العصور القديمة.
</s>
<s id="33">
دمشق بعد الفتح الإسلامي
</s>
<s id="34">
أصبحت مدينة دمشق في القرن السابع وبعد الفتح الإسلامي للمدينة أهم المدن الإسلامية ومنارة للعلم والأدب ومرجع وموطن للقادة والعلماء والمفكرين والمشاهير، وتحولت المدينة في العصر الأموي من مركز ولاية إلى عاصمة أكبر إمبراطورية إسلامية الدولة الأموية تمتد شرقا إلى حدود الصين، والى جبال البرانس ومياه المحيط الأطلسي والأندلس غربا
</s>
<s id="35">
ارتفعت قصور الخلفاء في العاصمة الأموية وامتدت فيها مساحة العمران، وكان من أهم مبانيها في ذاك العهد جامع بني أمية الكبير الذي بني في عهد الخليفة الوليد بن عبد الملك مكان كاتدرائية يوحنا المعمدان وقبله معبد جوبيتر الدمشقي، وهو الصرح الذي يبقى واحدا من أجمل المباني العربية الإسلامية في العالم
</s>
<s id="36">
ويتألف الجامع الأموي من قاعة كبيرة للصلاة وصحن خارجي فسيح كبير
</s>
<s id="37">
وتتكون قاعة الصلاة الداخلية من ثلاثة أروقة متوازية تفصل بينها أقواس متناسقة مرفوعة على أعمدة أثرية من الرخام تعود إلى العصور التي سبقت العصر الأموي
</s>
<s id="38">
ولهذا المسجد ثلاث مآذن تعود إلى ثلاث حقب مختلفة، الأولى تتوسط الجدار الشمالي وتعرف بمئذنة العروس وهي أقدم مئذنة في تاريخ الإسلام، الثانية في الناحية الشرقية وتعرف بمئذنة عيسى نسبة إلى المسيح عيسى بن مريم، أما الثالثة فهي في الناحية الغربية وتعرف بمئذنة قايتباي، نسبة إلى قايتباي السلطان المملوكي
</s>
<s id="39">
وفي دمشق أوابد وآثار في كل زاوية من زواياها، وفيها الشارع المستقيم الذي ورد ذكره في الإنجيل ومقدسات إسلامية ومسيحية
</s>
<s id="40">
القرون الوسطى
</s>
<s id="41">
قبر صلاح الدين الأيوبي قرب الجامع الأموي في دمشق القديمة
</s>
<s id="42">
في القرن الثامن ومدينة دمشق تتربع على عرش المدن ومنارة ومركز حضاري هام، قام العباسيون واتخذوا من مدينة بغداد عاصمة لهم، ودخلت جيوشهم العاصمة دمشق أهم حاضرة في ذلك الزمان لتقضي فيها على خصومهم من رجال بني أمية وذلك في نهاية العصر الأموي، وفي زمن تضعضع وضعف السلطة العباسية، ارتبطت دمشق بالدولة الطولونية قبل أن ترتبط ب الفاطميين، وقد تعرضت في تلك الحقبة لغزوات القرامطة الذين احتلوها مرات عدة، مما أحدث فيها الكثير من الخراب والدمار، بعد الفاطميين، بسط السلاجقة سلطتهم على دمشق وحكمها الأتابكة في شكل مستقل واستردت عرشها كمركز وعاصمة حضارية
</s>
<s id="43">
قاوم معين الدين أنر وحارب الصليبين الفرنجة وصد الحصار الذي فرضته قواتهم في منطقة داريا بالقرب من دمشق ودافع عن المدينة وحافظ على استقلاليتها، وجاء من بعده الملك نور الدين محمود زنكي واتخذ من دمشق عاصمة له وأصبحت دمشق عاصمة الأيوبيين ومنطلقهم لتحرير جميع البلاد الإسلامية.
</s>
<s id="44">
من دمشق انطلق صلاح الدين الأيوبي فوحّد المشرق ومد نفوذه إلى مصر مع القائد أسد الدين شيركوه الذي أرسله الملك نور الدين زنكي من دمشق لمواجهة الصليبين وتوحيد البلاد الإسلامية على امتداد الساحل السوري الشامي وبلاد مصر، وكانت المدينة حاضرة هامة في العصر الفاطمي وبموت الخليفة الفاطمي العاضد لدين الله الفاطمي سنة 1171، بعد فترة من الركود استعادت دمشق بريقها واحتلت مركز الصدارة في كافة الميادين الثقافية السياسية والعسكري والأدبية والعلمية في المشرق العربي.
</s>
<s id="45">
أهم معالم تلك الفترة البيمارستان النوري، وهو اليوم متحف الطب والعلوم عند العرب ومتحف الخط العربي حيث تعرض أجمل نماذج الخطوط التي استعملت للمرة الأولى أثناء حكم نور الدين
</s>
<s id="46">
كذلك حمام نور الدين الشهيد في البزورية، وهو أقدم حمامات دمشق الكثيرة، ولا يزال يعمل إلى اليوم
</s>
<s id="47">
أيضا تبرز المدرسة النورية حيث يرقد الحاكم الكبير في تربته وسط صالة مربعة تقتصر زينتها على الآية القرآنية: (الزمر 73)
</s>
<s id="48">
أيضا من معالم دمشق قلعتها ذات الأبواب الأربعة، التي اتخذها الكثير من الحكام مسكنا لهم: نور الدين زنكي وصلاح الدين الأيوبي والملك الظاهر بيبرس وغيرهم من القادة والمشاهير والعلماء.
</s>
<s id="49">
العصر المملوكي والعثماني
</s>
<s id="50">
سوق الحميدية
</s>
<s id="51">
كانت ولاية دمشق من أكبر ولايات السلطنة المملوكية وأهمها حيث عُرفت باسم &quot;نيابة الشام&quot;، وقد امتدت حدودها إلى الفرات والرستن شرقا وشمالا، والى البحر الأبيض المتوسط غربا، وإلى غزة والكرك جنوبًا
</s>
<s id="52">
في عهد السلطان الظاهر بيبرس والسلطان قلاوون، شهدت المدينة حركة عمرانية كبيرة، وشيد فيها عدد كبير من المساجد والمدارس
</s>
<s id="53">
وقد انتهت تلك الحقبة مع دخول قوات تيمورلنك وما حملته من دمار للمدن الإسلامية ومنهم دمشق
</s>
<s id="54">
إلا أن هذه الكارثة لم تمنع دمشق من النهوض من جديد فعادت حركة العمران والبناء والتشييد، وازدهر فيها النشاط الصناعي والتجاري والثقافي والعلمي، في زمن احتدم الصراع بين الفئات المتصارعة حول الحكم في العهد المملوكي الأخير.
</s>
<s id="55">
إثر الهزيمة التي مني بها المماليك في معركة مرج دابق عام 1516، تحولت سورية إلى جزء من إمبراطورية العثمانيين الشاسعة وغدت دمشق حاضرة من أكبر وأهم المدن في الدولة العثمانية وأهمها بعد أسطنبول
</s>
<s id="56">
أولى الحكّام العثمانيون دمشق أهمية كبرى كأهم المدن في العالم الإسلامي وأطلقوا عليها اسم &quot;شام شريف&quot;، وحافظت المدينة على مركزها التجاري والصناعي والثقافي في الشرق، كما أنها كانت محطة تتوقف فيها قوافل الألوف من الحجّاج الذين كانوا ينطلقون منها إلى الديار المقدّسة
</s>
<s id="57">
وقد حرص الولاة على ضمان الأمن في المدينة، وشيّدوا فيها صروحا جديدة، كما أنهم اهتموا بترميم الجوامع والحمّامات والأسواق القديمة والعناية بالمدينة
</s>
<s id="58">
من أشهر المعالم التي تعود إلى تلك الحقبة التاريخية الطويلة، التكية السليمانية والجامع اللذان يحملان اسم السلطان سليم الأول، والتكية المعروفة بالسليمانية هي من تصميم المعماري سنان الذي ارتبط اسمه بتشييد صروح أسطنبول الشهيرة
</s>
<s id="59">
وينتهي العهد الحضاري العثماني مع تعاظم &quot;أهوال التغريب&quot;
</s>
<s id="60">
وبالتوازي مع ازدهار دمشق تزدهر حلب التي تستقطب السفراء الغربيين لتغدو المدينة الثالثة في الإمبراطورية العثمانية بعد أسطنبول ودمشق.
</s>
<s id="61">
وقد شهدت حركة البناء في المدينة آخر تجلياتها الشرقية في القرن الثامن عشر عبر ما يُعرف بالبيوت الدمشقية المميزة، وأشهرها بيت خالد العظم، وبيت أحمد السباعي، وبيت النابلسي، وبيت القوتلي، وبيت دحدح، وبيت المعلم
</s>
<s id="62">
وقد سحرت هذه البيوت الراقية الرحالة الذين تدفّقوا على المشرق، ومنهم الأسباني باديا الذي زار مدينة دمشق وشبهة بيوتها بالقصور لروعتها وتميزها.
</s>
<s id="63">
الانتداب الفرنسي
</s>
<s id="64">
خلال الحرب العالمية الأولى (1914-1918) استعملت الحليفتان تركيا وألمانيا مدينة دمشق كقاعدة لتحركاتهما العسكرية
</s>
<s id="65">
في عام 1918 حررت قوات الثورة العربية دمشق بمساعدة من الإنكليز
</s>
<s id="66">
وأعلنت في آذار (مارس) 1920 عاصمة للحكومة العربية المستقلة برئاسة الملك فيصل الأول
</s>
<s id="67">
إلا أنها سقطت بأيدي القوات الفرنسية في تموز (يوليو) من نفس العام لتبدأ حقبة الانتداب الفرنسي على المدينة
</s>
<s id="68">
بين عامي 1925-1927 طرد الفرنسيون عدة مرات من المدينة من قبل الثوار السوريون خلال الثورة السورية الكبرى التي انطلقت من جبل العرب في جنوب سورية
</s>
<s id="69">
قصف الفرنسيون المدينة بالطائرات وألحقوا أضرارًا كبيرة بالمدينة القديمة
</s>
<s id="70">
بعد هزيمة فرنسا عام 1940 في مطلع الحرب العالمية الثانية، أصبحت سوريا تحت سيطرة حكومة فيشي الفرنسية الموالية للألمان
</s>
<s id="71">
إلا أن قوات فرنسا الحرة والقوات البريطانية عادت إلى احتلالها عام 1941.
</s>
<s id="72">
عام 1946 استقلت سوريا بشكل كامل عن فرنسا وشهدت المدينة انطلاقا وازدهارًا وتوسعًا عمرانيًا كبيرًا منذ ذلك الحين خصوصًا بعد النكبة والنكسة وهجرة ونزوح مئات الألوف من السوريين من الجولان والفلسطينيين من فلسطين، وتضاعفت مساحة المدينة وامتدت في جميع الاتجاهات.
</s>
<s id="73">
أحياء المدينة ومعالمها
</s>
<s id="74">
سوق الصالحية أحد أشهر أسواق دمشق
</s>
<s id="75">
تضم دمشق العديد من الأحياء العريقة والتاريخية القديمة والأحياء الحديثة
</s>
<s id="76">
أهم أحياء دمشق هي: دمشق القديمة وتضم العديد من الأحياء القديمة التي تتواجد داخل أسوار المدينة القديمة بمبانيها وشوارعها وحاراتها وكنائسها وجوامعها ومدارسها التاريخية وقلعتها وأسواقها الشهيرة.
</s>
<s id="77">
ومن أحياء دمشق خارج السور الأثري القديم: حي الميدان، جوبر ،الشاغور، القنوات ،الصالحية، المزرعة، المهاجرين، المالكي، ركن الدين، المزة، أبو رمانة، كفر سوسة، الشعلان، باب توما، البرامكة، القابون، برزة ومساكنها، وشارع بغداد والقصاع وغيرهم.
</s>
<s id="78">
تتميز شوارع أو حارات دمشق القديمة بأنها ضيقة ذات بيوت متقاربة وشوارع مرصوفة بالحجارة في عدد من أقسامها وتشعر وأنت تسير في إحداها وكأنك دخلت إلى التاريخ فهذا جامع أو مسجد قديم وهذه كنيسة أثرية أو دار للحكم وهذا حمام دمشقي أو خان أثري أو دار لأحد مشاهير التاريخ أو مقام لصحابي جليل أو ملك أو قائد أو حاكم أو عالم أو فقيه أو مدرسة تاريخية تعود لعصور قديمة أو حوانيت داخل سوق أثري أو بوابات وأعمدة رومانية أو بقايا معبد قديم فعلا أنت داخل التاريخ.
</s>
<s id="79">
في دمشق أسواق شهيرة ومن أشهر أسواق الشرق وشوارع أثرية تاريخية وقد ذكر أحدها في العهد الجديد (الكتاب المقدس) تحت اسم &quot;الشارع المستقيم&quot;، حيث عاش القديس بولس الدمشقي بولص الرسول الذي انطلق من دمشق مبشرا بالديانة المسيحية في أوروبا
</s>
<s id="80">
ويتميز البيت الدمشقي (أو البيت العربي كما يدعى في سوريا) بغرف موزعة في طابقين تحيط بفسحة مكشوفة مزينة بالأزهار والورود والنباتات والبحرة ونوافير المياه ويعد قصر العظم من أهم الأمثلة على البيت الدمشقي.
</s>
<s id="81">
وفي دمشق أكثر من 200 مسجد وجامع
</s>
<s id="82">
أهم هذه المساجد، وربما أشهر معالم دمشق، هو المسجد الأموي الكبير وهو من رموز الإسلام الشهيرة عالميا
</s>
<s id="83">
من مساجد دمشق الشهيرة الأخرى جامع التكية السليمانية، الذي بناه السلطان العثماني سليم الأول عام 1516، ومسجد السنانية وعدد من الكنائس الشهيرة مثل كنيسة حنانياوالكنيسة المريمية وكنيسة القديس بولس على السور وكاتدرائية سيدة النياح وكنيسة القديس يوحنا الدمشقي وكنيسة الصليب المقدس والمقدسات والمقامات الدينية والمدارس التاريخية ومركز ودور العلم التي تعود لعصور تاريخية مختلفة.
</s>
<s id="84">
تعتبر مدينة دمشق من أهم مراكز الثقافة العربية والإسلامية في العالم العربي بتاريخها العريق الغني بأهم المراجع العلمية والفقهية والثقافية والأدبية في التاريخ العربي والإسلامي
</s>
<s id="85">
من المنشآت الثقافية في دمشق، أول مجمع للغة العربية في الوطن العربي ومراكز العلم والمدارس التاريخية ومتحف دمشق الوطني وجامعة دمشق 1923 والمكتبة الظاهرية ومكتبة الأسد الوطنية 1982 ودار الأوبرا السورية وعدد من المراكز الثقافية العربية في مناطق دمشق.
</s>
<s id="86">
معالم دمشق
</s>
<s id="87">
مدينة دمشق كأقدم مدينة وعاصمة في العالم ‎ Microsoft Encarta 2009 تحوى الكثير من الآثار والمعالم الهامة يذكر منها:-
</s>
<s id="88">
سوق الحميدية
</s>
<s id="89">
الجامع الأموي
</s>
<s id="90">
كنيسة حنانيا
</s>
<s id="91">
قصر العظم
</s>
<s id="92">
سوق مدحت باشا
</s>
<s id="93">
قلعة دمشق
</s>
<s id="94">
البيمارستان النوري (متحف الطب والعلوم عند العرب)
</s>
<s id="95">
متحف دمشق الوطني
</s>
<s id="96">
متحف دمشق التاريخي
</s>
<s id="97">
متحف الخط العربي
</s>
<s id="98">
المتحف الحربي
</s>
<s id="99">
المدرسة الفاطمية
</s>
<s id="100">
التكية السليمانية
</s>
<s id="101">
مقام إبراهيم الخليل عليه السلام في برزة
</s>
<s id="102">
الكنيسة المريمية
</s>
<s id="103">
أبواب دمشق الأثرية (باب كيسان - باب شرقي - باب الجابية - باب توما - باب الفراديسباب الصغير...الخ)
</s>
<s id="104">
سوق الحرير
</s>
<s id="105">
سوق الخجا القديم
</s>
<s id="106">
سوق تفضلي
</s>
<s id="107">
البزورية
</s>
<s id="108">
المكتبة الظاهرية
</s>
<s id="109">
كنيسة الفرنسيسكان
</s>
<s id="110">
ضريح البطل صلاح الدين الأيوبي
</s>
<s id="111">
حمام نور الدين
</s>
<s id="112">
البانوراما (بانوراما حرب تشرين)
</s>
<s id="113">
نصب الجندي المجهول (جبل قاسيون)
</s>
<s id="114">
أضرحة وقبور عدد كبير من مشاهير التاريخ
</s>
<s id="115">
جامع محي الدين ابن عربي
</s>
<s id="116">
جامع باب شرقي
</s>
<s id="117">
مدرسة وجامع الأتابكية
</s>
<s id="118">
مدرسة وجامع وضريح النورية
</s>
<s id="119">
مدرسة وجامع وضريح الطاووسية
</s>
<s id="120">
مدرسة وجامع وضريح فروخ شاه
</s>
<s id="121">
مدرسة وجامع وضريح المرادي
</s>
<s id="122">
مسجد وضريح السنجقدار
</s>
<s id="123">
مسجد وضريح السلحدار
</s>
<s id="124">
مدرسة وجامع وضريح الماردنية
</s>
<s id="125">
مصطبة الشيخ سعد الدين الجِبَاوي
</s>
<s id="126">
مجمع بدر الدين
</s>
<s id="127">
كنيسة الصليب
</s>
<s id="128">
كنيسة العازرية الحسني
</s>
<s id="129">
كنيسة الصوفانية
</s>
<s id="130">
بيت جبري
</s>
<s id="131">
الزاوية السعدية بالميدان
</s>
<s id="132">
بيت نظام
</s>
<s id="133">
جامع ومقام السيدة زينب بدمشق
</s>
<s id="134">
جامع السيدة رقية
</s>
<s id="135">
قصر النعساني
</s>
<s id="136">
قصر السباعي
</s>
<s id="137">
قوس التترابيل
</s>
<s id="138">
الصناعة والتجارة
</s>
<s id="139">
كانت دمشق طوال تاريخها الطويل مركزًا تجاريًا وصناعيا هامًا في المنطقة
</s>
<s id="140">
فهي منذ القدم شهيرة بصناعاتها المتميزة ومهارة صناعها فهي مركز صناعي هام ومن الصناعات التراثية:
</s>
<s id="141">
مثل صناعة الأقمشة و النسيج وخاصة صناعة قماش البروكار المعروف عالميا باسم دمشق (الداماسكو) والأصواف والجلود
</s>
<s id="142">
وصناعات النحاس والأرابيسك والحفر على الخشب ، وصناعة الحلي والمصدفات الدمشقية الشهيرة وصناعة الحرير والأصواف والأقمشة المطرزة 
</s>
<s id="143">
وكذلك صناعة الحلويات الدمشقية الشهيرة والفواكه المجففة التي اشتهرت بها دمشق في العالم اجمع وكذلك (الحلويات الدمشقية) أو الحلويات الشرقية السورية
</s>
<s id="144">
كما اشتهرت دمشق في الماضي ب صناعة السيوف السيف السيف دمشقي التي عرفت بجودتها وحدتها وتفردت بما يعرف بـ سيف دمشقي وقد حير المعدن الذي تصنع منه هذه السيوف العلماء وسمي بالمعدن الأسطوري.
</s>
<s id="145">
دمشق اليوم قامت بها أحدث الصناعات المتطورة واكثرها تطورآ في المنطقة مثل:-
</s>
<s id="146">
الصناعات الكهربائية
</s>
<s id="147">
الصناعات الالكترونية
</s>
<s id="148">
صناعة الأدوات المنزلية
</s>
<s id="149">
الصناعات المعدنية
</s>
<s id="150">
صناعة الألبسة الجاهزة
</s>
<s id="151">
الصناعات الكيماوية
</s>
<s id="152">
صناعة المعدات والآلات الزراعية
</s>
<s id="153">
صناعة معدات وتجهيزات المعامل والمصانع
</s>
<s id="154">
الصناعات الغذائية بأنواعها
</s>
<s id="155">
صناعة الألبان
</s>
<s id="156">
صناعة الغزل والخيوط
</s>
<s id="157">
صناعة الأحذية والصناعات الجلدية
</s>
<s id="158">
الصناعات النسيجية بأنواعها
</s>
<s id="159">
صناعة البلاستيك
</s>
<s id="160">
صناعة الأثاث
</s>
<s id="161">
الصناعات التحويلية
</s>
<s id="162">
صناعة هياكل السيارات
</s>
<s id="163">
صناعة السيارات
</s>
<s id="164">
صناعة قطع الغيار
</s>
<s id="165">
الصناعات الغذائية
</s>
<s id="166">
وكذلك الصناعات الدمشقية الأصيلة مثل المصنوعات اليدوية والمجوهرات والحلي التقليدية والأثاث الخشبي والمعدني والأواني النحاسية والموزاييك والكثير من الصناعات التقليدية والمتطورة.
</s>
<s id="167">
دمشق الحديثة
</s>
<s id="168">
دمشق تتسلق جبل قاسيون
</s>
<s id="169">
منظر تجاه حي الشيخ محي الدين.
</s>
<s id="170">
دمشق كمدينة كبيرة اتسعت وامتدت بشكل واضح وقامت بها أحياء ومدن جديدة في محيطها، حيث المباني والعمارات الحديثة والأبراج السكنية كما في منطقة المزة - ومنطقة دمر -والصالحية- ومنطقة العدوي والعباسين ومنطقة القصور والتجارة وفي الجمعيات السكنية الجديدة وغيرها، وامتدت دمشق التي كانت في جانبي نهر بردى تسلقت إلى الأعلى على سفوح جبل قاسيون وامتدت شرقا فضمت منطقة القابون وبرزة ومساكنها وكذلك غربا وامتدت إلى أطراف (غوطة دمشق) الخضراء، فتجد في محيط دمشق القديمة من كل جانب امتدت الأحياء السكنية الحديثة في الجبال المحيطة بالمدينة العريقة
</s>
<s id="171">
ويشرف جبل قاسيون على مناطق دمشق الحديثة.
</s>
<s id="172">
ترتبط دمشق مع مدن سورية والعالم عبر شبكة من الطرق والأوسترادات الحديثة وأحدث شركات النقل السياحي عبر بولمانات ووسائل نقل متطورة، وكذلك شبكة كبيرة من خطوط السكك الحديدية التي تربطها مع مختلف مدن ومناطق سوريا ومع تركيا وأوربا، وفي دمشق مطار دمشق الدولي ومطار المزة التي تربط دمشق مع مطارات سوريا الداخلية ومع مختلف دول العالم.
</s>
<s id="173">
السياحة في دمشق
</s>
<s id="174">
تنتشر في مدينة دمشق عدد من الفنادق الدولية الحديثة من فئة السبعة والخمسة نجوم والعشرات من الفنادق من مختلف الدرجات ومختلف أنواع ومستويات المطاعم والمقاهي والكازينوهات داخل المدينة وخارجها، والمنشآت السياحية الضخمة والمطاعم والنوادي والمسابح والمقاهي المنتشرة في منطقة ربوة دمشق السياحية المعروفة وفي مناطق غوطة دمشق وحتى المصايف الدمشقية الشهيرة باعتدال جوها وجمال طبيعتها في أعالي الجبال مثل مصايف وادي بردى والزبداني وبلودان حيث العديد من الفنادق والمجمعات والمنتجعات السياحية، وإضافة ل أسواق دمشق القديمة والمعروفة والشهيرة بمنتجاتها هناك العديد من الأسواق والمجمعات والمولات التجارية الحديثة الراقية التي تبيع أحدث المنتجات السورية والعالمية في مناطق دمشق الجديدة.
</s>
<s id="175">
مدينة الياسمين
</s>
<s id="176">
يطلق على مدينة دمشق - مدينة الياسمين، تتميز دمشق القديمة بزراعة الياسمين ويسمى الياسمين الدمشقي وله شهرته وذكرياته في كل حارة ومنزل من المدينة، ومنذ القدم اهتم سكان دمشق بزراعة الورود والأزهار داخل البيوت بشكل كبير، وتجد الياسمين في الباحات الداخلية والشرفات والعرايش والأقواس والقناطر والأعمدة التي يكسوها تماما وجوانب الحارات القديمة وفي الحدائق.
</s>
<s id="177">
يتميز الياسمين الدمشقي برائحته العطرة النفاذة التي تعطي انطباعا بالارتياح، يزيد المكان بهجة تبدو الزهور وكأنها نجوم متلألئة وسط الخضرة وهو نبات متسلق، يعطيك إحساس بالبراءة والود يرمز إلى إحساس مرهف تتهادى لفناته الجمالية في ثنايا المكان، وحدائق دمشق وبيوتها هي موطنه الأمن حيث ينشر عبقه ورائحته العطرة في مدينته دمشق / مدينة الياسمين.
</s>
<s id="178">
دمشق مدينة الياسمين هي المدينة العريقة التي تعطيك الكثير، سحر المكان، بوابة ومدخل إلى التاريخ في دمشق القديمة بكل تفاصيله، جبل قاسيون حيث تنتشر والمطاعم والمقاهي بإطلالة جميلة على المدينة، الغوطة الغناء بمنتزهاتها ومطاعمها الكثيرة، ربوة دمشق وادي ساحر بين الجبال حيث يجاور نهر بردى سكة قطار المصايف التاريخي وطريق المصايف وتتناثر على امتداد الربوة والنوادي والمطاعم الرائعة.
</s>
<s id="179">
مدن شقيقة
</s>
<s id="180">
صور
</s>
<s id="181">
ملف:منارة-المسجد-الأموي.JPG|المنارة الشمالية للمسجد الأموي بدمشق.
</s>
<s id="182">
ملف:Old-Arabic-House-Damascus.jpg|زهرة البنفسج تزين حائط بيت عربي قديم في دمشق القديمة.
</s>
<s id="183">
المصادر
</s>
<s id="184">
تاريخ دمشق لابن كثير.
</s>
<s id="185">
دمشق لؤلؤة الشرق وملكته، جيرار دو جريج.
</s>
<s id="186">
المراجع
</s>
<s id="187">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="188">
خدمات حكومية
</s>
<s id="189">
موقع الاستعلام الالكتروني للخدمات الحكومية
</s>
<s id="190">
أخبار وأحداث
</s>
<s id="191">
دمشق الموقع الشامل والأول لأخبار وأحداث دمشق
</s>
<s id="192">
روابط
</s>
<s id="193">
دمشق عاصمة الثقافة العربية 2008
</s>
<s id="194">
من دمشق مجلة إلكترونية مستقلة
</s>
<s id="195">
دمشق أونلاين
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="60" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
قائمة الشعراء العرب
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل قائمة شعراء العربية
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="61" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الفرات
</s>
<s id="2">
الفرات هو أحد الأنهار الكبيرة في جنوب غرب آسيا، ينبع من تركيا ويتألف من نهرين في آسيا الصغرى هما مراد صو (أي ماء المراد) شرقاً, ومنبعه بين بحيرة وان وجبل أرارات في أرمينيا وقره صو (أي الماء الأسود) غرباً ومنبعه في شمال شرقي الأناضول
</s>
<s id="3">
والنهران يجريان في اتجاه الغرب ثم يجتمعان فتجري مياههما جنوبا مخترقة سلسلة جبال طوروس الجنوبية
</s>
<s id="4">
ثم يجري النهر إلى الجنوب الشرقي وتنضم إليه فروع عديدة قبل مروره في الأراضي السورية.
</s>
<s id="5">
يدخل في الأراضي السورية عند مدينة جرابلس، وفي سوريا ينضم إليه نهر البليخ ثم نهر الخابور وثم يمر في محافظة الرقة ويتجه بعدها إلى محافظة دير الزور، ويخرج منها عند مدينة البوكمال
</s>
<s id="6">
وثم يدخل العراق عند مدينة القائم ويتوسع ليشكل الأهوار وسط جنوب العراق، ويتحد معه في العراق نهر دجلة فيشكلان شط العرب الذي تجري مياهه مسافة 90 ميلا ثم تصب في الخليج العربي
</s>
<s id="7">
يبلغ طول الفرات حوالي 2700 كم (1800 ميلاً)، ويتراوح عرضه بين 200 إلى أكثر من 2000 متر عند المصب
</s>
<s id="8">
ويطلق على العراق بلاد الرافدين لوجود نهري دجلة والفرات بها.
</s>
<s id="9">
نهر الفرات يمر من مدينة الرقة، في سوريا
</s>
<s id="10">
نهر الفرات في التاريخ
</s>
<s id="11">
كان يسمى من قبل شعوب المنطقة بالنهر الكبير أو النهر، كما كان الحد الفاصل بين الشرق والغرب بين بلاد آشور وبابل وبلاد شمال أفريقيا، وكانت كل من هاتين القوتين تسعيان لامتلاك الأراضي الواقعة بين وادي النيل والفرات
</s>
<s id="12">
أيضا كان الفرات الحد الفاصل بين الشرق عن الغرب في عهد الفرس
</s>
<s id="13">
كما كان أحد حدود المملكة السلوقية وكان يعتبر الحد الشرقي للإمبراطورية الرومانية
</s>
<s id="14">
وكانت بابل أعظم مدينة على شواطئه وكركميش المدينة الحثيّة شمال الجزيرة السورية (الفراتية)
</s>
<s id="15">
وقد شهدت ضفاف هذا النهر معارك عديدة أشهرها المعركة التي انتصر فيها نبوخذ نصر الكلداني على فرعون نخو المصري 605 ق.م
</s>
<s id="16">
ذكر الفرات مرات عديدة في الكتب المقدسة لما له من دور حيوي في حياة سكان بلاد ما بين النهرين قديما وحديثا.
</s>
<s id="17">
الأنشطة البشرية
</s>
<s id="18">
مجرى نهر الفرات قرب ديرالزور سورية
</s>
<s id="19">
منذ فجر التاريخ، كانت ضفاف نهر الفرات (بالإضافة لضفاف نهر دجلة، وما بينهما) المهد الأساسي لابتكار الزراعة المروية قبل حوالي 12 ألف عام
</s>
<s id="20">
كما مارست الشعوب المقيمة على ضفافه صيد الأسماك والنقل النهري والتجارة البينية، وتتابعت الأنشطة البشرية الاقتصادية وبنيت آلاف المدن والقرى عبر آلاف السنين على ضفافه، بعضها لايزال حيّاً إلى اليوم.
</s>
<s id="21">
مؤخراً، تزايدت وتيرة استثمار مع بناء عشرات السدود وتأسيس المزارع الجماعية الواسعة على ضفافه.
</s>
<s id="22">
في تركيا، يوجد 22 سد و 19 محطة كهرمائية ضمن مشروع جنوب-شرق الأناضول لاستصلاح مساحة كبيرة تعادل بلجيكا
</s>
<s id="23">
أكبر السدود التركية هو سد أتاتورك الواقع على مسافة قريبة من الحدود السورية، ويحجز خلفه بحيرة اصطناعية كبيرة جداً تصل إلى 817 كم²
</s>
<s id="24">
وُضع المشروع في الاستثمار مع بدايات تسعينيات القرن العشرين.
</s>
<s id="25">
في سورية، توجد 5 سدود على الفرات، أقيمت 3 منها (الكبيرة) في منتصف ستينيات القرن العشرين ضمن مشروع سد الفرات أو سد الثورة الذي شكل خلفه بحيرة اصطناعية كبيرة اسمها بحيرة الأسد تقع في محافظة الرقة قربمدينة الثورة يحجز كمية من المياه تصل إلى 11.6 مليار متر مكعب قبل مدينة الرقة
</s>
<s id="26">
واسم السد الآخر هو سد البعث ويقع في محافظة الرقة في مدينة المنصورة وأنشئ السدان الأخيران في أواخر الثمانينات للري السطحي
</s>
<s id="27">
تنوي الحكومة السورية حالياً إنشاء سد كبير آخر في منطقة التبني شمال دير الزور.
</s>
<s id="28">
في العراق يوجد 7 سدود عاملة على الفرات منذ سبعينيات القرن العشرين
</s>
<s id="29">
وفي أوائل الثمانينيات، تم وصل الفرات مع دجلة بقناة قرب سامراء.
</s>
<s id="30">
قارب محلي في نهرالفرات في العراق
</s>
<s id="31">
الجزر النهرية في الفرات
</s>
<s id="32">
تدعى الجزر النهرية في الفرات غالباً باسم الحوائج (جمع&quot; حويجة)
</s>
<s id="33">
تكثر في الفرات الحوائج متفاوتة المساحة والتي تتشكل من التربة التي ينقلها النهر أثناء فيضانات النهر ونمت فيها اشجار ونباتات طبيعة وتتميز هذه النباتات بكثافتها وأوراقها الطويلة والرفيعة كالحور الفراتي والصفصاف والطرفاء وعرق السوس والغَرَبْ والحلفاء والزلّ والرز والكينا والزيزفون لأنها نباتات لاتنمو إلا في الأماكن التي تتوفر فيها المياه بشكل دائم
</s>
<s id="34">
ولكون هذه الحوائج محاطة بالمياه من كل الجهات ويد الإنسان بعيدة عنها، بالإضافة لكثافة النباتات فيها، لذلك كانت الحيوانات التي تعيش فيها هي حيوانات مفترسة (الضبع والذئب وابن آوى) إضافة إلى حيوان النمر الفراتي وهو قط بري متوحش، وجميع هذه الحيوانات إما انقرضت أو هي في طريقها للانقراض في تلك المنطقة
</s>
<s id="35">
كذل، تُعدّ الحوائج مستعمرات لأنواع من الطيور المستوطنة والمهاجرة، وتكثر فيها أعشاش الطيور، ولكنها بالرغم من ذلك لم تتحول إلى محميات طبيعية إلى الآن.
</s>
<s id="36">
نهر الفرات في الأديان
</s>
<s id="37">
ضفة نهر الفرات في العراق حيث تكثر أشجار النخيل على ضفاف النهر
</s>
<s id="38">
المندائية
</s>
<s id="39">
المندائية هي أشد الأديان تقديساً لنهر الفرات حيثُ يتم التعميد في ماءه لدخول المندائية وأنه إحدى أنهار الجنة وقد جاء في نص من كنزا ربا:
</s>
<s id="40">
((صغيراً أنا بين الملائكة الأثريين طفلاً أنا بين النورانيين ولكني أصبحت عظيماً لأني شربت من ثغر الفرات
</s>
<s id="41">
المسيحية
</s>
<s id="42">
في المسيحية ،و كما جاء في الكتاب المقدس (سفر التكوين 2: 14) فإن الفرات يعد أحد أنهر جنة عدن (غالب الظن انها في جنوب العراق).
</s>
<s id="43">
الإسلام
</s>
<s id="44">
وفي الإسلام، وأخبر الرسول محمد بأن الفرات والنيل هما من أنهار الجنة وقد جاء في كتاب بدء الخلق في صحيح البخاري في باب ذكر الملائكة: 
</s>
<s id="45">
وجاء في صحيح مسلم أن الرسول محمد قال: ‏.
</s>
<s id="46">
يعتقد المسلمون أن نهر الفرات سينحسر عن جبل من ذهب في آخر الزمان كما أخبر الرسول محمد بن عبد الله: المسند الصحيح/2894 وفي حديث آخر المسند الصحيح/2895 .
</s>
<s id="47">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="48">
منتديات الفرات
</s>
<s id="49">
فراتين
</s>
<s id="50">
جولة مملف: 30 عاما على إنشاء سد الفرات
</s>
<s id="51">
مصادر
</s>
<s id="52">
فرات
</s>
<s id="53">
فرات
</s>
<s id="54">
فرات
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="62" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
نيويورك (مدينة)
</s>
<s id="2">
مدينة نيويورك (New York City) هي الأكبر والأكثف سكانا من مدن الولايات المتحدة
</s>
<s id="3">
مدينة نيو يورك هي أحد أهم مراكز التجارة والمال في العالم
</s>
<s id="4">
نيويورك هي أيضا أكبر مدن ولاية نيويورك الأمريكية (New York State)، كما تعد المدينة عاصمة اقتصادية للولايات المتحدة لكثرة مقار الشركات والبنوك العالمية فيها
</s>
<s id="5">
يوجد بها مقر هيئة الأمم المتحدة وسوق الأوراق المالية مؤشر الداو جونز الصناعي.
</s>
<s id="6">
من أشهر أحيائها: مانهاتن وبرونكس وبروكلين وسنترال بارك
</s>
<s id="7">
بها شارع مشهور يدعى شارع برودواي، تقام فيه العديد من العروض المسرحية.
</s>
<s id="8">
تاريخ
</s>
<s id="9">
خريطة للمدينة تعود للعام 1660م
</s>
<s id="10">
جيوفاني دي فيرازانو إستكشف ميناء نيو يورك في 1524
</s>
<s id="11">
وفي عام 1624 تاسست أول مستعمرة هولندية في مدينة فورت اورانج حاليا مدينة الباني عاصمة ولاية نيويورك
</s>
<s id="12">
وقام بيتر مينويت بشراء جزيرة مانهاتن من الهنود الحمر في نفس العام واسس مستعمرة نيوامستردام مدينة نيويورك حاليا
</s>
<s id="13">
البريطانية غزت مستعمرة الهولندية في 24 يونيو 1664 ،واحتلتها في اكتوبر 1664.
</s>
<s id="14">
خسرت المدينة في خضم أحداث 11 سبتمبر من عام 2001 الانتحارية برجي مركز التجارة العالمي وحياة الآلاف من المدنيين عند ارتطام طائرتين بشكل مقصود بهما في عملية إرهابية
</s>
<s id="15">
اتهمت الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية تنظيم القاعدة وزعيمه أسامة بن لادن في تنفيذ هذا الهجوم.
</s>
<s id="16">
أهمية المدينة
</s>
<s id="17">
تعد مدينة نيويورك أكبر مراكز الصناعة والتجارة والمال، وبها أكبر المؤسسات الحكومية والخاصة
</s>
<s id="18">
فالمؤسسات الحكومية والصناعية توفر سبعة ملايين وظيفة، منها ثلاثة ملايين وثلث مليون وظيفة في داخل المدينة، والبقية في الضواحي
</s>
<s id="19">
واقتصاد المدينة وضواحيها في نمو مستمر
</s>
<s id="20">
ومنذ عام 1940م، واقتصاد الضواحي يتطور بصورة أكبر نتيجة لانتشار الطرق وزيادة القوى العاملة.
</s>
<s id="21">
تأتي نيويورك في المرتبة الثالثة بعد لوس أنجلوس وشيكاغو، من حيث النشاط الصناعي؛ إذ يوجد فيها 17,000 مصنع تعمل في مجال الملابس، وتنتج نيويورك سدس إنتاج الولايات المتحدة من الطباعة والنشر، كما تنتج الأغذية والمواد الكيميائية، والأثاث والورق والمنسوجات
</s>
<s id="22">
ويعد ميناء نيويورك من أكبر الموانئ التي تعمل في مجال الاستيراد والتصدير، حيث يعمل به 200,000 عامل، لكن مكانته تدهورت قليلا بعد فتح الموانئ الأخرى على البحيرات العظمى ونهر سانت لورنس
</s>
<s id="23">
أما شركات المال والتأمين والأسهم والعقارات، فيعمل بها نحو 495,000 عامل، وأشهرها بورصة نيويورك.
</s>
<s id="24">
تخدم النشاط الاقتصادي في المدينة شبكة ضخمة من وسائل النقل؛ حيث يستخدمها يوميا ثلاثة ملايين ونصف مليون فرد
</s>
<s id="25">
وتعد نيويورك أيضا أكبر مركز للاتصال في الولايات المتحدة، حيث يوجد بها العديد من شركات الاتصال والطباعة والنشر، وبها نحو 60 محطة للإرسال الإذاعي والتلفاز.
</s>
<s id="26">
كما تعد نيويورك من أكبر المراكز الثقافية في العالم، حيث يوجد بها العديد من قاعات الفنون والمسارح والموسيقى والمتاحف والجمعيات الثقافية الشهيرة على شارع برودواي
</s>
<s id="27">
كما ينتسب إليها بعض الشعراء والكتاب والممثلين والفنانين المشهورين
</s>
<s id="28">
أدى أغنياء المدينة دورا مهماً في دعم النشاط الثقافي
</s>
<s id="29">
كما كان لوجود جو التعبير الحر والعديد من شركات الإعلان والاتصال إسهام كبير في ازدهار الثقافة في المدينة.
</s>
<s id="30">
المشكلات الاجتماعية
</s>
<s id="31">
تواجه المدينة عدة مشاكل اجتماعية مثل: الفقر والجريمة والمخدرات والتفرقة العنصرية؛ ففي نيويورك وحدها نصف مدمني المخدرات في الولايات المتحدة، كما أن بها أربعة ملايين مواطن يعيشون على اعانات الضمان الاجتماعي.
</s>
<s id="32">
ويعد السكن من أهم المشاكل في نيويورك
</s>
<s id="33">
إذ يسكن نحو 65% من سكان المدينة في شقق أو فنادق مؤجرة خلافـًا لما يوجد في الولايات الأخرى، حيث تسكن غالبية الأسر في منازل منفردة ومملوكة
</s>
<s id="34">
كما أن غالبية منازل المدينة قديمة بنيت قبل عام 1940م، وتحتاج إلى التجديد.
</s>
<s id="35">
تعمل مدينة نيويورك للخروج من الأزمة التي أصابتها بعد تعرضها هجمات الحادي عشر من سبتمبر الإرهابية، التي دمر فيها برجي مركز التجارة العالمي في 2001
</s>
<s id="36">
حين اصطدمت طائرتان مدنيتان مخطوفتان صبيحة ذلك اليوم بالبرجين مما أدى إلى انهيارهما
</s>
<s id="37">
حيث لقي نحو 3 آلاف شخص كانوا بالبرجين مصرعهم.
</s>
<s id="38">
نيويورك مدينة متنوعة الأجناس
</s>
<s id="39">
لقد تكون أساسا سكان نيويورك من الهجرة الوافدة المسترسلة في الزمان، فمن مائتي ساكن سنة 1626 شهدت نيويورك ارتفاع عدد سكانها إلى حوالي الألف سنة 1656 على أثر قدوم البريطانيين والألمان والاسكندنافيين
</s>
<s id="40">
وفي سنة 1800 بلغ عدد السكان 60000 نسمة وكان جلهم من البريطانيين، ثم توافد بين سنتي 1850 و1860 الألمان والإيرلنديون بأعداد كبيرة فتضاعف عدد السكان 10 مرات
</s>
<s id="41">
وفي نهاية القرن التاسع عشر أفضى توافد الأوروبيين الشرقيين والإيطاليين إلى تضاعف العدد ثلاثة مرات
</s>
<s id="42">
ولما دخل قانون الحصص حيز التطبيق لصد الهجرة الوافدة خلال العشرينات أقبل السود على المدينة من جنوب الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية بأعداد غفيرة فبلغ العدد 5.2 مليون ساكن
</s>
<s id="43">
وفي سنة 1990 قدر عدد سكان نيويورك المولودين بالخارج بنسبة 30 % نتيجة توافد اللاجئين من جنوب شرقي آسيا والكراييب وإفريقيا وأمريكا الجنوبية والوسطى منذ الستينات
</s>
<s id="44">
ميشال قوسو، 200، المدن الأمريكية الكبيرة ص 132 و133
</s>
<s id="45">
النفوذ المالي لمدينة نيويورك
</s>
<s id="46">
يقدر بأن نيويورك تمتلك بمفردها أكثر من 21 بالمائة من السوق البنكية العالمية ويتكون جهازها البنكي الأساسي من شركات &apos;شايز مانهاتن بنك&apos; و&apos;سيتي كورب&apos; و&apos;مورغان&apos; و&apos;بنكارس تروست&apos;، ويضم أكثر من 445 بنكا، ويرتبط فيها حوالي 105000 موطن شغل بنكي بالأنشطة التجارية العالمية
</s>
<s id="47">
واليوم تنزع هذه الأنشطة إلى التوسع خارج &apos;الفينا شيال ديستركت&apos; (حي الأعمال) على مجالات جديدة ببروكلين وكوينس
</s>
<s id="48">
ونيو يورك هي كذلك أول مرجع في العالم للتقييم بالبورصة وذلك بفضل مؤشرالداو جونز الصناعي ومؤشر نازداك الحديث.
</s>
<s id="49">
وتؤمن نيويورك بمفردها أربعة أخماس أنشطة البورصات الأمريكية
</s>
<s id="50">
وتجمع المدينة علاوة عـلى هذه الأنشطة جل شركات التأمين الأمريكية والعالمية وما يزيد عن ألف فرع من فروعها إضافة أربعة أخماس مكاتب الخدمات القانونية والمالية الأمريكية التي يتسم بعضها ببعد عالمي
</s>
<s id="51">
كما تضم نيويورك الأغلبية الساحقة لمكاتب التدقيق المالي الأمريكية التي تتمتع بإشعاع عالمي
</s>
<s id="52">
ميشال قوسو، 200، المدن الأمريكية الكبيرة ص 72 و73
</s>
<s id="53">
= عوامل قوة نيويورك =
</s>
<s id="54">
يوفّر الموقع الجغرافي لمدينة نيويورك وجودة بنيتها التحتية للمواصلات منفذا لسوق استهلاك مهمة جدّا
</s>
<s id="55">
فالمدينة تحضى في الوقت نفسه بأحد أبرز الموانئ في العالم وبثلاثة مطارات تعد&quot; من أكثر المطارات البلاد ارتيادا.
</s>
<s id="56">
إنّ هذه الشبكة الكثيفة من الطّرق تسمح بالنّفاذ إلى سوق ضخمة واقعة على مدى شعاع يمتدّ على 1200 كم حول المدينة، وهو مجال يمثل حوالي نصف سكّان الولايات المتّحدة الأمريكية وكندا ونصف دخلهما ونشاطهما
</s>
<s id="57">
البعثة الفرنسية بنيويورك، 2003-2004
</s>
<s id="58">
التوأمة
</s>
<s id="59">
مراجع
</s>
<s id="60">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="61">
NYC.gov is the official website of New York City.
</s>
<s id="62">
NYCvisit.com is the official tourism website of New York City.
</s>
<s id="63">
NYCityMap provides an interactive map of New York City, and includes subway stations and entrances.
</s>
<s id="64">
The City Guide has many articles on New York City and historical architectural information by Carter B
</s>
<s id="65">
Horsley, writer for The New York Sun newspaper.
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="63" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
قابوس بن سعيد
</s>
<s id="2">
قابوس بن سعيد (18 نوفمبر 1940 -)، سلطان عُمان، وهو ثامن سلاطين أسرة البوسعيد وينحدر من الإمام أحمد بن سعيد المؤسس الأول
</s>
<s id="3">
وصل إلى السلطة عام 1970 بعد انقلاب أطاح بوالده سعيد بن تيمور.
</s>
<s id="4">
نسبه
</s>
<s id="5">
هو السلطان قابوس بن سعيد بن تيمور بن فيصل بن تركي بن سعيد بن سلطان بن أحمد بن سعيد بن أحمد بن محمد بن خلف بن سعيد بن مبارك البوسعيدي العتكي الأزدي، فهو بذلك السلطان الثامن المنحدر رأسا من المؤسس الأول للدولة البوسعيدية (الإمام أحمد بن سعيد) عام 1741م وتعد هذه الأسرة الكريمة من أقدم الأسر العربية الحاكمة بصورة متواصلة في عالمنا العربي، حيث انقضت مائتين وستين سنة على توليها زمام الحكم في البلاد.
</s>
<s id="6">
النشأة
</s>
<s id="7">
هو الإبن الوحيد لسعيد بن تيمور
</s>
<s id="8">
تلقى دروس المرحلة الابتدائية والثانوية في صلالة والهند، وفي سبتمبر من عام 1958 أرسله والده إلى إنجلترا حيث واصل تعليمه لمدة عامين في مؤسسة تعليمية خاصة في سافوك، ثم إلتحق في عام 1379هـ الموافق 1960 بأكاديمية ساندهيرست العسكرية الملكية كضابط مرشح، حيث أمضى فيها عامين من عمره درس خـلالها العلوم العسكرية وتلقى فنون الجندية، وتخرج فيها برتبة ملازم ثان، ثم انضم إلى إحدى الكتائب البريطانية العاملة آنذاك في ألمانيا الغربية - قبل الوحدة الألمانية - حيث أمضى ستة أشهر كمتدرب في القيادة العسكرية.
</s>
<s id="9">
بعد أن أتم تلك الفترة الهامة، والتي شكلت خبراته العسكرية للمراحل التي تلت، عاد إلى بريطانيا حيث درس لمدة عام في مجال نظم الحكم المحلي، وأكمل دورات تخصصية في شؤون الإدارة وتنظيم الدولة
</s>
<s id="10">
ثم هيأ له والدة الفرصة التي شكلت جزءاً من اتجاهه بعد ذلك، فقام بجولة حول العالم استغرقت ثلاثة أشهر، زار خلالها العديد من دول العالم، عاد بعدها إلى البلاد عام 1383هـ الموافق 1964م حيث أقام في مدينة صلالة.
</s>
<s id="11">
على امتداد السنوات الست التالية التي تلت عودته، تعمق السلطان قابوس في دراسة الدين الإسلامي، وكـل ما يتصل بتاريخ وحضارة عُمان دولة وشعباً على مر العصور
</s>
<s id="12">
وقد أشار في أحد أحاديثه إلى أن إصرار والده على دراسة الدين الإسلامي وتاريخ وثقافة عمان، كان لها الأثر العظيم في توسيع مداركه ووعيه بمسؤولياته تجاه شعبه العماني والإنسانية عموماً
</s>
<s id="13">
كما أنه قد استفاد كثيراً من التعليم الغربي الذي تلقاه وخضع لحياة الجندية ولنظام العسكرية في بريطانيا، ثم كانت لديه الفرصه في السنوات التي تلت عودته إلى صلالة لقراءة الكثير من الأفكار السياسية والفلسفية للعديد من المفكرين الذين شكلوا فكر العالم.
</s>
<s id="14">
اهتماماته وهواياته
</s>
<s id="15">
لعل اهتمام السلطان قابوس بدفع عمان إلى حالة متقدمة من المعاصرة مع الإبقاء على الأصالة العمانية التقليدية بحيث لا تفقد عمان هويتها، وفي إطار ذلك يكون اهتمام قابوس بالثقافة هو الشيء الأبرز، والذي ترك آثاره الواضحة في عمان، فبفضل قراره أصبح لدى السلطنة أوركسترا سلطانية من عازفين وعازفات على مستوى عالٍ من التدريب
</s>
<s id="16">
كما رعت مؤسسات الدولة مشروعاً ضخماً لتوثيق تاريخ عُمان منذ فجر التاريخ، ومشاريع ثقافية أخرى كثيرة.
</s>
<s id="17">
للسلطان قابوس اهتمامات واسعة بالدين واللغة الأدب والتاريخ والفلك وشؤون البيئة، حيث يظهر ذلك جليا في الدعم الكبير والمستمر للعديد من المشروعات الثقافية، وبشكل شخصي، محليا وعربياً ودوليا، سواء من خـلال منظمة اليونسكو أم غيرها من المنظمات الإقليمية والعالمية.
</s>
<s id="18">
من أبرز هذه المشروعات على سبيل المثال لا الحصر، موسوعة السلطان قابوس للأسماء العربية، ودعم مشروعات تحفيظ القرآن سواء في السلطنة أو في عدد من الدول العربية، وكذلك بعض مشروعات جـامعة الأزهر، وجامعة الخليج وعدد من الجامعات والمراكز العلمية العربية والدولية، فضلاً عن (جـائزة السلطان قابوس لصون البيئة) التي تقدم كل عامين من خلال منظمة اليونسكو، ودعم مشروع دراسة طريق الحرير والنمر العربي والمها العربي وغيرها.
</s>
<s id="19">
وعن هواياته يتحدث السلطان فيقول: منذ طفولته كان يهوى ركوب الخيل، فيذكر أنه قد وضع على ظهر حصان وهو في الرابعة من عمره، ومنذ ذلك الحين وهو يحب ركوب الخيل ولهذا توجد الإصطبلات السلطانية التي تعنى بتربية وإكثار الخيول العمانية الأصيلة وإفتتح مدارس الفروسية التي تضم بين تلاميذها البنين والبنات، كما أن الرماية أيضاً من الهوايات المحببه له كونه تدرب عسكرياً، ويؤكد أن هذه الهواية تعد جزءاً مهماً لكل من يهتم بالنشاط العسكري وعاش في مجتمع كالمجتمع العُماني الذي يعتز بكونه يستطيع حمل السلاح عند الضرورة، كما يحب تجربة لكل ما هو جديد من أسلحة في القوات المسلحة العمانية، سواء كان ذلك السلاح بندقية أو مدفع رشاش أو مدفع دبابة، إلا أن الرماية بالمسدس والبندقية تبقى هي الأفضل بالنسبة له، وكذلك ـ كنوع من الترفيه ـ يستخدم أحياناً القوس والنشاب.
</s>
<s id="20">
أيضاً فإن من الهوايات المحببة لديه علم الفلك ومراقبة الكواكب، حيث يملك مرصداً صغيراً، وعندما تكون الفرصة سانحة في الليالي المناسبة حسب النشرات الفلكية قهو يقضي بعض الوقت في مراقبة هذه الكواكب.
</s>
<s id="21">
سياسته الخارجية
</s>
<s id="22">
منذ بداية تولي السلطان قابوس بن سعيد مقاليد الحكم في البلاد سعى إلى اخراج اسم عمان إلى الصعيد الخارجي، ورغم ما تركته السياسة القديمة من أعباء زادت من مشقة هذا الكاهل من عدم وجود وزارة للخارجية وانما وجدت المؤسسة الصغيرة الغير تخصصية في هذا المجال الا أن السطان قابوس ومنذ بداياته قام جلالته بزيارة معظم العواصم العربية، وبعضها أكثر من مرة
</s>
<s id="23">
فالى جانب الرياض زار المنامة، والقاهرة، وأبوظبي، والدوحة، وعمان، وطرابلس المغرب.
</s>
<s id="24">
مع هذه الزيارات اتسعت العلاقات العمانية الإيرانية واتسمة بالأخوية التامة المطلقة حيث ان أول زيارة رسمية للسطان كانت إلى إيران بدعوة من شاه إيران وذلك للاحتفال بذكرى مرور 2500 عام على قيام الأسرة الشاهنشاهية
</s>
<s id="25">
ومن وخاصة الحوارات التي قام بها السلطان مع شاه إيران والرامية إلى حل المشاكل الناجمة من الصراعات الناشئة من الدول الشقيقة والحدودية مع إيران من الإمارات العربية المتحدة والبحرين
</s>
<s id="26">
في سنة 1973 صارت عمان عضوا في حركة عدم الانحياز
</s>
<s id="27">
على هذه الصورة كانت عمان، رغم وجودها على الخط الامامي للنضال ضد توسع الشيوعية العالمية، ترى آفاق العالم المتعدد الأقطاب الذي تستند حياته لا إلى التنافس والتناحر بين التكتلات العسكرية والسياسية بل إلى التعاون والمشاركة المتعددة الجوانب.
</s>
<s id="28">
رغم أن قابوس بن سعيد كان في تلك الفترة من اصغر الزعماء العرب سنا، الا انه ربما كان من أكثرهم ثقافة
</s>
<s id="29">
وقد تركت زياراته الخاطفة وقراراته السياسية الفاعلة انطباعا عميقا في العالم كله مثل: الاتفاق على التعاون العسكري مع إيران، والتخلي عن الدعاوى الاقليمية حيال دولة الإمارات العربية المتحدة، وموضوع الحملة على الجمهورية اليمنية الجنوبية
</s>
<s id="30">
كانت تلك – إذا استخدمنا التعبيرات المجازية – استراتيجية النسيم المنعش
</s>
<s id="31">
وكما يلطف الهواء النقي الجو الملوث كذلك القرارات العظيمة في الميادين السياسية تنقي العلاقات الدولية من الشوائب وتخلصها من المواجهات الاستنزافية الثقيلة الأعباء، الا ان أهميتها لا تقتصر على ذلك وحده
</s>
<s id="32">
فهي أحيانا تغير أسلب العمل السياسي كله
</s>
<s id="33">
فحتى رجالات الدولة المتعودون على الحذر المفرط يسارعون إلى عمل أنشط ليلحقوا بركب الزمن أو يسايروه.
</s>
<s id="34">
كان السلطان أيضا ذو علاقة قوية بحاكم مصر في تلك الفترة أنور السادات وذلك لان السادات رأى في السلطان قابوس تلك الفلسفة السياسية الواسعة والتي تكون أوسع مما لدى معظم زعماء العالم العربي
</s>
<s id="35">
ومما زاد ذلك الرابط هو استلام كل من هذين السياسيين مقاليد الحكم في وقت واحد تقريبا، وتلقيا تركة ثقيلة من سابقيهما
</s>
<s id="36">
وكلاهما خاضا النضال ضد العدو الخارجي، وتعين عليهما اصلاح الميدان الاقتصادي جذريا.
</s>
<s id="37">
نلاحظ ان السلطان قابوس بن سعيد منذ بداياته حاول الانفتاح على الدول الكبرى لما في ذلك من نفع في الأواسط السياسية وبسبب توسع هذه الدول في الوسط العربي مثل علاقاتة الحميمة مع بريطانيا والولايات المتحدة الأمريكية، الا أنه وبسبب التوجهات العقائدية للاتحاد السوفييتي، وبسسب الدعايات الفاسدة من جمهورية اليمن الجنوبية على عمان الذي حالا دون قيام علاقات طبيعية بين الاتحاد السوفييتي وعمان لأمد طويل.
</s>
<s id="38">
مع مرور الوقت ازدادت قيمة عمان من الناحية السياسية من مشاركات في القمم العربية التي تعقد، ومن المساهمة في انشاء مجلس التعاون الخليجي، ومن غيرها من حل النزاعات القائمة في الدول العربية والإسلامية من محاولات جاهدة قام بها السلطان لحل المشاكل بالطرق السلمية بين العراق وايران من جهة، وبين العراق والكويت من جهة أخرى، ولذلك حظي السلطان بالاعتراف كأكثر الدبلوماسيين براعة وحذقا في الشرق الأوسط
</s>
<s id="39">
ومنح السلطان جائزة السلام عام 1998 ما جاء الا ليؤكد التقدير الرفيع لمساهمة جلالته الجلية في الممارسات السياسية المعاصرة ودوره في احلال السلام والاستقرار في أكثر دول العالم بلبة واضطرابا.
</s>
<s id="40">
من هنا يعتقد الدبلوماسيون العمانيون ان السلطان قابوس مؤسس مدرسة جديدة في العلاقات الدولية المعاصرة مبنية على مبدأ واحد يذهب إلى أن العالم يسير نحو التعاون المتعدد الأطراف، وأن الطر الجغرافية سوف تزول قريبا
</s>
<s id="41">
قال السلطان في حديث إلى مجلة &quot;ميديل إست بولسي&quot; في نوفمبر 1995: &quot;ان العالم يتضائل وينكمش، وانا واثق تماما أن جميع البلدان يجب أن تسير وفق هذه القاعدة، وتحاول ان تفهم بعضها البعض، وتتعاون في ما بينها، وتعمل جنبا إلى جنب لخير البشرية جمعاء
</s>
<s id="42">
وقد لوحظت في السنوات الاخيرة بوادر واعدة تدل على ان النزاعات بين الدول صارت تعتبر من الحماقات المطبقة وأن الخلافات بين البلدان يجب ان تحل بالمفاوضات وليس على سبيل الحرب&quot;.
</s>
<s id="43">
تلتزم عمان عادة سياسة الحياد فلا تتدخل في النزاعات بين جيرانها، أو النزاعات الخارجية الدولية، عملاً بقاعدة &quot;لا ضرر ولا ضِرار&quot;
</s>
<s id="44">
إلا أنها تحتفظ بعلاقات صداقة مع الدول العربية ودول العالم بشكل عام، وتشارك في المؤتمرات الدولية ولها ممثل في جامعة الدول العربية.
</s>
<s id="45">
للسلطنة مواقف قوية في مجلس التعاون الخليجي وخط سياسي خاص ينبع مما تمليه مصالح السلطنة.
</s>
<s id="46">
السلطنة تعيش شبه عزلة سياسية بسبب إيمان السلطان قابوس بأن &quot; من يتدخل - على المستوى الدولي - في شأن ليس من شأنه كأنما ينعق في واد غير واديه&quot;، لكن هذا لم يمنع السلطان قابوس من رعاية اتفاقات الهدنة بين شطري اليمن المتحاربين في 1994، كما لم يمنع السلطنة من توقيع عدد كبير من الإتفاقيات السياسية والعسكرية والاقتصادية مع جيرانها وغيرهم، على أنها تبقى بلداً هادئاً جداً، لا يسمع صوته.
</s>
<s id="47">
بشكل عام فإن سياسات السلطنة تتجنب التورط في معارضة سياسات الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية في المنطقة، ولا تخضع لها في الوقت عينه.
</s>
<s id="48">
و عمان تعلن موقفاً واضحاً من قضيتي فلسطين والعراق لا يشذ عن الموقف العربي العام من هاتين القضيتين.
</s>
<s id="49">
يمكن للسلطان قابوس أن يكون الحاكم الهادئ الذي ينادي بالسلام المحلي والعالمي وليس هذا عزلة سياسية ولقابوس نظرة لتوجيه اهتمام السلطنة لتطوير السلطنة بما يعود بالنفع على أبناء السلطة بعيدا عن الزج بالبلاد في الخلافات الدولية التي تأخر تقدم ورقي الشعب.
</s>
<s id="50">
مراجع
</s>
<s id="51">
موقع السلطان قابوس
</s>
<s id="52">
السلطان قابوس بن سعيد المعظم
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="64" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
قائمة الدول
</s>
<s id="2">
قائمة الدول المستقلة وعددها 203 دول
</s>
<s id="3">
تحتوي هذه القائمة على:
</s>
<s id="4">
193 دولة مستقلة ومعترف بها دولياً بشكل سائد:
</s>
<s id="5">
192 دولة من أعضاء الأمم المتحدة.
</s>
<s id="6">
دولة واحدة معترف بها دولياً ولكنها ليست من أعضاء الأمم المتحدة، وهي الفاتيكان.
</s>
<s id="7">
10 دول غير معترف بها دولياً بشكل سائد وليست من أعضاء الأمم المتحدة:
</s>
<s id="8">
دولة واحدة لديها علاقات دبلوماسية مع 93 دولة، وهي فلسطين.
</s>
<s id="9">
دولة واحدة مستقلة واقعياً ومعترف بها دبلوماسياً من قبل بعض الدول، وهي كوسوفو.
</s>
<s id="10">
دولة واحدة من أعضاء الاتحاد الأفريقي، وهي الجمهورية العربية الصحراوية الديمقراطية.
</s>
<s id="11">
دولة واحدة لم تعد من أعضاء الأمم المتحدة، وهي تايوان.
</s>
<s id="12">
دولتان مستقلتان واقعياً ولكن غير معترف بهما بواسطة أية دولة ماعدا روسيا، وهما أبخازيا وأوستيا الجنوبية.
</s>
<s id="13">
دولة واحدة مستقلة واقعياً ولكن غير معترف بهما بواسطة أية دولة ماعدا تركيا، وهي شمال قبرص التركية.
</s>
<s id="14">
دولة واحدة معترف بها من قبل أبخازيا وأوستيا الجنوبية، وهي ترانسنيستريا.
</s>
<s id="15">
دولتان مستقلتان واقعياً ولكن غير معترف بهما بواسطة أية دولة، وهما قرة باغ وجمهورية أرض الصومال.
</s>
<s id="16">
ا
</s>
<s id="17">
إثيوبيا
</s>
<s id="18">
أذربيجان
</s>
<s id="19">
الأرجنتين
</s>
<s id="20">
الأردن
</s>
<s id="21">
جمهورية أرض الصومال
</s>
<s id="22">
أرمينيا
</s>
<s id="23">
إريتريا
</s>
<s id="24">
إسبانيا
</s>
<s id="25">
أستراليا
</s>
<s id="26">
إستونيا
</s>
<s id="27">
إسرائيل
</s>
<s id="28">
جمهورية أفريقيا الوسطى
</s>
<s id="29">
أفغانستان
</s>
<s id="30">
الإكوادور
</s>
<s id="31">
ألبانيا
</s>
<s id="32">
ألمانيا
</s>
<s id="33">
الإمارات
</s>
<s id="34">
أنتيغا وباربودا
</s>
<s id="35">
أندورا
</s>
<s id="36">
إندونسيا
</s>
<s id="37">
أنغولا
</s>
<s id="38">
الأوروغواي
</s>
<s id="39">
أوزبكستان
</s>
<s id="40">
أوستيا الجنوبية
</s>
<s id="41">
أوغندا
</s>
<s id="42">
أوكرانيا
</s>
<s id="43">
إيران
</s>
<s id="44">
جمهورية أيرلندا
</s>
<s id="45">
أيسلندا
</s>
<s id="46">
إيطاليا
</s>
<s id="47">
ب
</s>
<s id="48">
بابوا غينيا الجديدة
</s>
<s id="49">
الباراغواي
</s>
<s id="50">
باربادوس
</s>
<s id="51">
باكستان
</s>
<s id="52">
بالاو
</s>
<s id="53">
البحرين
</s>
<s id="54">
البرازيل
</s>
<s id="55">
البرتغال
</s>
<s id="56">
بروناي
</s>
<s id="57">
بلجيكا
</s>
<s id="58">
بلغاريا
</s>
<s id="59">
بليز
</s>
<s id="60">
بنغلاديش
</s>
<s id="61">
بنما
</s>
<s id="62">
بنين
</s>
<s id="63">
البهاما
</s>
<s id="64">
بوتان
</s>
<s id="65">
بوتسوانا
</s>
<s id="66">
بوركينا فاسو
</s>
<s id="67">
بورما
</s>
<s id="68">
البوسنة والهرسك
</s>
<s id="69">
بولندا
</s>
<s id="70">
بوليفيا
</s>
<s id="71">
البيرو
</s>
<s id="72">
ت
</s>
<s id="73">
تايلند
</s>
<s id="74">
تايوان
</s>
<s id="75">
ترانسنيستريا
</s>
<s id="76">
تركمنستان
</s>
<s id="77">
تركيا
</s>
<s id="78">
ترينيداد وتوباغو
</s>
<s id="79">
التشيك
</s>
<s id="80">
تشيلي
</s>
<s id="81">
تنزانيا
</s>
<s id="82">
توغو
</s>
<s id="83">
توفالو
</s>
<s id="84">
تونس
</s>
<s id="85">
تونغا
</s>
<s id="86">
تيمور الشرقية
</s>
<s id="87">
ث
</s>
<s id="88">
ج
</s>
<s id="89">
جاميكا
</s>
<s id="90">
الجبل الأسود
</s>
<s id="91">
الجزائر
</s>
<s id="92">
جنوب أفريقيا
</s>
<s id="93">
جورجيا
</s>
<s id="94">
جيبوتي
</s>
<s id="95">
ح
</s>
<s id="96">
خ
</s>
<s id="97">
د
</s>
<s id="98">
الدانمارك
</s>
<s id="99">
دومينيكا
</s>
<s id="100">
جمهورية الدومنيكان
</s>
<s id="101">
ذ
</s>
<s id="102">
ر
</s>
<s id="103">
رواندا
</s>
<s id="104">
روسيا
</s>
<s id="105">
روسيا البيضاء
</s>
<s id="106">
رومانيا
</s>
<s id="107">
ز
</s>
<s id="108">
زامبيا
</s>
<s id="109">
زمبابوي
</s>
<s id="110">
س
</s>
<s id="111">
ساحل العاج
</s>
<s id="112">
ساموا
</s>
<s id="113">
سان مارينو
</s>
<s id="114">
سانت فنسينت والجرينادينز
</s>
<s id="115">
سانت كيتس ونيفيس
</s>
<s id="116">
سانت لوسيا
</s>
<s id="117">
سريلانكا
</s>
<s id="118">
السعودية
</s>
<s id="119">
السلفادور
</s>
<s id="120">
سلوفاكيا
</s>
<s id="121">
سلوفينيا
</s>
<s id="122">
جزر سليمان
</s>
<s id="123">
سنغافورة
</s>
<s id="124">
السنغال
</s>
<s id="125">
سوازيلند
</s>
<s id="126">
السودان
</s>
<s id="127">
سوريا
</s>
<s id="128">
سورينام
</s>
<s id="129">
السويد
</s>
<s id="130">
سويسرا
</s>
<s id="131">
سيراليون
</s>
<s id="132">
سيشيل
</s>
<s id="133">
ش
</s>
<s id="134">
شمال قبرص التركية
</s>
<s id="135">
ص
</s>
<s id="136">
الجمهورية العربية الصحراوية الديمقراطية
</s>
<s id="137">
جمهورية صربيا
</s>
<s id="138">
الصومال
</s>
<s id="139">
جمهورية الصين الشعبية
</s>
<s id="140">
ض
</s>
<s id="141">
ط
</s>
<s id="142">
طاجيكستان
</s>
<s id="143">
ظ
</s>
<s id="144">
ع
</s>
<s id="145">
العراق
</s>
<s id="146">
عُمان
</s>
<s id="147">
غ
</s>
<s id="148">
الغابون
</s>
<s id="149">
غامبيا
</s>
<s id="150">
غانا
</s>
<s id="151">
غرينادا
</s>
<s id="152">
غواتيمالا
</s>
<s id="153">
غويانا
</s>
<s id="154">
غينيا
</s>
<s id="155">
غينيا الاستوائية
</s>
<s id="156">
غينيا بيساو
</s>
<s id="157">
ف
</s>
<s id="158">
الفاتيكان
</s>
<s id="159">
فانواتو
</s>
<s id="160">
فرنسا
</s>
<s id="161">
الفلبين
</s>
<s id="162">
فلسطين
</s>
<s id="163">
فنزويلا
</s>
<s id="164">
فنلندا
</s>
<s id="165">
فيتنام
</s>
<s id="166">
فيجي
</s>
<s id="167">
ق
</s>
<s id="168">
قبرص
</s>
<s id="169">
22بك قرة باغ
</s>
<s id="170">
قرغيزستان
</s>
<s id="171">
قطر
</s>
<s id="172">
جزر القمر
</s>
<s id="173">
ك
</s>
<s id="174">
كازاخستان
</s>
<s id="175">
الكاميرون
</s>
<s id="176">
كرواتيا
</s>
<s id="177">
كمبوديا
</s>
<s id="178">
كندا
</s>
<s id="179">
كوبا
</s>
<s id="180">
كوريا الجنوبية
</s>
<s id="181">
كوريا الشمالية
</s>
<s id="182">
كوستاريكا
</s>
<s id="183">
كوسوفو
</s>
<s id="184">
كولومبيا
</s>
<s id="185">
جمهورية الكونغو
</s>
<s id="186">
جمهورية الكونغو الديمقراطية
</s>
<s id="187">
الكويت
</s>
<s id="188">
كيريباس
</s>
<s id="189">
كينيا
</s>
<s id="190">
ل
</s>
<s id="191">
لاتفيا
</s>
<s id="192">
لاوس
</s>
<s id="193">
لبنان
</s>
<s id="194">
لوكسمبورغ
</s>
<s id="195">
ليبيا
</s>
<s id="196">
ليبيريا
</s>
<s id="197">
ليتوانيا
</s>
<s id="198">
ليختنشتاين
</s>
<s id="199">
ليسوتو
</s>
<s id="200">
م
</s>
<s id="201">
جزر مارشال
</s>
<s id="202">
المالديف
</s>
<s id="203">
مالطا
</s>
<s id="204">
مالي
</s>
<s id="205">
ماليزيا
</s>
<s id="206">
المجر
</s>
<s id="207">
مدغشقر
</s>
<s id="208">
مصر
</s>
<s id="209">
المغرب
</s>
<s id="210">
جمهورية مقدونيا
</s>
<s id="211">
المكسيك
</s>
<s id="212">
ملاوي
</s>
<s id="213">
المملكة المتحدة
</s>
<s id="214">
منغوليا
</s>
<s id="215">
موريتانيا
</s>
<s id="216">
موريشيوس
</s>
<s id="217">
موزمبيق
</s>
<s id="218">
مولدافيا
</s>
<s id="219">
موناكو
</s>
<s id="220">
ولايات ميكرونيسيا المتحدة
</s>
<s id="221">
ن
</s>
<s id="222">
ناميبيا
</s>
<s id="223">
ناورو
</s>
<s id="224">
النرويج
</s>
<s id="225">
النمسا
</s>
<s id="226">
النيبال
</s>
<s id="227">
النيجر
</s>
<s id="228">
نيجيريا
</s>
<s id="229">
نيكاراغوا
</s>
<s id="230">
نيوزيلندا
</s>
<s id="231">
ه
</s>
<s id="232">
هايتي
</s>
<s id="233">
الهند
</s>
<s id="234">
هندوراس
</s>
<s id="235">
هولندا
</s>
<s id="236">
و
</s>
<s id="237">
الولايات المتحدة
</s>
<s id="238">
ي
</s>
<s id="239">
اليابان
</s>
<s id="240">
اليمن
</s>
<s id="241">
اليونان
</s>
<s id="242">
انظر أيضاً
</s>
<s id="243">
تبعية
</s>
<s id="244">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="245">
لأسماء البلدان بعدة لغات
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="65" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
المانية
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل ألمانيا
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="66" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
الصلاة فى الإسلام
</s>
<s id="2">
مصلون في القاهرة القديمة عام 1865.
</s>
<s id="3">
في الإسلام تؤدى الصلاة خمس مرات يومياً فرضا على كل مسلم بالغ عاقل خالي من الأعذار، بالإضافة لأنواع أخرى من الصلاة تمارس في مناسبات مختلفة مثل صلاة العيد، وصلاة الجنازة، وصلاة الاستسقاء، وصلاة الكسوف والصلاة التفريجية.
</s>
<s id="4">
الصلاة هي الركن الثاني من أركان الإسلام الخمسة
</s>
<s id="5">
وتعتبر الصلاة وسيلة مناجاة بين العبد وربّه.
</s>
<s id="6">
تجب الصلاة على:
</s>
<s id="7">
المسلم : الذي يؤمن بوحدانية الله، وأن محمد هو الرسول الخاتم لالله سبحانه وتعالى، والإيمان بباقي الرسل والأنبياء والكتب السماوية والملائكة والقدر.
</s>
<s id="8">
البالغ : الذي بلغ الحُلُم وصار مُكلّفا.
</s>
<s id="9">
العاقل : الغير مريض مرضا عقليا (الغير مجنون) المسئول عن أفعاله وأقواله، الخالي من الأعذار.
</s>
<s id="10">
يؤمر الطفل بها ليتعود عليها منذ الصغر، كما يؤمر بكل فضيلة، وينهى عن كل قبيحة ورذيلة, لقوله عليه الصلاة والسلام (مروا أولادكم بالصلاة وهم أبناء سبع سنين واضربوهم عليها وهم أبناء عشر سنين وفرقوا بينهم في المضاجع).
</s>
<s id="11">
يقوم المسلم على أداء الصلاة خمس مرات في اليوم والصلوات الخمس هي :
</s>
<s id="12">
صلاة الفجر، ووقتها من طلوع الفجر الصادق إلى طلوع الشمس.
</s>
<s id="13">
صلاة الظهر، ووقتها إذا زالت الشمس عن وسط السماء إلى مصير ظل كل شيء مثله غير ظل الاستواء.
</s>
<s id="14">
صلاة العصر، وقتها من بعد وقت الظهر حتى مغيب الشمس.
</s>
<s id="15">
صلاة المغرب، ووقتها من بعد مغيب الشمس إلى مغيب الشفق الأحمر.
</s>
<s id="16">
صلاة العشاء، ووقتها من بعد وقت المغرب حتى منتصف الليل.
</s>
<s id="17">
لكي يتسنّى للمسلم أداء الصلوات، يجب عليه أن يكون طاهراً، وتتأتى الطهارة عن طريق الوضوء للصلاة وهو غسل أطراف الجسم والوجه.
</s>
<s id="18">
منزلة الصلاة فى الإسلام
</s>
<s id="19">
أعطى الإسلام الصلاة منزلة لم تعطها أى عبادة أخرى فقد قال فيهى أول ما أوجبه الله من العبادات ،وقد فرضت
</s>
<s id="20">
ليلة المعراج رواه أحمد والترمذى وصححه والنسائى --&gt;
</s>
<s id="21">
أهمية الصلاة
</s>
<s id="22">
أركان الصلاة
</s>
<s id="23">
الوضوء
</s>
<s id="24">
تكبيرة الإحرام
</s>
<s id="25">
قراءة الفاتحة
</s>
<s id="26">
الركوع
</s>
<s id="27">
الرفع من الركوع
</s>
<s id="28">
===
</s>
<s id="29">
القيام مع القدرة.
</s>
<s id="30">
تكبيرة الإحرام.
</s>
<s id="31">
قراءة سورة الفاتحة.
</s>
<s id="32">
الركوع.
</s>
<s id="33">
الرفع من الركوع.
</s>
<s id="34">
السجود على الأعضاء السبعة(وهي الأنف مع الجبهة والكفان والركبتان وأطراف القدمين).
</s>
<s id="35">
الجلوس بين السجدتين.
</s>
<s id="36">
التشهد الأخير والجلوس له.
</s>
<s id="37">
الطمأنينة في الأركان السابقة.
</s>
<s id="38">
الترتيب بين أركان الصلاة.
</s>
<s id="39">
التسليمتين.
</s>
<s id="40">
من ترك واحداً من هذه الأركان عامداً أو ساهياً بغير عذر بطلت صلاته وعليه إعادتها.
</s>
<s id="41">
في شتّى بقاع العالم، يجب على المسلم استقبال القبلة في تأديته للصلاة ؛ والقبلة هي الكعبة المشرّفة الواقعة في مكّة المكرّمة في المملكة العربية السعودية
</s>
<s id="42">
ولا تصّح الصلاة إلا في مكان طاهر خالٍ من النّجاسة فلا يجوز قضاؤها في أماكن عادة ما تكون أماكن نجاسة، كدورات المياه وخلافها
</s>
<s id="43">
كما لا تصحّ الصلاة إلا بارتداء المسلم ثياباً طاهرةً، ويجب على المسلم ستر عورته حينما يؤدّي الصلاة.
</s>
<s id="44">
في حال صلاة الجماعة، يؤُمّ المسلمين رجل واحد في أداء الصلاة ويسمّى الإمام
</s>
<s id="45">
ويقوم الإمام بمثابة القائد في الصلاة ويتبعه المصلّون في تأديتهم للصلاة
</s>
<s id="46">
فعلى سبيل المثال، لا يبدأ المصلون الصلاة إلا عندما يعلن الإمام بداية الصلاة عن طريق إطلاق تكبيرة الإحرام ؛ فإن كبّر الإمام كبّر المصلون من ورائه ؛ وإذا قام الإمام بالقراءة في الصلوات الجهريّة كالفجر، والمغرب، والعشاء يقوم المصلون من ورائه بالاستماع فقط
</s>
<s id="47">
وإذا ركع الإمام قام من ورائه المصلون بالرّكوع
</s>
<s id="48">
وإذا سجد الإمام، قام وراءه المصلون بالسّجود، وهكذا إلى أن يعلن الإمام انتهاء الصلاة بالتسليم.
</s>
<s id="49">
تتكون كل صلاة من الصلوات الخمس المفروضة من ركعات، ويختلف عددها حسب توقيتها، فالفجر ركعتان ؛ ويقوم الإمام بالقراءة بصوت مسموع وتسمى بالصلاة الجهرية ؛ والظهر أربع ركعات، ولا يقرأ الإمام بصوت مسموع وتسمّى الصلاة السّريّة ؛ فالعصر أربع ركعات سرّيّة ؛ والمغرب ثلاث ركعات، الأوليين جهريّتين والثالثة سرية ؛ والعِشاء أربع ركعات، الأوليين جهريتين والباقي بالسر
</s>
<s id="50">
في كل ركعة يقوم المصلّي بقراءة سورة الفاتحة ويعقبها بسور قصيرة أو ما شاء له أن يقرأ
</s>
<s id="51">
يقوم الإمام في الغالب، بالتّخفيف في الصلاة لعدم الإطالة على المصلّين من ورائه تنفيذاً لما ورد في السنة النبوية (&quot;..
</s>
<s id="52">
أفتان أنت يا معاذ&quot;).
</s>
<s id="53">
الصلاة: عبادة ذات أقوال وأفعال أولها التكبير وآخرها التسليم
</s>
<s id="54">
وإذا أراد الصلاة فإنه يجب عليه أن يتوضأ إن كان عليه حدث أصغر، أو يغتسل إن كان عليه حدث أكبر، أو يتيمم إن لم يجد الماء أو تضرر باستعماله، وينظف بدنه وثوبه ومكان صلاته من النجاسة.
</s>
<s id="55">
كيفية الصلاة
</s>
<s id="56">
150بك
</s>
<s id="57">
أن يستقبل القبلة بجميع بدنه بدون انحراف ولا التفات.
</s>
<s id="58">
ثم ينوي الصلاة التي يريد أن يصليها بقلبه بدون نطق النية.
</s>
<s id="59">
ثم يكبر تكبيرة الإحرام فيقول: (الله أكبر) ويرفع يديه إلى حذو منكبيه عند التكبير.
</s>
<s id="60">
ثم يضع كف يده اليمنى على ظهر كف يده اليسرى فوق صدره.
</s>
<s id="61">
ثم يستفتح فيقول: (اللهم باعد بيني وبين خطاياي كما باعدت بين المشرق والمغرب
</s>
<s id="62">
اللهم نقني من خطاياي كما يُنقى الثوب الأبيض من الدنس
</s>
<s id="63">
اللهم اغسلني من خطاياي بالماء والثلج والبرد).
</s>
<s id="64">
أو يقول: (سبحانك اللهم وبحمدك، وتبارك اسمك، وتعالى جدك، ولا إله غيرك).
</s>
<s id="65">
ثم يتعوذ فيقول: (أعوذ بالله من الشيطان الرجيم).
</s>
<s id="66">
ثم يبسمل ويقرأ الفاتحة فيقول: بِسْمِ اللهِ الرَّحْمنِ الرَّحِيمِ (1) الْحَمْدُ للّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ (2) الرَّحْمـنِ الرَّحِيمِ (3) مَالِكِ يَوْمِ الدِّينِ (4) إِيَّاكَ نَعْبُدُ وإِيَّاكَ نَسْتَعِينُ (5) اهدِنَـا الصِّرَاطَ المُستَقِيمَ (6) صِرَاطَ الَّذِينَ أَنعَمتَ عَلَيهِمْ غَيرِ المَغضُوبِ عَلَيهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ [الفاتحة:1-7]
</s>
<s id="67">
ثم يقول (آمين) يعني اللهم استجب.
</s>
<s id="68">
ثم يقرأ ما تيسر من القرآن ويطيل القراءة في صلاة الصبح.
</s>
<s id="69">
ثم يركع، أي يحني ظهره تعظيماً لله ويُكبر عند ركوعه ويرفع يديه إلى حذو منكبيه
</s>
<s id="70">
والسنة أن يهصر ظهره ويجعل رأسه حياله ويضع يديه على ركبتيه مفرجتي الأصابع.
</s>
<s id="71">
ويقول في ركوعه: (سبحان ربي العظيم) ثلاث مرات، وإن زاد: (سبحانك اللهم وبحمدك، اللهم اغفر لي) فحسن.
</s>
<s id="72">
ثم يرفع رأسه من الركوع قائلاً: (سمع الله لمن حمده) ويرفع يديه حينئذ إلى حذو منكبيه
</s>
<s id="73">
والمأموم لا يقول سمع الله لمن حمده، وإنما يقول بدلها: (ربنا ولك الحمد).
</s>
<s id="74">
ثم يقول بعد رفعه: (ربنا ولك الحمد، ملء السماوات والأرض وملء ما شئت من شيء بعد).
</s>
<s id="75">
ثم يسجد خشوعاً السجدة الأولى ويقول عند سجوده: (الله أكبر) ويسجد على أعضائه السبعة: الجبهة والأنف، والكفين، والركبتين، وأطراف القدمين، ويجافي عضديه عن جنبيه ولا يبسط ذراعيه على الأرض، ويتسبقل برؤوس أصابعه القبلة.
</s>
<s id="76">
ويقول في سجوده: (سبحان ربي الأعلى) ثلاث مرات، وإن زاد: (سبحانك اللهم ربنا وبحمدك، اللهم اغفر لي) فحسن.
</s>
<s id="77">
ثم يرفع رأسه من السجود قائلاً: (الله أكبر).
</s>
<s id="78">
ثم يجلس بين السجدتين على قدمه اليسرى، وينصب قدمه اليمنى، ويضع يده اليمنى على طرف فخذه الأيمن مما يلي ركبته، ويقبض منها الخنصر والبنصر، ويرفع السبابة ويحركها عند دعائه، ويجعل طرف الإبهام مقروناً بطرف الوسطى كالحلقة، ويضع يده اليسرى مبسوطة الأصابع على طرف فخذه الأيسر مما يلي الركبة.
</s>
<s id="79">
ويقول في جلوسه بين السجدتين: (رب اغفر لي وارحمني واهدني وارزقني واجبرني وعافني).
</s>
<s id="80">
ثم يسجد خشوعاً منه السجدة الثانية كالأولى فيما يُقال ويُفعل، ويكبر عند سجوده.
</s>
<s id="81">
ثم يقوم من السجدة الثانية قائلاً: (الله أكبر) ويصلي الركعة الثانية كالأولى فيما يُقال ويفعل إلا أنه لا يستفتح فيها.
</s>
<s id="82">
ثم يجلس بعد انتهاء الركعة الثانية قائلاً: (الله أكبر) ويجلس كما يجلس بين السجدتين سواء.
</s>
<s id="83">
ويقرأ التشهد في هذا الجلوس فيقول: (التحيات لله والصلوات والطيبات، السلام عليك أيها النبي ورحمة الله وبركاته، السلام علينا وعلى عباد الله الصالحين، أشهد أن لا إله إلا الله وأشهد أن محمداً عبده ورسوله، اللهم صلِّ على محمد وعلى آل محمد كما صليت على إبراهيم وعلى آل إبراهيم إنك حميد مجيد، وبارك على محمد وعلى آل محمد كما باركت على إبراهيم وعلى آل إبراهيم إنك حميد مجيد
</s>
<s id="84">
أعوذ بالله من عذاب جهنم، ومن عذاب القبر، ومن فتنة المحيا والممات، ومن فتنة المسيح الدجال) ثم يدعو ربه بما أحب من خيري الدنيا والآخرة.
</s>
<s id="85">
ثم يسلم عن يمينه قائلاً: (السلام عليكم ورحمة الله) وعن يساره كذلك.
</s>
<s id="86">
وإذا كانت الصلاة ثلاثية أو رباعية وقف عند منتهى التشهد الأول وهو: (أشهد أن لا إله إلا الله وأشهد أن محمداً عبده ورسوله).
</s>
<s id="87">
ثم ينهض قائماً قائلاً: (الله أكبر) ويرفع يديه إلى حذو منكبيه حينئذ.
</s>
<s id="88">
ثم يصلي ما بقي من صلاته على صفة الركعة الثانية، إلا أنه يقتصر على قراءة الفاتحة.
</s>
<s id="89">
ثم يجلس متوركاً فينصب قدمه اليمنى ويخرج قدمه اليسرى من تحت ساق اليمنى ويُمكن مقعدته من الأرض، ويضع يديه على فخذيه على صفة وضعها في التشهد الأول.
</s>
<s id="90">
ويقرأ في هذا الجلوس التشهد كله.
</s>
<s id="91">
ثم يسلم عن يمينه قائلاً: (السلام عليكم ورحمة الله) وعن يساره كذلك.
</s>
<s id="92">
مراجع
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="67" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
لينوس تورفالدس
</s>
<s id="2">
لينوس تورفالدس.
</s>
<s id="3">
لينوس بينيديكت تورفالدس هو شاب فنلندي مولود في العاصمة الفنلنديّة هلسنكي، معروف بأنه من كَتب لينكس نظام التشغيل المعروف
</s>
<s id="4">
وُلد في 28 ديسمبر 1969، سُمي بهذا الاسم نسبة إلى العالم الفيزيائي والفائز بجائزة نوبل لينوس باولنغ.
</s>
<s id="5">
في منتصف السبعينيات، ذهب والده نيلز تورفالدز ذو الميول الشيوعية إلى موسكو ودرس وأقام في موسكو عاماً كاملاً، بعدها عمل في الصحافة، ووالدته آنا تروفالدز كانت تعمل لصحيفه فنلديه كـ مترجمه ومنشئه للرسومات الاخباريه، كما ان جدّه كان يعمل في صحيفه فنلنديه، وخاله كان يعمل في التلفزيون الفنلندي.
</s>
<s id="6">
تنحدر عائلة لينوس من الأقلّيّة السويدية المقيمة في فنلندا ويقدّر تعدادها بحوالي 6% من تعداد السّكان الفنلندي
</s>
<s id="7">
إنخرط في جامعة هلسنكي في العام 1988 للدّراسة، ويعيش لينوس حاليّاً في مدينة سان هوزيه في ولاية كاليفورنيا الأمريكيّة مع زوجته توفي الحائزة على البطولة في مباريات الكاراتيه في فنلندا 6 مرّات
</s>
<s id="8">
تزوّج من توفي في خريف العام 1988
</s>
<s id="9">
لدى لينوس 3 بنات من زوجته توفي وهما : باتريشا ميراندا والمولودة في 5 ديسمبر 1996، دانيلّا يولاندا والمولودة في 16 ابريل 1998، سيليست أماندا والمولودة في 20 نوفمبر 2000.
</s>
<s id="10">
إعتاد لينوس العمل في مؤسّسة ترانسميتا منذ العام 1997 وحتّى العام 2003، بعدها، إنضمّ لينوس لمختبرات OSDL للعمل بشكل منتظم والتّفرّغ الكلّي لتطوير نواة لينكس التّي كتبها في بداية التسعينيات
</s>
<s id="11">
بالرّغم من أن مختبرات OSDL تقع في مدينة بورتلاند في ولاية أوريغون، إلا أن لينوس لا زال يقيم في ولاية كاليفورنيا ويعمل لمختبرات OSDL من منزله.
</s>
<s id="12">
في البداية، استعمل لينوس نظام التّشغيل Minix ثم استعاظ عنه بالنظام الذي كتبه بنفسه وكان عمره آنذاك 21 سنة
</s>
<s id="13">
إقترح صديق لينوس آري ليمكي عليه ان يقوم بوضع نظام التّشغيل الذي كتبه لينوس على الشّبكة ليتسنى للبعض الإطّلاع عليه، وحيث أن آري لم يحب الاسم الأصلي الذي أطلقه لينوس على نظام التّشغيل الحديث فريكس، قام آري بوضع عمل صديقه لينوس في ملف على الشّبكة وأسماه لينكس
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="68" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
هلسينكي
</s>
<s id="2">
تحويل هلسنكي
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="69" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
موسكو
</s>
<s id="2">
Москва
</s>
<s id="3">
موسكو(بالروسية Moskva] Москва]) عاصمة روسيا، تقع على نهر موسكو وتغطي اجمالي مساحة مقداره 878.7 كم 2 ، عدد السكان في تزايد ووصل في إحصاء عام 2004 إلى 11.2 مليون نسمة.
</s>
<s id="4">
يقع إقليم موسكو اوبلاست حول مدينة موسكو.
</s>
<s id="5">
موسكو هي الحاديه والعشرين أكبر مدينة في العالم مع 9،3 مليون نسمة وأكبر وأكثر المدن تطورا في روسيا وتجذب موسكو اهتمام المستثمرين بسبب البنية التحتية المتقدمه، والعدد الكبير من السكان، وعدد كبير من الفرص التجارية.
</s>
<s id="6">
اجمالى القوى العاملة باعداد أكثر من 5 ملايين (أو 8 ٪ من اجمالي العمالة في روسيا)
</s>
<s id="7">
المتقاعدون حساب 24 ٪ بالنسبة للسكان، والسكان تحت سن 16 هي 18٪
</s>
<s id="8">
وتبلغ نسبة البطاله 2،2 ٪.وهي الادنى في روسيا
</s>
<s id="9">
تخصص ميزانيه المدينة 40 ٪ من نفقاتها للأغراض الاجتماعية.
</s>
<s id="10">
أصبحت موسكو عاصمة لروسيا في عهد الملك ايفان الرابع.
</s>
<s id="11">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="12">
الميدان الأحمر بموسكو
</s>
<s id="13">
أصل موسكو الاسم غير معروف، على الرغم من وجود عدة نظريات
</s>
<s id="14">
نظرية واحدة تشير إلى ان مصدر الاسم اللغة الروسيه القديمة فالمدينه تحمل اسم النهر، والذي يعني &quot;الظلام&quot; و&quot;عكر&quot;
</s>
<s id="15">
أول إشارة إلى موسكو في الروسيه في الفترة من 1147
</s>
<s id="16">
وأصبحت موسكو امارة مستقلة في 1327
</s>
<s id="17">
وتطورت موسكو لتصبح مستقرة ومزدهره لسنوات عديدة، وساهمت في جذب عدد كبير من اللاجئين من سائر أنحاء روسيا.
</s>
<s id="18">
كرملن والساحة الحمراء ومقبر لينين
</s>
<s id="19">
الاحدائيات الجغرافية 55,75°شمال، 37,62°شرق.
</s>
<s id="20">
انظر أيضا الكرملن، الساحة الحمراء.
</s>
<s id="21">
وصلات خارجية
</s>
<s id="22">
دليل هاتف موسكو
</s>
<s id="23">
موسكو
</s>
<s id="24">
موسكو
</s>
<s id="25">
موسكو
</s>
</doc>
<doc id="70" lang="ar">
<s id="1">
اليمن
</s>
<s id="2">
250px
</s>
<s id="3">
اللغة الرسمية العربية
</s>
<s id="4">
العاصمة صنعاء
</s>
<s id="5">
الرئيس علي عبد الله صالح
</s>
<s id="6">
المساحة 555,000كم²
</s>
<s id="7">
عدد السكان
</s>
<s id="8">
- (2009)
</s>
<s id="9">
- الكثافة السكانية
</s>
<s id="10">
تقديرات يوليو 2008:
</s>
<s id="11">
42/كم²
</s>
<s id="12">
تاريخ الوحدة
</s>
<s id="13">
22 مايو 1990
</s>
<s id="14">
العملة
</s>
<s id="15">
ريال يمني
</s>
<s id="16">
فرق التوقيت UTC +3
</s>
<s id="17">
النشيد الوطني النشيد الوطني لجمهورية اليمن
</s>
<s id="18">
الرمز الدولي للإنترنت .YE
</s>
<s id="19">
الرمز الدولي للهاتف 967
</s>
<s id="20">
الجمهورية اليمنية دولة تقع جنوب غرب شبه الجزيرة العربية في غربي آسيا
</s>
<s id="21">
تبلغ مساحتها حوالي نصف مليون كيلومتر مربع يحدها من الشمال السعودية ومن الشرق عُمان
</s>
<s id="22">
لها ساحل جنوبي على بحر العرب وساحل غربي على البحر الأحمر.تشرف الجمهورية اليمنية على مضيق باب المندب ولديها عدة جزر في البحر الأحمر وبحر العرب أهمها جزيرة سقطرة، وهي الدول الوحيد في الجزيرة العربية ذو نظام جمهوري.
</s>
<s id="23">
التاريخ
</s>
<s id="24">
ممالك القرن الثالث الميلادي
</s>
<s id="25">
لليمن تاريخ عريق حيث كانت اليمن موطنا لبعض من أقدم الحضارات في العالم منها خرجت أهم الحضارات واستطونت دول مثل العراق وبلاد الشام ومصر وشمال أفريقيا وهي الهجرات الإنسانية القديمة كما هاجر اليمنيون بعد انهيار سد مأرب لدول الجوار ويقال بأن اليمن هي أرض سام بن نوح
</s>
<s id="26">
حيث كانت اليمن موطنا لبعض من أقدم الحضارات في العالم ومن أهم هذه الحضارات حضارة سبأ، مملكة معين، حضارة حضرموت، مملكة حمير، مملكة أوسان، وهناك مماليك أخرى قامت في اليمن لا يعرف عنها الكثر مثل: مملكة هرم، مملكة كمنة، مملكة السوداء، ملكة أنابة، ملكة نشأن وغيرها.
</s>
<s id="27">
اليمن
</s>
<s id="28">
كان اليمن يسمى سابقا بلاد اليمن السعيد وذلك لأزدهاره في زمن الحضارات العربية القديمة ونتيجة لوجود سد سبأ أو سد مأرب أو سد العرم الشهير.
</s>
<s id="29">
دخلها الإسلام في العام 8 للهجرة
</s>
<s id="30">
وحكمها الكثير من الممالك ومنهم الرسوليون والصليحيين والطاهريين وحكمها الأئمة الزيديون لمدة 1200 سنة بفترات متقطعة تقطعت بتدخلات منها الخلافة العثمانية حيث حكمها العثمانيون واستمرت دعوة الأئمة الزيديين للحرب ضدهم وقد تمكن الإمام المتوكل علي الله أخيرا من إجلاء العثمانيين من اليمن الشمالي ومد سلطانه الي جميع بقاع اليمن من مكة شمالا الي عمان جنوبا وبهذا تكون اليمن أول دولة عربية تعلن استقلالها في ذلك الوقت.واستمرت هذة الدولة موحدة أكثر من مئة عام لتواجهه الحملة العثمانية من الخارج والاطماع الاستقلالية في الداخل مماادي الي انحصارها في الإقليم الشمالي الغربي حيث المعقل الرئيسي والتاريخي للطائفة الزيدية الهاشمية.
</s>
<s id="31">
تعددت الحملات العثمانية حتي انتهت بنهاية الدولة العثمانية نفسها وتسليمها الحكم في شمال اليمن اليالامام يحي بن حميدالدين الذي أصبح الرجل الاقوي في شمال ووسط اليمن باستثناء المناطق الجنوبية والشرقية التي اما كانت واقعة تحت الاحتلال الفعلي أو الحماية البريطانية، ولم يمنع هذا الامام من محاولة إخراج البريطانيين وتوحيد اليمن تحت رايته الا انه فشل بسبب فارق السلاح الحديث بينه وبين الإنجليز وان كان هذا الاندفاع والرغبة في خروج المحتل لم تنتهي قط ,فقط خرج المحتل أخيرا علي ايدي أبناء اليمن الجنوبي وتم الجلاء فعلا في عام 1967 وهو مامهد الي قيام الدولة اليمنية الجنوبية والتي دخلت بعد سنوات في وحدة مع اليمن الشمالي لتكون الجمهورية اليمنية.
</s>
<s id="32">
التقسيمات الادارية
</s>
<s id="33">
للاطلاع على خريطة التقسيمات الادارية مع أسماء المحافظات ال 21 اضغط على الرابط
</s>
<s id="34">
التقسيمات الإدارية لليمن -المركز الوطني للمعلومات - وحدة تصويب البيانات والمعلومات - اليمن
</s>
<s id="35">
لليمن إحدى وعشرون محافظة وتعتبر خريطة اليمن التاريخية هي امتداد من مدينة عدن على مضيق باب المندب جنوبا والى مدينة صعدة علي حدود السعودية شمالا اما ما يسمى الآن بمحافظة حضرموت وعاصمتها المكلا فهي بلاد ووارض قبيلة كندة القحطانية والتي ينتمي إليها المقنع الكندي المشهور تاريخيا وهي الآن تعتبر واحده من المحافظات التي تشكل الجمهورية اليمنية.
</s>
<s id="36">
توزيع السكان
</s>
<s id="37">
نحوتة أثرية من حضارة حضرموت في جمهورية اليمن تعود لفترة ما قبل الإسلام
</s>
<s id="38">
لوح أثري من المرمر يعود لحوالي عام 1400 قبل الإسلام لحضارة سبأ
</s>
<s id="39">
يتوزع سكان الجمهورية اليمنية على محافظات الجمهورية بصورة غير متوازنة وذلك لأسباب طبيعية واقتصادية، فنجد أن أكبر محافظة من حيث عدد السكان هي محافظة تعز حيث بلغ تعداد سكان المحافظة حسب اخر احصائية للسكان عام 2004 حوالي 2.393.425 المصدر nic اليمن تليها محافظة الحديدة حيث يبلغ تعداد سكانها حوالي 2.157.552، ثم أمانة العاصمة حيث يبلغ تعدادها 1.747.834 على التوالي وتشكل هذه المحافظات الثلاث أكبر تجمعات للسكان المقيمين في الجمهورية ,وتعتبر محافظة المهرةالذي يبلغ تعداد سكانها 88.594 ومأرب 238.522 والمحويت 495.045أصغر المحافظات من حيث عدد السكان حيث تمثل سكانها (0.45%، 1,2%، 2%) على التوالي من الاجمالي العام السكان ويظهر التشتت الكبير في توزيع سكان البلاد على تلك التجمعات السكانية وخاصة سكان الريف وهذا التشتت نجده أكبر في المحافظات ذات الطبيعة الجبلية بشكل أساسي وقد أدى تشتت القرى والتجمعات السكانية على التضاريس الجبلية الوعرة إلى صعوبة وصول الخدمات الأساسية للسكان وارتفاع تكلفتها كما ساهمت هذه الظواهر الطبيعية في عزلة السكان لسنوات طويلة مضت.
</s>
<s id="40">
الاستيطان البشري
</s>
<s id="41">
يمكن التمييز بين ثلاثة أنماط من الاستيطان البشري في جمهورية اليمن هي:
</s>
<s id="42">
الاستيطان المركز حيث ترتفع فيه الكثافة السكانية في مساحة صغيرة في الأرض كما هو الحال في إقليم المرتفعات الجبلية الذي يشغل أكثر من 4/3 السكان في جمهورية اليمن (78%) وترتفع الكثافة في القسم الجنوبي من هذا الإقليم كما هو الحال في المنطقة المحيطة بمدينتي اب وتعز وذلك بسبب وفره الأمطار واعتدال المناخ وخصوبة التربة وكذلك في المناطق الحضرية.
</s>
<s id="43">
الاستيطان المبعثر الذي يتميز بوجود تجمعات صغيرة ومتباعدة قليلة العدد ومنخفضة الكثافة كما هو الحال في إقليم الهضبة الشرقية وذلك لانخفاض خصوبة التربة وارتفاع درجة الحرارة وقلة الأمطار وقلة مواردها الزراعية عدا مناطق مبعثرة تسيل فيها الأودية الموسمية وبعض الغيول واهم أوديتها وادي الجوف، وادي حضرموت، وادي بيحان.
</s>
<s id="44">
الاستيطان الخطي الشريطي الذي يمتد على طول الطرق الرئيسية والأودية التي تخترق سهل تهامة وتصب في البحر الأحمر وتلك الأودية التي تصب في بحر العرب وعلى طول ساحل البحر الأحمر وبحر العرب والمتمثلة في الموانئ وقرى الصيادين.
</s>
<s id="45">
منارة مسجد المحضار في حضرموت والتي تعد من أطول المنارات المصنوعة من الطين في العالم
</s>
<s id="46">
(دار الحجر)منزل للامام يحيى قرب مدينة صنعاء
</s>
<s id="47">
التضاريس
</s>
<s id="48">
تتميز اليمن بتنوع مظاهر السطح ولذلك تم تقسيمها إلى خمسة أقاليم جغرافية رئيسية هي :
</s>
<s id="49">
1ـ إقليم السهل الساحلي : ويمتد بشكل متقطع على طول سواحل جمهورية اليمن حيث تقطعه الجبال والهضاب التي تصل مباشرة إلى مياه البحر في أكثر من مكان ولذلك فإن إقليم السهل الساحلي لليمن يشتمل على السهول التالية: (سهل تهامة - سهل تبن-أبين - سهل ميفعة أحور - السهل الساحلي الشرقي ويقع ضمن محافظة المهرة).
</s>
<s id="50">
ويتميز إقليم السهل الساحلي بمناخ حار طول السنة مع أمطار قليلة تتراوح بين50-100 ملم سنوياً إلا أنه يعتبر إقليمًا زراعياً هاماً وخاصة سهل تهامة وذلك ناشئ عن كثرة الأودية التي تخترق هذا الإقليم وتصب فيه السيول الناشئة عن سقوط الأمطار على المرتفعات الجبلية.
</s>
<s id="51">
2- إقليم المرتفعات الجبلية: يمتد هذا الإقليم من أقصى حدود جمهورية اليمن شمالاً وحتى أقصى الجنوب وقد تعرض هذا الإقليم لحركات تكتونية نجم عنها انكسارات رئيسية وثانوية بعضها يوازي البحر الأحمر وبعضها الآخر يوازي خليج عدن ونجم عنها هضاب قافزة حصرت بينها أحواضاً جبلية تسمى قيعاناً أو حقولاً.
</s>
<s id="52">
والإقليم غني بالأودية السطحية التي تخددها إلى كتل ذات جوانب شديدة الانحدار وتستمر كجدار جبلي يطل على سهل تهامة بجروف وسفوح شديدة الانحدار
</s>
<s id="53">
وتعد جبال هذا الإقليم الأكثر ارتفاعاً في شبه الجزيرة العربية يتجاوز وسطي ارتفاعها 2000م وتصعد قممها لأكثر من 3500م وتصل أعلى قمة فيها إلى 3666م في جبل النبي شعيب عليه السلام
</s>
<s id="54">
ويقع خط تقسيم المياه في هذا الجبال حيث تنحدر المياه عبر عدد من الوديان شرقاً وغرباً وجنوباً ومن أهم هذا الوديان: وادي مور – حرض- زبيد - سهام- ووادي رسيان وهذه تصب جميعها في البحر الأحمر، أما الوديان التي تصب في خليج عدن والبحر العربي فأهمها: وادي تبن ووادي بناء ووادي حضرموت.
</s>
<s id="55">
3- إقليم الأحواض الجبلية: يتمثل هذا الإقليم في الأحواض والسهول الجبلية الموجودة في المرتفعات الجبلية وأغلبها يقع في القسم الشرقي من خط تقسيم المياه الممتد من أقصى الشمال إلى أقصى الجنوب وأهمها: قاع يريم ـ ذمارـ معبرـ وحوض صنعاء ـ عمران ـ صعدة.
</s>
<s id="56">
4- إقليم المناطق الهضبية: تقع إلى الشرق والشمال من إقليم المرتفعات الجبلية وموازية لها لكنها تتسع أكثر باتجاه الربع الخالي وتبدأ بالانخفاض التدريجي وينحدر السطح نحو الشمال والشرق انحداراً لطيفاً، وتشكل معظم سطح هذا الإقليم من سطح صخري صحراوي تمر فيه بعض الأودية وخاصة وادي حضرموت ووادي حريب.
</s>
<s id="57">
وتنقسم المنطقة الهضبية إلي قسمين هما:
</s>
<s id="58">
الهضبة الغربية: تتألف من صخور نارية أركية ومتحولة ويطلق عليها اسم (الكور)وتبلغ الهضبة ذروة ارتفاعها في الغرب حيث يبلغ زهاء(3300) بالقرب من مضيق باب المندب ويتناقص علوها في الشرق فيصبح نحو(2000م).
</s>
<s id="59">
هضبة حضرموت: وهي الهضبة الشرقية وتنقسم قسمين كبيرين يفصل بينهما وادي حضرموت.
</s>
<s id="60">
هضبة حضرموت الجنوبية: يبلغ ارتفاعها 1230م ويتناقص شرقاً إلي 615 م
</s>
<s id="61">
هضبة حضرموت الشمالية: يبلع ارتفاعها إلي 1350م عنه في الشرق الذي يبلغ 500م.
</s>
<s id="62">
5ـ إقليم الصحراء: وهو إقليم رملي يكاد يخلو من الغطاء النباتي باستثناء مناطق مجاري مياه الأمطار التي تسيل فيها بعض سقوطها على المناطق الجبلية المتاخمة للإقليم ويتراوح ارتفاع السطح هنا بين 500-1,000م فوق مستوى سطح البحر وينحدر دون انقطاع تضاريسي ملحوظ باتجاه الشمال الشرقي إلى قلب الربع الخالي، والمناخ هنا قاس يمتاز بحرارة عالية والمدى الحراري الكبير والأمطار النادرة والرطوبة المنخفضة.
</s>
<s id="63">
المناخ
</s>
<s id="64">
تطل جمهورية اليمن على بحرين هما البحر الأحمر والبحر العربي لكن مناخ جمهورية اليمن لم يستفد من الخصائص البحرية كثيراً سوى في رفع درجة الرطوبة الجوية على السواحل حيث أن تأثير هذين البحرين في تعديل خصائص مناخ الجمهورية محدود جداً يقتصر على الرطوبة وتعديل بعض خصائص الرياح بينما دورهما في حالة عدم الاستقرار الجوي محدود وتسقط الأمطار في جمهورية اليمن في موسمين الموسم الأول خلال فصل الربيع(مارس – أبريل) والموسم الثاني في الصيف (يوليو – أغسطس) وهو موسم أكثر مطراً من فصل الربيع وتتباين كمية الأمطار الساقطة على اليمن تبايناً مكانياً واسعاً فأعلى كمية تساقط سنوي تكون في المرتفعات الجنوبية الغربية كما في مناطق إب –تعز والضالع ويريم حيث تتراوح كمية الأمطار الساقطة هنا ما بين 600-1500 مم سنوياً وتقل كمية الأمطار الساقطة في السهل الساحلي الغربي كما هو في الحديدة والمخا بالرغم من تعرضها للرياح الموسمية الجنوبية الغربية القادمة من المحيط الهندي العابرة البحر الأحمر نتيجة لعدم وجود عامل رفع لهذه الرياح الرطبة إلا أن متوسط المطر السنوي يزداد مع الارتفاع من 50 مم على الساحل إلى نحو 1000مم سفوح الجبال المواجهة إلى البحر الأحمر.
</s>
<s id="65">
ولا يختلف الأمر في السواحل الجنوبية والشرقية للبلاد عن السواحل الغربية من حيث كمية الأمطار والتي تبلغ نحو 50 مم سنوياً كما في عدن والفيوش والكود والريان ويرجع سبب ذلك إلى عدة عوامل أهمها :إن اتجاه حركة الرياح الرطبة تسير بمحاذاة الساحل دون التوغل إلى الداخل لذا فإن تأثيرها يكون قليل جداً وبالتالي فإن الأمطار الساقطة ليست ذات أهمية اقتصادية تذكر.
</s>
<s id="66">
ومن حيث درجات الحرارة فإن السهول الشرقية والغربية تتميز بدرجات حرارة مرتفعة حيث تصل صيفاً إلى 42ْم وتهبط في الشتاء إلى 25ْ م وتنخفض درجات الحرارة تدريجياً باتجاه المرتفعات بفعل عامل الارتفاع بحيث تصل درجات الحرارة إلى 33ْم كحد أقصى وإلى 20 ْم كحد أدنى وفي فصل الشتاء تصل درجات الحرارة الصغرى على المرتفعات إلى ما يقرب درجة الصفر وقد سجل الشتاء عام 1986م انخفاضاً في درجة الحرارة في ذمار إلى(- 12ْم).
</s>
<s id="67">
أما الرطوبة فهي مرتفعة في السهول الساحلية تصل إلى أكثر من 80 % بينما تهبط باتجاه الداخل بحيث يصل أدنى نسبة لها في المناطق الصحراوية والتي تبلغ نسبة الرطوبة فيها 15%.
</s>
<s id="68">
كما تمتاز مديرية وصاب العالي محافظة ذمار بجو معتدل وبطبيعة خلابة ومدرجاته الزراعية في قمة الروعة والجمال.
</s>
<s id="69">
الاقتصاد
</s>
<s id="70">
التاريخ الإقتصادي
</s>
<s id="71">
تأثر اقتصاد اليمن بشكل كبير إبان الوحدة بين شطريه وكان على اليمن أن يصمد اقتصادياً جراء دعمه للعراق خلال 1990-91م من حرب الخليج الثانية, فقد رحل من المملكة العربية السعودية حوالي مليون عامل يمني وأوقفت كل من الكويت والسعودية دعمهما لليمن بشكل ملحوظ.
</s>
<s id="72">
من ناحية أخرى أدت حرب 1994 الأهلية في اليمن إلى دمار كبير في البنية التحتية للبلاد بخلاف الضحايا والمشردين
</s>
<s id="73">
نتيجة لتلك الأحداث اعتمدت اليمن على بعض المعونات متعددة الجوانب تعهدت مقابلها بإصلاحات داخلية, وفي عام 1997 اعتمد صندوق النقد الدولي برنامجين لتعزيز القروض الممنوحة لليمن: تعزيز البنية التحتية متمثلة في تقليل الفقر والتوجه التنموي, وبرنامج تمديد الاعتماد المالي
</s>
<s id="74">
وقد اظهرت الحكومة اليمنية تطورا ملحوظا في اعادة الهيكلة في جوانت مختلفة بالمقابل ومع ذلك ما زالت اليمن ضمن الدول المصنفة الأشد فقرا في العالم
</s>
<s id="75">
اضف إلى ذلك هجرة اللاجئين الصوماليين إلى اليمن بمعدل 1000 شخص شهريا تقريبا قد زاد من أعباء الحكومة اليمنية
</s>
<s id="76">
هناك مؤشرات واعدة للتنمية في اليمن لاسيما بعد افتتاح السوق الحرة واعادة العلاقات بشكل نسبي مع دول الجوار وافتتاح مشاريع جديدة في كل من القطاع العام والمختلط
</s>
<s id="77">
تخطط الحكومة اليمنية حاليا لإنشاء اول سوق أوراق مالية في اليمن بحلول 2011م والذي يمكن ان يلعب دورا كبيرا في تنمية البلاد.
</s>
<s id="78">
الدخل القومي السنوي
</s>
<s id="79">
تبلغ القوة الشرائية الإجمالية 55.400 مليار دولار وبينما نصيب الفرد منها هو 2410 دولار.
</s>
<s id="80">
ويبلغ الناتج المحلي الإجمالي 26.909 مليار دولار ونصيب الفرد هو 1.171 دولار.
</s>
<s id="81">
وللآسف هذه الأرقام تكهن لنا أن الاقتصاد اليمني يصرف أكثر مما ينتج، وأن نسبة العجز أكثر من 37% من الميزانية في حين أن اليمن يواجه صعوباتٌ كثيرة منها اقتصادية ومنها سياسية وعسكرية وإجتماعية وتعليمية على حداً سواء.
</s>
<s id="82">
ويبلغ نسبة الفقر في اليمن 40% وبينا يعيش 17% تحت الفقر الدولي (أقل من 1.25 دولار) وهناك تقرير أن ثلث الشباب في سن العمل وللآسف من العاطلين وهو رقم مرشح للزيادة إذ يصل عدد خريجي الجهاز التعليمي في الوقت الراهن إلى 188 ألف شاب وشابة، بينما لا يستطيع الاقتصاد اليمني توفير أكثر من 16 ألف وظيفة.
</s>
<s id="83">
النفط والغاز
</s>
<s id="84">
وبالنسبة لليمن فقد بدأت الأعمال الاستكشافية عن النفط الخام في الثلاثينات وتحديداً في عام 1938م عندما قامت شركة البترول العراقي، بمسوحات زلزالية (seismic) في محافظتي حضرموت والمهرة
</s>
<s id="85">
ثم تلى ذلك أعمال استكشافية متقطعة من قبل الشركات الأجنبية في بداية الخمسينات والستينات، وتوالت الجهود الاستكشافية في السبعينات والثمانينات وكان من نتائجها العملية إعلان شركة &quot;هنت &quot; عن أول اكتشاف تجاري في اليمن وذلك في صيف 1984م في قطاع مأرب / الجوف كما تم الإعلان عن اكتشاف النفط في محافظة شبوة من قبل شركة &quot; تكنو أكسبورت &quot; السوفيتية عام 1987م.
</s>
<s id="86">
وقد مثل قيام الوحدة اليمنية في 22 مايو 1990م حافزاً لشركات النفط العالمية لتوسيع نطاق استثماراتها وعملياتها البترولية في أجزاء واسعة من أراضي الجمهورية اليمنية
</s>
<s id="87">
وتشير آخر الإحصائيات على أن إنتاج اليمن من النفط وصل إلى(116.67) مليون برميل تقريباً نهاية العام2007م ومن أبرز الحقول النفطية في اليمن حوض المسيلة قطاع (14) الذي تم اكتشافه في العام 1993م، وتحرص الحكومة اليمنية على تطوير حقولها النفطية بزيادة الإنتاج النفطي بهدف زيادة الثروة الوطنية استجابة لمتطلبات التنمية الاقتصادية والاجتماعية في البلاد كون النفط يساهم بنسبة تتراوح بين(30-40)% من قيمة الناتج المحلي الإجمالي ويستحوذ بأكثر من 70% من إجمالي إيرادات الموازنة العامة للدولة ويشكل أكثر من90% من قيمة صادرات الدولة.
</s>
<s id="88">
يعتبر مشروع الغاز الطبيعي المسال أكبر مشروع تم إنجازه في اليمن في الوقت الحاضر ويتوقع أن يدر أرباحا تعود على اليمن تصل إلى 30 مليار دولار على مدى 25 عاما وتديره حاليا الشركة اليمنية للغاز الطبيعي المسال
</s>
<s id="89">
مع هذا فإن الفرد اليمني أصبح يعاني من شحة الغاز كوقود أساسي للمنازل ووصلت أسعاره مؤخرا لدرجة تفوق ضعف استهلاك الكهرباء لنفس القدر من الطاقة
</s>
<s id="90">
الاقتصادي - حالات البرد والصقيع تزيد من ازمة انعدام الغاز المنزلي وتواصل حدة الانطفاءات الكهربائية
</s>
<s id="91">
الثروة السمكية
</s>
<s id="92">
تمتلك الجمهورية اليمنية شريطاً ساحلياً يبلغ طوله أكثر من 2,000 كم غني بالأسماك والأحياء البحرية الثروة السمكية إضافة إلى 182 جزيرة أهمها: جزيرة كمران وزقر وحنيش الكبرى وحنيش الصغرى في البحر الأحمر، وجزر سقطرى وعبد الكوري ودرسة وسمحة في بحر العرب.
</s>
<s id="93">
وتحوي المياه الإقليمية اليمنية أكثر من 350 نوعاً من الأسماك والأحياء وعليه فإن القطاع السمكي يعتبر من أهم القطاعات الرئيسية والمهمة للاقتصاد اليمني وتتراوح نسبة مساهمة قطاع الأسماك في الناتج المحلي ما بين (1-2)% وتقدر القيمة المضافة المتولدة فيه بحوالي 49496 مليون ريال وفقاً لآخر الإحصاءات.
</s>
<s id="94">
كما يعد قطاع الأسماك مصدراً أساسياً لخلق عوائد الصادرات حيث بلغت قيمة الصادرات السمكية في عام(2006م) 28 مليار ريال، بالرغم من أن المخزون السمكي يسمح باصطياد أكثر من 350 -400 ألف طن سنوياً دون أن يتأثر هذا المخزون إلا أن حجم ما يتم اصطياده ما زال محدوداً ومساهمة هذا القطاع في الناتج المحلي الإجمالي هي الأخرى لا زالت محدودة وضئيلة وذلك لانخفاض حجم الإنتاج السمكي الناتج عن انعدام استخدام الوسائل الحديثة لعمليات الاصطياد ووجود بعض المعوقات التي تعمل على عدم استغلال هذه الثروة الاستغلال الأمثل.
</s>
<s id="95">
الزراعة
</s>
<s id="96">
يعد القطاع الزراعي من أهم القطاعات الإنتاجية في الاقتصاد القومي اليمني، وتنبع هذه الأهمية من كونه أحد القطاعات الرئيسة المكونة للناتج المحلي الإجمالي، حيث تتراوح مساهمته في الناتج المحلي الإجمالي ما بين (10-15)%، بالإضافة إلى كونه القطاع المنتج لسلع الغذاء وللمواد الخام اللازمة للعديد من الصناعات، حيث يعتمد السواد الأعظم من السكان على القطاع الزراعي وذلك بنحو 74%، ويحوي قرابة 2 مليون عامل ويشكلون نحو 53% من إجمالي القوى العاملة في البلاد.
</s>
<s id="97">
وتمثل الموارد الطبيعية والموارد المادية والمالية أهم المرتكزات التي تقوم عليها البيئة الزراعية وتمثل الموارد الأرضية الزراعية المستخدمة في الاستثمار الزراعي بنسبة 3% من إجمالي أراضي الجمهورية
</s>
<s id="98">
ويتصف القطاع الزراعي في الجمهورية اليمنية باستخدامه إمكانيات قاعدة الموارد الطبيعية من مياه وأراضي محدودة
</s>
<s id="99">
وتشكل المساحة المزروعة نسبة 82% من إجمالي المساحة الصالحة للزراعة.
</s>
<s id="100">
تتسم الزراعة اليمنية بتفاوت الخصائص المناخية الناتجة عن تفاوت معدلات الأمطار ودراجات الحرارة والرطوبة واختلاف الظروف الطبوغرافية مما أدى إلى اختلاف الأقاليم النباتية والذي ساعد على تنوع الإنتاج إلا أن اعتماد العديد من المناطق على الزراعة المطرية يؤثر على استدامة الإنتاج الزراعي
</s>
<s id="101">
كما تعتمد مناطق أخرى على ضخ المياه الجوفية أو مجموعة الخزانات والسدود أو على الري بالسيول والغيول والينابيع المائية.
</s>
<s id="102">
لعبت الدولة دوراً كبيراً في نمو القطاع الزراعي حيث ارتفع إنتاج الفواكه والخضروات نتيجة الحماية والدعم والمساندة كسياسة للدولة خلال الفترة السابقة لحماية الإنتاج المحلي، حيث وصلت إلى مرحلة الاكتفاء الذاتي
</s>
<s id="103">
ولكن مع هذا المدى كان هناك انحسار في إنتاج الحبوب وخاصة القمح حيث انخفضت مساحته وإنتاجيته ولم يرافق ذلك تغيير نسبي في المحاصيل الغذائية الأخرى (ذرة رفيعة، ذرة شامية) وبالعكس ارتفعت النسبة في إنتاج الأعلاف (برسيم وشعير) وكان يفترض أن يرافق هذا الارتفاع تحسن نسبي في كمية ونوعية الثروة الحيوانية وما يرتبط بها من أنظمة فرعية بالرغم من ذلك لم يحدث سوى تغيير ضعيف في هذه الأنظمة وهو الأمر الذي يشير بوضوح إلى ضعف ترابط حلقات الإنتاج الزراعي داخلها أولاً، ومع عوامل الإنتاج خارجها ثانياً وبالذات الاجتماعي فيها والاقتصادي.
</s>
<s id="104">
أما بالنسبة للصادرات الزراعية فهي متواضعة نسبياً وتتراوح بين (3-5) % من إجمالي الصادرات
</s>
<s id="105">
في حين أن الواردات الزراعية تشكل ما بين (15-20)% من إجمالي الواردات
</s>
<s id="106">
وبالنسبة للحيازات الزراعية فإنها تمتاز بصغر الحجم حيث لا يزيد متوسط الحيازة الواحدة عن هكتار، الأمر الذي يعيق استخدام التكنولوجيا الحديثة في تلك الحيازات، ومن المشاكل التي يعاني منها هذا القطاع بانخفاض الاستثمارات وهجرة العاملين الزراعيين من الريف إلى المدينة وتقلبات أسعار السلع الزراعية، وضعف مستوى الخدمات المقدمة للمزارعين كالإرشاد والبحوث ومشاكل تسويقية تتعلق بضعف البنية الأساسية وبسبب تلك المعوقات والمشاكل أدت إلى انخفاض مستوى إنتاجية هذا القطاع.
</s>
<s id="107">
وتسعى الحكومة إلى تحقيق تطور هذا القطاع من خلال العديد من المعالجات التي قامت بها وفي مقدمتها انتهاج مبادئ هادفة لتحديد الأهداف وصياغة السياسات وتطوير ملامح الإستراتيجية الزراعية من خلال قالبين هما: المزارعين أولاً، التدخلات ثانياً
</s>
<s id="108">
ولتلبية قاعدة القالب الثاني (التدخلات) يجرى تنفيذ خطط تطوير القطاع من خلال تحديد وتوزيع الأدوار بين أطراف العملية التنموية على المستوى التنفيذي والخدمي.
</s>
<s id="109">
السياحة
</s>
<s id="110">
تعتبر عدن من أكثر المدن جمالا في اليمن ففيها الآثار والشواطئ الساحرة الخيالية ويتمتع أهلها بالانفناح والتواضع
</s>
<s id="111">
وما يعزز مكانتها السياحية افتتاح مشروع فردوس عدن التي تبلغ تكلفته 10 مليارات دولار وهي التي سوف تستضيف بطولة خليجي20 لكرة القدم.
</s>
<s id="112">
كما تتميز مدينة صنعاء القديمة بالتراث اليمني القديم وبيوتها الأثرية والجامع الكبير.
</s>
<s id="113">
ويمكن للزائر التعرف على مناطق أثرية في كل من مارب، اب، حضرموت، شبوة، ومناطق أخرى فريدة في مناظرها مثل جزيرة سقطرى الغنية بنباتات فريدة من نوعها في العالم كشجرة دم الاخوين.
</s>
<s id="114">
أبنية في مدينة صنعاء القديمة
</s>
<s id="115">
نشرت صحيفة &quot;نيويورك تايمز&quot;- ذائعة الصيت، والصادرة في العاصمة الأمريكية الاقتصادية، مدينة نيويورك الشمالية الشرقية- يوم الأحد (10 ديسمبر 2006م) مقالاً في قسم السياحة والسفر أشارت فيه إلى أن اليمن اختيرت لتكون أفضل وجهة سياحية للعام 2007م للباحثين عن المغامرة وللأسر ذات الدخل المتواضع.
</s>
<s id="116">
تمتاز اليمن بتوفر موارد ومقومات سياحية متنوعة تشكل في مجملها عناصر جذب سياحية مثل العناصر الثقافية والتاريخية المتمثلة في المعالم الأثرية والتاريخية للحضارات والدول اليمانية القديمة (معين- سبأ- عاد وثمود وقوم تبع).
</s>
<s id="117">
كما تمثل المدن اليمانية بفنها المعماري المتميز وبأسواقها التقليدية المتعددة والمتميزة والصناعات التقليدية هي أيضاً تشكل رافداً ثقافياً للمنتج السياحي اليماني هذا بالإضافة إلى العادات والتقاليد والموروثات الثقافية والفنون الشعبية المختلفة والذي ساعد التنوع الجغرافي والبيئي في إثرائها وتنوعها
</s>
<s id="118">
كما تمثل سياحة الشواطئ والغوص أحد عناصر الجذب السياحي فاليمن يملك شريط ساحلي يمتد لأكثر من2500 كيلومتر على البحر الأحمر وباب المندب وخليج عدن والبحر العربي، وهناك عدد كبير من الجزر اليمانية ذات خصائص طبيعية جميلة وجذابة للسياحة البحرية وسياحة الغوص والاستجمام...الخ.إضافة الي المرتفعات الجبلية المتعددة التي تمتاز بجمال الطبيعة الخلابة ومدرجاتها الخضراء الدائمة وخصوصاً في فصل الصيف من كل عام وقمم وسفوح ومغارات وكهوف ويمكن استغلال هذة الجبال للمشاهدة والاصطياف ورياضة التسلق وسياحة المشي ومن أشهر المناطق الجبلية في جمهورية اليمن:((عتمة ووصابين (ذمار)، جبل النبي شعيب وريمة، مرتفعات اللواء الأخضر (اب)، مرتفعات صبر (تعز)، مرتفعات مناخه (حراز)، جبال ردفان والضالع.وتمثل:طرق التجارة اليمنية القديمة كطريق البخور واللبان المرتبطة بالحضارة اليمنية القديمة أحد عوامل الجذب للسياحة الصحراوية مما يجعل المغامرة في هذه الطرق مشوقه وممتعه للغاية ومن أهم هذة المناطق: (طرق بريه حالياً) مأرب- رملة السبعتين –شبوة القديمة
</s>
<s id="119">
مأرب – شبوة القديمة- سيئون.
</s>
<s id="120">
حمام دمت
</s>
<s id="121">
تقع مدينة دمت إلى الجهة الشمالية لعاصمة محافظة الضالع بمسافة 65 كم، كما تقع إلى الجهة الجنوبية للعاصمة صنعاء بحوالي 170 كم، وتعد من أهم المنتجعات الطبيعية نظراً لوفرة مياهها الكبريتية الحارة التي تنبع بشكل طبيعي من عمق حوضها المائي دون الحاجة لآليات الضخ الحديثة مما أدى إلى انتشار حماماتها الطبيعية بكل أنواعها وأشكالها المختلفة على كل أرجاء المدينة التي لا تزيد مساحتها الكلية عن 1,5 كيلومتر مربع.
</s>
<s id="122">
وسميت مدينة دمت (بحمام دمت) لكثرة حماماتها الطبيعية الصحية المنتشرة في كل أرجائها والتي يصل عددها إلى ما يقارب خمسة عشر حمام طبيعي هي:
</s>
<s id="123">
وقد اشتهرت حماماتها في معالجة الحساسية وقد أثبتت المياه الحارة منافعها العلاجية وقدرتها النادرة والكبيرة على علاج أمراض جلدية عديدة كان في طليعتها مرضا الحساسية والجرب.
</s>
<s id="124">
وتتميز حمامات دمت بدرجة حرارتها العالية إضافة إلى وجود معدن الكبريت المختلط معه بنسبه كبيرة إضافة إلى وجود نسبه كبيرة من الغازات الطبيعية المتغلغلة في أعماق الحوض المائي لدمت مما يؤدي إلى قذف المياه بشكل طبيعي.
</s>
<s id="125">
وتحتوي مياه دمت الكبريتية الحارة على نوع من الكالسيوم والبيكربونات والكلورايد كما يحتوي كل لتر ماء على 2جم و900ملجم من ثاني أكسيد الكربون الحار في المتر الواحد إضافة إلى عدد من المواد المعدنية النادرة والتي تؤكد الدراسات على فائدتها الصحية لعلاج الجهاز الهضمي والجهاز التنفسي ولعلاج أمراض المسالك البولية عن طريق الشرب وكما تشير الدراسة التشيكية أيضاً إلى أن الاستجمام يفيد في علاج المفاصل وأمراض الدورة الدموية والجهاز العصبي ولعدد من الأمراض الجلدية.
</s>
<s id="126">
قامت حكومة اليمن بفتح أكثر من قناه فضائية لنشر الفكر والثقافة اليمنية حول العالم
</s>
<s id="127">
لقد ساعدت هذه القنوات وبعض المواقع اليمنية على زيادة السياحة والاستثمار في اليمن.
</s>
<s id="128">
المتاحف اليمنية
</s>
<s id="129">
يمكن زيارة المتاحف التالية في اليمن (مصنفة حسب المحافظات):
</s>
<s id="130">
أمانة العاصمة: المتحف الوطني, المتحف الحربي, متحف الآثار, متحف الموروث الشعبي.
</s>
<s id="131">
عدن: المتحف الوطني, المتحف الحربي, متحف العادات والتقاليد, الموروث الشعبي.
</s>
<s id="132">
تعز: المتحف الوطني.
</s>
<s id="133">
حضرموت: المتحف الوطني, متحف سيئون, متحف الفنون الشعبية.
</s>
<s id="134">
شبوة: المتحف الوطني بعتق, المتحف الوطني ببيحان.
</s>
<s id="135">
الطعام
</s>
<s id="136">
تكثر اصناف تنوع الطعام في اليمن حسب المحافظة ومنها المندي والكبسة والزربيان والمظبي والحنيذ والشَفوت والسباية والملوح والبّر وبنت الصحن والسلتة والعصيدة بمسمياتها المختلفة والرز مع اللحم بأنواعه المختلفة وهناك الشاي العدني الشهير والبُريك وغيرها من المأكولات الأخرى والتي تختلف باختلاف المحافظات.
</s>
<s id="137">
التعليم
</s>
<s id="138">
حقق قطاع التعليم خلال مسيرة الوحدة المباركة تطوراً ملحوظاً ونتج ذلك عن عدد من العوامل أبرزها: النمو السكاني المتزايد، واتساع حجم أنشطة المجتمع والنمو الاقتصادي، وتطور اتجاهات العمل التنموي ،حيث شهد قطاع التعليم اهتماماً كبيراً انطلاقاً من قاعدة أن التعليم هو أساس التطور والنهوض لأي مجتمع من المجتمعات.
</s>
<s id="139">
ويتم الإشراف على العملية التعليمية في اليمن عن طريق ثلاث جهات (وزارات) : وزارة التربية والتعليم التي تشرف على التعليم العام بنوعيه: الحكومي والخاص، وزارة التعليم الفني والتدريب المهني التي تشرف على التعليم الفني والتدريب المهني الصناعي والزراعي والتجاري وصناعي تقني، ووزارة التعليم العالي التي تشرف على التعليم الجامعي بنوعيه: الحكومي والخاص، ومراكز البحوث والدراسات.
</s>
<s id="140">
ومن أبرز المؤشرات الكمية على التطور والنمو الذي شهده قطاع التعليم هو حجم المخصصات المالية سنوياً من الموازنة العامة للدولة، حيث ارتفع إجمالي الإنفاق على التعليم من (67272) مليون ريال في عام 1999م إلى (251141) مليون ريال في عام 2007، والذي استهدف في الأساس إحداث نقلة نوعية لقطاع التعليم سواء من خلال التوسع في المنشآت التعليمية والتربوية أو تطوير وتحديث مناهج التعليم وإدارة العملية التعليمية ذاتها أو تعزيز القدرات التدريبية المهنية للمدرسين
</s>
<s id="141">
إلا انه عند مقارنة نسبة أهمية الإنفاق على التعليم من إجمالي الإنفاق العام
</s>
<s id="142">
نجد ان نسبة الإنفاق على التعليم من إجمالي الإنفاق العام قد تراجعت من (19.62%) في العام 1999 إلى (14.31%) في العام 2007.
</s>
<s id="143">
وقد أدى ذلك التوسع في التمويل إلى اتساع خارطة التعليم ومؤسساته جغرافياً وأفقياً ورأسياً حيث شهد التعليم نمواً مطرداً، سواء في أعداد الملتحقين أو في المنشآت والمؤسسات التعليمية، ونتيجة لذلك فقد وصل عدد الملتحقين في التعليم الأساسي والثانوي إلى أكثر من أربعة مليون طالب وطالبة يتوزعون في حوالي (14599) مبنى مدرسي
</s>
<s id="144">
بينما في جانب التعليم العالي وصل عدد الجامعات الحكومية إلى ثمان جامعات بلغ عدد الملتحقين فيها أكثر من (170) ألف طالب وطالبة في العام الدراسي 2005م/ 2006م.
</s>
<s id="145">
التعليم العالي
</s>
<s id="146">
يعد التعليم العالي الجامعي حديث العهد في اليمن حيث بدأ بإنشاء جامعة صنعاء عام 1972 وجامعة عدن عام 1975
</s>
<s id="147">
أما اليوم فهناك سبع جامعات حكومية وثلاثة عشر جامعة خاصة أي ما مجموعه 20 جامعة تضم 156 كلية و584 قسماً مكررا
</s>
<s id="148">
إضافة إلى دار العلوم الشرعية في الحديدة وكلية تحفيظ القرآن الكريم في صنعاء
</s>
<s id="149">
ومن خلال تحليل مؤشرات التعليم الجامعي لعام 2003/2004م، يتضح أن التعليم الجامعي هو المستقطب الأساسي لمخرجات التعليم الثانوي في ظل محدودية البدائل الأخرى المتاحة من الكليات والمعاهد المهنية والتقنية؛ إذ بلغ عدد الجامعات الحكومية (7) جامعات تضم (99) كلية تتوزع بين (41) كلية تطبيقية و(58) كلية إنسانية، يتوزعون على (52) قسماً في كليات العلوم التطبيقية تتكرر لتصل إلى (196) قسماً شاملاً الدبلوم في ظل التماثل القائم بين الجامعات والكليات المتناظرة، وكذلك الأقسام في كليات العلوم الإنسانية حيث بلغ عددها (50) قسماً تكررت لتبلغ (250) قسماً شاملاً الدبلوم
</s>
<s id="150">
وعلى ضوء ذلك فقد زاد عدد الطلاب الملتحقين بالجامعات من 35 ألف طالب عام 1990 ليصل عام 2007 إلى (233903)طالب وطالبة وذلك بمعدل أكثر من (5) أضعاف خلال سبعة عشر عاماً
</s>
<s id="151">
وقد ارتفع نصيب الإناث في التعليم الجامعي من 16% عام 1990 إلى (28.5)% عام 2007م
</s>
<s id="152">
وازداد نصيب الجامعات الخاصة من صفر تقريباً عام 1993 إلى نحو 17.5% من إجمالي الملتحقين بالتعليم الجامعي عام 2006/2007م
</s>
<s id="153">
حيث وصل عدد الملتحقين في التعليم الجامعي الحكومي للعام 2006-2007م 188343 طالب وطالبة وفي الجامعات الخاص وصل عدد الملتحقين 45560 طالب وطالبة لنفس العام.
</s>
<s id="154">
ومع ذلك فإن حجم الملتحقين بالتعليم الجامعي يُعَدَّ منخفضاً بالمقارنة مع ما هو الحال في بعض البلدان الأخرى ذات الوضع المماثل لليمن
</s>
<s id="155">
ويعود انخفاض معدل الملتحقين بالتعليم الجامعي في اليمن لانخفاض دخل الأسر وتفشي ظاهرة الفقر مع تراجع مستويات المعيشة لدى كثير من السكان، إلا أن البعض يرى بأن التوسع الكمي في التعليم الجامعي الغير مخطط أصبح يشكل عبئاً كبيراً على إمكانيات وقدرات المجتمع التنموية وأن العديد من خريجي الجامعات وبالذات ذوي التخصصات الإنسانية أصبحوا يشكلون عبئاً كبيراً على الدولة وعلى سوق العمل الذي لم يعد بحاجة لمثل هذه التخصصات.
</s>
<s id="156">
مخرجات التعليم العالي: يعتبر خريجو الجامعات هم المنتج النهائي لمحصلة عملية التعليم الجامعي الرافد الحقيقي والهام للعملية التنموية، وقد بلغ إجمالي عدد الخريجين للعام 2006/2007م (22794) طالباً وطالبة منهم ما نسبته (34.6%) إناث وذلك مقابل (23329) طالباً وطالبة عام 2003/2004م منهم ما نسبته (33.6%) إناث.
</s>
<s id="157">
وعلى مستوى مجال التخصص بلغت نسبة الخريجين والخريجات في التخصصات الإنسانية (67.84%) من إجمالي الخريجين بينهم (32.1%) إناث، في حين كان نصيب التخصصات التطبيقية (26.8%) خريج منهم ما نسبة (37.6%) إناث.
</s>
<s id="158">
الجامعات اليمنية
</s>
<s id="159">
جامعة العلوم والتكنولوجيا
</s>
<s id="160">
جامعة صنعاء
</s>
<s id="161">
جامعة عدن
</s>
<s id="162">
جامعة تعز
</s>
<s id="163">
جامعة حضرموت
</s>
<s id="164">
جامعة الحديدة
</s>
<s id="165">
جامعة إب
</s>
<s id="166">
جامعة الإيمان
</s>
<s id="167">
جامعة الملكة أروى
</s>
<s id="168">
جامعة سبأ
</s>
<s id="169">
الجامعة الوطنية
</s>
<s id="170">
جامعة ذمار
</s>
<s id="171">
الديانة
</s>
<s id="172">
الديانة الأكثر انتشارا في اليمن الإسلام ويبلغ عدد المسلمين 99% إضافة إلى اقلية من اليهوديه تتمركز في صعدة وعمران وصنعاء وتواجد لاتباع الديانة المسيحية في عدن
</s>
<s id="173">
يتميز معظم الجزء الشمالي من اليمن وبعض المناطق الجنوبية بالنظام القبلي والنظام البدوي وغالبا مايكون هذا النظام مصحوبا بعادات نسبت للقبيلة مثل حمل السلاح، بينما تتميز غالبية المناطق الوسطى والغربية والجنوبية والشرقية بالحياة المدنية المعاصرة.
</s>
<s id="174">
الأعياد والعطلات الرسمية
</s>
<s id="175">
1 يناير عيد رأس السنة الميلادية
</s>
<s id="176">
1 مايو عيد العمال
</s>
<s id="177">
22 مايو عيد الوحدة اليمنية وتوحد فيه الشطرين الجنوبي والشمالي
</s>
<s id="178">
26 سبتمبر عيد الثورة ضد الامام حاكم شمال اليمن
</s>
<s id="179">
14 نوفمبر عيد الاجلاء وهو اجلاء البريطانيين من جنوب اليمن
</s>
<s id="180">
30 نوفمبر عيد الاستقلال
</s>
<s id="181">
1 محرم عيد رأس السنة الهجرية
</s>
<s id="182">
12 ربيع الأول عيد المولد النبوي الشريف
</s>
<s id="183">
27 رجب ذكرى الاسراء والمعراج
</s>
<s id="184">
1 شوال عيد الفطر المبارك
</s>
<s id="185">
10 ذو الحجة عيد الاضحى المبارك
</s>
<s id="186">
الإتصالات
</s>
<s id="187">
حظيت خدمات الاتصالات الهاتفية والمعلومات وخدمات البريد كغيرها من القطاعات باهتمام الدولة، وشهدت تطورات كبيرة وقفزة نوعية في عهد الوحدة المباركة، وهو التطور الذي تعزز بشكل أكبر خلال الأعوام الثلاثة الأخيرة
</s>
<s id="188">
وفي ظل التوجهات الجديدة والحرص على تعميم خدمات هذا القطاع سواءً الاتصالات الهاتفية أو تقنية المعلومات، وضعت وزارة الاتصالات وتقنية المعلومات خططاً وبرامج لمشاريع إستراتيجية مختلفة، أهمها الرؤية الإستراتيجية لوزارة الاتصالات وتقنية المعلومات 2001- 2025 والتي تم إقرارها من قبل مجلس الوزراء في يناير 2002
</s>
<s id="189">
ومن أبرز المشروعات الجديدة التي نفذتها الوزارة مشروع 500 ألف خط هاتفي ثابت بهدف توسعة وتطوير خدمات الاتصالات في جميع المناطق
</s>
<s id="190">
واشتمل المشروع الذي تم الانتهاء من تنفيذه مؤخراً على إضافة 98 سنترالاً والتوسعة في 111 سنترالاً قائماً، لترتفع السعة المجهزة للشبكة الثابتة إلى 1.240 ألف خط.
</s>
<s id="191">
وقد صدر قرار مجلس الوزراء بالموافقة على قيام المؤسسة العامة للاتصالات السلكية واللاسلكية بشراء أسهم شركة البرق واللاسلكية البريطانية المحدودة عند انتهاء الاتفاقية في عام 2003، وكذلك الإعلان عن مناقصة عالمية للتعاقد مع مشغل للاتصالات الدولية
</s>
<s id="192">
وتبنت الوزارة مشروع تعميم الحاسب الآلي على موظفي الدولة والإشراف على مشروع رئيس الجمهورية لتعميم استخدام الحاسوب، إضافة إلى افتتاح المرحلة الأولى من مدينة تكنولوجيا الاتصالات والمعلومات
</s>
<s id="193">
وقامت الوزارة كذلك بتنظيم فتح مراكز الاتصالات ومقاهي الإنترنت.
</s>
<s id="194">
تطوير الاتصالات الريفية
</s>
<s id="195">
ظلت خدمات الاتصالات الهاتفية الريفية محدودة وفي نطاق ضيق إلى فترة قريبة لعدة أسباب أبرزها العوائق الجبلية وعدم توفر الكهرباء في الكثير من القرى، إضافة إلى ارتفاع كلفة إيصال الخدمة
</s>
<s id="196">
وقد استخدمت المؤسسة العامة للاتصالات السلكية واللاسلكية في البداية أنظمة اتصالات ريفية تماثلية واعتمدت على تغذية هذه الأنظمة بالطاقة الشمسية
</s>
<s id="197">
كما أدخلت المؤسسة أنظمة كبائن الألياف الضوئية وأنظمة الهاتف اللاسلكي الثابت
</s>
<s id="198">
وتشهد الاتصالات الريفية حالياً توسعات كبيرة، حيث يتركز العمل في توسيع خدمات الاتصالات وإيصالها لأكبر عدد ممكن من التجمعات السكانية في المناطق الريفية من خلال مشروع توسعة بسعة 115 ألف خط وإدخال أنظمة اتصالات لاسلكية حديثة ومتنوعة للمساعدة على تغطية معظم المناطق بكلفة منخفضة وبيسر وسرعة كبيرة.
</s>
<s id="199">
مشاريع الربط بالكابلات الضوئية
</s>
<s id="200">
تم تشغيل مشروع الربط الإقليمي عبر التراسل الرقمي لربط اليمن بالمملكة العربية السعودية وعبرها إلى بقية بلدان الخليج العربي والأردن بتكلفة 630 مليون ريال، واستكمال ربط بقية المحافظات بكابلات الألياف الضوئية بإجمالي مسافة 2.455 كم
</s>
<s id="201">
وساهم اليمن مع إدارات الاتصالات في العديد من بلدان العالم في تمويل مشروع الكابل البحري المسمى (سي- مي- دي2) الذي يمتد من سنغافوره في جنوب شرق آسيا مروراً بمنطقة الشرق الأوسط حتى مرسليا في فرنسا
</s>
<s id="202">
كما ساهم مع جيبوتي في تمويل الكابل البحري الفرعي &quot;عدن-جيبوتي &quot; والذي يشكل حلقة الوصل لربط اليمن بالكابل البحري (سي - مي- دي2) عبر محطة توزيع المسارات في جيبوتي
</s>
<s id="203">
وتكمن أهمية هذا الكابل في كونه يمثل منفذاً رديفاً لحركة الاتصالات الدولية من اليمن وإليها
</s>
<s id="204">
وبلغت السعة المخصصة لليمن في هذا الكابل 345 قناة هاتفية
</s>
<s id="205">
وقد وقعت المؤسسة العامة للاتصالات عقداً مع مؤسسة &quot;عربسات&quot; لاستثمار نصف قناة قمرية في القمر العربي لأغراض الاتصالات المحلية وربط عدد من المناطق النائية عبر نظام &quot; V- Sat&quot;
</s>
<s id="206">
الهاتف النقال
</s>
<s id="207">
يتوفر في اليمن أكثر من نظام للاتصالات عبر الشبكة المحلية لخدمات الهاتف النقال هي يمن موبايل الحكومية، وشركتي الهاتف النقال بنظام (جي أس أم) التي انطلقت لأول مرة في فبراير عام 2001
</s>
<s id="208">
وتغطي خدمات هذه الشركات في الوقت الحاضر معظم مناطق البلاد، بالإضافة إلى خدمة الهاتف النقال عبر الأقمار الاصطناعية
</s>
<s id="209">
وقد ارتفع عدد المشتركين لدى شركتي (جي أس أم) من 120 ألف في العام الأول إلى قرابة 400 ألف مشترك قي العام التالي، وليصل حاليأ إلى أكثر من مليون مشترك
</s>
<s id="210">
ويتوقع أن تسهم يمن موبايل التي تعمل بنظام (سي دي إم ايه) في مضاعفة أعداد المشتركين ضمن المنافسة في القطاعات الخدمية.
</s>
<s id="211">
الحكومة الالكترونية
</s>
<s id="212">
تبنت الحكومة مشروع البرنامج الوطني لتقنية المعلومات (الحكومة الالكترونية)، وجرى الترتيب للخطوات الأولية لإعداد الخطة الشاملة للبرنامج لتتم على ضوئها عملية التنفيذ
</s>
<s id="213">
كما تم تصميم موقع عام للحكومة الالكترونية على الإنترنت بما في ذلك المحافظات، يندرج في إطاره حالياً 31 موقعاً للوزارات والجهات الحكومية و 20 موقعاً للمحافظات
</s>
<s id="214">
وقد افتتح في عام 2002 المرحلة الأولى من مدينة تكنولوجيا الاتصالات والمعلومات بصنعاء، ويجرى العمل حالياً في تنفيذ المرحلة الثانية
</s>
<s id="215">
وتعد هذه المدينة من المكونات الرئيسية لمشروع البرنامج الوطني لتقنية المعلومات &quot;الحكومة الالكترونية&quot; التي سيتم الانتقال إليها على مدى أربع مراحل تنتهي في عام 2012، وفقأ لخطة المشروع فيما يتعلق بتوسيع استخدام تكنولوجيا الاتصالات والمعلومات، وبما يسهم في تحسين الإنتاج وخلق الموارد الاقتصادية وتوفير فرص العمل وتطوير الإجراءات الإدارية والبحث العلمي والتعليم بمختلف فروعه ومستوياته.
</s>
<s id="216">
وتسعى وزارة الإتصالات وتقنية المعلومات من خلال المرحلة الثانية إلى استكمال مشروعات ومكونات المدينة، ومن أبرزها مركز المعايير والمقاييس، مركز صناعة وتجميع أجهزة الحاسوب الآلي، مركز تركيب وصيانة شبكات الإتصالات والمعلومات، إلى جانب الخدمات الالكترونية التي تتضمن خدمات معلوماتية وترفيهية وتعليمية وخدمات السفر والسياحة والرد على الاستفسارات سواء للجمهور أو للشركات والمؤسسات بصورة مباشرة
</s>
<s id="217">
كما تتضمن هذه المرحلة مشروع مدينة تكنولوجيا الاتصالات والمعلومات وإنشاء جامعة افتراضية للتعليم عن بعد إضافة إلى مشروع المركز الوطني للاستشعار عن بعد.
</s>
<s id="218">
البوابة اليمنية للانترنت
</s>
<s id="219">
تمثل البوابة اليمنية للانترنت مشروعأ لتزويد خدمات الإنترنت وربط جميع مزودي الخدمة في اليمن بشبكة المعلومات العالمية
</s>
<s id="220">
وتسمح هذه البوابة في مرحلتها الأولى بربط 51 مزود خدمة من القطاع الخاص على أساس تنافسي بسرعات تصل إلى 2 ميجابت وقنوات ربط دولية سعة 42 ميجابت
</s>
<s id="221">
وقد تم تدشين خدمة الانترنت في اليمن عام 1996 من قبل مزود وحيد، وبلغ عدد المشتركين حتى الآن نحو 35 ألف مشترك، وعدد الجهات المرتبطة بخدمة القنوات المؤجرة لأغراض الانترنت أكثر من 40 جهة
</s>
<s id="222">
كما وصل عدد المواقع المرتبطة بشبكة تراسل المعطيات أكثر من 60 موقعاً لعدد من الجهات مع فروعها، إضافة إلى بعض المراكز التابعة للمؤسسة العامة للاتصالات السلكية واللاسلكية والهيئة العامة للبريد
</s>
<s id="223">
وبلغت الجهات المستضافة في البوابة اليمنية للانترنت 55 جهة وبسعة 550 ميجابت في منتصف عام 2003
</s>
<s id="224">
أما مقاهي الانترنت، فيقدر عددها قي عموم المحافظات بحوالي 1.200 مقهى حتى منتصف 2003، منها 400 مقهى في أمانة العاصمة.
</s>
<s id="225">
مشروع رئيس الجمهورية لتعميم استخدام الحاسوب
</s>
<s id="226">
يهدف مشروع رئيس الجمهورية لتعميم الحاسوب الآلي والذي بدأت مرحلته الأولى من خلال توفير الحاسوب للموظفين وفئات الشباب والطلاب وبأسعار معقولة وعلى أقساط شهرية
</s>
<s id="227">
وقد تم تحديد ثلاث مراحل لهذا المشروع بإجمالي 100 ألف جهاز للمساهمة في ردم الفجوة الرقمية واللحاق بالركب الحضاري لمجتمع المعلوماتية والمعرفة.
</s>
<s id="228">
شركات الإتصالات
</s>
<s id="229">
تعتبر وزاة الاتصالات وتقنية المعلومات المركز الرئيسي لنظم الاتصالات السلكية واللاسلكية وتنقسم إلى:
</s>
<s id="230">
المؤسسة العامة لاتصالات: تختص بقسم الاتصالات السلكية والاتصالات الريفية (الهاتف الثابت).
</s>
<s id="231">
يمن موبايل: مشغل خدمة سي دي ام اي CDMA للهاتف النقال(77xxxxxxx) والهاتف اللاسلكي الثابت.
</s>
<s id="232">
تيليمن: المشغل الوحيد للاتصالات الدولية (967xxxxxxxxx) في اليمن بالإضافة لبعض خدمات الانترنت.
</s>
<s id="233">
يمن نت: مزود خدمة الانترنت بأنواعها (DialUp, ISDN, ADSL, Wireless).
</s>
<s id="234">
بالإضافة إلى الوزارة هناك شركات خاصة مثل:
</s>
<s id="235">
سبأفون: مشغل خدمة جي اس ام (71xxxxxxx).
</s>
<s id="236">
MTN (سابقا سبيستل): مشغل خدمة جي اس ام(73xxxxxxx).
</s>
<s id="237">
واي: مشغل حديث لخدمة جي اس ام(70xxxxxxx).
</s>
<s id="238">
التقسيمات الادارية
</s>
<s id="239">
التقسيم الاداري لليمن - المحافظات
</s>
<s id="240">
تقسم اليمن إدارياً إلى 21 محافظة.
</s>
<s id="241">
محافظه حضرموت أكبر المحافظات ال